icrammce-2017 international conference proceedings

International Conference on Recent Advances in Materials, Mechanical & Civil Engineering

ICRAMMCE-2017 (www.icrammce.com)

1st&2nd June, 2017 Organized by

Departments of Mechanical Engineering & Civil Engineering MARRI LAXMAN REDDY INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT Approved by AICTE NewDelhi,Accredited by JNTUH, Hyderabad Recognised Under Section 2(f) &12(B) of the UGC act,1956 Dundigal (V & M), Medchal (D), Hyderabad,Telangana, India- 500043

i

ii

iii

Patrons Chief Patron Shri. Marri Laxman Reddy

Chairman Marri Laxman Reddy Group of Institutions

Patron Shri. Marri Rajasekhar Reddy Secretary Marri Laxman Reddy Group of Institutions

Conference Chairs Co-Chair

Chair Dr. K. Venkateswara Reddy Principal, MLRITM

Dr. R. Kotaiah Director, MLRITM

Conveners Dr. P. Nageswara Rao, Dept. of Mech. Engg. MLRITM Convener

Dr. D. Venkateswarlu

Dr. P. Pradeep Kumar

Dept. of Mech. Engg. MLRITM Co-Convener

Dept. of Civil. Engg. MLRITM Co-Convener

Organizing Secretaries Mr. M.Dayakar,

Mr.U.Sudhakar

Dept. of Mech. Engg. MLRITM

Dept. of Mech. Engg. MLRITM

Mr. B. Kranthi kumar Dept. of Mech. Engg., MLRITM

Treasurer Mr. V. Srikanth Dept. of Mech. Engg. MLRITM

Mr. K. Murali Dept. of Civil. Engg. MLRITM

Advisory Committee Dr. Y. T. Zhu

NC State University, USA

Dr. M.K. Tewari

IIT Kharagpur, Kharagpur

Dr. D. Ravi Kumar

IIT Delhi, Delhi

Dr. B.K. Chakravarthy

NIFFT, Ranchi,

Dr. Pinaki Talukdar

NIFFT, Ranchi

Dr. Amitava Mandal

NIFFT, Ranchi

Dr.T.A. Janardhan Reddy

CVRCE, Hyderabad

Dr. R. Markendeya

JNTUH, Hyderabad

Dr. S. Devaki Rani

JNTUH, Hyderabad

Dr. Surya Prakash Rao

Retired Professor, NIT Warangal

Dr. G. Poshal

Spoorthi Engineering College, Hyderabad

Dr. Bhargava ramamohanrao Narsipalli

AUCE

Dr. Srinivasa Rao

AUCE

Dr. Sushanth Kumar Panigrahi

IIT Madras, Chennai

Dr. Srinivasa rao

JNTUH, Hyderabad

Dr. S. Kamalluddin

Chirala Engineering College, Chirala

Dr. M. Murali Krishna reddy

CSIR, Hyderabad

Dr. R. Venkatanadh,

Gitam University, Bengaluru

Dr. K.R.S. Prasad

KL University, Guntur

Dr. K. Suresh babu

CSIR, Hyderabad

Dr. Nithya Ramachandran

IGCAR, Kalpakam

Dr. Arindam Das

Indira IGCAR, Kalpakam

Dr. S. Neeleshwar

Indraprastha University, Delhi

Dr. M. Manoj kumar Reddy

MRIT, Nellore

Dr. Paneer Muthuselva

CCMS, NTU, Taipei, Taiwan

Dr. M.Muralidhar

Japan

Dr. Perumalla Janakiram

ADAMA, Ethiopia

Dr. Arun Mohan

Siemens Energy Inc. North Carolina, USA

Dr. Nilesh Kumar

NC state University, USA

Dr. Wei Yuan

Hitachi America Ltd., USA

Dr. Gaurav Argade,

Missouri University of Science and Technology, USA

Dr. Matthais Weiss

Deakin University, Australia

Organizing Team Mr. Rupendra Duggirala

Civil

Mr. Inja Srinivasa Reddy

Mech

Mr. Peta Purna Chandra Sai

Civil

Mr. K Veeraswamy

Mech

Mr. T.Jaya Krishna

Civil

Ms. V Lavanya

Mech

Dr. V. Varalakshmi

Civil

Mr. P.Satya Krishna

Mech

Mr. Dvskmrk Chekraverthy

Civil

Mr. Thameswar Reddy Boodla

Mech

Mr. T. Abhiram Reddy

Civil

Mrs. K.Chaithanya

Mech

Ms. K.Sindu Priya

Civil

Mr. Alex Joseph

Mech

Ms. J.Seethunya

Civil

Mr. Vundravalli Srikanth

Mech

Mr. M. Srinadh Reddy

Civil

Mrs. K.Sravanthi

Mech

Ms. K. Ashritha

Civil

Mr. N Vishnu Teja Reddy

Mech

Mr. N.Krishna Rao

Civil

Mr. N Ravi Teja

Mech

Mrs. K Sangeetha

Civil

Mrs. K. Manjula

Mech

Ms. N.Nanditha

Civil

Mr. K Rambabu

Mech

Ms. S. Madhuri

Civil

Mrs. Ch Sridevi

Mech

Mr. K.Surya pratap Reddy

Civil

Mr. S Kranthi Kumar

Mech

Mr. A Nishanth Kumar

Mech

Mr. G Siva Kumar

Mech

Mr. Naganna Tadepalli

Mech

Mr. Devara Srinu

Mech

Mr. T Balaji Gupta

Mech

Mr. Sharon Srinivasan B

Mech

Mr. K Veera Raghavulu

Mech

Mrs. T Anitha

Mech

Mr. K Mohan Kumar

Mech

Mrs. D. Anusha

Mech

Mr. Kranthi Kumar Balina

Mech

Mr. V.Venu

Mech

Mr. Mengu Vijay John

Mech

Mr. N.Veera Swamy

Mech

Mr. Venkatasudheer Babu

Mech

vii

viii

ix

x

xi

xii

xiii

xiv

xv

International Conference On Recent Advances in Materials, Mechanical and Civil Engineering

Dr.D.Venkateswarulu Co-CONVENER, ICRAMMCE2017

2017

Dr.P.Pradeep Kumar Co-CONVENER, ICRAMMCE2017

We are delighted to welcome our international and national speakers, delegates from research groups in India and across the world, and our generous sponsors to the International conference on recent advances in Materials Mechanical and Civil Engineering (ICRAMMCE2017), hosted by Marri Laxman Reddy Institute of Technology and Management (MLRITM), Dundigal, Hyderabad. The theme of our International Conference is Recent Advances of materials in Mechanical and C Mechanical and Civil Engineering. We wish to welcome our chief guests Dr.N.V.Ramana Rao, Professor& Rector, JNTUH; Sri.S.K.Jha Director (P&M), Midhani; Dr.K.Vijaya Kumar Reddy, Professor & EC Member, JNTUH and our Guest of Honour Dr.Surendar Marya, Ecole Centrale de Nates ,France; Dr.JeanYves Hascoet, Ecole Centrale de Nates ,France; Mr.A.C.Mathur Scientist-Engineer,SAC/ISRO; Dr.M.Janardhana, Professor, JNTUH. Indian scientists and Researchers make a disproportionately high contribution to advances to materials in the field of Mechanical and Civil Engineering and this is reflected in the number of national speakers at different keynotes and technical sessions at ICRAMMCE-2017. Early career

xvi


2017

researchers and postgraduate students will be in the running for oral awards in recognition of quality research. It has been our privilege to convene this conference. Our sincere thanks, to the chief Patron Sri Marri Laxman Reddy, Chairman, Patron Sri Marri Rajasekhar Reddy, Conference Chair Dr. K.Venkateswara Reddy, Principal, MLRITM and Dr.R.Kotaiah, Director, MLRITM. We thank the conference organizing committee and in particular Mr.V.Srikanth, Mr B.Kranthi Kumar, for their dedication and hard work in creating an excellent scientific program. ICRAMMCE2017 was been supported by a number of sponsors to whom we are very grateful. Last but not least Miss. G. Bhargavi Research Scholar Anna University, Tamilnadu. We welcome you to Hyderabad and hope that this conference will challenge and inspire you, and result in new knowledge, collaborations, and friendships.

Dr. D. Venkateshwarlu Co-Convener Department of Mechanical Engineering Marri Laxman Reddy Institute of Technology and Management Dundigal, Hyderabad

Dr. P. Pradeep Kumar Co-Convener Department of Civil Engineering Marri Laxman Reddy Institute of Technology and Management Dundigal, Hyderabad

xvii


2017

Chief Guests

Dr. N.V.Ramana Rao

Sri. S.K.Jha

Professor & Rector, JNTUH

Director (P&M), MIDHANI

Dr. K. Vijaya Kumar Reddy

Dr. M. Janardhana

Professor & EC Member, JNTUH

Professor, JNTUH

Plenary Lectures by

Dr. Surendar Marya

Dr. Jean-Yves Hascoet

Professor Ecole Centrale de Nantes, France

Professor & Dean of Research Department Engineering Products and Industrial Systems Ecole Centrale de Nantes, France

Marri Laxman Reddy Institute of Technology and Management | Hyderabad xviii


2017

International speakers

Dr. V. C. Shunmugasamy

Dr. Sunkulp Goel

Texas A&M University Qatar

Herbert gleiter Institute of Nanoscience Nanjing university of science and technology Nanjing, Jiangsu China

Invited Lectures by

Dr. D. Ravi Kumar

Dr. T. Subbaiah

Professor Dept. of Mechanical Engineering Indian Institute of Technology Delhi New Delhi, India

Former Chief Scientist(CSIR-IMMT) & Professor (AcSIR) Advisor(R&D) K.L.University

Dr. Shushanth Kumar Panigrahi

Dr. M. M. Mahapatra

Assistant professor Dept. of Mechanical Engineering Indian Institute of Technology Madras Chennai, India

Associate professor Dept. of Mechanical Engineering Indian Institute of Technology Bhubaneswar Orissa, India

Marri Laxman Reddy Institute of Technology and Management | Hyderabad xix


Dr. Sai Ramudu

Dr. K. Suresh

Assistant Professor Dept. of Metallurgy and material science Engineering Indian Institute of Technology Roorkee, Roorkee, India

Assistant Professor Dept. of Metallurgy and material science Engineering Indian Institute of Technology Roorkee Roorkee, India

Dr.Prashanth

Dr. Ravi Kumar Puli

Associate Professor Dept. of Mechanical Engineering Indian Institute of Technology Hyderabad, Hyderabad, India

Professor Dept. of Mechanical Engineering National Institute of Technology Warangal Warangal, India

Dr. Abhishek Kumar

Dr.N.Arivazhagan

Assistant Professor Dept. of Mechanical Engineering Motilal Nehru National Institute of Technology (MNIT), Allahabad

Professor/Dean School of Mechanical Engineering Vellore Institute of Technology Vellore, India

2017

Marri Laxman Reddy Institute of Technology and Management | Hyderabad xx


Dr. T. D. Gunneswar rao

Dr. T. Meena

Associate Professor Dept. of Civil Engineering National Institute of Technology Warangal Warangal, India

Professor School of Chemical and Civil Engineering Vellore Institute of Technology Vellore, India

2017

Dr. P.N.K. Rao Professor Dept. of Civil Engineering Birla Institute of Technology Hyderabad Hyderabad, India

Marri Laxman Reddy Institute of Technology and Management | Hyderabad xxi

2017


CONTENTS  About College  Committees  Messages

i iv vii

MATERIALS ENGINEERING S.No Paper id 1

MAT 14

2

MAT 110

3

MAT 116

4

MAT 117

5

MAT 126

6

MAT 130

7

MAT 131

8

MAT 132

9

MAT 133

10

MAT 140

11

MAT 145

12

MAT 147

13

MAT 148

14

MAT 149

15

MAT 151

Title

Page no

Mechanical Characterization of 3D Printed Polylactic Acid Strands G.T.L.Priyanka, Navaneet N. Kabra and T.P.Tezeswi Effect of Nanoparticles Dispersion on Viscoelastic Properties of Epoxy–Zirconia Polymer Nanocomposites Sushil Kumar Singh, Abhishek Kumar and Anuj Jain Fragility of Chalcogenide Glass in Relation to Characteristic Temperature T0/Tg A.M.Shaker, T.Shanker Rao, T.Lilly Shanker Rao and Venkatraman.K Glass Transition Kinetics of Cobalt based Metallic Glass T.Shanker Rao, T.Lilly Shanker Rao, A.M.Shaker, and Venkataraman.K Mechanical behavior of 304 Austenitic Stainless steel Processed by Room Temperature Rolling Rahul Singh, Sukulp Goel, Raviraj Verma, R.Jayaganthan ,Ahishek Kumar Microstructure, mechanical and corrosion behavior of Al 5083 alloy processed by multi directional forging at cryogenic temperature Dharmendra Singh, P Nageswararao, A. K Chauhan and S. K. Rajput Study on Mechanical Property of Aluminium 6061 with E Glass Fiber Reinforced Composite Vinayashree,R Shobha Ecofriendly GGBS Concrete: A State-of-The-Art Review Saranya P, Praveen Nagarajan, A P Shashikala Analysis of Piezoelectric Solids using Finite Element Method Mohammed Aslam , Praveen Nagarajan and Mini Remanan Studies on notch tensile properties of Ti-5Al-2.5Sn ELI at cryogenic temperature for hydrogen embrittlement effect Antony Prabhu.T, Murugesan.N, Ingersol.S , Dr.Sudhakar.D.P, Dr.Venkitakrishnan.P.V Finite Element Analysis of Functionally Graded Bone Plate at Femur Bone Fracture Site Pravat Kumar Satapathy, Bamadev Sahoo , Lokanath Panda and Sandeep Das Preparation and Characterization of non-stoichiometric SrBaFexMo2-xO6 (1.0 ≤ x ≤ 1.5)double perovskite G. Rajender, Y. Markandeya,A. K. Singh and G. Bhikshamaiah Microstructure characterization and mechanical properties in Manual metal arc welding of P911 and P92 steel in as-welded and PWHT condition Nitin Saini, Chandan Pandey, Manas Mohan Mahapatra, Harendra Kumar Narang Investigation on application of Semiloof shell element for Isotropic, Composite and Functionally graded material Kari Thangaratnam, Monslin Sugirtha Singh and Evangeline Kumar Effect of Increasing Sasobit on Permanent Deformation and Moisture Damage of Asphalt Mixes

1

2

3

4 6

7

8

9 10 11

12

13

14

15

16

2017


16

MAT 156

17

MAT 159

18

MAT 160

19

MAT 163

20

MAT 168

21

MAT 170

22

MAT 178

23

MAT 179

24

MAT 185

25

MAT 187

26

MAT 189

27

MAT 190

28

MAT 193

29

MAT 197

30

MAT 1101

31

MAT 1104

32

MAT 1107

Fazal Haq, Arshad Hussain and Kamran Mushtaq Thermal Analysis Of Smart Composite Laminated Angle-Ply Using Higher Order Shear Defromation Theory With Zig Zag Function YagnaSri.P, Maimuna Siddiqui, M. Vijaya Nirmala Effect of coating thickness on microstructure and low temperature cyclic thermal fatigue behavior of thermal barrier coating (Al2O3) Vijay Verma, Sachin Patel, Vikas Swarnkar, Sk Rajput Effect of Chemical Treatment on Thermo-Mechanical Properties of Jute-Polyester Composite Vikas Chaudhari, Harichandra Chandekar, Jayesh Saboo and Adlete Mascarenhas Experimental Investigation of Fibre Reinforced Composite Materials under Impact Load Sravani Koppula, Dr. Ajay kumar Kaviti , Dr. Kiran kumar Namala DESTRUCTIVE AND NON-DESTRUCTIVE EVALUATION OF Cu/Cu DIFFUSION BONDING WITH INTERLAYER A. Santosh Kumar, Mohan.T,S. Suresh Kumar, B. Ravisankar EVALUATION OF DISSIMILAR DIFFUSION BONDING USING DESTRUCTIVE TESTING METHOD Mohan. T, A. Santosh Kumar, S. Suresh Kumar, B. Ravisankar Effect of FSP on Strength and Fracture Toughness of Aluminium Alloy 7000 P.K. Mandal Development of Coatings for Radar Absorbing Materials at Xband Abhishek Kumar and Samarjit Singh Influence Of High Mn-Cu-Mo On Microstructure And Fatigue Properties Of Austempered Ductile Iron Shashidhar M. Banavasi, Ravishankar K. S and Padmayya S. Naik Prediction of hot deformation behavior of high phosphorus steel using artificial neural network Kanchan Singh, S.K.Rajput, T.Soota, Vijay Verma, Dharmendra Singh Mechanical and corrosion behavior of developed copper-based metal matrix composites Manvandra Kumar Singh, Rakesh Kumar Gautam, Rajiv Prakash and Gopal Ji Development & Characterization of Alumina Coating by Atmospheric Plasma Spraying Jobin Sebastian, Abyson Scaria and Don George Kurian Microstructural evolution in Fe-0.13P-0.05C steel during compression at elevated temperatures Yashwant Mehta, S. K. Rajput, Gajanan P. Chaudhari, Vikram V. Dabhade Study of Structural, Dielectric and Ferroelectric Properties of Nb2O5- Doped Lead Free Ba1-x(Bi0.5Ni0.5)xTiO3 Ceramic Meera Rawat Analyzing the Mechanical Properties of Aluminium Reinforced Composite Materials for the Applications of Valves P. Sivashankari, D.Karthik, U.Kishore Kumar Dry Sliding Wear Behavior of Titanium metal powder filled Aluminium Alloy Composites for Gear Application Ashiwani Kumar, Amar Patnaik, I.K Bhat Metal-Insulator-Metal Capacitors for Analog/Mixed Signal Circuits

17

19

20

21

22

23

25

26

27

28

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

2017

International Conference On Recent Advances in Materials, Mechanical and Civil Engineering R Karthik, A Akshaykranth Interaction between poly(vinyl pyrrolidone) PVP and fullerene C 60 at the interface in PVP-C60 nanofluids–A spectroscopic study M. Behera and S. Ram Modeling and Simulation of InGaN/GaN Blue Laser Diode R Karthik ,A Akshaykranth A detailed study of BTI in Hafnium oxide sputtered thin Films for Complimentary MOS Technology R Karthik, Vikram Singh , Prem Kumar Synthesis and Properties of Mg(x)Fe(1-x)2O4 Series nanoparticles A Akshaykranth, R Karthik, K Venkateswara Rao and CH Shilpa Chakra Preparation and Characterization of Nanostructured Zn (X)Fe (1X)2O4 (X=0.1 to 0.9) A Akshaykranth, R Karthik, K Venkateswara Rao and CH Shilpa Chakra Microtexture study: Effect of different irradiation sources on Zirconium and its alloys A.K. Revelly Improving Mechanical Properties of Dissimilar Material Friction Welds Muralimohan Cheepu, B. Srinivas, V. Muthupandi, Suresh Alapati, Woo Seong Che and K. Sivaprasad Effect of pre-ageing on the age hardening response of cryorolled Al-Mg-Si alloy Maruff Hussain, P Nageswararao, Dharmendra Singh and R Jayaganthan Effect of Microstructure on Stress Corrosion Cracking Behaviour of High Nitrogen Stainless Steel Gas Tungsten Arc Welds Raffi Mohammed, Madhusudhan Reddy.G, Srinivasa Rao.K

33

MAT 1110

37

34

MAT 1111

35

MAT 1112

36

MAT 1113

37

MAT 1114

38

MAT 1115

39

MAT 1116

40

MAT 1117

41

MAT 1120

42

MAT 1123

Studies on microstructure, mechanical and corrosion properties of high nitrogen stainless steel shielded metal arc welds Raffi Mohammed, Madhusudhan Reddy.G, Srinivasa Rao.K

46

43

MAT 1124

Effect of Welding Process on Microstructure, Mechanical and Pitting Corrosion Behaviour of 2205 Duplex Stainless Steel Welds Raffi Mohammed, Madhusudhan Reddy.G, Srinivasa Rao.K

47

44

MAT 1125

Comparative Studies on microstructure, mechanical and corrosion behaviour of DMR 249A Steel and its welds Raffi Mohammed, Madhusudhan Reddy.G, Srinivasa Rao.K

48

45

MAT 1126

49

46

MAT 1127

47

MAT 1128

Influence of Welding Process and Post Weld Heat Treatment on Microstructure and Pitting Corrosion Behavior of Dissimilar Aluminium Alloy Welds VSN Venkata Ramana, Raffi Mohammed, Madhusudhan Reddy.G, Srinivasa Rao.K Effect of Post Weld Heat Treatment on Corrosion Behavior of AA2014 Aluminum – Copper Alloy Electron Beam Welds VSN Venkata Ramana, Raffi Mohammed, Madhusudhan Reddy.G, Srinivasa Rao.K Studies on Fusion Welding of High Nitrogen Stainless Steel: Microstructure, Mechanical and corrosion Behaviour Raffi Mohammed, Madhusudhan Reddy.G, Srinivasa Rao.K

38 39

40

41

42

43

44

45

50

51

2017

International Conference On Recent Advances in Materials, Mechanical and Civil Engineering 48

MAT 1129

Experimental Study on Environment Friendly Tap Hole Clay for Blast Furnace R Siva Kumar, Raffi Mohammed, Madhusudhan Reddy.G, Srinivasa Rao.K Studies on Manufacturing Problems in Blast Furnace Tap Hole Clay of Integrated Steel Plants: Experimental Approach R Siva kumar, Raffi Mohammed, Madhusudhan Reddy.G, Srinivasa Rao.K Studies on Microstructure, Mechanical and Pitting Corrosion Behaviour of Similar and Dissimilar Stainless Steel Gas Tungsten Arc Welds Raffi Mohammed, Madhusudhan Reddy.G, Srinivasa Rao.K Study on Failure Analysis of A Seamless Medium Carbon Steel Boiler Tube Raffi Mohammed, Madhusudhan Reddy.G, Srinivasa Rao.K

52

49

MAT 1130

50

MAT 1131

51

MAT 1132

52

MAT 1133

Effect of Post Weld Heat Treatment on Microstructure, Mechanical and Pitting Corrosion Behaviour of Gas Tungsten Arc Welds of IN718 Superalloy Dilkush, Raffi Mohammed ,G.Madhusudhan Reddy and K.Srinivasa Rao

56

53

MAT 1134

57

54

MAT 1135

55

MAT 1136

56

MAT 1139

57

MAT 1140

58

MAT 1141

59

MAT 1142

60

MAT 1143

61

MAT 1144

Comparative Studies on Post Weld Heat Treated Microstructure, Mechanical and Pitting Corrosion on GTAW and EBW of IN718 Superalloy Dilkush, Raffi Mohammed G.Madhusudhan Reddy and K.Srinivasa Rao Fabrication and Analysis of Accumulative Roll Bonding Process between Magnesium and Aluminum Multi-Layers Muralimohan Cheepu, B. Srinivas, Sivaji Karna, D. Venkateswarulu, Suresh Alapati and Woo Seong Che , N. Jagadeesh Joining of dissimilar stainless steel and aluminium sheets by gas tungsten arc welding-brazing process Muralimohan Cheepu, B. Srinivas, D. Venkateswarulu, and N. Abhishek Microbial Fuel Cells: Recent Developments in Design and Materials Bhargavi Gunturu and Renganathan Sahadevan Biosorption of Basic Textile Dye from Aqueous Solution Using Pongamia pinnata as Adsorbent Bhargavi Gunturu, Geethalakshmi Ramakrishnan and Renganathan Sahadevan Equilibrium and Isotherm studies on the Removal of Basic Textile Dye from Aqueous Solutions using Kigelia africana Biosorbent Bhargavi Gunturu, Geethalakshmi Ramakrishnan and Renganathan Sahadevan Decolorisation of Basic Textile Dye from Aqueous Solutions using a Biosorbent derived from Thespesia populnea used Biomass Bhargavi Gunturu and Renganathan Sahadevan Removal of Basic Yellow 87 Textile Dye from Aqueous Solutions using Aquatic Weeds as low cost Adsorbent Kabilnath Bhaskaran, Bhargavi Gunturu, Renganathan Sahadevan and Ravikumar Effect of in-situ formed Al3Ti particles on the microstructure and mechanical properties of 6061 Al alloy Rahul Gupta, G.P. Chaudhari, B.S.S.Daniel

53

54

55

58

59

60

62

63

64

65

66

2017


MAT 1145

63

MAT 1146

64

MAT 1148

65

MAT 1150

66

MAT 1151

67

MAT 1153

68

MAT 1156

69

MAT 1161

70

MAT 1200

Optical Studies of PbO-Sb2O3-B2O3 Glasses Doped with Dy3+ and Er3+ Ions. M Chandra Shekhar Reddy Effect of Nickel Addition on Mechanical Properties of Powder Forged Fe-Cu-C Nikki Archana Barla Ultra fine grained Zirconium alloys– A Review Devasri Fuloria, R. Jayaganthan Corrosion prevention of steel reinforcement in 7.5% NaCl solution using pure Magnesium anode Yogesh Iyer Murthy, Sumit Gandhi and Abhishek Kumar Effect of High Power Ultrasound on Mechanical Properties of AlSi Alloys Neeraj Srivastava, Rahul Gupta, G.P. Chaudhari Development of Microstructure and mechanical behavior of high strength Al 7075 alloy processed through cryorolling followed by warm rolling P Nageswararao, Dharmendra Singh

67

Corrosion performance of Cr3C2-NiCr+0.2%Zr coated superalloys under actual medical waste incinerator environment Lalit Ahuja, Deepa Mudgal, S. Singh and S. Prakash Review on the Extraction Methods of Crude oil from all Generation Biofuels in last few Decades Bhargavi Gunturu, Sudhakar Uppalapati and Renganathan Sahadevan A study on chloride induced depassivation of Fe-P-C-Si and Fe-PC-Si-N steels in simulated concrete pore solution Yashwant Mehta, Gajanan P. Chaudhari, Vikram V. Dabhade

73

68

69 70

71

72

74

75

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING S.No 1

Paper id MEC 19

2

MEC 116

3

MEC 120

4

MEC 123

5

MEC 129

6

MEC 131

7

MEC 132

Title Mixed culture microalgae-based Coconut Biodiesel as fuel to Improve DI CI Engine Performance, emission characteristics Katam Ganesh Babu, A.Veeresh Babu, K.Madhu Murthy, M. Kiran Kumar Design and Optimization of Mixed Flow Pump Impeller Blades by Varying Semi-cone Angle Nehal Dash , Apurba Kumar Roy and Kaushik Kumar Use of Fin Analysis to determine the thermal conductivity of material Saloni Suhas Deshmukh1, Neha Sanjay Babar , Sharayu Dattatray Ghogare,, Sneha Bharat Bansude, Pradyumna Dhamangaonkar Evaluation of Stresses in Different configuration of Notched Geometry Using Finite Element Simulation R. D. Palhade Tensile Behaviour Of Friction Stir Welded 2024-T6 Aluminium Alloy Dhananjayulu Avula, D K Dwivedi Experimental Studies on Natural Aspirated Diesel Engine Fuelled with Corn Seed Oil Methyl Ester as a Biodiesel E. Rama Krishna Reddy, V. Dhana Raju Influence of process parameter in machining Titanium Ti-6Al-4V alloy using Brass wire and constant current (8A) on WEDM Dr.T.Vijaya Babu , Dr .J.S Soni, S. Ajaya Kumar

Page no 76

77

78

79

80

81

82

2017


MEC 134

9

MEC 138

10

MEC 146

11

MEC 148

12

MEC 150

13

MEC 152

14

MEC 156

15

MEC 157

16

MEC 159

17

MEC 160

18

MEC 164

19

MEC 165

20

MEC 169

21

MEC 175

22

MEC 177

23

MEC 179

24

MEC 187

Design And Analysis Of Powered Ankle-Foot Mechanism Using Hydraulic System Sanghamitra Debta and Kaushik Kumar Roy Predicting the deposition efficiency of plasma sprayed alumina coatings on AZ31B magnesium alloy by response surface methodology D.Thirumalaikumarasamy, V.Balasubramanian S.Sree Sabari R.Rajesh and Medha R.Elayidom Three Dimensional, Numerical Analysis of an Elastohydrodynamic Lubrication Using Fluid Structure Interaction (FSI) Approach Hanoca P, H V Ramakrishna Optimisation of Header of a Compact Radiator Subhadip Roy, C S Vamsi Krishna, N Ganesh and A Kumarasamy An Experimental study on effect of process variables on surface roughness and elastic spring back in milling of Titanium alloy Ti6Al-4V A.Sreenivasa Rao, K.Venkata Rao A Novel Bio-Inspired Wing Developed By 3d Printing S.Arunvinthan,S.Ramesh Kumar ,S.Nadaraja Pillai &B.Balaji Thermo Structural Analysis of Carbon-Carbon Nozzle Exit Cone for Rocket Cryo Engines G Vinod, S Renjith & Thaddeus Basker CFD Analysis of the Effect of Surface Contour of Nose cone of a Space Vehicle on the Thermal Field during Re-Entry K.V.Sreenivas Rao, Sujan. P and Sachin H.S Performance evaluation of solar photovoltaic panel driven refrigeration system C.S. Rajoria, Dharmendra Singh And Pankaj Kumar Gupta Margin of safety estimation of tongue and groove joint of rocket motors with discontinuous end ring G. Vinod, Manarsh kumar Bhadra, K S Narayanan and VT Bhasker

83

Study on the Effect of the Impact Location and the Type of Hammer Tip on the Frequency Response Function (FRF) in Experimental Modal Analysis of Rectangular Plates Kiran D. Mali , Pravin M. Singru Design optimization of squeeze mode magnetorheological damper Jitenkumar D. Patel , Dipal Patel Integrated Thermal Structural Analysis of Advanced Composite Plates and Shells Kari Thangaratnam, Divya, Monslin Sugirtha Singh and Evangeline Kumar Effect of Nano Clay on Mechanical Behavior of Bamboo Fiber Reinforced Polyester Composites Kundan Patel, Jay Patel, Piyush Gohil, Vijaykumar Chaudhary Experimental and Numerical analysis of single basin Solar Stills C. Uma Maheswari, R. Meenakshi Reddy

96

Effect of Process parameters on Friction Stir Welded Aluminium Alloy IS737 G.Mrudula, P. Bhargavi, V.Sucharitha, Dr.A.Krishnaiah Thermal performance on portable mini Solar Pond using Nacl and Coal Cinder D.Sathish, M.Veeramanikandan , R.Thirunavukkarasu , R. Tamilselvan , T.Karthickmunisamy

84

85

86 88

90 91

92

93

95

97 98

99

100

101

102

2017


MEC 188

Effective Study on Advances in Photovoltaic Thermal (PV/T) Water Heating System M.Veeramanikandan , T.Karthickmunisamy, R. Tamilselvan , D.Sathish , R.Thirunavukkarasu Experimental Investigation of Performance and Emissions Characteristics of a Diesel Engine with Pongamia Biodiesel and Diesel Blends R.Thirunavukkarasu,R. Tamilselvan, T.Karthickmunisamy, M.Veeramanikandan, D. Sathish Effect of Low Proportion Kapok Biodiesel Blend on Performance, Combustion and Emission Characteristics of a Diesel Engine R.Tamilselven, R. Thirunavukkarasu , D. Sathish, T. Karthickmunisamy, M. Veeramanikandan Relative Study of steel Solar Pond with Sodium Chloride and Gravels T.Karthickmunisamy, D.Sathish, M.Veeramanikandan , R.Thirunavukkarasu, R. Tamilselvan Influence of porosity on the stability of functionally graded plate in thermal environment Ankit Gupta, Mohammad Talha

104

26

MEC 189

27

MEC 190

28

MEC 191

29

MEC 192

30

MEC 194

Imperfection sensitivity of the post-buckling characteristics of functionally gradient plates using higher-order shear and normal deformation theory Ankit Gupta, Mohammad Talha

110

31

MEC 1101

Primary Manufacturing Processes for Fiber Reinforced Composites: History, Development & Future Research Trends

111

32

MEC 1103

33

MEC 1108

34

MEC 1117

35

MEC 1121

36

MEC 1122

37

MEC 1125

38

MEC 1131

39

MEC 1132

40

MEC 1137

Alpa Tapan Bhatt,Piyush P Gohil and Vijaykumar Chaudhary Finite Element Modeling and Analysis of Hip Joint Prosthesis with Modular Stem Taj, E C Prasad Nidumolu, P Geeta Krishna A Review on Power Generation by Waste Heat Recovery YashHemantkumar Parikh,Chetan O. Yadav ANALYSIS OF EFFECTS ON PERFORMANCE AND EMISSIONS OF EMULSIONS OF DIESEL AND BIODIESEL FUEL: Review M Abhinav Padmanabha, Jayashri Nair, and Ajay Kumar.K. Analysis of Composite shaft under Torsion S. Jush Kumar, D. S. Chandra Mouli and A.SarathKumar Barriers affecting successful technology enablement of supply chain: An Indian perspective Ranjan Arora, Abid Haleem and Jamal A. Farooquie Flow Analysis Of An Air In A Common Duct By Using Computational fluid dynamics Baji Katta Optimization of 10 kW Solar PV – Diesel Hybrid Energy System for Different Load Factors at Jaisalmer Location of Rajasthan, India S. K. Saraswat and K. V. S. Rao Effect of Skin Friction Coefficient on Power Developed by Flettner Rotor System for Ship Propulsion Akshay Lele, K. V. S. Rao Torsional Vibration analysis in Turbo-generator shaft due to Malsynchronization Fault

106

107

108

109

112

113 114

115 117

118

119

120

121

2017


41

MEC 1140

42

MEC 1144

43

MEC 1147

44

MEC 1149

45

MEC 1150

46

MEC 1153

47

MEC 1156

48

MEC 1160

49

MEC 1161

50

MEC 1162

51

MEC 1163

52

MEC 1164

53

MEC 1165

54

MEC 1168

55

MEC 1178

56

MEC 1179

57

MEC 1180

Abhishek Bangunde, Tarun Kumar and Prof. Rajeev Kumar Stochastic Vibration response of functionally graded material beam with System Randomness Mohammad Amir, Mohammad Talha Investigation of Effects of Process Parameters on Properties of Friction Stir Welded Joints Atul Chauhan, Tarun Soota, S.K. Rajput Friction Factor Affecting Heat Transfer over Flate Surface with Artificial Wedged Ribbed O.P.Srivastava, K.K. Jain Experimental Investigation of Temperature Distribution along the Length of Uniform Area Fin for Forced and Free Convection Vikas Kannojiya, Riya Sharma , Rahul Gaur, Anil Jangra, Pushpender Yadav and Pooja Prajapati OPTIMIZATION OF PROCESS PARAMETERS IN WELDING OF DISSIMILAR STEELS USING ROBOT TIG WELDING G. Navaneeswar Reddy, M.VenkataRamana Resource Allocation in a Repetitive Project Scheduling Using Genetic Algorithm Biju Samuel, Jeeno Mathew Optimization Of Various Parameters On Phase Change Material Based Thermal Energy Storage System By Pso B madhu, G venkatesh and k jayasimha reddy Performance of Solar Water Pump for Irrigation: A Case Study of Village Peepalda Kalan in Kota, Rajasthan, India Harjot Singh, Bharat Kumar Saxena and K.V.S. Rao A review on methods of productivity improvement in solar desalination R.Dhivagar, Dr.S.Sundararaj Biodiesel from lemon and lemon grass oil and its effect on engine performance and exhaust emission R.Dhivagar, Dr.S.Sundararaj, V.R.Vignesh Substructuring Approach for Finite Element Modeling and Analysis of an Adaptive Beam with Edge Debonded Piezoelectric Actuator K. VenkataRao andS. Raja Levelized Cost of Electricity and Plant Load Factor of 7.5 MW Grid Connected Biomass Power Plant Rashmi Sharma, Bharat Kumar Saxena and K.V.S. Rao Experimental And Numerical Analysis of Equal Channel Angular Extrusion Process P. Venkateshwar Reddy, K. Naveena Latha , P. Srinivasa Rao and P. Janaki Ramulu Design and Weight Optimization of Wheel Rim For Suv Harish. Panjagala, Balakrishna. M and Uzwal Kiran. R Design and Fabrication of Pulsating Heat Pipe N. Santhisree, N. V. S. S. Sudheer , P. Bhramara Optimal Draft requirement for vibratory tillage equipment using Genetic Algorithm technique Gowripathi Rao,Himanshu Chaudhary and Prem Singh Interlaminar Fracture Toughness Characterization of a Laminated Carbon/Epoxy Composite Prodduturi Ashok kumar, Pandu Ratnakar, Pinninti Ravinder Reddy, AVSSKS Gupta

122

123

124

125

126

127

128

129

130

131

132

133

134

136 137

138

140

2017


MEC 1184

59

MEC 1187

60

MEC 1192

61

MEC 1200

Modeling And Cfd Analysis Of A Pulse Jet Engine Using Solid Works Flow Simulation Sudhakar Uppalapati, M . Kranthi Kiran Experimental study of compressor in the VCR system using Nanooil lubricants for COP enhancement K.VeeraRaghavalu, GovindhaRasu N DESIGN AND FABRICATION OF PULSATING HEAT PIPE N Santhisree, N V S S Sudheer, P Bhramara Design optimization of flow mode magnetorheological damper Nileshkumar D. Chauhan , Dipal Patel

141

142

143 144

MANUFACTURING S.No 1

Paper id MAN 11

2

MAN 15

3

MAN 17

4

MAN 112

5

MAN 114

6

MAN 120

7

MAN 125

8

MAN 126

9

MAN 128

10

MAN 129

11

MAN 133

12

MAN 147

13

MAN 150

14

MAN 151

15

MAN 152

16

MAN 154

Title An Analysis on Bilayer Tube Flaring Chetan P Nikhare Experimental Parametric Studies on Martenistic Stainless Steel 430L Using CO2 Laser Welding A.Murali, Jaya Kishore.S and M.Chandra Sekhara Reddy Effect of Welding Speed on Mechanical Properties of Friction Stir welded AA 6082-T6 Al Alloy Dhananjayulu Avula, D K Dwivedi Machining of AISI D2 Tool Steel with Multiple Hole Electrodes by EDM Process R Prasad Prathipati, Kondaiah Gudimetla, R Uzwal Kiran Effect of Friction on Barreling during Cold Upset Forging of Aluminum 6082 Alloy Solid Cylinders Amrita Priyadarshini, C Phaneendra Kiran Optimization of process parameters in rotary electric discharge machining using taguchi method Chandramouli S and Eswaraiah K Characterisation of Micro Channels Machined with ECDM for Fluidic Applications Lijo Paul, Bibin P George and Ashwin Varghese FEM of ECDM process on Semi Conducting Materials Lijo Paul, Pradeep P V and Donald Antony Effect of Cast Geometries on Particle Dispersion in Metal Matrix Composites Vishal Mehta, Roma Patel, Mayur Sutaria Numerical Modeling of Friction Stir Welding Using CFD analysis of Al-Zn Alloys D. Venkateswarlu, P. Nageswararao M. M. Mahapatra and S.P. Harsha Investigations of Milling Parameters on Hemp Fiber Reinforced Composite using ANOVA and Regression Kundan Patel, Keval Patel, Piyush Gohil, Vijaykumar Chaudhary Study of Earing Behavior in Deep Drawing Process Using Simple Tensile Test for EDD Steel Nitin Kotkunde, Rushabha Shaha, Kurra Suresh, Navneet Khanna Effect of Heat Treatment Parameters on the Characteristics of Thin Wall Austempered Ductile Iron Casting Rajat Upadhyaya, K. K. Singh and Rajeev Kumar Welding processes for Inconel 718- A brief review Jose Tom Tharappe, Jalumedi Babu Turning of Hard steels- A Review Sujin S Bose, Jalumedi Babu, Bala Girinath Teaching-Learning Based Optimization Approach For Parameter Optimization Of Laser Machining: A Case Study

Page no 145 146

147

148

149

150

151

152 154

155

156

157

158

160 161 162

2017


17

MAN 156

18

MAN 157

19

MAN 159

20

MAN 161

21

MAN 165

22

MAN 170

23

MAN 172

24

MAN 174

25

MAN 175

26

MAN 181

27

MAN 182

S.No 1

Paper id CIV 11

2

CIV 18

3

CIV 19

4

CIV 115

V. Prasanna, U. Shrinivas Balraj Optimization and selection of forming depth and pressure for box shaped Superplastic forming using grey based fuzzy logic. Jalumedi Babu, Madarapu Anjaiah, Varkeychen, Ajith James Necessities of e-waste recycling plants in India Allen Tom, Tom Zacharia Injection Molding Parameters Calculations by Using Visual Basic (VB) Programming B Jain A R Tony , S Karthikeyen , B Jeslin A R Alex and Z Jahid Ali Hasan Optimization of Machining Parameters in Dry EDM of EN31 Steel Gurinder Singh Brar Influence of Initial Aspect Ratios on the Densification Behaviour of Sintered Low Alloy Steel through Axial Hot Forging Venkata Kondaiah E , S. Kumaran Effect of Gaussian Beam on Dissimilar Welding of AA5083 and AA6061 Alloys by Laser Beam Welding B. Srinivas, Muralimohan Cheepu, K. Sivaprasad and V. Muthupandi Investigations on High Speed Machining of EN-353 Steel Alloy under Different Machining Environments A.Venkata Vishnu, P. Jamaleswara Kumar Effect Of Fsw Process Parameters On Mechanical Properties Of Ferrous Alloys D. Venkateswarlu, Amandeep Singh, M.M. Mahapatra and P. Nageswararao Effect of Heat treatments on Microstructure Evolution on FSW of AA 2219 alloys D. Venkateswarlu, and P. Nageswararao and M.M. Mahapatra Comparative Study on Mechanical Properties of Similar and Dissimilar Friction Stir Welding of AA5083-H111 and AA6082-T6 Aluminium Alloys H.M.Anil Kumar, Dr. V.Venkata Ramana and Mayur Pawar Joining of brass plates of cu 61% and zinc 39% using friction stir welding B Kranthi kumar , D Venkateshwarlu, P.Nageshwer Rao , V.Srikanth

164

166 167

168 169

170

171

172

173

174

175

CIVIL ENGINEERING Title Experimental Investigation Of In-Cylinder Air Flow To Optmize Number Of Helical Guide Vanes To Enhance Di Diesel Engine Performance Using Mamey Sapota Biodiesel Mr. A. Raj Kumar, Dr. G. Janardhana Raju , Dr. K. Hemachandra Reddy Application of Principles of Linear Elastic Fracture Mechanics for Concrete Structures: A Numerical Study D.R. Chauhan, H.R. Tewan and Kalyana Rama J.S. Novel Techniques for Seismic Performance of High Rise Structures in 21st Century: State-Of-The Art Review 14 Ranjit Patil, Ajinkya Naringe and Kalyan Rama J S Design of Bituminous Mixture for Perpetual Pavement Gireesh Kumar Sajja, Satyasimha Dharaeedhara , Kratagya Mittal and Sridhar Raju

Page no 176

177

178

180

2017


CIV 116

6

CIV 119

7

CIV 124

8

CIV 141

9

CIV 144

10

CIV 145

11

CIV 146

12

CIV 147

13

CIV 148

14

CIV 150

15

CIV 152

16

CIV 159

17

CIV 161

18

CIV 165

19

CIV 167

20

CIV 178

21

CIV 184

22

CIV 187

23

CIV 192

24

CIV 196

Influence of Ternary Blended Mineral Admixture on Fresh and Hardened Properties of Concrete K. Mounika, Dr. C. N. V Sridhar Numerical model updating technique for structures using firefly algorithm Sai Kubair K , Dr. Mohan S C Stimulus of rice husk ash in the properties of concrete- A review S Praveenkumar, G Sankarasubrmanian Assessment of Rainwater Harvesting Potential Using GIS Durgasrilakshmi Hari1,a*, K. Ramamohan Reddy2,b and Kola Vikas , N. Srinivas , G. Vikas Incorporation of Axial Aging Effects of Pile Foundations into Pushover Analysis of Offshore Jacket Platforms Jerin M. George, V.J. Kurian and M.M.A. Wahab Simplified Method for The Transverse Bending Analysis of Twin Celled Concrete Box Girder Bridges J. Chithra, Dr. Praveen Nagarajan and Dr. Sajith A. S. Analysis of Brick Masonry Wall using Applied Element Method Lincy Christy D, Dr. T M Madhavan Pillai and Dr. Praveen Nagarajan Comparison of the Performance of Concrete-Filled Steel Tubular and Hollow Steel Diagrid Building Minu Ann Peter, Sajith. A. S and Praveen Nagarajan A Review on the Development of New Materials for the Construction of Prestressed Concrete Railway Sleepers Anand Raj, Praveen Nagarajan and A P Shashikala Analysis of Concrete Beams using Applied Element Method Lincy Christy D, Dr. T M Madhavan Pillai and Dr. Praveen Nagarajan Influence of intensity parameters of earthquake on response of reinforced concrete structures Ciby Jacob Cherian, T. M. Madhavan Pillai, Sajith A. S Twin Tunnel Failure Criteria and Stability Improvement Measures: Review Aswathy Annie Varghese Nonlinear Analysis of Composite Plates and Shells subjected to Inplane loading Kari Thangaratnam, Sanjana R and Monslin Sugirtha Singh Analysis of Smart Plates and Shells made of Advanced Composites Kari Thangaratnam and Surekha S.K Effect of Sawdust Ash and Lime on Geotechnical Properties of Red Soil Paarwathe V K Case Study of Fly Ash Brick Manufacturing Units at Kota in Rajasthan Yogita Sharma, Bharat Kumar Saxena and KVS Rao A Numerical Study on Free and Forced Vibration of Continuous Beams using Finite Element Method A.Navya, V.Ratna Kiran, and K. AjayKumar Suitability Of Quarry Dust As A Partial Replacement Of Fine Aggregate In Self Compacting Concrete Thete Swapnil Tanajirao, Arpitha D, Suman Saha, Rajasekaran C Evaluation Of Performance Point Of Structure Using Capacity Spectrum Method Swathi S, Katta Venkataramana, Rajasekaran C Study On Sulphate Attack With Blended Cement Mortar Diguvapatnam. Sai Latha, Shaik. Fayaz And Patchava. Gargeyei Malavika Chakravarthy

181

182

183 184

185

187

188 189

190

192 193

194

195

196 197 196

199

200

201

202

2017


CIV 199

26

CIV 217

27

CIV 1100

28

CIV 1104

29

CIV 1105

30

CIV 1108

31

CIV 1109

32

CIV 1110

33

CIV 1111

34 CIV 1112

35

CIV 1113

36

CIV 1115

37

CIV 1116

38

CIV 1117

39

CIV 1119

40

CIV 1126

41

CIV 1127

42

CIV 1128

43

CIV 1129

44

CIV 1130

45

CIV 1139

Dynamic Analysis of Sandwich Plate Structure by Finite Element Method Amit Paul , Dr. Sreyashi Das(nee Pal) ,Dr. Arup Guha Niyogi Self-Curing Concrete With Different Self-Curing Agents Dr. K.V.S. Gopala Krishna Sastry , Putturu Manoj Kumar Effect of various Interface Thicknesses on the Behavior of Infilled frame Subjected to Lateral Load K. Senthil , S. Muthukumar , S. Rupali and K.S. Satyanarayanan Tunnel Projects and Risk Management A.K. Mishra, R.K. Chaudhary, P. Punetha and I. Ahmed Evaluation of Deformation Modulus for the Jointed Rock Masses using Equivalent Continuum Approach Rahul Khanna, Imran Sayeed and Rajendra Kr. Dubey Influence of Crack on the Instability of GFRP Composite Cylindrical Shells under Combined Loading Angelina Catherine B, Dr. Priyadarsini R. S Study on the Stress Concentration in GFRP Composite Plates with Multiple Cut-Outs Subjected to Shear Loading Aleena R. S and Dr. Priyadarsini R. S Influence of Geotextile and Geogrid Reinforcement on Strength Behaviour of Soft Silty Soil Ayush Mittal , Shalinee Shukla Durability and Non – Destructive Evaluation of Self-Compacting Concrete with Recycled Aggregates Dr. Venu Malagavelli , Prasanth Abraham Manalel Geotechnical Characterization of Dredged Material and Effect of Lime Stabilisation on its Strength Characteristics Sabreena Mohammad, Wasim Akram and Shakeel A. Mirza Mechanical Properties and Non Destructive Evaluation of Concrete Containing Metakaolin as a Supplementary Material Dr.Venu Malagavelli , Belayneh A, Subodh Joshi, Ashok Kumar S and Jaison J Memadam Expansive Soil Stabilization with Coir waste and Lime for Flexible pavement subgrade G Narendra Goud, A Hyma, V Shiva Chandra and R Sandhya Rani Comparative Study on Infill Walls Raja Sekhar Mamillapalli, Dr. P N K Rao Design of Tsunami Resistant Structures - A technical review Deepthy Jose, and Jerin M. George Non Linear Dynamic Analysis of Offshore Blast Wall Geethu Francis and Vinay Mathews Analysis of an RC Multistoried Building Subjected to Dynamic Loading Akash Raut , P.D.Pachpor and Sanket Dautkhani Analysis and Design of Pier for High Level Bridge Aditya Chopade , V. R. Harne and Rajat Bongilwar Significance of Shear Wall in Multi-Storey Structure With Seismic Analysis Rajat Bongilwar , V.R. Harne and Aditya Chopade Study on seismic isolation of structures using geosynthetics Piyush Punetha, Manojit Samanta and Piyush Mohanty Study on Response of Coir Fiber Reinforced Sand Subjected to Cyclic Loads R Sridhar, M T Prathapkumar Durability Studies on Concrete with Acid Attack on Rice Husk

203

205 207 208 209

210

211

212

213

215

216

218

220 221 222 223

224 225

226 227

229

2017


46

CIV 1140

47

CIV 1141

48

CIV 1142

49

CIV 1143

50

CIV 1144

51

CIV 1201

52

CIV 1206

53

CIV 1207

54

CIV 1210

55

CIV 1214

56

CIV 1217

57

CIV 1221

58

CIV 1222

59

CIV 1223

60

CIV 1224

61

CIV 1270

Ash as a cement Replacement Dr.G.Venkata Ramana ,R.Ramya Swetha A Study On Mechanical Properties Of Steel Fiber Based Geopolymer Concrete Kallempudi Murali, Dr. T.Meena , Peta Purnachandra sai Seismic Analysis Of Lateral Systems In Tall Buildings For Soft Soil Type And Different Seismic Zones T.Jaya Krishna, Shaik.. Fayaz , D.Pavan Kumar

230

231

CASE STUDY ON PREVENTIVE MEASURES OF RAILWAY CORROSION IN INDIAN RAILWAYS J Seetunya, K Sindhu Priya,P Purnachandra Sai, D Rupendra Experimental investigation on compressive strength of a Ternary Blended Concrete made with sugarcane bagasse ash and silica fume Peta Purnachandra Sai, Dr.T.Meena and Kallempudi Murali Urban Sprawl Studies of Warangal Municipal Corporation- A RS & GIS Approach Santennagari Praveen, Sirikonda Swathi Shilpa Mishra , Shwetha Kaushik Emission Control Technologies For Thermal Power Plants Seema Nihalani, Yogendra Mishra Flexural Behavior Of Rc Slab Strengthened With Cfrp Strip Praseen.B. S, Bevin Varghese Cheriya Soil Stabilization Using Cement Ariba Shafi, Deeba Qadir and Arif Malik Seismic Response Of Multistoried Building With Different Foundations Considering Interaction Effects Shreya Sitakant Shetgaonkar , Purnanand Savoikar A Study on Wheel Sinkage and Rolling Resistance with Variations in Wheel Geometry for Plain and Lugged Wheels on TRI – 1 Soil Simulant Pala Gireesh Kumar And S Jayalekshmi Analysis and Design Of Rc Framed Building With And Without Shear Wall At Different Locations Sanket Dautkhani, P.D.Pachpor and Akash Raut Performance based evaluation of elevated water tank Kanchan raut , Prof . H.P. Khungar , Anandbhushan tekade A Parametric Study Of Highrise Structures With Mass And Stiffness Irregularity Subjected To Seismic Action Using Staad.Pro V8i Harshad Deshmukh, Hariom Khungar Determination of Load Sharing Ratio of Piled-Raft Foundation. Anandbhushan Tekade ,Kanchan Raut , Dr. M. S. Kadu Analysis And Design Of Composite Slab By Varying Different Parameters Kedar Lambe, Sharda Siddh

232

Geotechnical Evaluation Of Traditional ‘Bunds’ - Earthen Levees From Goa Leonardo Roque Do Carmo Souza , Dr. Sumitra S. Kandolkar

247

233

234

236 237 238 239

241

242

243 244

245 246

International Conference on Recent Advances in Materials, Mechanical and Civil Engineering ICRAMMCE-2017 1-2 June, 2017, MLRITM, Hyderabad, Telangana

MAT-14

Mechanical Characterization of 3D Printed Polylactic Acid Strands 1, a 2,b 3,c FULL G.T.L.Priyanka *, Navaneet N. Kabra and T.P.Tezeswi 1

Research Scholar, Engineering Structures Division, NIT Warangal, T.S, INDIA 2 M.Tech, Engineering Structures Division, NIT Warangal, T.S, INDIA 3 Assistant Professor,Engineering Structures Division, NIT Warangal, T.S, INDIA a

b

c

[email protected], [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract:The material characterization of 3D printed structures to obtain parameters such as strength and stiffness is a time consuming and costly process which can be simplified by the testing of fundamental building blocks, which are 3D printed strands. This data can further be used for analytical and numerical material constitutive modeling of 3D printed Polylactic Acid (PLA) parts which can then be directly related to any structural shape with various deposition orientations and layups. In this study, single strands of PLA material with different gauge lengths are tested for axial tensile modulus, ultimate strength and failure strain. A probabilistic strength prediction model of individual strands is developed wherein the2-parameter Weibull distribution is used to determine the probability of failure of extruded strand material at a particular strength.

(a) (b) (c) Fig.1:Weibull reliability distribution for specimens of gauge lengths (a) 5 cm, (b) 10 cm, (c) 20 cm Conclusion. Preliminary tensile tests of 3D printed PLA strands were conducted to obtain E, σult, εfailure for various gauge lengths. In this work, a reliability analysis for tensile failure characteristics of fused deposition modelling processed PLA thermoplastics was carried out considering the effect of different gauge lengths. It was observed that the ultimate tensile stress of PLA samples for gauge length of 5cm was found to be the highest at 25.2 MPa, while for gauge length 10 cm & 20cm, the values were lower at 20.2 and 20.7 MPa, respectively. Further, it was observed that under tensile loading the PLA specimens having gauge length 10cm achieved highest strain before failure compared to those PLA specimens with gauge lengths of 5 & 20cm. Characteristic such as failure strength and strain to failure are governed by the number of defects per unit volume of the material, hence the observed size effect of higher volume (length) specimens having lower predicted strength is consistent with the Weibull statistical fracture theory. Weibull analysis enables determination of probabilistic values of ultimate strength, as well as reliability indices to enable further high fidelity FEA modeling towards determination of micro- mechanics based constitutive relationship for 3D printed polymer materials. This study will assist in developing design guidelines for application of FDM built parts subjected to tension loading. Such datawould be extremely useful to design parts as more and more additive manufactured parts and materials are being applied to various engineering applications in different loading conditions. Keywords:3D printing, strand, tensile, Weibull, reliability Mechanical Characterization of 3D Printed Polylactic Acid Strands Page 1


MAT-110

Effect of nanoparticles dispersion on viscoelastic properties of epoxy–zirconia polymer nanocomposites Sushil Kumar Singh1, a *, Abhishek Kumar2,b, and Anuj Jain3,c 1 2 a

Department of Applied Mechanics,

Motilal Nehru National Institute of Technology Allahabad, India


Abstract: In most of the composite systems, fillers are selected as the reinforced hard phase. Among these composite systems, polymers have occupied an integral place in structural design of various products owing to its high strength to low weight ratio, and high resistance to environmental degradation [1, 2]. Zirconia nanoparticles were dispersed in epoxy polymer to synthesize epoxy nanocomposites using ultrasonication. Spherical Zirconia nanoparticles (45 nm) in weight fraction of2, 4, 6 and 8 % were used as reinforcement in epoxy resin and viscoelastic properties of nanocomposites were investigated. The dispersion of zirconia nanoparticles in the epoxy matrix significantly enhances its viscoelastic properties. The value of storage modulus and glass transition temperature increases from 179 MPa (pristine) to 225 MPa and 61 °C (pristine) to 70 °C with the amount of dispersion up to 6 wt.% of the Zirconia nanoparticles in the epoxy matrix respectively. Maximum improvement in storage modulus, loss modulus and glass transition temperature was observed at 6 wt.% of nanoparticles and then exhibited deterioration in the investigated properties with further loading concentration (i.e. at 8 wt.%). PROCEDURE ZrO 2 PARTICLE

EPOXY

SAMPLE ASTM-D4065-12

MIXTURE

RESULT ADD MEK

VACCUM HEATING

HARDNER ADDITION

ASTM-38-10 DEGASSING

CURING

TESTING

ASTM-D7028-07

Keywords: Zirconia nanoparticle, Epoxy, Nanocomposites, Visco-elastic properties. References: [1] B.B. Johnsen, A.J. Kinloch, R.D. Mohammed, A.C. Taylor,S. Sprenger, Toughening mechanisms of nanoparticle-modified epoxy polymers, Polymer 48 (2007) 530-541. [2] V. Hiremath, D. K. Shukla, Effect of particle morphology on viscoelastic and flexural properties of epoxy–alumina polymer nanocomposites, Plastics, Rubber and Composites 45 (2015) 199-206.

Effect of nanoparticles dispersion on viscoelastic properties of epoxy–zirconia polymer nanocomposites

Page 2


MAT-116

Fragility of Chalcogenide Glass in Relation to Characteristic Temperature T0/Tg Shaker1,a, T.Shanker Rao2,b *, T.Lilly Shanker Rao3,c and Venkatraman.K 4,d

A.M.

1

Assistant Professor, Physics Department, K.J.Somaiya College of Science and Commerce, Vidyavihar, Mumbai 400077, India 2 Associate Professor, Physics Department, Narmada College of Science and Commerce, Bharuch 392011, Gujarat, India 3 Associate Professor, Electronics Department, Narmada College of Science and Commerce, Bharuch 392011, Gujarat, India 4 Assistant Professor, PMB Gujarati science College, Indore 452001, India a

[email protected],[email protected],[email protected],[email protected]

Keywords: Fragility Index, Chalcogenide glasses, Characteristic temperature, VFT relation, Kinetic studies, Kauzmann Temperature, Differential scanning calorimetry (DSC)

Introduction Chalcogenide glasses are prepared by mixing the chalcogen elements, These alloys are disordered and noncrystalline. Ge10Se50Te40 system falls under the category of ternary chalcogenides. The concept of fragility is originally introduced by Angell [1]. For several glass forming liquids, the characteristic temperature T0/Tg is correlated with the fragility index m. The present study reports the correlation between the fragility index m and the characteristic temperature T0/Tg. Experimental Methods The fragility of the bulk amorphous glass of Ge10Se50Te40 is calculated using calorimetric measurements of glass transition (Tg) at different heating rates ( β ) in the range 5 to 20 K/min. Results and discussion Four different independent approaches are used to calculate the fragility index m . 1. VFT fitting method

The dependence of the Tg with β in DSC scans is given in terms of VFT equation [2-4] β(Tg ) = C exp [ B / ( T0 – Tg ) ] (1) here C,B and T0 are adjustable VFT parameters and T0 is called Vogel temperature or the ideal glass transition temperature. By plotting ln β versus 1/ ( Tg – T0 ) , the slope B is determined (Fig.1). The T0 = 320 K for the proper VFT fit is obtained. 3

3.2 3.0

2

2.8

1

Tg(K)

0

LASCOKA

2.0 1.8

ln 

KAUZMANN

ln 

2.4 2.2

Tc(K)

VFT

2.6

Kauzmann plot for Ge10Se50Te40 -2 -3

Plot of VFT,Kauzmann and Lascoka for Ge10Se50Te40

1.6

0.03

0.04

0.05

0.06

0.07

T0 = 333.52 K

-4

1.4 0.02

-1

0.08

0.09

1/(Tg-T0)

-5 200

250

300

350

400

450

Temperature (K)

Fig.1 Plot of VFT, Kauzmann and Lasocka

Fig.2 Tg and Tc as a function of ln β

Fragility of Chalcogenide Glass in Relation to Characteristic Temperature T0/Tg

Page 3


Glass Transition Kinetics of Cobalt based Metallic Glass MAT-117

T.Shanker Rao1,a, T.Lilly Shanker Rao2,b A.M.Shaker3,c, and Venkataraman.K 4,d 1

Associate Professor, Physics Department, Narmada College of Science and Commerce, Bharuch 392011, Gujarat, India 3 Associate Professor, Electronics Department, Narmada College of Science and Commerce, Bharuch 392011, Gujarat, India 3 Assistant Professor, Physics Department, K.J.Somaiya College of Science and Commerce, Vidyavihar, Mumbai 400077, India 4 Assistant Professor, PMB Gujarati science College, Indore 452001, India

Keywords: Activation energy of crystallization, Activation energy of onset crystallization, Fragility Index, Metallic glasses, VFT relation, Differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) Introduction

In recent times, there is a renewed interest in metallic glasses because of the unconventional and superlative properties executed by their nanocrystalline phases. It has been reported that either magnetic properties may deteriorate after crystallization or they may be enhanced if crystallization phases are formed. To know the microstructure a full understanding of the crystallization behavior is required. The concept of fragility is originally introduced by Angell [1]. In the present work, we reported the glass transition kinetics and crystallization kinetics of Metalllic glass 2714A (Co65 Si15 B14 Fe4 Ni2) employing DSC, and utilizes the methods like Kissinger [2], and Moynihan [3]. Experimental Methods

DSC measurements were performed for the as-quenched samples using Mettler Toledo instrument. Non-isothermal DSC curves were obtained with selected heating rates 2,4,6,8 and 10 Kmin-1 from room temperature to 600 °C in air. Results and discussion The DSC thermograms of 2714A (Co65Si15B14Fe4Ni2) amorphous alloy at different heating rates have a single exothermic peak in the temperature scanned, and an extended super cooled liquid region before the onset of the crystallization. It is noticed that the Tp shifted to high temperatures with increasing heating rate. This indicates that the crystallization behaves in a marked kinetic feature. Four different independent approaches are used to calculate the fragility index m. 1. Kissinger method Using Kissinger’s equation for Tp and Tx ln (β/Tp2) = -Ec/RTp + const and ln (β/Tx2) = -Ex/RTx + const (1) where β is the heating rate and R is the universal gas constant, the value of Ec and Ex can be obtained from the heating rate dependence of the peak temperature of crystallization. Figs 1and 2 shows ln(β /Tp2) vs 1000/Tp and ln(β /Tx2) vs 1000/Tx plots. The values of Ec and Ex are obtained from the slopes and are 622.65 and 675.34 kJ/mol. -15.0

2

ln(/TX )

Fig 2 ln 

-2.5 Moynihan Plot Ec = 636.26 kJ/mol

Kissinger Plot Ex = 675.34 kJ/mol

-2.0

r = 0.98811 -16.0

-2.5 Moynihan Plot Ex = 688.93 kJ/mol

-3.0

ln

2

-2.0

r = 0.9957 -16.0

-1.5

r = 0.98763 -15.5

Kissinger Plot Ec = 622.65 kJ/mol

Fig 1

-1.0

-1.5

r = 0.99485 -15.5

ln(/Tp )

-15.0

-1.0

-3.0

-16.5

-16.5 Sample 2714A -17.0

-4.0 1.210

1.215

1.220

1.225

1.230

1.235

-3.5

Sample 2714A

-3.5 -17.0

-4.0 1.215

1.220

1.225

1.230

1.235

-1

1000/Tp

1000/TX(K )

Glass Transition Kinetics of Cobalt based Metallic Glass

Page 4


2. Moynihan method The equation of Moynihan to determine the Ec and Ex are ln β = - Ec / RTp + const

ln β = - Ex / RTx + const

and

(2)

where Ex is activation energy for onset crystallization and R is a gas constant. The Ex is determined from the above two methods. 3. VFT fitting method

The dependence of the Tx with β in DSC scans is given in terms of VFT equation [4], β(Tx ) = C exp [ B / ( T0 – Tx ) ] (3) here C,B and T0 are adjustable VFT parameters and T0 is called Vogel temperature or the ideal glass transition temperature. The slope B is determined by plotting ln β versus 1/ ( Tx– T0 ) (Fig.3). The constant B and characteristic temperature T0 are 62.143 and 794 K. 4. Lasocka’s method

The onset crystallization temperature ,Tx as a function of heating rate , β is given by Lasocka’s empirical relation [5], Tx = A + E ln β (4) Where A and E are empirical constants. Plotting Tx against ln β, the value A = T0 is obtained (Fig.4). The constant B and characteristic temperature T 0 are 14.289 and 804.69 K. Using B, the m values are determined. -1.0

824 822

-1.5 -2

-2.5

To = 804.69 K

818 TX (K)

ln 

Lasock's Plot TO = 804.69 K r = 0.0.98829

r = 0.98755

816 814

-3.0 -3.5

Lasock's plot

820

-2.0

Sample 2714A VFT Plot TO = 794 K r = 0.99823

810

-4.0

-4

0.04

0.06

Sample 2714A

812

0.08

0.10

0.12

0.14

0.16

1/(TC-TO)

Fig.3 Plot of VFT and Lasocka

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.4

1.6

1.8

2.0

2.2

2.4

ln 

Fig.4 Tx as a function of ln β

Summary The present study is related to the kinetics of onset crystallization, The activation energy of crystallization Ec was found to be 622.86 and 638.28 kJ/mol and E x the activation energy of onset crystallization to be 676.34 and 688.93 kJ/mol respectively. The fragility index m, which is a measure of glass forming ability (GFA) is also calculated and the value falls between 20 and 60. This indicates the studied metallic glass is an intermediate strong glass. References [1] C.A.Angell, Spectroscopy simulation and scattering, and the medium range order in glass, J. Non-Cryst. Solids Vol 73(1985)1–17. [2] H.G Kissinger,Reaction kinetics in differential thermal analysis,Anal. Chem,29(1957)7021706. [3] M.A.DeBolt,A.J.Easteal,P.B.Macedo and C.T.Moynihan, J Am Ceram Soc, 59(1976)16. [4] G.Tammann and W.Hesse, The dependence of viscosity upon the temperature of supercooled liquids, Z.Anorg.Allg.Chem 156(1925) 245-257. [5] T.M. Lasocka, The effect of scanning rate on glass transition temperature of splat cooled Te85Ge15, Mater.sci.Eng. 23(1976)173-177.

Glass Transition Kinetics of Cobalt based Metallic Glass

Page 5


MAT-126

Mechanical behavior of 304 Austenitic Stainless steel Processed by Room Temperature Rolling Rahul Singh1, Sukulp Goel2, Raviraj Verma3, R.Jayaganthan4, Ahishek Kumar*1 1

Department of Applied Mechanics, Motilal Nehru National Institute of Technology Allahabad-211004, India 2 Herbert Gleiter Institute of nanoscience, Nanjing University of science and Technology Nanjing-210094, China 3 Department of Metallurgical and Materials Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology Roorkee-247667, India 4 Department of Engineering Design, Indian Institute of Technology Madras, Chennai- 600036, India 1 [email protected], *[email protected]

Abstract: The present work deals with room temperature rolling of 304 austenitic stainless steel (ASS). As received (ASS) has been rolled to different percentage of plastic deformation (namely 30, 50, 70 & 90%). Microstructural study, tensile and hardness tests were conducted to study the effect of processing. The tensile strength and hardness values were found to increase with processing. The ultimate strength has increased from 693MPa (before deformation) to 1700 MPa (after 90% deformation), and hardness values has increased from 206 VHN (before deformation) to 499 VHN (after 90% reduction).Magnetic measurements were also conducted to confirm the formation of martensitic phase leading to the strengthening of the steel.

Keywords: Austenitic Stainless Steel, Room temperature rolling, Mechanical properties.

Mechanical behavior of 304 Austenitic Stainless steel Processed by Room Temperature Rolling

Page 6


MAT-130

Microstructure, mechanical and corrosion behavior of Al 5083 alloy processed by multi directional forging at cryogenic temperature Dharmendra Singh1,a*, P Nageswararao2,b, A. K Chauhan3,c and S. K. Rajput4,c 1

Department of Mechanical Engineering, ECB, Bikaner 334004, India Department of Mechanical Engineering, MLRITM, Hyderabad 500043, India 3 Department of Applied Mechanics, MNNIT, Allahabad, 211004, India 4 Department of Mechanical Engineering, BIET, Jhansi, 284128, India a [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]

2

* [email protected]

Abstract: Al 5083 alloy is widely used in structural applications such marine, automobile and aerospace due to light weight, high formability, moderate strength and high corrosion resistance Grain refinement of the materials plays a significant role on physical, chemical and mechanical properties in polycrystalline materials. Grain refinement in aluminum alloys is difficult at room temperature due to high stacking fault energy and the material undergoes dynamic recovery at higher strain values. Whereas, deformation at cryogenic temperature restricts dynamic recovery during plastic deformation and dislocation interaction accumulates high dislocation density at lower strain values. Multiaxial forging (MAF), a promising SPD technique to refine microstructure where material is pressed in a die to a fixed strain, removed and rotated to 90°, reinserted in die again and pressed to same strain after each pass is carried out in the present investigation at cryogenic temperature on solution treated Al 5083 alloy to observe ultrafine grained structure at various strain levels upto 4 cycles and to the cumulative strain of 2.4. Microstructural characterization of deformed material at different strain values Σɛ=1.2 (2 cycles), 1.8 (3 cycles) and 2.4 (4 cycles) was quantified using Optical microscopy and Transmission electron microscopy. It was observed that MDF has developed ultrafine grains (300 nm), full of dislocation cells structure along with sub-grains at lower strains. Mechanical testing showed that increasing the stain, resulted in increased yield strength and hardness values attributed to increase in dislocation density due to effective suppression of dynamic recovery and formation of equiaxed sub-grain structure. The corrosion behaviour of deformed material has no consistency in reported results. Therefore, corrosion behavior was studied using cyclic polarization test, showed lower values of corrosion current density (Icorr=) for MDF samples indicating resistance to pitting corrosion than as received samples (Icorr=) attributed to formation of large number of dislocations inside the grain and more grain boundary area that facilitates the formation of dense oxide film on the surface of the material that exhibited improved corrosion. Results of cryo-forged samples were compared with cryo-rolled samples at equivalent accumulated strain to observe the effect of processing route on the behaviour of deformed material and has shown nearly similar trends. Keywords: Al-Mg alloy, severe plastic deformation, multi directional forging, microstructure, corrosion.

Microstructure, mechanical and corrosion behavior of Al 5083 alloy processed by multi directional forging at cryogenic temperature

Page 7


MAT-131

Study on Mechanical Property of Aluminium 6061 with E Glass Fiber Reinforced Composite Vinayashree1, a *,R Shobha2,b* 1

Assistant Professor, Dept of IEM, DSCE, Bangalore, India – 560078 Assistant Professor, Dept of IEM, MSRIT, Bangalore, India-560054

2

a

Email:[email protected],bEmail:[email protected]

Abstract. Aluminium composites are in predominant use due to their lower weight and high strength among the Metal Matrix Composite’s. Aluminium 6061 is selected as matrix and E-glass fiber is selected as reinforcement. Fabrication of composite is done by stir casting method. Each fabrication carries the E-glass reinforcement content varied from 2% to 10%. The present article attempts to evaluate the mechanical properties of E-glass fiber reinforced composite such as hardness, Tensile strength and wear properties and study the effect of reinforcement on the matrix alloy through mechanical properties. Rockwell hardness test was conducted to check the surface hardness of as-cast. The test was carried as per ASTM E18 standards. Tensile strength was carried out as per ASTM standards E8.The wear test is carried out to determine wear rate of materials. It is done using a “Pin on disc wear testing equipment. “It carried out as per ASTM standards G99. When compared to as cast mechanical properties the Ultimate Tensile Strength has increased from 74.28 N/sq mm to 146.8 N/sq mm for a composite at 6% E-glass. The hardness of as cast has also increased from 22 RHN to 43 RHN due to interface bonding strength between composite matrix and reinforced particles and the wear of composite has exhibited a decreasing trend with increase in reinforcement content along the sliding distance. The results are analyzed in certain depth in the current paper. The mechanical properties of composites have improved with the increase in the weigh percentage of glass fiber in the aluminium matrix. The probable conclusions which could be drawn from the current paper is mentioned below  E-Glass fibers can be used as reinforcement in the Al6061 alloy matrix to fabricate the composite materials which does not deteriorate the properties of base matrix.  Compared to unreinforced matrix, addition of E-Glass fibers significantly improves ultimate tensile strength of Al 6061; however the ultimate tensile strength begins to decrease above 6 wt. % of E-Glass fibers.  Increase in wt. % of the E-Glass increases the hardness of the composites considerably.  From the microstructure analysis it is clearly seen that the composite fabricated have fairly even distribution of reinforcements in the composite material.  The composite exhibits Increased wear resistance with the increase in the reinforcement content. Keywords: Metal matrix composite, glass fiber, stir casting, hardness, Rockwell Hardness Number (RHN), Ultimate Tensile Strength (UTS)

Study on Mechanical Property of Aluminium 6061 with E Glass Fiber Reinforced Composite

Page 8


MAT-132

Ecofriendly GGBS Concrete: A State-of-The-Art Review Saranya P

1,a*

, Praveen Nagarajan

2,b

3,c

, A P Shashikala

1

Research Scholar, Department of Civil Engineering, NIT Calicut, Kerala, India 2 Associate Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, NIT Calicut, Kerala, 3 India Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, NIT Calicut, Kerala, a b India [email protected], [email protected], c [email protected]

Abstract: Concrete is the most commonly used material in the construction industry in which cement is its vital ingredient. Although the advantages of concrete are many, there are side effects leading to environmental issues. The manufacturing process of cement emits considerable amount of carbon dioxide (CO2). Therefore, is an urgent need to reduce the usage of cement. Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag (GGBS) is a byproduct from steel industry. It has good structural and durable properties with less environmental effects. This paper critically reviews the literatures available on GGBS used in cement concrete. In this paper, the literature available on GGBS are grouped into engineering properties of GGBS concrete, hydraulic action of GGBS in concrete, durability properties of GGBS concrete, self-compacting GGBS concrete and ultrafine GGBS are highlighted. From the review of literature, it was found that the use of GGBS in concrete construction will be ecofriendly and economical. The optimum percentage of replacement of cement by GGBS lies between 40 - 45 % by weight. New materials that can be added in addition to GGBS for getting better strength and durability also highlighted. This paper highlights the review of research works conducted on GGBS. The inclusion of GGBS in concrete has several advantages like reduced heat of hydration, adequate ductility, reduction in the size of the concrete pores, improved strength at later stages, reduced primary energy usage and carbon emissions, lighter colour and better aesthetics etc. The fineness of GGBS increases the strength and durability properties by providing lower permeability. The concrete in which the cement is replaced 35-40% by GGBS have advanced durability properties such as increased resistance to sulphate attack, increased resistance to alkali silica reaction, reduced chloride ion ingress which enhances corrosion resistance The ultrafine GGBS have improved strength and durability properties. Calcium oxide which formed during the reaction between Portland cement and water can activate the reaction of GGBS which can improve the strength properties. Applications of optimum percentage of cement replacement by GGBS can be extend up to all structural elements of a building, bridges, prestressed elements etc. Keywords: Ground Granulated Blast furnace Slag, Self-compacting Concrete, Eco friendly

Ecofriendly Ggbs Concrete: A State-Of-The-Art Review

Page 9


MAT-133

Analysis of Piezoelectric Solids using Finite Element Method Mohammed Aslam a *, Praveen Nagarajanb and Mini Remananc Department of Civil Engineering, National Institute of Technology, Calicut, Kerala, India a b [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract: Piezoelectric materials are extensively used in smart structures as sensors and actuators. In this paper, static analysis of three piezoelectric solids is done using general-purpose finite element software, Abaqus. The closed-form solutions to predict the response of piezoelectric plates, laminates or patches are difficult to obtain especially for complicated boundary conditions. Hence general-purpose finite element software like Abaqus can be used to solve the governing equations of piezoelectric solids. Recently researchers [1,2] compared their analytical or experimental analyses simply with general purpose finite element commercial software. In Abaqus, piezoelectric elements are available with first or second order interpolation of displacement and electrical potential. An 8node linear piezoelectric brick element (C3D8E) is used to mesh the solids for all the problems. First problem is a piezoelectric cube subjected to only a uniform prescribed displacement. The stresses, strains and electric displacement obtained from Abaqus are uniform throughout the body. The normal stress (xx), the normal strains along three coordinate axes (xx, xx, xx) and electric displacement (Dz) obtained in Abaqus are non-zeros while all other stress, strain and electric displacement components are zero. These values are compared and where exactly matching with the analytical work of L. R. Hill and T. N. Farris [3]. The second problem is a piezoelectric strip under a combined loading of pressure and voltage. The piezoelectric material undergoes shear strain in zdirection due to the application of electric field in a direction perpendicular to the direction of polarization. The displacement in the z-direction along the length of the piezoelectric strip are compared with the solutions obtained using Boundary Element Method (BEM) by Y. Liu and H. Fan [4]. The last problem is a piezoelectric bimorph subjected to a voltage without any mechanical load. Under an external voltage (applied across the thickness), the induced strain generates control forces that bend the bimorph beam. The deflection of beam obtained in Abaqus is compared with the solutions obtained using point collocation method (PCM) by R. R. Ohs and N. R. Aluru [5]. The percentage difference between the simulation results of Abaqus and the results obtained using BEM, PCM and simple analytical method were less than 5%. Therefore, numerical methods like BEM and PCM can be replaced by finite element method using the software Abaqus to analyse piezoelectric solids without much variations in the results. The finite element model of piezoelectric solids used in this paper need to be further validated experimentally so that it could be used for various engineering applications as sensors and actuators. Keywords: Smart Materials, Piezoelectric Solids, Abaqus, Finite Element Method, Static Analysis References: [1] G. Rama, A 3-Node piezoelectric shell element for linear and geometrically nonlinear dynamic analysis of smart structures, Facta Universitatis, Series: Mechanical Engineering, 15 (2017) 31-44. [2] Gil R., Dragan M. and Manfred Z., Efficient Co-Rotational 3-Node Shell Element, American Journal of Engineering and Applied Sciences, 9 (2016) 420-431. [3] L. R. Hill and T. N. Farris, Three-dimensional piezoelectric boundary element method, AIAA Journal, 36 (1998) 102-108. [4] Y. Liu and H. Fan, Analysis of thin piezoelectric solids by the boundary element method, Computer Methods in Applied Mechanics and Engineering, 191 (2002) 2297-2315. Analysis of Piezoelectric Solids using Finite Element Method

Page 10


MAT-140

Studies on notch tensile properties of Ti-5Al-2.5Sn ELI at cryogenic temperature for hydrogen embrittlement effect Antony Prabhu.Ta*, Murugesan.Nb, Ingersol.Sc , Dr.Sudhakar.D.Pd, Dr.Venkitakrishnan.P.Ve ISRO Propulsion Complex, Mahendragiri, India [email protected] , [email protected], [email protected] , d [email protected] , [email protected]

a

Abstract. For hydrogen embrittlement studies and for investigating notch sensitivity of Ti-5Al2.5Sn alloy, the notched and smooth specimens from ELI grade of Ti-5Al-2.5Sn alloy were subjected toLH2 exposure and tensile test at 20K (-253ºC) and at 77K (-196ºC). The tensile properties obtained from different specimens were compared and analyzed. Also the notch to smooth tensile strength ratio (NSR) were compared and analysed. The obtained NSR was above unity which confirms the low notch brittleness. The tensile strength values between LH2 exposed and unexposed specimen at 20K and 77K were compared and it revealed greater compatibility of Ti-5Al-2.5Sn-ELI with liquid hydrogen environment. In this present study, the mechanical properties of notched and smooth Ti-5Al-2.5Sn-ELI (alpha alloy) specimens were evaluated at 20K and 77K which were exposed in hydrogen medium. The tendency for reduced ductility in the presence of a triaxial stress field and steep stress gradients is often termed notch sensitivity, and a common way of evaluating notch-sensitivity is a tension test.

Studies on notch tensile properties of Ti-5Al-2.5Sn ELI at cryogenic temperature for hydrogen embrittlement effect

Page 11


MAT-145

Finite Element Analysis of Functionally Graded Bone Plate at Femur Bone Fracture Site Pravat Kumar Satapathy1, a, Bamadev Sahoo 2,b*, Lokanath Panda 1,c and Sandeep Das3, d 1

Department of Mechanical Engineering, CET, Bhubaneswar, India Department of Mechanical Engineering, IIIT, Bhubaneswar, India 3 Department of Mechanical Engineering, CUTM, Bhubaneswar, India a [email protected], b [email protected], [email protected], d [email protected] 2

Abstract: This paper focuses on the analysis of fractured Femur bone with functionally graded bone plate. The Femur bone is modeled by using the data from the CT (Computerized Tomography) scan and the material properties are assigned using Mimics software. The fracture fixation plate used here is composed of Functionally Graded Material (FGM). The functionally graded bone plate is considered to be composed of different layers of homogeneous materials. Finite element method approach is adopted for analysis. The volume fraction of the material is calculated by considering its variation along the thickness direction (z) according to a power law and the effective properties of the homogeneous layers are estimated. The model developed is validated by comparing numerical results available in the literature. Static analysis has been performed for the bone plate system by considering both axial compressive load and torsional load. The investigation showed that by introducing FG bone plate instead of titanium, the stress at the fracture site increases by 63 percentage and the deformation decreases by 15 percentages, especially when torsional load is taken into consideration. The present model yields better results in comparison with the commercially available bone plates.

Deformation at torsional load

Von-Mises stresses at torsional load

Keywords: Femur bone, Functionally graded material, Fracture, Finite element analysis

Finite Element Analysis of Functionally Graded Bone Plate at Femur Bone Fracture Site

Page 12


MAT- 147

Preparation and Characterization of non-stoichiometric SrBaFexMo2-xO6 (1.0 ≤ x ≤ 1.5)double perovskite 1,a* G. Rajender , Y. Markandeya2,b,A. K. Singh3,c and G. Bhikshamaiah1,d 1

Department of Physics, 2Nizam College, Osmania University, Hyderabad500007, India. 3 Defence Metallurgical Research Laboratory (DMRL), Hyderabad-500058, India. a E-mail: [email protected],bE-mail: [email protected] c E-mail: [email protected] ,dE-mail: [email protected]

Abstract Double perovskite oxide A2 FeMoO6 (A=Sr and Ba ) doped with various elements at Fe site were extensively studied for low field magnetoresistance(LFMR) and magnetization [1,2]. These materials find potential applications in devices used for magnetic sensors, magnetic storage, fuel cells as anodes and magneto-electronics. In the present study a series of non-stoichiometric amounts of SrBaFexMo2-xO6 (x = 1.0, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4 and 1.5)(SBFMO) double perovskite samples have been prepared by conventional sol-gel method. X-ray diffractograms of various compositions of SBFMO samples are presented in Fig. 1. All the profiles of SBFMO are indexed and found to be in single _ phase. The SBFMO crystallizes in cubic lattice with space F m 3 m for all compositions. It is observed that both the lattice parameters and the unit cell volume decrease with increase of Fe content in SBFMO materials[3]. (a) x =1.0

Fig. 1

(b) x =1.2

(c) x =1.3

(d) x =1.4

(e) x =1.5

Fig. 2.(a-e ). SEM photographs of SrBaFexMo2-xO6 samples for (a) x = 1.0, (b) x = 1.2, (c) x =1.3,(d) x=1.4 and (e) x = 1.5

The microstructure of the sintered samples was studied using Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM). SEM photograph of SBFMO materials showed fewer voids for compositions x=1.2, 1.3 and 1.5 with closely packed criteria as shown in Fig 2. Results of Energy Dispersive X-ray Spectroscopy (EDS) showed the presence of Sr, Fe, Mo, O elements and non-existence of elemental impurities in SBFMO materials. The FTIR spectra of SBFMO showed the existence of three characteristic absorption bands between 865-400 cm-1 indicating formation of perovskite structure [4]. Keywords: Double perovskites; sol-gel process; X-ray diffraction; tolerance factor; characterization; References: [1] K. I. Kobayashi, T. Kimura, H. Sawada, K .Terakura, Y. Tokura, Nature (Lond.) 395(1998)677-680. [2] S. Ray, S. Middey, S. Jana, A. Banerjee, P. Sanyal, R. Rawat, L. Gregoratti, D.D. Sarma, J of EPL, 94(2011)47007-47012. [3] G.Y. Liu, G.H. Rao, X.M. Feng, H.F. Yang, Z.W. Ouyang, W.F. Liu, J.K. Liang, J. Alloys Compound 353 (2003)42-47. [4] Lavat A E, Baran E J, Vib Spectrosc, 32(2) (2003) 167-174.

Preparation and Characterization of non-stoichiometric SrBaFexMo2-xO6 (1.0 ≤ x≤ 1.5) double perovskite

Page 13

International Conference on Recent Advance in Materials, Mechanical and Civil Engineering ICRAMMCE-2017 1-2 June, 2017, MLRITM, Hyderabad, Telangana

MAT-148

Microstructure characterization and mechanical properties in Manual metal arc welding of P911 and P92 steel in as-welded and PWHT condition Nitin Saini1, a*, Chandan Pandey2, b, Manas Mohan Mahapatra2, c, Harendra Kumar Narang3, d 1

Department of Mechanical and Industrial Engineering

Indian Institute of Technology Roorkee, Uttrakhand-247667, India. 2

School of Mechanical Sciences, Indian Institute of Technology Bhubaneswar, Odisha 751013, India 3

Department of Mechanical Engineering

National Institute of Technology Raipur, Chhatisgarh 492010, India a

[email protected],[email protected], [email protected], d [email protected]

*Corresponding author: [email protected], [email protected] Telephone: +91-9084718199, Country/Area code: 247667

Abstract. The Creep strength enhanced ferritic (CSEF) steels are developed to meet the demand by power generation companies to increase efficiency by operating at higher temperature and pressure. In the present investigation, CSEF P92 and P911 steels were successfully welded by manual metal arc welding (MMAW) process. Optical microscopy, hardness measurement, and room-temperature tensile testing were performed to characterize the dissimilar weld in as-welded and post-weld heat treatment (PWHT) condition. PWHT of the dissimilar weld provided the improved microstructure and mechanical properties compared to the as-welded condition. In PWHT condition, the microstructure variation and hardness gradient developed were also reduced across the dissimilar weldments. Graphical representation:

Keywords: PWHT; P92; P911; Hardness; Tensile properties; MMAW

Microstructure characterization and mechanical properties in Manual metal arc welding of P911 and P92 steel in aswelded and PWHT condition

Page 14


MAT-149

Investigation on application of Semiloof shell element for Isotropic, Composite and Functionally graded material Kari Thangaratnam1,a, Monslin Sugirtha Singh2,b and Kumar3,c*

Evangeline

1

Department of Civil Engineering, DMI College of Engineering, Chennai, India Department of Civil Engineering, Velammal Engineering College, Chennai, India 3 Department of Civil Engineering College, Saint Michael’s Polytechnic, Chennai, India a b ideskari@gmail, jmsugirtha@gmail, cevanchrisk@gmail

2

Abstract: In this research article, semiloof shell element was used to study the behaviour of plate and shells under mechanical and thermal load for stress, free vibration, initially stressed vibration, mechanical buckling, and non-linear vibration. An element which has all the advantages of isoparametric formulation, and which uses isoparametric shell theory, in addition to Discrete Kirchoff Theory, plus, overcoming the locking phenomenon was developed by Irons known as Semiloof shell element. In the above cases, the material properties: Isotropic, Composite and Functionally Graded Material (FGM) were considered. FGM plates under uniform pressure load, the displacement vs. volume fraction index curve was plotted for different material, and support condition. Thermal stress analysis of a homogeneous isotropic cylindrical shell heated mid length with constant temperature throughout the thickness. Convergence study was conducted for a FGM cylindrical shell under free vibration. Initially stressed vibration analysis of isotropic square plate subjected to uniform temperature rise through the thickness was performed. Mechanical buckling of isotropic cylindrical shell was analysed, and convergence study was conducted. Non-linear vibration of laminated plates with different number of layers, has been analysed for symmetric and antisymmetric condition. The frequency ratio vs. amplitude ratio for 4 layer and 6 layer laminate plate is as shown in Fig. 1 and 2 below. Using the semiloof shell element, and the above material properties, the package COMSAP was developed. From the obtained results, we have observed that with coarse meshes, semiloof shell elements present better results, and it is especially effective in the case of thin plates and shells. Keywords: Functionally Graded Material; Semiloof; Composite; Isotropic.

Investigation on application of Semiloof shell element for Isotropic, Composite and Functionally graded material

Page 15


MAT-151

Effect of Increasing Sasobit on Permanent Deformation and Moisture Damage of Asphalt Mixes Fazal Haq1, a *, Arshad Hussain2, b and Kamran Mushtaq 2, c 1

Post-Graduate Student & Research Assistant, National Institute of Transportation, School of Civil and Environmental Engineering, National University of Sciences and Technology, Campus H-12, Islamabad, Pakistan. (Tel: 05190854163) 2 Assistant Professor, National Institute of Transportation, School of Civil and Environmental Engineering, National University of Sciences and Technology, Campus H-12, Islamabad, Pakistan. (Tel: 05190854163) a [email protected], [email protected], c [email protected]

Abstract Transportation network plays a substantial role in the everyday life of social beings. The preservation of this vast infrastructure needs appropriate and cost-effective design techniques, which depends upon the selection and proportion of binder and aggregate. With the passage of time, as compared to HMA (Hot Mix Asphalt), WMA (Warm mix asphalt) has become extreme prevalent in the road construction industry, because WMA offers the opportunity of production asphalt mix at a reduced temperature than conventionally used for HMA, hence saving energy, cutting CO 2 emission and improve environmental quality. This study aims to assess the impact of sasobit (an organic WMA additive) on permanent deformation and moisture susceptibility of asphalt mixes. Under the scope of this paper, the authors have added three percentages of sasobit that is 1%, 2% and 3% to check the effect of increasing sasobit percentage on rutting and moisture damage of asphalt mixes. In summary, rut depth of WMA as obtained from Hamburg Wheel Tracker Device (HWTD) slightly decreased from that of HMA, while rut depth at 1% and 2% was even less than that of 3% sasobit. A slight increase in moisture damage as compared to control mix was observed by adding sasobit, as illustrated by decreased Tensile Strength Ratios (TSR). Keywords: Sasobit, Permanent Deformation, Rutting, Moisture Damage, WMA, HMA.

Average Rut Depth for increasing sasobit

Average TSR for increasing sasobit

Findings and Conclusion:

From the test results of HWT and ITS, it is concluded that, with the addition of sasobit rutting potential slightly increased, with the best result is obtained from addition of 2% sasobit, which gives 1.62% increase in rut potential. With the addition of sasobit moisture damage increases as strength of conditioned samples are less than that of un-conditioned samples, which in turn decreases the TSR, but still its far above the lower limit of 80%. So it is recommended that, the use of 2% sasobit will provide better results in term of permanent deformation and moisture damage, with additional reduction in production temperatures and thus saving fuel cost to the contractor and reducing environmental pollution. Effect of Increasing Sasobit on Permanent Deformation and Moisture Damage of Asphalt Mixes

Page 16

International Conference on Recent Advance in Materials, Mechanical and Civil Engineering ICRAMMCE2017 1-2 June, 2017, MLRITM, Hyderabad, Telangana

MAT-156

THERMAL ANALYSIS OF SMART COMPOSITE LAMINATED ANGLEPLY USING HIGHER ORDER SHEAR DEFROMATION THEORY WITH ZIG ZAG FUNCTION Yagna

Sri.P1, a*, Maimuna Siddiqui2, b, M. Vijaya Nirmala3, c 1, 2, 3

a

Assistant Professor, Gurunanak Institutions Technical Campus, Ibrahimpatnam, 501510, Hyderabad, India. [email protected], [email protected], c [email protected]

Abstract Smart materials are materials that have the intrinsic and extrinsic capabilities. Combining two or more single smart materials to utilize synergistically the best properties of their individual constituents is the ultimate objective of any new composite smart material. That is why ‘smart composite materials’ are very close to satisfying all the specifications. Their advantages and adaptability to the design requirements have led to a profusion of new products. One of the first attempts to use the smart material technology involved materials constructed to do the work of electromechanical devices. Since then many types of sensors and actuators have been developed to measure or excite a system. Piezoelectric actuators are of such kind, which have the ability to convert an electric signal in to a precisely controlled physical displacement and vice versa. To improve the accuracy of the prediction of plate deformation, a higher order shear deformation theory (HSDT) is used. The theory contains the same number of dependent variables as in the first-order shear deformation theory and accounts for parabolic distribution of the transverse shear strains through the thickness of the plate and transverse shear stresses continuity across each layer interface. The classical laminate plate theory and the first order shear deformation theory are the simplest equivalent single layer theories and they adequately describe the kinematic behaviour of most laminates. Higher-order theories represent the kinematics better, without shear correction factors and yield more accurate inter laminar stress distributions. In principle, it is possible to expand the displacement field in terms of thickness coordinate up to any desired degree. However, due to the algebraic complexity and computational effort involved with higher- order theories, the theories more than third order are not popular. The reason for expanding the displacements up to cubic term in the thickness coordinate is to have quadratic variation of the transverse shear strains and stresses through each layer, which avoids the need for, shear correction coefficients used in the first order theory. The present theory predicts the deflections and stresses more accurately when compared to some simple higher-order theories and gives a much better approximation to the behaviour of laminated plates. The solution methods used here are Navier’s method, with state space approach, depending upon the simply supported boundary conditions. In the Navier’s method the displacements are expanded in a double trigonometric Fourier series in terms of unknown parameters and substituted in governing equations to develop solutions. Thermal Analysis Of Smart Composite Laminated Angle-Ply Using Higher Order Shear Defromation Theory With Zig Zag Function Page 17

International Conference on Recent Advance in Materials, Mechanical and Civil Engineering ICRAMMCE2017 1-2 June, 2017, MLRITM, Hyderabad, Telangana

Conclusions:

   

The higher order shear deformation theory with zig-zag function avoids slope discontinuities at the interfaces of the piezoelectric composite laminated plates. The zig-zag function of the field is used to model the local distortion of the cross section in each lamina of layered structures and is related to the continuity of transverse stress. The actuating effect is more effective in case of thick laminates than thin laminates. The transverse displacement varies through the thickness non linearly for plate subjected to temperature gradient than for those subjected to mechanical loads.

Keywords: Piezoelectric actuators, HSDT, Navier’s method, zig zag function. References:

1. JN Reddy., Mechanics of laminated composite plates and shells, theory and analysis. 2. T.Kant and S.Swaminathan. Analytical solution for static analysis of laminated composite and sandwich plates based on higher order refined theory. Composite structures 56(2002) 329344. 3. S.M.Shiyekar, Tarun Kant., Higher order shear deformation effects on analysis of laminates with piezoelectric fibre reinforced composite actuators. Composite structures 93(2011) 32523261. 4. NilanjanMallik and M.C.Ray., Exact solution for the analysis of piezoelectric fiber reinforced composite as distributed actuators for smart composite plates. Int. J Mechanics and Materials in design 1(2004) 347-364.

Thermal Analysis Of Smart Composite Laminated Angle-Ply Using Higher Order Shear Defromation Theory With Zig Zag Function Page 18


MAT-159

Effect of coating thickness on microstructure and low temperature cyclic thermal fatigue behavior of thermal barrier coating (Al2O 3) 1a*

VIJAY VERMA

2b

3c

, SACHIN PATEL , VIKAS SWARNKAR , 1d

SK RAJPUT 1

Department of Mechanical Engineering, BIET, Jhansi,284128 India PG Student Department of Mechanical Engineering, BIET, Jhansi, 284128, India 3 Sr. Section Engineer, Diesel Loco Shed Central Railway, Pune.411001, India a [email protected], b [email protected], c [email protected], d [email protected] 2

Abstract. Thermal barrier coatings (TBC), which are highly advanced material, are used when it is required to improve thermal efficiency of any engineering system or to protect any engineering component from thermal fatigue, working in high thermal exposure. Aluminium Alloy 6061 was used in present study because it is widely used in the manufacturing of automobile components like piston, cylinder head etc., which work in thermal cyclic exposure. Performance of any TBC depends on various parameters like thickness of TBC, deposition process, operating temperature etc. In the present study, effect of coating thickness was investigated for which thermal barrier coating system was prepared with two thicknesses in top coat while thickness of bond coat was kept constant. Cyclic furnace thermal fatigue test was performed to study the effect of thickness of top coat on thermal cyclic performance of thermal barrier coating. Detonation gun (Thermal Spray) process was used for bond coating of NiCr and top coating of Al2O3 on Aluminium Alloy 6061 substrate. The top coat of thickness 100µm-150µm was considered as thin TBC while the top coat of thickness 250µm-300µm was considered as thick TBC. The thickness of bond coat was taken as 120µm constant for both level of Al2O3 top coating. During CFTF test appearance of any crack on coated surface was adapted as main criterion of coating failure. When samples were subjected to CFTF test, initially slight weight gain was observed in both samples because of substrate’s free surface oxidation and then weight loss was observed because of crack formation. Crack initiation was observed at edges and corner of thin thermal barrier coating after 60 number of thermal fatigue cycles while in case of thick thermal barrier coating these crack initiation was observed after 72 cycles of cyclic thermal fatigue test. Crack initiation occurred at edges and corner because of extreme heating and cooling conditions. After CFTF test, hardness values were measured for both thick and thin samples and slight decrease was found in hardness values. SEM micrographs were taken to observe micro cracks at the top surface of TBC samples. Micro cracks, occurred due to thermal cycling, were found at the top surface of both TBC samples. Since, in the present study thick TBC survived for large number of thermal cycles in comparison of thin TBC, it was concluded that thick thermal barrier coating is more efficient to protect Aluminium Alloy 6061 from thermal fatigue in cyclic thermal exposure. Keywords: Thermal barrier coating; Aluminium alloy 6061; Alumina oxide; thermal durability.

Effect of coating thickness on microstructure and low temperature cyclic thermal fatigue behavior of thermal barrier coating (Al2O3) Page 19 Thermal Analysis Of Smart Composite Laminated Angle-Ply Using Higher Order Shear Defromation Theory With Zig Zag Function


MAT-160

Effect of Chemical Treatment on Thermo-Mechanical Properties of JutePolyester Composite Vikas Chaudhari1,a*, Harichandra Chandekar2,b, Jayesh Saboo3,c and Adlete Mascarenhas4,d 1,3

2

Mechanical Engg. Dept., BITS KK Birla Goa Campus, Zuarinagar, India. Mechanical Engg. Dept., Goa College of Engineering, Farmagudi, Goa, India. 4 Science & Humanities Dept., Goa College of Engineering, Farmagudi, India a

[email protected], [email protected], [email protected], d [email protected]

Abstract. Jute fibres are most commonly used bast fibres and are considered as partial substitute to synthetic fibres. However these fibres bear hydroxyl groupings which make them hydrophilic in nature and incompatible with the resin used in the composite. Therefore, various chemical treatments like alkali, benzoylation, acetylation, peroxide treatment, permanganate treatment, silane treatment, cyanoethylation etc are performed to reduce their hydrophilic nature. While unsaturated polyester resin (UPR) is commonly used thermoset resin due to its versatility and low cost. In this paper the effect of chemical treatments on jute-polyester composites is studied. The jute fabrics are treated with alkali and benzoyl chloride. For alkali treatment the jute fabrics were soaked in 5% NaOH solution at room temperature for 4 hours. For benzoyl treatment jute fabrics are soaked in 18% NaOH for 1 hour followed by treatment with benzoyl chloride for duration of 15 minutes. Four plates were prepared: (i) Polyester plate (ii) Untreated jute-polyester composite plate (iii) Alkali-treated jute-polyester composite plate and (iv) Benzoyl treated jute-polyester composite plate. The fibre weight % for the composite plates was 25 ±3%. The composite plates were prepared using hand lay-up technique. The tensile and visco-elastic properties of these composite are compared with untreated jute composite. The tension test was conducted on 100 kN servohydraulic BISS machine according to ASTM D3039 standard and the viscoelastic properties are measured using TA Instruments Q800 Dynamic Mechanical Analyzer. Upon introduction of the jute fabric in the polyester, the tensile modulus and tensile strength of the composites is enhanced although the strain to failure of the composite is reduced. The viscoelastic properties, such as storage modulus (E’), loss modulus (E”) and mechanical damping parameter (tan δ) as a function of temperature are measured for all the plates. The storage modulus shows a decreasing trend with the increase in temperature. However it is observed that the storage modulus of alkali treated jute-polyester shows the highest value of 2613 MPa among other composites at room temperature. This can be attributed to better fibre-matrix adhesion. From the tan δ plot it is observed that the peak height and width decreases for jute-polyester composites in comparison with the polyester resin. This can be attributed to the reduction of energy damping capacity in composites which means relative less area under the tan δ peaks indicates less ability to dampen impact which is clearly seen for untreated jute-polyester composite. Improved properties in terms of higher tensile strength, modulus of elasticity and dynamic mechanical properties (storage modulus and damping) were observed in case of alkali treated jutepolyester composites compared to that of untreated jute-polyester composite. In case of benzoyl treated jute-polyester composite the tensile strength and modulus were lower than alkali-treated jute composite, this may be attributed to the fact that the adhesion properties associated with similar ester functional groups in the benzoyl treated jute fabric and polyester resin were not obtained. This is mainly because the ester groups are not terminal in nature. Keywords: Chemical Treatment, Jute-Polyester Composite, Dynamic Mechanical Analysis, Tensile Testing Effect of Chemical Treatment on Thermo-Mechanical Properties of Jute-Polyester Composite

Page 20


MAT-163

Experimental Investigation of Fibre Reinforced Composite Materials under Impact Load Sravani Koppula1, a *, Dr. Ajay kumar Kaviti 2,b , Dr. Kiran kumar Namala 3,c 1

M.Tech student, 2 Associate professor, 3Associate professor, Department of Mechanical Engineering, VNR VJIET, Hyderabad, 500090, India.

Abstract. Composite materials are extensively used in various engineering applications. They have very high flexibility design which allows prescribe tailoring of material properties by lamination of composite fibres with reinforcement of resin to it. Complex failure condition prevail in the composite materials under the action of impact loads, major modes of failure in composite may include matrix cracking, fibre matrix, fibre breakage, de-bonding or de-lamination between composite plies. This paper describes the mechanical properties of glass fibre reinforced composite material under impact loading conditions through experimental setup. Experimental tests are performed according to ASTM standards using impact testing machines like Charpy test, computerized universal testing machine.  Glass fibre reinforced composite specimen is fabricated using hand layup process.  Impact test is conducted according to ASTM D256 standard on glass fibre reinforced composite. The loss in energy of the composite is found using the Charpy impact test machine. The average impact strength of glass fibre reinforced composite is 0.129 J/mm2 with an energy absorption of 4 J.  The tensile test of composite specimen was done according to the ASTM D638 standard using computerized universal testing machine, the tensile experimental results conclude that GFRP composite has an average tensile strength of 135.36 N/mm2 and the corresponding elongation is 5.90% at a strain rate of 2.5 mm/min. The ultimate average breaking load at which the sample breaks is 640 N.  The following graphs shows the load vs displacement of the specimens of the tensile test.  From the above experimental data, it can be concluded that because of its mechanical properties glass fibre reinforced composites can be extensively used in automobile applications, medical purposes, boat hulls etc.. Keywords: Composite fibre, matrix cracking, fibre matrix, fibre breakage, De-bonding, De-lamination.

Experimental Investigation of Fibre Reinforced Composite Materials under Impact Load

Page 21


MAT-168

DESTRUCTIVE AND NON-DESTRUCTIVE EVALUATION OF Cu/Cu DIFFUSION BONDING WITH INTERLAYER A. Santosh Kumar1,a*, Mohan.T1,b,S. Suresh Kumar1,c*, B. Ravisankar2,d 1

Department of Metallurgical and Materials Engineering, National Institute of Technology, Tiruchirappalli 620 015, Tamil Nadu, India. 2 Associate Professor, Department of Metallurgical and Materials Engineering, National Institute of Technology, Tiruchirappalli 620 015, Tamil Nadu, India. *a [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], d [email protected]

Abstract: The current study is to establish an inspection procedure for assessing quality of diffusion bonded joints using destructive and non-destructive method. Diffusion bonding/joining of commercially pure copper with aluminium interlayer was followed by applying uniaxial load at 15MPa for different temperatures under holding time 60 min in vacuum atmosphere. The bond qualities were determined by destructive and nondestructive testing method (water immersion ultrasonic ‘C’ scan). The bond interface and bonded samples were analysed using optical and scanning electron microscopy (SEM). The element composition of the fractured and bonded area is determined using the Energy Dispersive Spectrometry (EDS). The bond quality obtained by both testing methods and its parameters are correlated. The optimized bonding parameter for best bonding characteristics for copper diffusion bonding with aluminum interlayer is reported as in below graphs.

Keywords: diffusion bonding, interlayer, nondestructive testing, C scan, transient liquid phase

Destructive And Non-Destructive Evaluation Of Cu/Cu Diffusion Bonding With Interlayer

Page 22


MAT-170

EVALUATION OF DISSIMILAR DIFFUSION BONDING USING DESTRUCTIVE TESTING METHOD Mohan. T1,a, A. Santosh Kumar 1,b, S. Suresh Kumar1,c*, B. Ravisankar2,d Department of Metallurgical and Materials Engineering, National Institute of Technology, Tiruchirappalli 620 015, India. 2 Associate Professor, Department of Metallurgical and Materials Engineering, National Institute of Technology, Tiruchirappalli 620 015, India. a [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], d [email protected] 1

Abstract: Diffusion bonding was carried out between commercially pure titanium and commercially pure Nickel in the temperature range of 750–900°C under 15 MPa applied load in vacuum atmosphere in 60 min holding time. The transition joints thus formed were tested for mechanical properties and characterized in scanning electron microscopy (SEM) equipped with energy dispersive spectroscopy (EDS). Across the Ni/Ti bonded interface from the Ni-to Ti-side, the intermetallic compound layers are found. The mode fracture and its chemical element (atoms in %) also studied through EDS. The bond quality obtained by mechanical testing methods and its optimized bonding parameters for best bonding characteristics for Nickel-Titanium diffusion bonding is reported. The objective of the present research work is to optimize the diffusion bonding process parameters like temperature, time and pressure, to examine the bonded area at interface of Ti-Ni. to study the chemical composition, diffusion and concentration of Ti and Ni elements across the bonded interface using electron dispersive spectroscopy, to study of structural evaluation and morphology of bonded samples in the interface area by an optical microscope and SEM, Evaluation of destructive testing like tensile strength and hardness throughout bonded interface. It was observed that the Titanium-Nickel diffusion bonding is done successfully without interlayers at the temperatures of 750 0C, 800 0C and 850 0C, the hardness value is higher at interface between Ti-Ni, at 800 0C shown higher value than other parameters, Tensile strength are nearly same for temperature of 800 0C and 850 0C, these values are lower than the base metal values because of intermetallic formation, due to low tensile strength obtained, we can use suitable interlayers between TiNi for achieve better strength, it is observed in EDS analysis that Ti-Ni elements are diffused into one another, which is shown in below figure.

Figure 1 Elemental Line mapping of Ti-Ni Evaluation of Dissimilar Diffusion Bonding Using Destructive Testing Method

Page 23


Keywords: Diffusion bonding, transition joints, Ni–Ti interface, Destructive Testing.

References: [1] S. Hinotani and Y. Ohmori (1988) The Microstructure of Diffusion-bonded Ti/Ni Interface Transactions of the Japan Institute of Metals, (1988) [2] Lesoult G. (1976), Centre for Joining of Materials Report, Carnegie Mellon University, Pittsburgh, PA, USA. [3] K. Bhanumurthy, D. Joyson and S. B. Jawale and A. Laik and G.K. Dey Diffusion Bonding of Nuclear Materials, BARC newsletter 4] Suresh Kumar. S, B. Ravisankar. (2014), “Evaluation of Quality Diffusion Bonding in Similar Material (Cu/Cu) Using Ultrasonic ‘C’ Scan Testing Method.” Applied Mechanics and Materials Vols. 592-594 (2014) pp 289-293 [5] O. Torun I. Celikyurek Boriding of diffusion bonded joints of pure nickel to commercially pure titanium Materials and Design 30 (2009) 1830–1834

Evaluation of Dissimilar Diffusion Bonding Using Destructive Testing Method

Page 24


MAT-178

Effect of FSP on Strength and Fracture Toughness of Aluminium Alloy 7000 P.K. Mandal1,a Department of Metallurgy, Amal Jyothi College of Engineering, Kanjirapally-686518, Kerala, India. E-mail: [email protected],Mobile: +91-9045632268

Abstract: The cast Al-Zn-Mg 7000 alloy has become one of the most potential structural materials in many engineering fields such as aircraft body, automotive casting due to their high strength to weight ratio, strong age hardening ability, competitive weight savings, attractive mechanical properties and improvement of thermal properties [1-3]. The cast aluminium alloy has been modified of surface layer through a solid-state technique is called friction stir process (FSP). But basic principle has been followed by friction stir welding (FSW). This process can be used to locally refine microstructures and eliminate casting defects in selected locations, where mechanical properties improvements can enhance component performance and service life. The important microstructural parameters governing the toughness are the resistance of these hardening particles and their interfaces to cleavage and decohesion, the size and local distribution of active particles, and enhances the matrix plastic deformation behaviour. However, some specified process parameters have adopted during experimental works. Those parameters are tool rotation speed (720 rpm), plate traverse speed (80 mm/min), axial force (15 kN), and tool design (i.e., pin height 3.5 mm and pin diameter 3.0 mm), respectively. The main mechanism behind this process likely to axial force and frictional force acting between the tool shoulder and workpiece results in intense heat generation and plastically soften the process material. The specified ratio of rotational speed (720 rpm) to traverse speed (80 mm/min) is considered9 as low heat input during FSP and its entails low Zn vaporization problem results as higher fracture toughness of aluminium alloy. It is well known that the stirred zone (SZ) consists of refine equiaxed grains produced due to dynamic recrystallization. Dynamic recrystallization [4] is the process by which extreme strain and elevated temperature cause recrystallization of material in the SZ as the rotating tool passes through it, resulting in adispersion of fine, equiaxed grains in this area.FSP has been proven to innovatively enhancingof various properties such as formability, hardnessand fracture toughness (32.60 MPa√m) [5]. The hardness and fracture toughness of double passes AC+FSP aluminium alloyhad been investigated by performing Vicker’s hardness measurement and fracture toughness (KIC)(ASTM E399 standard) tests. Detailed observations with optical microscopy, Vicker’s hardness measurement, SEM, TEM, and DTA analysis have conducted to analyse microstructure and fracture surfaces of double passes FSP aluminium alloy. Keywords: FSP, Zn vaporization, TEM, low heat input, dynamic recrystallization, fracture toughness(KIC). References [1] L-M.Wu, M. Seyfing,,M. Rettenmayr, W-H. Wang., Characterization of precipitate evolution in an artificially aged Al-Zn-Mg-Sc-Zr alloy, Materials Science and Engineering A 527, 2010, pp. 1068-1073. [2] P.K. Mandal, Study on GP-Zones Formation in the Sc Inoculated Ternary Al-Zn-Mg Alloys, Journal of Materials & Metallurgical Engineering, Vol.6, Issue 2, 2016, pp. 53-69. [3] H. Loffler, I. Kovacs, J. Lendvai, Review Decomposition processes in Al-Zn-Mg alloys, Journal of Materials Science 18, 1983, pp. 2215-2240. [4] K. Wang, F.C. Liu, Z.Y. Ma, F.C. Zhang,Realization of exceptionally high elongation at high strain rate in a friction stir processed Al-Zn-Mg-Cu alloy with the presence of liquid phase, Scripta Materialia, 64, 2011, pp. 572-575. [5] A.C. Reddy, S.S. Rajan,Influence of ageing, inclusions and voids on ductile fracture mechanism in commercial Alalloys, Bulletin of Material Science, Vol. 28, No. 1, February 2005, pp. 75-79. Effect Of Fsp On Strength And Fracture Toughness Of Aluminium Alloy 7000

Page 25


MAT-179

Development of Coatings for Radar Absorbing Materials at X-band Abhishek Kumar*a and Samarjit Singhb Department of Applied Mechanics, Motilal Nehru National Institute of Technology Allahabad, India a

[email protected], [email protected]

Abstract: The present review gives a brief account on some of the technical features of radar absorbing materials (RAMs). The paper has been presented with a concentrated approach towards the material aspects for achieving enhanced radar absorption characteristics for its application as a promising candidate in stealth technology and electromagnetic interference (EMI) minimization problems. The effect of metal particles doping/dispersion in the ferrites and dielectrics has been discussed for obtaining tunable radar absorbing characteristics. A short theoretical overview on the development of absorber materials, implementation of genetic algorithm (GA) in multi-layering and frequency selective surfaces (FSSs) based multi-layer has also been presented for the development of radar absorbing coatings for achieving better absorption augmented with broadband features in order to counter the radar detection systems. The concept of RAMs is vastly interdisciplinary, demanding the in-depth knowledge of materials engineering combined with the understanding of electromagnetics and materials design. This paper depicts the usefulness of metal particles doping and dispersion for enhanced radar absorption characteristics in ferrites and dielectric materials. Multi-layering and FSS based absorbers has been demonstrated as an integral tool to achieve broadband characteristics. The paper also demonstrated the usefulness of GA for optimization of the various FSS and multi-layer design parameters for achieving enhanced absorption with broadband characteristics. Keywords: Radar Absorbing Materials, Multi-layer Absorber, Frequency selective surfaces.

Development of Coatings for Radar Absorbing Materials at X-band

Page 26


MAT- 185

INFLUENCE OF HIGH Mn-Cu-Mo ON MICROSTRUCTURE AND FATIGUE PROPERTIES OF AUSTEMPERED DUCTILE IRON

Shashidhar M. Banavasi, 1 *, Ravishankar K. S 2, and Padmayya S. Naik 3 *1

Research Scholar, Dept of MME, NITK Surathkal, India Assistant Professor, Dept of MME, NITK Surathkal, India 3 Professor, Dept of Mechanical Engg, AITM Bhatkal, India *1 [email protected],[email protected],[email protected] om 2

Abstract Alloying with lower Mn-Cu, Mo-Cu, Mo-Ni, Mn-Cu-Mo are regularly austempered ductile iron utilized in automotive sector [1]. A few work has been done so as to comprehend the impact of MnCu and Mo content on microstructure and other mechanical properties of austempered ductile iron, because of the absence of fatigue study information's on higher Mn-Cu-Mo content ADI. The essential goal of our review was to deliver ductile iron casting with high Mn-0.9%, Cu-0.6% along with Mo-0.3% and carry out austempering heat treatment at 300, 350 and 400 0C for 120 min, thereafter to study the effect of these heat treatments on microstructure using optical microscopy, SEM and Xrd. Mechanical behaviour i,e tensile test, rotating bending fatigue test and microhardness. SEM analysis was used for fractography study of fatigue fractured samples. Results from Optical images reveals bainite morphology only at 300 0C. Higher Mn contents hinders bainite transformation in the locales of Mn and Mo segregation, where in stage II starts in the eutectic cell before stage I complets in the intercellular area, the slower kinetics of Mn and Mo creates more unreacted austenite volume after cooling will turns to martensite around the periperhy creating austenite-martensite zone at 350 0C and tremendously articulated at 400 0C [2]. MnC, Mo 3C and microshrinkage porosity are formed in the intercellular region which was confirmed by optical images .Fatigue study was carried out on rotating bending fatigue test to plot S-N curve at 106 cycles. Feathery ferrite laths, stable retained austenite, high carbon content by XRD techniques and uniform density hardness measured by microhardness in the matrix promotes higher tensile strength, toughness and fatigue properties (250 MPa @ 106 cycles, S-N curve) at 300 0C. Optical and SEM images revealed that presence of stage II carbides in the eutectic cell, MnC, Mo3C and austenitemartensite zone in the intercellular regions, due to their embrittlement in the matrix, makes easy crack path for initiation and propogation causes detoriating properties at higher temperature 350 and 400 0C. SEM images of fatigue fractured surface showed specimen austempered at 300 0C showed a regular crack interconnecting graphite nodule, fatigue striation and quazi-cleavage fracture mode , and samples austempered at 350 & 400 0C reveals the carbide, austenite-martensite, porosity/defect and brittle cracking final fracture region. From the above analyisis and exchange it is affirmed that, austempering heat treatment carried on high Mn-Cu-Mo at 300 0C for 120 min delivers a better fatigue results compared to samples about austempered at 350 and 400 0C, which advances a hole of research gap for other mechanical properties like hardness and tribological properties i,e wear, for the further extent of work. Keywords: Mn-Cu-Mo, Austempering heat treatment, Intercellular region, Austenite-martensite , Fatigue fracture surface [1] B. V. Kovacs, Development of Austempered Ductile Iron (Adi) for Automobile Crankshafts, Journal of Heat Treat,1987 [2] A.S.Hamid Ali, R.Elloitt, Austempering of an Mn-Mo-Cu alloyed ductile iron Part 1Austempering kinetics and processing window, Journal Materials Science and technology vol 12 Influence of high Mn-Cu-Mo on microstrucutre and fatigue properties of austempered ductile iron

Page 27


MAT- 187

Prediction of hot deformation behavior of high phosphorus steel using artificial neural network Kanchan Singha, S.K.Rajputa*, T.Sootaa, Vijay Vermaa, Dharmendra Singhb a Department of Mechanical Engineering, Bundelkhand Institute of Engineering and Technology, Jhansi 284128, India b Department of Mechanical Engineering, Government. Engineering College, Bikaner 334004, India a*[email protected]

Abstract: To predict the hot deformation behavior of high phosphorus steel, the hot compression experiments were performed using Gleeble® 3800 thermo-mechanical simulator in the temperatures ranging from 750 ºC to 1050 ºC and strain rates of 0.001 s-1, 0.01 s-1, 0.1 s-1, 0.5 s-1, 1.0 s-1 and 10 s-1. The flow stresses value of high phosphorus steel increases with decrease in deformation temperature or increase in strain rates. This is due to increase in work hardening rate as compared to the softening rate due to DRX. The experimental stress- strain data are employed to develop artificial neural network (ANN) model and their predictability. Using different combination of temperature, strain and strain rate as a input parameter and obtained experimental stress as a target, a multi-layer ANN model based on feed-forward back-propagation algorithm is trained, to predict the flow stress for a given processing condition. The relative error between predicted and experimental stress are in the range of ±3.5%, whereas the correlation coefficient (R2) of training and testing data are 0.99986 and 0.99999 respectively. Figure shows that a well-trained ANN model has excellent capability to predict the hot deformation behavior of materials. Comparative study shows quite good agreement of predicted and experimental values.

(a)

(b)

Prediction of hot deformation behavior of high phosphorus steel using artificial neural network

Page 28


(c) Figure. Comparisons between the experimental (colored lines) and predicted (dotted points) flow curves with the help of ANN at different deformation temperatures for strain rates (a) 0.001 s-1, (b) 0.1 s-1, and (c) 10 s-1, of high phosphorus steel. Keywords: Hot workability; Artificial Neural Network; Back Propagation; Dynamic Recrystallizations.

Prediction of hot deformation behavior of high phosphorus steel using artificial neural network

Page 29


MAT-189

Mechanical and corrosion behavior of developed copper-based metal matrix composites Manvandra Kumar Singh1a*, Rakesh Kumar Gautam1b, Rajiv Prakash2c and Gopal Ji2d 1

2

Department of Mechanical Engineering, IIT(BHU),Varanasi-221005, India School of Materials Science and Technology, IIT(BHU),Varanasi-221005, India a [email protected],[email protected], c [email protected],[email protected]

Abstract: This work investigates mechanical properties and corrosion resistances of cast copper-tungsten carbide (WC) metal matrix composites (MMCs). Copper matrix composites have been developed by stir casting technique. Different sizes of micro and nano particles of WC particles are utilized as reinforcement to prepare two copper-based composites, however, nano size of WC particles are prepared by high-energy ball milling. XRD (X-rays diffraction) characterize the materials for involvement of different phases. The mechanical behavior of composites has been studied by Vickers hardness test and compression test; while the corrosion behavior of developed composites is investigated by electrochemical impedance spectroscopy in 0.5 M H2SO4 solutions. The results show that hardness, compressive strength and corrosion resistance of copper matrix composites are very high in comparison to that of copper matrix, which attributed to the microstructural changes occurred during composite formation. SEM (Scanning electron microscopy) reveals the morphology of the corroded surfaces. Keywords: Metal Matrix Composite, Corrosion Resistance, Ball Milling, Hardness, XRD. Results:

Optical microstructure of (a) cast Cu, (b) CU-WC micro composite and (c) Cu-WC nano composite obtained after etching

SEM images of exposed (d) copper, (e) Cu-WC micro composite and (f) Cu-WC nano composite in 0.5 M H2SO4 solutions for 2 hr

References: [1] S. Michael, F. Ralf , B. Roman, Wiley-VCH, 1st Edition, 2011 [2] D. Andrew, I. Tsukrov, D. Judson, J. Aufrecht, G. Adolf, U. Hofmann, Corros. Sci. 2013, 76, 453–464. [3] G. Youdi, Z. Zhou, N. Sizhe, W. Ge, Y. Wang, J. N. Cryst. Sol., 2013, 380, 135–140. [4] H. Zhao, L. Liu, Y. Wu, W. Hu , Comp. Sci. and Tech. 2007, 67, 1210–1217

Mechanical and corrosion behavior of developed copper-based metal matrix composites

Page 30


MAT- 190

Development & Characterization of Alumina Coating by Atmospheric Plasma Spraying Jobin Sebastian1, a *, Abyson Scaria2,a and Don George Kurian3,a Dept. of Mechanical Engineering, St. Joseph’s College of Engineering and Technology, Palai, Kerala, India a b . [email protected], [email protected],[email protected]

Abstract: Ceramic coatings are applied on metals to prevent them from oxidation and corrosion at room as well as elevated temperatures. The service environment, mechanisms of protection, chemical and mechanical compatibility, application method, control of coating quality and ability of the coating to be repaired are the factors that need to be considered while selecting the required coating. The coating based on oxide materials provides high degree of thermal insulation and protection against oxidation at high temperatures for the underlying substrate materials. These coatings are usually applied by the flame or plasma spraying methods. The surface cleanliness needs to be ensured before spraying. Abrasive blasting can be used to provide the required surface roughness for good adhesion between the substrate and the coating. A pre bond coat like Nickel Chromium can be applied on to the substrate material before spraying the oxide coating to avoid chances of poor adhesion between the oxide coating and the metallic substrate. Plasma spraying produces oxide coatings of greater density, higher hardness, and smooth surface finish than that of the flame spraying process Inert gas is often used for generation of plasma gas so as to avoid the oxidation of the substrate material. The work focuses to develop, characterize and optimize the parameters used in Al2O3 coating on transition stainless steel substrate material for minimizing the wear rate and maximizing the leak tightness using plasma spray process. The experiment is designed using Taguchi’s L9 orthogonal array. The parameters that are to be optimized are plasma voltage, spraying distance and the cooling jet pressure. The characterization techniques includes micro-hardness and porosity tests followed by Grey relational analysis of the results. The micro hardness was evaluated using Vickers micro hardness test. The specimen was prepared according to the ASTM standards. The image was taken with a microscope and was evaluated using a automatic image analyzer to analyse the porosity. The response table of the Grey relational grade of each parameters on different levels show that that the largest value of the Grey relational grade was obtained for the plasma voltage 74V, cooling jet pressure 2.8psi and spraying distance 2.5”. These are the recommended levels of the controllable parameters of the plasma spraying process as the maximization of micro hardness and minimization of porosity are considered together. The order of the importance for the different controllable factors is in the order of spraying distance, cooling jet pressure and plasma voltage. That is, among the various listed parameters, spraying distance shows the maximum correlation to the desired outputs. Keywords: Atmospheric Plasma Spraying, Alumina (Al2O3 ) Coating, Taguchi Orthogonal Array, Grey Relational Analysis

Development & Characterization of Alumina Coating by Atmospheric Plasma Spraying

Page 31


MAT-193

Microstructural evolution in Fe-0.13P-0.05C steel during compression at elevated temperatures Yashwant Mehta1,a*, S. K. Rajput1,b, Gajanan P. Chaudhari1,c, Vikram V. Dabhade1,d 1

Department of Metallurgical and Materials Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology Roorkee, India 247667 a

* [email protected], b [email protected] c [email protected],d [email protected]

Abstract: The designers of metal forming processes i.e. forging, hot rolling, extrusion, etc are constantly trying to improve the quality of the metal based products. Thus, there is need to develop an understanding about the relationships between the thermomechanical parameters and microstructural evolution of metals and alloys. The study of microstructural evolution during the hot deformation allows the designers to understand the kinetics of metallurgical transformations [1]. Phosphorous was used extensively as an alloying element in the pre-industrial age. It helps the formation of a passive layer in the wet-dry environmental conditions. This passive layer protects the alloy product from further degradation. The Delhi Iron Pillar is a living testimony to the fact [2,3]. In order to study the microstructural evolution and to optimize the processing parameters for the hot forming process, the hot compressive tests of Fe-0.13P-0.05C steel were performed in the temperatures ranging from 800°C-950°C and at strain rates of 0.01, 0.1 and 1 s−1 using a thermomechanical simulator. The effects of the strain rates and deformation temperatures on the microstructures of the steel were investigated using optical microscopy. The results indicate that the average grain size of the hot compressed Fe-0.13P-0.05C steel increases with increases in the forming temperature and also with decreases in strain rate. Dynamic recrystallization was observed to be the mechanism of grain refinement. The minimum grain size of 5.6 μm was obtained at 800°C and 0.1s−1. Keywords: Metallography; Hot compression; Dynamic recrystallization; Grain Size; Thermo-

mechanical simulator. References: [1] [2] [3]

Y.C. Lin, M. Chen, J. Zhong, Micro structural evolution in 42CrMo steel during compression at elevated temperatures, Mater. Lett. 62 (2008) 2132–2135. R. Balasubramaniam, On the corrosion resistance of the Delhi iron pillar, Corros. Sci. 42 (2000) 2013–2129. R. Balasubramaniam, Delhi iron pillar—New insights, Indian Institute of Advanced Study, Shimla, 2002.

Microstructural evolution in Fe-0.13P-0.05C steel during compression at elevated temperatures

Page 32


MAT-197

Study of Structural, Dielectric and Ferroelectric Properties of Nb2O5- Doped Lead Free Ba1-x(Bi0.5Ni0.5)xTiO3 Ceramic MEERA RAWAT1, a * 1

Department of Physics, Hemwati Nandan Bahuguna Garhwal University (A Central University), Srinagar, Garhwal-246174, Uttarakhand, India a email: [email protected]

Abstract: Ba1-x(Bi0.5Ni0.5)xTiO3-0.001Nb2O5 (x = 0, 0.02 and 0.04) lead free ceramics were synthesized by solid state reaction method. The effect of Nb2O5 on various properties of BNBT ceramic has been investigated in detail. The Tc was enhanced to ∼150 °C by introducing a small amount of BNT and RT dielectric constant increases with a little addition of Nb2O5. Ceramics have stable and low dielectric loss characteristic. Remnant polarization 2Pr, and coercive field 2Ec, increases monotonously as the BNT content increase. Polycrystalline ceramics with composition of Ba1-x(Bi0.5Na0.5)xTiO3 [BNBT], (x = 0, 0.02 and 0.04) were synthesized by conventional solid-state reaction technique. The X-ray diffraction spectra of the Ba1-x(Bi 0.5Na0.5)xTiO3-0.001Nb2O5 , sintered at 1275 °C for 2 h, displays the formation of single phase, which was indexed in tetragonal symmetry in a P4mm space group. The calculated lattice parameters of ceramics samples were listed in Table 1. Composition x=0 x = 0.02 x = 0.04

a (Å) 3.973 3.995 3.985

c (Å) 3.981 4.011 4.017

c/a 1.002 1.004 1.008

Volume (Å3) 62.839 64.015 63.791

FESEM used to study the morphologies of the prepared and the average grain size was calculated 482 nm, 463 nm and 423 nm for x = 0, 0.02 and 0.04. The variation of dielectric constant (ε) of Ba1-x(Bi 0.5Na0.5)xTiO3-0.001Nb2O5 with temperature for 1kHz shows a peak at about 150 °C with the addition of BNT, which was about 30 °C higher than the BT-0.001Nb2O5 ceramics. It was attributed to the Bi3+, which entered Ba-site and Tc can increase with only Bi incorporation [1]. Room temperature dielectric constant (εRT) values increased significantly with doping of Nb2O5 in comparison to our earlier study [16]. The tanδ -T study of all the samples exhibited very low and constant values 0.05-0.057 at lower temperature and this range would broaden with the increase of BNT content. P-E hysteresis loops of the Ba1-x(Bi 0.5Na0.5)xTiO3 -0.001Nb2O5 ceramics with different BNT content at room temperature shows that hysteresis curves, BNT exerts significant influence on the loop shape and polarization value. The value of remnant polarization increases monotonously as the BNT contents increases. The values of 2Pr are 3.85, 4.65 and 5.65 μC/cm2 for 0, 2 and 4 mol % respectively. Keywords: Dielectric properties; Curie point; X-Ray diffraction; Ferroelectric properties References:

[1] Y. J. Dai, J. S. Pan, X. W. Zhang, “Composition Range of Morphotropic Phase Boundary and Electrical Properties of NBT-BT System”, Key Eng. Mater. 206 (2007) 336–338. Study of Structural, Dielectric and Ferroelectric Properties of Nb2O5- Doped Lead Free Ba1-x(Bi0.5Ni0.5 )xTiO3 Ceramic

Page 33


MAT-1101

Analyzing the Mechanical Properties of Aluminium Reinforced Composite Materials for the Applications of Valves P. Sivashankari1,a*, D.Karthik2,b*, U.Kishore Kumar3,c* 1

Assistant Professor, 2&3 Student, Department of Automobile Engineering, Sathyabama University, TamilNadu, India. a* [email protected], b* [email protected], c* [email protected]

Abstract: To fabricate valves in IC Engines for commercial cars using composite materials. The main objective to have a composite material is to increase the tensile strength, to reduce the wear and tear, thereby enhancing the mechanical and thermal properties and the performance of valve in commercial vehicles. The existing materials used in IC engine valves are include carbon steel alloys, stainless steels, high-strength nickel-chromium-iron alloys and titanium alloys. The main importance to choose this material is because of cost reduction and its availability. Composite materials are finding its way into the industry as it adds more weightage and performance to the materials property. The most commonly used composite material are Aluminium matrix composites which are finding increased application in automotive, aircraft and aerospace industries and hold the greatest promise for the future growth. This project was done combining a metal matrix composite with a polymer. The need to have materials such as this is to increase the durability of the material and it is evident form research is that metal matrix composite show a better result than the existing material. The finite element analysis of the engine valve guide was done using ansys software. The temperature, principal stress and principal strain distribution over the entire surface of the engine valve guide were obtained. Mechanical tests were carried out and the results were found to be equivalent or well within the allowable stresses of engine with the existing materials used. It was found that use of these materials showed a higher percentage increase in mechanical properties and showed percentage increase in thermal properties up to a composition beyond which the material showed percentage reduction. When compared between both the samples, MMC with 10% CF showed a higher percentage is stresses by 22% and showed a reduction in thermal and impact properties by 7%. The hardness of MMC with 12% CF showed a 9% higher than MMC with 10% CF. Key Words: Composite Materials, Finite Element Analysis, Carbon Fibre, Mechanical Testing, Metal Matrix.

Analyzing the Mechanical Properties of Aluminium Reinforced Composite Materials for the Applications of Valves

Page 34

International Conference on Recent Advances in Materials, Mechanical and Civil EngineeringICRAMMCE2017 1-2 June, 2017, MLRITM, Hyderabad, Telangana

MAT-1104

Dry Sliding Wear Behavior of Titanium metal powder filled Aluminium Alloy Composites for Gear Application Ashiwani Kumar1, Amar Patnaik2, I.K Bhat3 1

Research scholar, 2Assistant professor, Mechanical Engineering Department, M.N.I.T. Jaipur, 302017, India 3

1

Professor, Applied Mechanics Department, M.N.N.I.T, Allahabad, U.P. 211004, India

email: [email protected], 2email: [email protected], 3email: [email protected]

Abstract: In the current research work, the influence of titanium metal powder on wear beheviour of Al 7075 composites is investigated. These composites were fabricated by using the high vaccume casting machine. The Tribological beheviour of titanium metal powder aluminium alloy composites was investigated by performing dry sliding experiments as a function of wear with a E-31 harden steel disk( 62 HRC) as the counterpart on pin on disk machine . Wear experiments were performed for normal load of 20, 35, 50 , 65 and 80 N at sliding velocities of 0.25, 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.25 m/s and sliding distance (250 ,500, 750, 1000 and 1250 m at room temperature. The tests were performed on Taguchi’s L25 orthogonal array and the effect of working parameters on wear rate was studied using ANOVA. To investigate the dominant sliding wear mechanism for different steady state experiment conditions, the SEM micrograph of worn surfaces were analyzed using scanning electron microscopy. The wear rate was found to minimum as compared to unfilled alloy and the wear resistance improves the aluminum alloy composites. Finally, it was investigated that the analysis of microstructure and wear properties of titanium metal powder filled alloy composite. Keywords: Al7075 alloys, Wear, titanium metal powder, Field Emission Scanning Electron Microscope (FESEM), XRD.

Dry Sliding Wear Behavior of Titanium metal powder filled Aluminium Alloy Composites for Gear Application

Page 35


MAT-1107

Metal-Insulator-Metal Capacitors for Analog/Mixed Signal Circuits R Karthik1, a *, A Akshaykranth1,b 1 1

MLR Institute of Technology, Dundigal, Hyderabad-500043, India. MLR Institute of Technology, Dundigal, Hyderabad-500043, India. *a [email protected] , b [email protected]

Abstract: This paper describes a thorough research on high-k metal-insulator-metal capacitors using various dielectric materials. Also, summarizes the works being carried out in MIM Capacitor fabrication and its characterization of the device parameters such as capacitance, leakage current, Reliability, Voltage coefficient of capacitance parameters etc. This paper reviews the progress and efforts made in the recent years for high-k dielectrics. Keywords: Metal-Insulator-Metal Capacitor, High-k, Voltage co-efficient of capacitance, Reliability, Multilayer, Gate stack

Metal-Insulator-Metal Capacitors for Analog/Mixed Signal Circuits

Page 36


MAT-1110

Interaction between poly(vinyl pyrrolidone) PVP and fullerene C 60 at the interface in PVP-C 60 nanofluids–A spectroscopic study M. Beheraa* and S. Ramb a

b

Silicon Institute of Technology, Bhubaneswar-751 024, India Materials Science Centre, Indian Institute of Technology, Kharagpur-721 302, India *Email: [email protected]

Abstract: The vibration and photoluminescence properties in poly(vinyl pyrrolidone) PVP-fullerene C60 nanofluids was studied to illustrate the interfacial interaction between C60 and PVP in n-butanol. Fourier transform infrared and Raman bands shows a discernible enhancement in the C−H stretching, C=O stretching, C–N stretching, C–H2 bending, and C–H in-plane bending band intensity in PVP molecules in the presence of C60 molecules. Such effect is ascribed to microscopic interactions which arise in a C60:PVP nanofluid when a donation of nonbonding electron (n) occurs from a “>N–C=O” moiety of PVP into a lowest unoccupied molecular orbital (t1u) of the C60 molecule in a charge transfer (CT) complex. The C=O stretching band intensity (integrated) Vs C60 content plot exhibits a peak near a critical 13.9 μM C60 value owing to percolation effect. From the light emission spectra, It was noticed that even a small addition of only 4.63 μM C60 suppresses the band intensity significantly (~23%) and red-shifted the 395 nm band to 401 nm. This is a result of an energy loss of the lightemission which confers an n-electron transfer from pyrrolidone group to the electron deficient C60 in a PVP-C60 CT complex. In the emission spectra, the integrated band intensity decreases through a peak near 13.9 μM when plotted against the C60-content. In correlation to the vibration spectra, maximum effect observed both in light emission and excitation spectra suggests a percolation effect in CT complex. Exhibition of percolation threshold in C60-PVP donor-acceptor complex will be helpful in optimizing the photovoltaic properties vital for solar cell applications.

Figure.

(A) FTIR bands in C60:PVP NFs consisting of (a) 0, (b) 4.63, (c) 9.26, (d) 13.9, and (e) 18.52 μM C60 with 40.0 g/L PVP in n-butanol, with (B) a variation of C=O stretching band intensity (integrated) with the C60 dosages.

Keywords: Nanofluids; Microscopic interaction; Charge transfer; Percolation effect; Red-shift; Emission spectrum fullerene/poly(vinyl pyrrolidone) nanofluids with fullerene content in n-butanol, Fullerenes, Nanotubes & Carbon Nanostructures. 24(2016) 154-161. [4] M. Behera, M. and S. Ram, Mechanism of solubilizing fullerene C60 in presence of poly(vinyl pyrrolidone) molecules in water. Fullerenes, Nanotubes & Carbon Nanostructures. 23 (2015) 906916.

Interaction between poly(vinyl pyrrolidone) PVP and fullerene C60 at the interface in PVP-C60 nanofluids–A spectroscopic study

Page 37


MAT-1111

Modeling and Simulation of InGaN/GaN Blue Laser Diode R Karthik1, a *, A Akshaykranth1,b 1 1

MLR Institute of Technology, Dundigal, Hyderabad-500043, India. MLR Institute of Technology, Dundigal, Hyderabad-500043, India. *a [email protected] , b [email protected]

Abstract: The blue laser diodes have become the central focus for advanced optoelectronics research due to its tremendous technological significance, over the past few years. Nitride devices grown in the hexagonal crystal structure leads to unique material properties, such as built-in electric fields due to Spontaneous and piezo electric polarization. The polarization field causes the electron and hole wave functions to separate out, thus causing decrease of emission strength and strong reduction of efficiency. We worked on the strain effects to reduce piezo electric polarization and also solved the existing model of the blue laser diode taking into account of auger recombination which has not been so far till date. The model has also taken care of secondary physical effects, such as induced piezoelectric strain fields due to lattice mismatch and spontaneous polarization fields. An effective model has been developed which has taken consideration of auger recombination as well as nonlinear behavior of spontaneous as well as piezoelectric polarization. The results analysis shows that our model in good agreement with experimental results. Our model enhancement shows a better agreement with experimental values regards to observed blue shift phenomenon in blue laser diode. Our comparison with existing result shows a variation of 2% with respect to Blue energy Shift phenomenon observed in BLD which is in better agreement with experimental results. Keywords: Blue laser diode, Piezoelectric polarization, Auger recombination, Quantum well devices, Well capture.

Metal-Insulator-Metal Capacitors for Analog/Mixed Signal Circuits

Page 38


MAT-1112

A detailed study of BTI in Hafnium oxide sputtered thin Films for Complimentary MOS Technology R Karthik1, a *, Vikram Singh2, b , Prem Kumar 3,c 1

1

MLR Institute of Technology, Dundigal, Hyderabad-500043, India. School of Technology, Dept. of ECE, Glocal University, Saharnpur-247122, India. *a [email protected]

Abstract: This paper presents a study on Negative bias temperature instability (NBTI) on high-k HfO2 sputtered thin films annealed in oxygen and nitrogen ambient. Activation energies for interface, oxide-trap charge and switching states densities for each oxygen and nitrogen ambient annealed devices is estimated from capacitance-voltage measurements versus temperature characteristics. It is found in the range 0.13eV-0.16eV for oxygen annealed sample and 0.47eV – 0.7eV for nitrogen annealed sample. Nitrogen annealed sample shows higher activation energy and low traps charge densities. The negative bias temperature instabilities of Al-HfO2-Si MOS capacitors is evaluated and compared after annealing in nitrogen and oxygen ambient in a wide range of temperature for sputtered hafnium oxide thin films. The change in the interface trap charge, oxide trap charges and switching state densities were estimated by mid-gap method due to negative bias temperature instability in HfO2 sputtered thin films. The nitrogen annealed sample shows much small change in trap charges compared to oxygen annealed samples due to NBTI. Activation energies for interface, oxide-trap charge and switching states densities for oxygen and nitrogen ambient annealed devices, estimated from capacitance-voltage measurements versus temperature and electric field, lies in the range 0.13 - 0.16 eV for oxygen annealed sample and 0.47eV – 0.7eV for nitrogen annealed sample. Nitrogen annealed sample shows higher activation energy and low traps charge densities. The amount of hydrogen in the films and the nature of its transport and trapping are expected to be a strong function of device processing. Keywords: Annealing; HfO2, High-k dielectric, Oxide trap charge, Thin film, Nanomaterial.

A detailed study of BTI in Hafnium oxide sputtered thin Films for Complimentary MOS Technology

Page 39


MAT-1113

Synthesis and Properties of Mg(x)Fe(1-x)2O4 Series nanoparticles A Akshaykranth1, a, R Karthik1, b *, K Venkateswara Rao 2, b and CH Shilpa Chakra 2, b 1

MLR Institute of Technology, Dundigal, Hyderabad, India. 2 JNTU Hyderabad, India. a [email protected], a*[email protected]

Abstract: Magnesium ferrite Series nanoparticles have been prepared in a less time by sol-gel auto combustion synthesis method. The main objective in this current work is to influence by increasing the concentration of ferrite and decreasing the concentration of magnesium. Prepared Mg(x)Fe(1-x)2O4 ( x= 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8 and 0.9) is to investigate the difference among each sample in their properties. The prepared nano particles were characterized to find Structural, Optical Properties and thermal stability of particles. Using X-Ray diffraction (XRD), Scanning electron microscope (SEM), UV-Visible spectroscopy, Thermal analysis was done by TG/DTA, Average particle sizes were calculated by using (Particle Size Analyzer) PSA analysis. XRD revealed the formation of Mg(x)Fe(1-x)2O4 is in cubic structure for the sample with Mg-Fe equal ratio (x=0.5). The crystalline size estimated using Scherer formula in the range of 12-23 nm. SEM images illustrates the porous nature in all Mg(x)Fe(1-x)2O4 series. UV-visible spectra shown noticeable peaks of Magnesium ferrite. In the present work, nanoparticles of Mg(x)Fe(1-x)2 O4 (x=0.1,0.2,0.3,0.4,0.5,06,0.7,0.8, and 0.9) are synthesized using sol–gel auto combustion route in less time, with a view to understand the changes of Magnesium ferrite properties in the nano Scale range. In actual sense the distribution of the cations becomes the cause of the structure and properties of ferrites. Structural, morphological and optical properties are studied successfully by influencing changing the concentration of the Mg-Fe percentage. The synthesized Mg(x)Fe(1-x)2O4 (x=0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5,06,0.7,0.8, and 0.9) nanoparticles affecting on several factors including the method of preparation, chemical composition and grain structure or size of particles while changing the concentrations. Keywords: Magnesium Ferrite; Combustion method; XRD; SEM; TG/DTA; UV-visible.

Synthesis and Properties of Mg(x)Fe(1-x)2 O4 Series nanoparticles

Page 40


MAT-1114

Preparation and Characterization of Nanostructured Zn(X)Fe (1-X)2O4 (X=0.1 to 0.9) A Akshaykranth1, a, R Karthik1, b *, K Venkateswara Rao 2, b and CH Shilpa Chakra 2, b 1

MLR Institute of Technology, Dundigal, Hyderabad, India. 2 JNTU Hyderabad, India. a [email protected], a*[email protected]

Abstract: This paper describes the preparation of Zinc Ferrite (Zn(X)Fe(1-X)2O4 (X=0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8 and 0.9)) nanoparticles using low temperature combustion method. Also, investigates on the properties of Zn(x)Fe(1-x)2O4 (X=0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8 and 0.9) nanoparticles with gradually increasing the concentration of Zinc percentage parallelly decreasing the iron percentage. The obtained powders are characterized by XRD, SEM, FTIR, TG-DTA and UV-visible spectroscopy. Thermal analysis has been done by thermo gravimetric-differential thermal analysis (TG-DTA), UV-visible data shows the optical characteristics of obtained Zn(x)Fe(1x)2O4. The series of Zn(x)Fe(1-x)2O4 (X=0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8 and 0.9) Nano particles were successfully synthesized by low temperature combustion method. The structural properties studied using XRD reveals a good crystalline behavior and the average crystallite size. All the results from particle analyzer are in good agreement with the XRD results of crystallite sizes. The Surface morphology of the samples studied by using SEM showed agglomerated clusters resulting in more defects in the crystal so that the crystallinity of the powders was affected and the average particle size coincides with XRD data. From the UV-Vis studies it is clearly seen there is an increases and decreases in absorbance on different concentration of zinc ferrite Nano particles. The FTIR analysis reveals that the bond structure of spinal structure and Zn-Fe-O has not been modified in Zinc Ferrite samples. Thermal analysis done by Thermo gravimetric Differential thermal analysis (TG/DTA) shows with the increase and decrease weight loss of the different concentration of the Zn(x)Fe(1-x)2O4 (X=0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8 and 0.9) Nano particles. The weight loss process becomes sharp and steady, indicating the formation of crystalline solid phases.

Keywords: Zinc ferrite, XRD, SEM, FTIR, TG-DTA.

Preparation and Characterization of Nanostructured Zn(X)Fe (1-X)2O4 (X=0.1 to 0.9)

Page 41


MAT-1115

Microtexture study: Effect of different irradiation sources on Zirconium and its alloys A.K. Revelly1,a,* 1

Department of Metallurgical and Materials Engineering, Rajiv Gandhi University of Knowledge Technologies Basar, India a [email protected]

Abstract: The comparative study of Ga+ ion, Nb+ ion, proton and electron (H+ and e-) irradiation on single crystal and poly crystal Zirconium (Zr), characterised in terms of misorientation profile change, EBSD maps or microtexture, XRD residual stresses development and irradiation hardening effect. It was concluded that the rate of damage is varying with respect to irradiation source. In the present study both the Zr and its alloys were used to conclude this main objective [1-4]. Irradiation hardening was significantly high at a depth of ~200 nm. Irradiation also causes the residual stress after irradiation. It was indeed that the low angle boundaries are developed after irradiation due to crystal orientation change and new boundaries formation. Keywords: Texture, Zirconium alloy, EBSD, XRD and nano-indentation

(a) (b) Figure. (a) Proton irradiation 6N purity crystal bar Zirconium with an orientation imaging microscope (OIM) map. (b) Effect of hardness on proton irradiated, same Zr sample before and after irradiation. The values reported were measured at cross section of specimen through thickness for four different crystal orientations as shown in figure. References: [1] [2] [3] [4]

S. Kass, The Development of the Zircaloys, Corrosion of Zirconium Alloys, Philadelphia,ASTM STP 368, PA, 1964. B. Verlinden, J. Driver, I. Samajdar, R.D. Doherty, Thermo-Mechanical Processing of Metallic Materials, Pergamon materials series, Cambridge, Amsterdam, 2007. S. Banerjee, P. Mukhopadhyay, Phase Transformations: Examples from Titanium and Zirconium, Elsevier (Pergamon Materials Series), Amsterdam, 2007. G.S. Was, Fundamentals of Radiation Materials Science, 1st ed., Springer Verlag, Berlin, 2007.

Microtexture study: Effect of different irradiation sources on Zirconium and its alloys

Page 42


MAT-1116

Improving Mechanical Properties of Dissimilar Material Friction Welds Muralimohan Cheepu1,2,a *, B. Srinivas3,b, V. Muthupandi2,c, Suresh Alapati1,d, Woo Seong Che1,e and K. Sivaprasad2,f 1

Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kyungsung University, Busan 608736, Republic of Korea 2 Department of Metallurgical and Materials Engineering, National Institute of Technology Tiruchirappalli, Tamil Nadu 620015, India 3 Department of Mechanical Engineering, MVGR College of Engineering, Andhra Pradesh 535005, India a [email protected], b [email protected], [email protected], d [email protected], [email protected], f [email protected]

Abstract In recent years, the joining of dissimilar materials is often challenging due to different material properties. Friction welding is an attractive technique compared to conventional fusion welding processes for dissimilar joining. The joining of titanium to stainless steel using fusion welding techniques are not successful due to formation of brittle intermetallic compounds in the fusion zone. To overcome these problems, solid state joining methods were contemplated to join dissimilar metals successfully. Whereas, the formation of intermetallic compounds are not completely avoided using solid state joining methods too [1]. To avoid these intermetallics formation a new techniques were developed a use of interlayers [2]. In the present investigation, friction welding of stainless steel to titanium with aluminum insert metal was investigated to improve the mechanical properties of the joints. Two different methods were used to insert the aluminum as a barrier between to substrates. The process parameters were found to be different for these two methods to obtain the sound welds. The friction welds between stainless steel and titanium with aluminum insert prevented the formation of brittle intermetallic compounds in the weld interface. A new intermetallic compounds such as AlTi and Al3Ti were formed between titanium and aluminum insert metal interface which are more ductile than the FeTi and CrTi intermetallic compounds. The joints characterized that the aluminum insert metal improved the metallurgical reaction at the weld interfaces thus indicates the results of decrease in microhardness of the intermetallic compounds which have major influence on the strength of the joints. The tensile strength of the aluminum insert welds was higher than the direct joints between the stainless steel and titanium. Higher tensile properties were attained at higher upset pressure condition due to the effect of larger force upon the welded materials and the remnant narrower thickness of insert metal. Keywords: Friction welding, Titanium, Mechanical properties, Aluminum interlayer, Intermetallics.

References [1] A. Fuji, T.H. North, K. Ameyama, M. Futamata, Improving tensile strength and bend ductility of titanium/AISI 304L stainless steel friction welds, Mater. Sci. Technol. 8 (1992) 219-235. [2] C.H. Muralimohan, M. Ashfaq, R. Ashiri, V. Muthupandi, K. Sivaprasad, Analysis and characterization of the role of Ni interlayer in the friction welding of titanium and 304 austenitic stainless steel, Metall. Mater. Trans. A. 47 (2016) 347-359. Improving Mechanical Properties of Dissimilar Material Friction Welds

Page 43


MAT-1117

Effect of pre-ageing on the age hardening response of cryorolled Al-Mg-Si alloy Maruff Hussain1,a*, P Nageswararao2,b, Dharmendra Singh3,c and R Jayaganthan4,c 1Department of Mechanical Engineering, MIET, Meerut 250005, India 2Department of Mechanical Engineering, MLRITM, Hyderabad 500043, India 3Department of Mechanical Engineering, ECB, Bikaner 334004, India 4 Design Centre, Indian Institute of Technology, Chennai 211004, India a [email protected], b [email protected], [email protected] * [email protected]

Abstract: Al-Mg-Si (Al 6061) alloy happen to be popular material for automobile body applications by virtue of its excellent combination of properties such as remarkable strength, high corrosion resistance and good formability. The deformation at cryogenic temperature has led to increase in the dislocation densities in the material by suppression of dynamic recovery through cross slip. Consequently, the cryorolling process would require less strain to achieve UFG structure as compared with room temperature deformation processes. Also, the presence of second phase particles in the material would actively participate in hindering and accumulating the dislocations. Therefore, there is a significant increase in the dislocation density of deformed material. The precipitation sequence, particularly at early stages in Al-Mg-Si alloy is found to be very complicated. Therefore, in present investigation, pre-ageing technique is employed to induce nanosized precipitates in the aluminium matrix prior to cryorolling, and to observe the effect of pre-ageing on hardening behavior of Al-MgSi alloys processed by cryorolling and its age hardening behavior. Ageing conditions were examined at natural ageing for 2days and pre-ageing at 100 °C, 130°C and 170 °C for 4 hours, 2 hours and 30 minutes respectively. The observations revealed that, the pre-ageing before cryorolling is useful to enhance the dislocation density during cryorolling by inducing solute clusters as trapping agents. Natural ageing for 2 days has resulted maximum rise in hardness of the ST material (42 HV to 66 HV), they also posses highest UTS and YS as compared to the PA conditions. The increase in YS and UTS in NA and PA samples is attributed to the formation nano clusters followed by G.P zones which were confirmed through DSC studies. However artificial ageing of cryorolled samples is not influenced much with pre-ageing. It is revealed that, maturing at room temperature of CR samples for 30 days has resulted better hardening response during artificial ageing. The optimum heat treatment condition could be chosen as “Natural ageing for 2 days + cryorolling 90% + Natural ageing for 30 days followed by artificial ageing at 125 °C for 48 hours. TEM micrograph shows the fine needle shaped precipitates obtained from optimized conditions of PA and NA conditions. These fine needles are believed to be β" precipitates which are aligned along Al directions. However, NA alloy after cryorolling followed by NA and subsequent artificial ageing, possessing fine needle shaped precipitates along with spherical shaped precipitates which were formed at room temperature. Keywords: Al 6061 alloy, Ageing, Cryorolling, Mechanical behavior, Kissinger plots.

Effect of pre-ageing on the age hardening response of cryorolled Al-Mg-Si alloy

Page 44


MAT-1120

Effect of Microstructure on Stress Corrosion Cracking Behaviour of High Nitrogen Stainless Steel Gas Tungsten Arc Welds a c b *Raffi Mohammed , Madhusudhan Reddy.G , Srinivasa Rao.K *a Department of Metallurgical & Materials Engineering, NIT - Andhra Pradesh, India b Department of Metallurgical Engineering, Andhra University, Visakhapatnam, India c Defence Metallurgical Research Laboratory, Hyderabad, India. a [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract: In the present work, an attempt has been made to weld nickel free high nitrogen stainless steel of 5 mm thick plate using gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW) with three high strength age hardenable fillers i.e., 11-10 PH filler, PH 13-8Mo filler and maraging grade of MDN 250 filler. The present aim is to improve mechanical properties and corrosion resistance of nickel free high nitrogen stainless steel and its welds. The microstructure is characterized by optical microscopy and scanning electron microscopy (SEM). Vickers hardness testing of the welds was carried out to study the mechanical behaviour of welds. Potentio-dynamic polarization studies were done to determine pitting corrosion resistance in aerated 3.5% NaCl solution. Stress corrosion cracking (SCC) testing was carried out using constant load type machine with applied stress of 50% yield strength and in 45% MgCl2 solution boiling at 155°C. The results of the present investigation established that gas tungsten arc welding using 11-10 PH and PH 13-8Mo fillers exhibited delta ferrite in the austenite matrix of the weld metal. Reverted austenite in the martensite matrix was obtained in GTA welds made with MDN 250 filler. Improved mechanical properties were obtained for PH 13-8 Mo GTA welds when compared to 11-10 PH and MDN 250 GTA welds and may be due to the presence of relative fine grains. Improvement in resistance to stress corrosion cracking was observed for PH 138Mo GTA welds when compared to 11-10 PH and MDN 250 GTA welds. However, All GTA welds failed in the weld interface region. This may be attributed to relatively lower pitting potential in weld interface which acts as active site and the initiation source of pitting. Hence Gas tungsten arc welds of nickel free high nitrogen stainless steel made with PH 13-8 Mo filler is having a better combination of mechanical properties and corrosion resistance. Keywords: Nickel free high nitrogen austenitic stainless steel, Gas tungsten arc welding, Potentiodynamic polarization, Magnesium chloride (MgCl2) and Stress corrosion cracking.

Effect of Microstructure on Stress Corrosion Cracking Behaviour of High Nitrogen Stainless Steel Gas Tungsten Arc Welds

Page 45


MAT-1123

Studies on microstructure, mechanical and corrosion properties of high nitrogen stainless steel shielded metal arc welds a c b *Raffi Mohammed , Madhusudhan Reddy.G , Srinivasa Rao.K *a Department of Metallurgical & Materials Engineering, NIT - Andhra Pradesh, India b Department of Metallurgical Engineering, Andhra University, Visakhapatnam, India c Defence Metallurgical Research Laboratory, Hyderabad, India. a [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract The present work is aimed at studying the microstructure, mechanical and corrosion properties of high nitrogen stainless steel shielded metal arc (SMA) welds made with Cromang-N electrode. Basis for selecting this electrode is to increase the solubility of nitrogen in weld metal due to high chromium and manganese content. Microstructures of the welds were characterized using optical microscopy (OM), field emission scanning electron microscopy (FESEM) and electron back scattered diffraction (EBSD) mainly to determine the morphology, phase analysis, grain size and orientation image mapping. Hardness, tensile and ductility bend tests were carried out to determine mechanical properties. Potentio-dynamic polarization testing was carried out to study the pitting corrosion resistance using a GillAC basic electrochemical system. Constant load type testing was carried out to study stress corrosion cracking (SCC) behaviour of welds. The investigation results shown that the selected Cr–Mn–N type electrode resulted in favourable microstructure and completely solidified as single phase coarse austenite. Mechanical properties of SMA welds are found to be inferior when compared to that of base metal and is due to coarse and dendritic structure. Improvement in pitting corrosion and stress corrosion resistance of the weld zone was attributed to the coarse austenite grains owing to the reduction in active sites of the austenite/delta ferrite interface and the decrease in galvanic interaction between austenite and delta-ferrite. Keywords: High nitrogen stainless steel, shielded metal arc welding, Field emission scanning electron microscopy, Electron back scattered diffraction, Magnesium chloride and Stress corrosion cracking.

Studies on microstructure, mechanical and corrosion properties of high nitrogen stainless steel shielded metal arc welds

Page 46


MAT-1124

Effect of Welding Process on Microstructure, Mechanical and Pitting Corrosion Behaviour of 2205 Duplex Stainless Steel Welds a

c

*Raffi Mohammed , Madhusudhan Reddy.G , Srinivasa Rao.K

b

*a Department of Metallurgical & Materials Engineering, NIT - Andhra Pradesh, India Department of Metallurgical Engineering, Andhra University, Visakhapatnam, India c Defence Metallurgical Research Laboratory, Hyderabad, India. a [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]

b

Abstract An attempt has been made to weld 2205 Duplex stainless steel of 6mm thick plate using conventional gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW) and activated gas tungsten arc welding (A-GTAW) process using silica powder as activated flux. Present work is aimed at studying the effect of welding process on depth of penetration, width of weld zone of 2205 duplex stainless steel. It also aims to observe the microstructural changes and its effect on mechanical properties and pitting corrosion resistance of 2205 duplex stainless steel welds. Metallography is done to observe the microstructural changes of the welds using image analyzer attached to the optical microscopy. Hardness studies, tensile and ductility bend tests were evaluated for mechanical properties. Potentio-dynamic polarization studies were carried out using a basic GillAC electro-chemical system in 3.5% NaCl solution to observe the pitting corrosion behaviour. Results of the present investigation established that increased depth of penetration and reduction of weld width in a single pass by activated GTAW with the application of SiO2 flux was observed when compared with conventional GTAW process. It may be attributed to the arc constriction effect. Microstructure of the weld zones for both the welds is observed to be having combination of austenite and delta ferrite. Grain boundary austenite (GBA) with Widmanstätten-type austenite (WA) of plate-like feature was nucleated from the grain boundaries in the weld zone of A-GTAW process. Mechanical properties are relatively low in activated GTAW process and are attributed to changes in microstructural morphology of austenite. Improved pitting corrosion resistance was observed for the welds made with A-GTAW process. It is due to the reduction in galvanic interaction between austenite and delta ferrite. Keywords: Duplex Stainless Steel (DSS), Gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW), Activated – Gas tungsten arc welding (A-GTAW), Potentio-dynamic polarization.

Effect of Welding Process on Microstructure, Mechanical and Pitting Corrosion Behaviour of 2205 Duplex Stainless Steel Welds

Page 47


MAT-1125

Comparative Studies on microstructure, mechanical and corrosion behaviour of DMR 249A Steel and its welds a

c

*Raffi Mohammed , Madhusudhan Reddy.G , Srinivasa Rao.K

b

*a Department of Metallurgical & Materials Engineering, NIT - Andhra Pradesh, India b Department of Metallurgical Engineering, Andhra University, Visakhapatnam, India c Defence Metallurgical Research Laboratory, Hyderabad, India. a [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract: DMR249A Medium strength (low carbon) Low-alloy steels are used as structural components in naval applications due to its low cost and high availability. Weldability is the major concern for joining the structural componPents where it leads to microstructural changes, variation in mechanical properties and corrosion resistance when compared to a base metal. An attempt has been made to weld the DMR 249A steel of 8mm thickness using conventional fusion welding processes such as shielded metal arc welding (SMAW) and gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW). Welds were characterized for metallography to carry out the microstructural studies using optical microscopy, mechanical properties were evaluated using vickers hardness tester and universal testing machine. Potentio-dynamic polarization tests were carried out to determine the pitting corrosion behavior done using a basic electrochemical system. Constant load type Stress corrosion cracking (SCC) testing was done to observe the cracking tendency of the joints in a 3.5%NaCl solution. Results of the present study established that SMA welds resulted in formation of relatively higher amount of martensite in ferrite matrix when compared to gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW). It is attributed to faster cooling rates achieved due to high thermal efficiency. Improved mechanical properties were observed for the SMA welds and are due to higher amount of martensite. Pitting corrosion and stress corrosion cracking resistance of SMA welds were poor when compared to GTA welds and is due to the presence of more active sites of ferrite/martensite interfaces which acts as source for crack initiation. Keywords: DMR 249A Medium strength (low carbon) Low-alloy steels, Shielded metal arc welding (SMAW), Gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW), Sodium chloride (NaCl) and Stress corrosion cracking (SCC).

Comparative Studies on microstructure, mechanical and corrosion behaviour of DMR 249A Steel and its welds

Page 48


MAT-1126

Influence of Welding Process and Post Weld Heat Treatment on Microstructure and Pitting Corrosion Behavior of Dissimilar Aluminium Alloy Welds VSN Venkata Ramanaa,*Raffi Mohammedb, Madhusudhan Reddy.Gc, Srinivasa Rao.Kd a

Department of Mechanical Engineering, GITAM University, Visakhapatnam, India * Department of Metallurgical & Materials Engineering, NIT - Andhra Pradesh, India d Department of Metallurgical Engineering, Andhra University, Visakhapatnam, India c Defence Metallurgical Research Laboratory, Hyderabad, India. a [email protected] [email protected], d [email protected], [email protected] b

Abstract:

Welding of dissimilar Aluminum alloy welds is becoming important in aerospace, shipbuilding and defence applications. Problems like formation of Partially Melted Zone (PMZ) and Heat Affected Zone (HAZ) softening are common during fusion welding of dissimilar Aluminum alloys. PMZ is the weakest zone, which is adjacent to the fusion line and just before HAZ. The problems that occur in fusion welding process can be overcome by adopting solid state welding processes like friction and friction stir welding. In the present work, an attempt as been made to weld dissimilar aluminium alloy (AA2014 & AA6061) using conventional gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW) and recently developed friction stir welding (FSW) process. An attempt was also made to study the effect of post weld heat treatment (annealed, O and T4 conditions) on microstructure and pitting corrosion behavior of these welds. Welds were characterized to observe and compare the microstructural changes in the fusion zone / nugget zone, PMZ / TMAZ & HAZ of AA2014-AA6061 welds. Vickers hardness survey was conducted across the welds. Potentio-dynamic polarization studies were carried out to study the pitting corrosion behavior of various zones of welds using basic electrochemical system. Results of the present investigation established that microstructures of the base metals (AA2014-AA6061) clearly revealed presence of relatively fine and uniformly distributed eutectics in T4 condition, where as coarse and non-uniformly distributed eutectics in annealed condition. In GTA welds of AA2014-AA6061 alloys in annealed condition, Cast structure is clearly visible in fusion zone and coarsening of eutectics was observed in partially melted zone. Fusion zone of dissimilar GTA weld in PWHT condition clearly indicated that the grain coarsening occurred after PWHT due to the solution treatment and ageing involved in the process.It is evident that the thickness of the PMZ is relatively more on AA2014 side than that of AA6061 side. In FS welds, Lamellar like shear bands are well noticed on the top of the stir zone. The concentration profile of dissimilar friction stir weld in T4 condition revealed that no diffusion has taken place at the interface. Poor Hardness is observed in all regions of FS weldscompared to that of GTA welds is due to dissolution of strengthening intermetallic precipitates.Pitting corrosion resistance of the dissimilar FS welds in all regions was improved by post weld heat treatment. This is attributed to precipitation of very fine submicroscopic particles from supersaturated solution during natural ageing and dissolution of secondary intermetallic precipitation helps in reduction of active sites for pit initiation. Keywords: Gas Tungsten Arc Welding, Friction Stir Welding, AA2014 alloy, AA6061 alloy, Partially Melted Zone, Thermo-mechanically Affected Zone, Pitting Corrosion,Potentiodynamic Polarization.

Influence of Welding Process and Post Weld Heat Treatment on Microstructure and Pitting Corrosion Behavior of Dissimilar Aluminium Alloy Welds

Page 49


MAT-1127

Effect of Post Weld Heat Treatment on Corrosion Behavior of AA2014 Aluminum – Copper Alloy Electron Beam Welds VSN Venkata Ramanaa,*Raffi Mohammedb, Madhusudhan Reddy.Gc, Srinivasa Rao.Kd a

Department of Mechanical Engineering, GITAM University, Visakhapatnam, India * Department of Metallurgical & Materials Engineering, NIT - Andhra Pradesh, India d Department of Metallurgical Engineering, Andhra University, Visakhapatnam, India c Defence Metallurgical Research Laboratory, Hyderabad, India. b [email protected], [email protected], [email protected] b

Abstract:

The present work pertains to the study of corrosion behavior of aluminum alloy electron beam welds. The aluminium alloy used in the present study is copper containing AA2014 alloy. Electron Beam Welding (EBW) was used to weld the alloys in annealed (O) condition. Microstructural changes across the welds were recorded and the effect of post weld heat treatment (PWHT) in T4 (Solutionized and naturally aged) condition on pitting corrosion resistance was studied. A software based PAR basic electrochemical system was used for potentio-dynamic polarization tests. From the study it is observed that weld in O condition is prone to more liquation than that of PWHT condition. This may be attributed to re-melting and solidification of excess eutectic present in the O condition of the base metal. It was also observed that slightly higher hardness values are recorded in O condition than that of PWHT condition. The pitting corrosion resistance of the PMZ/HAZ in PWHT condition is better than that of O condition. This is attributed to copper segregation at the grain boundaries of PMZ in O condition. Keywords: AA2014 alloy, Electron beam welding (EBW), Potentiodynamic polarization, pitting potential.

Effect of Post Weld Heat Treatment on Corrosion Behavior of AA2014 Aluminum – Copper Alloy Electron Beam Welds

Page 50


MAT-1128

Studies on Fusion Welding of High Nitrogen Stainless Steel: Microstructure, Mechanical and corrosion Behaviour a c b *Raffi Mohammed , Madhusudhan Reddy.G , Srinivasa Rao.K *a Department of Metallurgical & Materials Engineering, NIT - Andhra Pradesh, India b Department of Metallurgical Engineering, Andhra University, Visakhapatnam, India c Defence Metallurgical Research Laboratory, Hyderabad, India. a [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract: Nickel free high nitrogen austenitic stainless steel (HNS) containing chromium and manganese is recommended for manufacturing battle tanks in defence applications. Eventhough wrought high nitrogen steel possesses excellent mechanical properties and corrosion resistance, fusion welding may result in poor mechanical and corrosion resistance due to nitrogen loss in the weld metal. Above problems can be overcome by selecting an electrode/filler wire similar in composition to that of base metal or by choosing an effective welding process. As no filler wires are commercially being available, an attempt has been made in the present investigation to weld high nitrogen steel of 5mm thick plates using various process i.e., shielded metal arc welding (SMAW), gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW) and autogenous electron beam welding (EBW) process. Present work is aimed at studying the microstructural changes and its effects on mechanical properties and corrosion resistance. Microstructure is characterized by optical, scanning electron microscopy and electron back scattered diffraction technique. Vickers hardness, tensile properties, impact toughness and face bend ductility testing of the welds was carried out. Pitting corrosion resistance of welds was determined using potentio-dynamic polarization testing in 3.5%NaCl solution. Results of the present investigation established that SMA welds made using Cr-Mn-N electrode were observed to have a austenite dendritic grain structure in the weld metal and is having poor mechanical properties but good corrosion resistance. GTA welds made using 18Ni (MDN 250) filler wire were observed to have a reverted austenite in martensite matrix of the weld metal and formation of unmixed zone at the fusion boundary which resulted in better mechanical properties and poor corrosion resistance. Fine grains and uniform distribution of delta ferrite in the austenite matrix and narrow width of weld zone are observed in autogeneous electron beam welds. A good combination of mechanical properties and corrosion resistance was achieved for electron beam welds of high nitrogen steel when compared to SMA and GTA welds. Keywords: High nitrogen austenitic stainless steel (HNS), shielded metal arc welding (SMAW), Gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW), electron beam welding (EBW) and potentio-dynamic polarization

Studies on Fusion Welding of High Nitrogen Stainless Steel: Microstructure, Mechanical and corrosion Behaviour

Page 51


MAT-1129

Experimental Study on Environment Friendly Tap Hole Clay for Blast Furnace R Siva Kumara, *Raffi Mohammedb, Madhusudhan Reddy.Gc, Srinivasa Rao.Kd a

Research & Development, Visakhapatnam Steel Plant, India * Department of Metallurgical & Materials Engineering, NIT - Andhra Pradesh, India d Department of Metallurgical Engineering, Andhra University, Visakhapatnam, India c Defence Metallurgical Research Laboratory, Hyderabad, India. a [email protected],b [email protected], c [email protected], [email protected] b

Abstract: Blast furnace (BF) is the best possible route of iron production available. Blast furnace is a high pressure vessel where iron ore is melted and liquid iron is produced. The liquid iron is tapped through the hole in Blast Furnace called tap hole. The tapped liquid metal flowing through the tap hole is plugged using a clay called tap hole clay. Tap hole clay (THC) is a unshaped refractory used to plug the tap hole. The tap hole clay extruded through the tap hole using a gun. The tap hole clay is designed to expand and plug the tap hole. The tap hole filled with clay is drilled using drill bit and the hole made through the tap hole to tap the liquid metal accumulated inside the furnace. The number of plugging and drilling varies depending on the volume of the furnace. The tap hole clay need to have certain properties to avoid problems during plugging and drilling. In the present paper tap hole clay properties in industrial use was tested and studied. The problems were identified related to tap hole clay manufacturing. Experiments were conducted in lab scale to solve the identified problems. The present composition was modified with experimental results. The properties of the modified tap hole clay were found suitable and useful for blast furnace operation with lab scale experimental results. Keywords: Blast Furnace (BF), Tap hole clay (THC), Plugging and drilling

Experimental Study on Environment Friendly Tap Hole Clay for Blast Furnace

Page 52


MAT-1130

Studies on Manufacturing Problems in Blast Furnace Tap Hole Clay of Integrated Steel Plants: Experimental Approach R Siva kumara,*Raffi Mohammed b, Madhusudhan Reddy.Gc, Srinivasa Rao.Kd a

Research & Development, Visakhapatnam Steel Plant, India * Department of Metallurgical & Materials Engineering, NIT - Andhra Pradesh, India d Department of Metallurgical Engineering, Andhra University, Visakhapatnam, India c Defence Metallurgical Research Laboratory, Hyderabad, India. a [email protected], [email protected], [email protected] b

Abstract: Iron making in steel plants is usually done by Blast Furnace (BF). Blast furnace route of iron making is the best possible method for high productivity. Integrated Steel Plants mostly follow Blast Furnace route for iron production which accounts for over 60 % of the world iron output. Blast Furnace is a very large reaction vessel that reduces iron ore to produce molten iron. It is usually around 30-45 meter tall and has a diameter of around 10-13 meter wider. Medium capacity Blast Furnaces have hearth diameter of 11 meter and 40 meter height where iron ore, coke and sinter or pellet combine to form a liquid iron and slag. Blast Furnace runs for ten to twenty years without repairing hearth walls and Tap Hole (TH). Tap Hole is drilled in turn allowing the furnace to be drained at different positions around the hearth. Tap hole is an outlet for hot metal produced in a Blast Furnace and run from the shell of the furnace into the interior allowing access to the molten material. Tapping is the term used for drilling a hole through the tap hole which allows the molten iron and slag to flow out. In Iron making process, removal of liquid iron from furnace and sending it for steel making is known as cast house practice. For tapping liquid iron and operating the tap hole requires a special type of clay. Tap hole clay (THC) used to stop the flow of liquid iron and slag from the blast furnace. Present work deals with the study on manufacturing of THC at Visakhapatnam Steel Plant and problems related to manufacturing. Experiments were conducted to solve the identified problems and results are furnished in detail. The findings can improve the manufacturing process and improve the productivity of tap hole clay. Keywords: Blast furnace, Tap hole clay, Apparent porosity, Bulk density, Cold crushing strength.

Studies on manufacturing problems in blast furnace tap hole clay of Integrated Steel Plants: Experimental approach

Page 53


MAT-1131

Studies on Microstructure, Mechanical and Pitting Corrosion Behaviour of Similar and Dissimilar Stainless Steel Gas Tungsten Arc Welds a c b *Raffi Mohammed , Madhusudhan Reddy.G , Srinivasa Rao.K *a Department of Metallurgical & Materials Engineering, NIT - Andhra Pradesh, India b Department of Metallurgical Engineering, Andhra University, Visakhapatnam, India c Defence Metallurgical Research Laboratory, Hyderabad, India. a [email protected], b [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract: In the present study, an attempt has been made to weld dissimilar alloys of 5mm thick plates i.e., austenitic stainless steel (316L) and duplex stainless steel (2205) and compared with that of similar welds. Welds are made with conventional gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW) process with two different filler wires namely i.e., 309L and 2209. Welds were characterized using optical microscopy to observe the microstructural changes and correlate with mechanical properties using hardness, tensile and impact testing. Potentio-dynamic polarization studies were carried out to observe the pitting corrosion behaviour in different regions of the welds. Results of the present study established that change in filler wire composition resulted in microstructural variation in all the welds with different morphology of ferrite and austenite. Welds made with 2209 filler showed plate like widmanstatten austenite (WA) nucleated at grain boundaries. Compared to similar stainless steel welds inferior mechanical properties was observed in dissimilar stainless steel welds. Pitting corrosion resistance is observed to be low for dissimilar stainless steel welds when compared to similar stainless steel welds. Overall study showed that similar duplex stainless steel welds having favorable microstructure and resulted in better mechanical properties and corrosion resistance. Relatively dissimilar stainless steel welds made with 2209 filler obtained optimum combination of mechanical properties and pitting corrosion resistance when compared to 309L filler and is recommended for industrial practice. Keywords: Austenitic stainless steel (ASS), Duplex stainless steel (DSS), Gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW), Potentio-dynamic polarization, pitting potential.

Studies on microstructure, mechanical and pitting corrosion behaviour of similar and dissimilar stainless steel gas tungsten arc welds

Page 54


MAT-1132

Study on Failure Analysis of A Seamless Medium Carbon Steel Boiler Tube a c b *Raffi Mohammed , Madhusudhan Reddy.G , Srinivasa Rao.K *a Department of Metallurgical & Materials Engineering, NIT - Andhra Pradesh, India Department of Metallurgical Engineering, Andhra University, Visakhapatnam, India c Defence Metallurgical Research Laboratory, Hyderabad, India. a [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]

b

Abstract: Seamless medium carbon steel and superheater tubes are used for low and medium pressure boilers. In the present study, externally fired boiler tube of grade SA 210 G-A is investigated which is failed during operation. Failure study was discussed by means of macro-observations, chemical compositional analysis; microstructural studies were carried out using optical microscope. Hardness studies were carried out using Rockwell hardness tester. Results of the present study established that boiler tube failure was due to corrosion attack and is well known trouble in power plants resulting undesired consequences. In the present case, the possible causes for failure of boiler tube may be due to overheating and thermal fatigue. It may not be possible to pin point a particular cause but in this case sudden over heating might have taken place resulting puncture of boiler tube. Keywords: Seamless medium carbon steel, Medium pressure boilers, Thermal fatigue

Study on Failure Analysis of A Seamless Medium Carbon Steel Boiler Tube

Page 55


MAT-1133

Effect of Post Weld Heat Treatment on Microstructure, Mechanical and Pitting Corrosion Behaviour of Gas Tungsten Arc Welds of IN718 Superalloy Dilkush1, a *, Raffi Mohammed2,b G.Madhusudhan Reddy4,d and K.Srinivasa Rao3, c 1

Department of Metallurgical & Materials Engineering, RGUKT, Nuzvid, India Department of Metallurgical & Materials Engineering, NIT A P, India 3 Department of Metallurgical Engineering, Andhra University, Visakhapatnam, India 4 Defence Metallurgical Research Laboratory, Hyderabad, India a [email protected], [email protected],[email protected], d [email protected] 2

Abstract: In the present study, an attempt has been made to perform Gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW) on 3mm thick plates of Inconel 718 (IN718) nickel based superalloy. IN718 is best suitable for welding amongst all nickel based super alloys but formation of laves phase in the welds is a serious issue. Even though base metal is having better combination of properties, welding leads to significant drop in mechanical properties and corrosion resistance. The present aim of the work is to improve mechanical properties and corrosion resistance of the welds with suitable post weld heat treatment i.e. direct aging and solutionizing treatments (980STA, 1080STA). The structural – property relationship of the post weld heat treated samples is judged by the correlation of the microstructure changes with observed mechanical properties and pitting corrosion resistance of welds in As-welded, direct aging (DA), 980STA,1080STA were studied. Welds were characterized for microstructure changes using optical microscopy (OM) and scanning electron microscopy (SEM). Hardness was measured by using Vickers micro hardness tester. Potential-dynamic polarization testing was carried out to study the pitting corrosion resistance in 3.5% NaCl (Sodium chloride) solution at 300C. Results of the present study established that post weld heat treatments resulted in promoting the element segregation diffusion and resolve them from brittle laves particles in the matrix. Increased precipitation of strengthening phases lead to a significant increase in fusion zone hardness of 1080STA post weld heat treated condition compared to as welded, direct aged, 980STA conditions. Due to significant changes in the microstructural behavior of 1080STA condition GTA welds by the dissolution of laves phases with uniform Nb distribution in weld fusion zone. Pitting corrosion resistance is observed to be inferior for the direct aged and solutionizing post weld heat treatment when compared to as welded conditions. The Nb segregation and prolonged formation of laves network phases are slightly higher in GTA welds in as-welded condition when compared with direct aged condition and as a resulted it effects the strength properties of the welds. Significant changes by the dissolution of laves phases with uniform Nb distribution in weld fusion zone was observed in 1080STA condition resulted in having better mechanical properties than as welded ,direct aged and other post weld heat treated condition of 980STA . Pitting corrosion resistance is significantly better in base metal whereas welding and PWHT conditions resulted in poor pitting corrosion resistance in IN718 GTA welds. Pitting corrosion resistance is observed to be inferior for the direct aged and solutionizing post weld heat treatment when compared to as welded conditions. Keywords: Inconel 718 Superalloy (IN718), Gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW), Direct aged (DA), Solutionizing treatment and aging (STA) , optical microscopy (OM), scanning electron microscopy (SEM) , Vickers micro hardness tester ,Potential-dynamic polarization testing and NaCl (Sodium chloride). Effect of Post Weld Heat Treatment on Microstructure, Mechanical and Pitting Corrosion Behaviour of Gas Tungsten Arc Welds of IN718 Superalloy

Page 56


MAT-1134

Comparative Studies on Post Weld Heat Treated Microstructure, Mechanical and Pitting Corrosion on GTAW and EBW of IN718 Superalloy Dilkush1, a *, Raffi Mohammed 2,b G.Madhusudhan Reddy4,d and K.Srinivasa Rao3, c 1

Department of Metallurgical & Materials Engineering, RGUKT, Nuzvid, India 2 Department of Metallurgical & Materials Engineering, NIT A P, India 3 Department of Metallurgical Engineering, Andhra University, Visakhapatnam, India 4 Defence Metallurgical Research Laboratory, Hyderabad, India a* [email protected], b [email protected],[email protected], d [email protected] Abstract:

In the present study, similar material welding between Inconel 718 nickel-base superalloy used to perform the processes of Gas Tungsten arc welding (GTAW) and Electron Beam welding (EBW) to determine the relationship between the microstructure of the welds and the resultant mechanical and pitting corrosion properties. The IN718 superalloy of 3 mm thickness was used to perform the Gas Tungsten arc welding (GTAW) and Electron Beam welding process (EBW). After both welding operations , the welds was subjected to post-weld heat treatment as follows 1) 10800C Solution treatment for 20 mints followed by direct aging condition (DA) as 720 0C/8 h/furnace cooling followed by 6200C /8 h/air cooling. The current studies were done by comparing the both welds in two conditions - As-welded and 1080STA conditions. Microstructural observations showed the microstructures across all the weld regions were observed by using optical microscopy. Microhardness testing was carried out in all the three zones of the welds of fusion zone (FZ), heat affected zone (HAZ), base metal zone (BMZ) by using Vickers Microhardness tester .The presences of laves phases in the fusion zone is the major issue and this results in the degradation of the strength properties of the welds. The major differentiation between the EBW and GTAW is varying the heat inputs and the resultant cooling rates. The finer and relatively discrete Laves phase was observed in EB welding due to the higher cooling rates and the fusion zone of GTA welds exhibited coarse Laves with higher niobium are the results obtained. Due to these effects the EB welds of IN718 superalloys shows the higher mechanical properties compared with GTA welds. The electrochemically potentiostatic etch testing was carried out to study the pitting corrosion resistance in 3.5% NaCl solution due to different corrosion rates among the heat affected zone, fusion zone and base metal for both the welds in as received and 1080STA conditions. Results of the present investigation established that Pitting corrosion resistance is significantly better in base metal whereas welding and PWHT condition resulted in poor pitting corrosion resistance in GTA welds of IN718 alloy. But the comparative studies showed that the pitting corrosion resistance is superior in post weld heat treated 1080STA condition of GTAW than EBW processes. Key words: Inconel 718 nickel-base superalloy, Gas Tungsten arc welding (GTAW), Electron Beam welding (EBW),Optical microscopy, Vickers Microhardness tester, electrochemically potentiostatic etch testing.

Comparative Studies on Post Weld Heat Treated Microstructure, Mechanical and Pitting Corrosion on GTAW and EBW of IN718 Superalloy

Page 57


MAT-1135

Fabrication and Analysis of Accumulative Roll Bonding Process between Magnesium and Aluminum Multi-Layers Muralimohan Cheepu1,a*, S. Haribabu2,b, T. Ramachandra3,c, B. Srinivas4,d, D. Venkateswarulu5,e, Sivaji Karna6,f, Suresh Alapati1,g, and Woo Seong Che1,h 1

Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kyungsung University, Busan 48434, Republic of Korea 2 Department of Mechanical Engineering, Sri Venkatesa Perumal College of Engineering and Technology Puttur 517583, Andhra Pradesh, India 3 Senior Engineer, Department of Research and Development, D&H Secheron Electrodes Pvt. Limited, Madhya Pradesh 452006, India 4 Department of Mechanical Engineering, MVGR College of Engineering, Andhra Pradesh 535005, India 5 Department of Mechanical Engineering, Marri Laxman Reddy Institute of Technology and Management, Telangana 500043, India 6 Defence Research and Development Laboratory, Telangana 500058, India a [email protected], [email protected], c [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], f [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract: With the increasing of demand for material properties for developing modern technology a single material is very difficult to satisfy the required properties. The present technology demands on developing of metallic multilayered composites with two or more different materials to receive a significant amount of aid due to their excellent electrical and mechanical properties [1]. To prepare these composites various techniques were used such as explosive welding, vapor deposition and friction buttering. However, all these techniques required an expensive machinery and long duration. As a type of severe plastic deformation with the metallurgical bonding of different metals can be able to combine using accumulative roll bonding process [2]. It exhibits several advantages in fabrication of multilayered composites such as increase in strength and low cost. The increasing demand for lightweight materials brought them to utilize in making a single combined structure for enhancing properties. The light metallic structural material of magnesium exhibits high specific strength and damping capacity. These alloys are widely used in aerospace and automobile applications. But these alloys have very poor corrosion properties and are difficult to deform at room temperature. In the present study commercially pure magnesium and aluminum strips were fabricated using the process of accumulative roll bonding. It is a prominent solid state joining process to manufacture similar and dissimilar materials for various applications. Three layers of stack was used for bonding of multilayered composite and annealed at 250˚C for 1 hour. The effects of rolling parameters on bond strength and deformation of the strips were analyzed. The interface between aluminum and magnesium were characterized to identify the formation of diffusion compounds, and are found to be the presence of Al12Mg17 intermetallic compounds. Tensile strength of the bonds was increased with the decreasing of thickness of the strips. The interface characteristics were analyzed using scanning electron microscope (SEM) and energy dispersive spectroscopy (EDAX) to reveal the intermetallic compounds, micro cracks and bonding properties. The strength of the composites is varying with width of the intermediate strip and maximum strength values were obtained for annealing roll bonds. Keywords: Accumulative roll bonding, Magnesium, Aluminum, Mechanical properties, Interface. References [1] J. Nie, M. Liu, F. Wang, Y. Zhao, Y. Li, Y. Cao, Y. Zhu, Fabrication of Al/Mg/Al composites via accumulative roll bonding and their mechanical properties, Mater. 9 (2016), 951-964. [2] J Wadsworth, D.R. Lesuer, Ancient and modern laminated composites-From the Great Pyramid of Gizeh to Y2K, Mater. Charact. 45 (2000) 289-313. Fabrication and Analysis of Accumulative Roll Bonding Process between Magnesium and Aluminum Multi-Layers

Page 58


MAT-1136

Joining of dissimilar stainless steel and aluminium sheets by gas tungsten arc welding-brazing process Muralimohan Cheepu1,a *, B. Srinivas2,b, D. Venkateswarulu3,c, Sivaji K arna 4, d , Suresh Alapati 1,e , Woo Seong Che 1,f , and N. Abhishek2,g 1

Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kyungsung University, Busan 608736, Republic of Korea 2 Department of Mechanical Engineering, MVGR College of Engineering, Andhra Pradesh 535005, India 3 Department of Mechanical Engineering, Marri Laxman Reddy Institute of Technology and Management, Telangana 500043, India 4 Defence Research and Development Laboratory, Telangana 500058, India a [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], d [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], g [email protected]

Abstract. In recent years, manufacturers are focusing on the development of light materials to reduce the required weight in transportation with the implementation of lightweight constructions using hybrid structures of stainless steel and aluminum. However, joining of stainless steel and aluminum alloys has vast experience with facing difficulties using conventional fusion welding processes due to the metallurgical incompatibility in fusion zone during welding [1,2]. The welds were resulted in the formation of brittle intermetallic compounds which leads in poor mechanical properties under tensile loads. Whereas, solid state welding techniques such as friction welding, friction stir welding have been used to produce joints between these dissimilar alloys [3]. However, these processes are restricted to limited applications and are not suitable to apply for different joint designs. To overcome these difficulties brazing process has been widely used for various applications. This process is not suitable for mass production of various materials. With the consideration of previous research reports, the dissimilar joining using gas tungsten arc welding– brazing between 304 stainless steel and 5083 aluminum alloy had been conducted with the addition of Al-Cu eutectic filler metal. The interface microstructure formation between filler metal and substrates, and spreading of the filler metal were studied. The interface microstructure between filler metal and aluminum alloy characterized that the formation of pores and elongated grains with the initiation of micro cracks. The spreading of the liquid braze filler on stainless steel side packed the edges and appeared as convex shape, whereas a concave shape has been formed on aluminum side. The major compounds formed at the fusion zone interface were determined by using energy dispersive spectroscopy and X-ray diffraction techniques (XRD). The micro hardness at the weld interfaces found to be higher than the substrates due to the formation of intermetallic compounds. The tensile strength of the weld joints was about 95 MPa, and the tensile fracture took place at heat affected zone (HAZ) on aluminum side. The interface formation and its effect on mechanical properties of the welds during gas tungsten arc welding–brazing has been discussed. Keywords: Dissimilar welding, Stainless steel, Aluminum, GTAW-brazing, Weld interface. References [1] L. H. Shah and M. Ishak, Review of Research Progress on Aluminum–Steel Dissimilar Welding, Mater. Manuf. Process. 29 (2014) 928-933. [2] C.H. Muralimohan, M. Ashfaq, R. Ashiri, V. Muthupandi, K. Sivaprasad, Analysis and characterization of the role of Ni interlayer in the friction welding of titanium and 304 austenitic stainless steel, Metall. Mater. Trans. A. 47 (2016) 347-359. [3] T. Liyanage, J. Kilbourne, A. P. Gerlich and T. H. North, Joint formation in dissimilar Al alloy/steel and Mg alloy/steel friction stir spot welds, Sci. Technol. Weld. Join. 14, (2009), 500–508. Joining of dissimilar stainless steel and aluminium sheets bygas tungsten arc welding-brazing process

Page 59


MAT-1139

Microbial Fuel Cells: Recent Developments in Design and Materials Bhargavi Gunturu1, a and Renganathan Sahadevan2, b* 1

2

Research scholar, Department of Biotechnology, Anna University, Chennai,

Tamilnadu – 600025, India. Professor, Department of Biotechnology, Anna University, Chennai, Tamilnadu – 600025, India. a [email protected], [email protected]*

Abstract: In searching the ways to satiate the energy appetite of rapidly increasing population, traditionally considered wastes are being treated as treasures of energy. Lately, waste water has been spotlighted as misplaced resource energy and valuable products. For instance, domestic waste water itself associated with 23W/capita of energy. However, conventional, preferred method of anaerobic digestion could recover only a part of it from waste water. In recent decades, as a wind fall, a new bio based technology has been developed, termed as “Bioelectrochemical Systems (BESs)” with high potential of energy recovery as well as waste water treatment. Depending on the operability either in galvanic or electrolytic mode, BESs have been widely classified into Microbial Fuel Cells (MFCs) and Microbial Electrolysis Cells (MFCs) [1]. Microbial Fuel Cell is a compact reactor designed to generate electricity through biological anaerobic oxidation of organic substrates by microorganisms. A typical MFC consists of an anodic chamber where the bacteria release electrons to anode by metabolic oxidation of organic matter. The electrons pass through the external circuit to cathode and reduces an electron acceptor at the open cathode or cathodic chamber. Anode and cathode are separated by an ion exchange membrane, which facilitates charge balance by permeating protons from anode to cathode, where they involve in reduction process. An ideal two chambered MFC is shown in Figure 1 [2].

Being flexible to generate electricity from sundry of substrates, MFCs have profound applications in various fields of waste water treatment, desalination, hydrocarbon fuel production, powering monitoring devices from space applications to biomedical applications etc. An immense research work has been carried out by eminent scientists on MFCs since 1990s, albeit, still the technology is in its infancy. The efficiency of a MFC in practical applications strictly depends on configuration and components, responsible for major energy losses, barricading the technology to occupy the front seat as efficient energy generating system compare to its peers. The current review is excogitated to amass the progress in design and components (electrode materials, Microbial Fuel Cells: Recent Developments in Design and Materials

Page 60


biocatalysts and separators), which could fortify further investigations on MFCs for practical applications. Ab initio, a typical two chambered MFC with cation exchange membrane has been designed and operated. Later, Single chamber MFC with open air cathode, devoid of membrane was developed with greater efficiency of power generation than its precedent. Recent developments include flat plate continuous MFC with plug flow design, tubular single chamber design with porous anode, upflow MFC, series and parallel connected stacked MFC, photosynthetic MFC (PMFC) with and without bioreactor coupling etc. Surface of the anode plays a prominent role in the formation of biofilm, facilitates ease of electron transfer to anode. The other side, anode must be conductive so as to reduce ohmic losses. Extensive research has been carried out with graphite, carbon cloth, carbon paper and other carbon based materials with varied morphologies, yet, requiring focus to find the better material for anodic applications. Cathode of MFC is as important as anode, where the reduction of catholyte is the driving force for electricity generation. Initially, platinum based electrodes were used as cathode for oxygen reduction, found un economical due to high cost of the metal. Later, metal oxides based cathodes were developed but still, catalytic poisoning is the main hurdle being faced with the catalysts. Membrane materials play a vital role in the performance of a MFC. Poor functioning of membrane leads to low power densities. Nafion, an extensively used proton exchange membrane. Though, it has limitations of oxygen permeability and organic substrates (acetate). Lately, higher power densities and columbic efficiencies were reported with anion exchange membrane, can be considered as an advancement in the membranes. To culminate, the cumulative knowledge on design and components of MFC could buttresses researchers’ efforts to bring MFC in to practical applications especially in waste water treatment. Keywords: Bioelectrochemical systems; Microbial fuel cells; Design; Anode; Cathode, Proton exchange membrane. Reference: [1] A. Escapa R. Mateos, E.J Martinez, J. Blanes, Microbial electrolysis cells: An emerging technology for wastewater treatment and energy recovery. From laboratory to pilot plant and beyond, Renew. Sustainable Energy Rev. 55 (2016) 942-956. [2] P. Pandey, V.N. Shinde, R.L. Deopurkar, S.P. Kale, S.A. Patil, D. Pant, Recent advances in the use of different substrates in microbial fuel cells toward wastewater treatment and simultaneous energy recovery, Appl. Energy 168 (2016) 706-723.

Microbial Fuel Cells: Recent Developments in Design and Materials

Page 61


MAT-1140

Biosorption of Basic Textile Dye from Aqueous Solution Using Pongamia pinnata as Adsorbent Bhargavi Gunturu1, a, Geethalakshmi Ramakrishnan2, b and Renganathan Sahadevan3, c* 1

Research scholar, 2 Research scholar,3 Professor, Department of Biotechnology, Anna University, Chennai, Tamilnadu – 600025, India. a [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]*

Abstract: Natural and synthetic dyes are highly used in various industries such as textile, paper, rubber, cosmetics, pharmaceutical and food industries. These dyes possess major pollution hazards. These dyes are toxic and cause skin irritation and allergy, most often they are mutagens and carcinogens. Cationic dyes are more toxic than anionic dyes. It is mandatory to decolorize the dye waste water before the discharge, since color is the first contaminant. Due to complex structure and xenobiotic properties, dyes are difficult to remove [1]. There are different methods for treating the industrial dyes such as coagulation and flocculation, oxidation or ozonation, membrane separation, liquid fermentation, sonochemical degradation, photocatalytic degradation, cation exchange membranes, micellar enhanced ultrafiltration, adsorption/precipitation processes, electrochemical degradation, integrated iron(III) photoassisted-biological treatment, integrated chemical–biological degradation, Fenton-biological treatment scheme, solar photo-Fenton and biological processes and adsorption on activated carbon. It was found that the most efficient method for the removal of textile dyes from waste waters is adsorption and the most efficient adsorbent was found to be activated carbon [2]. High cost of the activated carbon limits its application for the removal of textile dyes from waste water. In the present study, the efficiency of biosorbent derived form Pongamia pinata to remove a basic textile dye Methylene Blue from an aqueous solution was evaluated in batch system. The influence of adsorption parameters such as adsorbent dosage (0.2-1.0g/L), PH (2-10) and initial dye concentration (30-110 mg/L) on the biosorption process was studied. It was noticed that adsorbent dosage has negative effect on dye uptake, could be due to reduced mass transfer rate of dye on to adsorbent. High equilibrium uptake was observed at PH 8. However, initial dye concentration has shown linear relationship with dye uptake as the increase in dye concentration increases the number of dye molecules available to be adsorbed on to adsorbent surface. Equilibrium isotherms for the adsorption of methylene blue was analyzed through Langmuir and Freundlich isotherm models. The data best fit with Freundlich model than Langmuir isotherm model, suggesting the adsorption was by multilayer mechanism. Maximum adsorption capacity (q max) was found to be 40.49mg/g. It can be concluded from the study that the adsorbent derived from P.pinnata can be a potential low cost competent of activated carbon for textile dyes removal. Keywords: Biosorption; Methylene Blue; Pongamia pinnata; Biosorbent; Isotherms. References: [1] T. Robinson, B. Chandran, P. Nigam, Removal of dyes from an artificial textile dye effluent by two agricultural waste residues, corncob and barley husk, Environ. Int. 28 (2002) 29-33. [2] B. Royer, N.F. Cardoso, E.C. Lima, J.C.P. Vaghetti, N.M. Simon, T. Calvete, R.C. Veses, Applications of Brazilian pine-fruit shell in natural and carbonized forms as adsorbents to removal of methylene blue from aqueous solutions - Kinetic and equilibrium study, J. Hazard. Mater. 164 (2009) 1213-1222. Biosorption of Basic Textile Dye from Aqueous Solution Using Pongamia pinnata as Adsorbent

Page 62


MAT-1141

Equilibrium and Isotherm studies on the Removal of Basic Textile Dye from Aqueous Solutions using Kigelia africana Biosorbent Bhargavi Gunturu1, a, Geethalakshmi Ramakrishnan2, b and Renganathan Sahadevan3, c* 1

Research scholar, 2 Research scholar, 3 Professor, Department of Biotechnology, Anna University, Chennai, Tamilnadu – 600025, India. a [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]*

Abstract: To satiate demands of modern society, dyes are being extensively produced. However, 20% of the total dyes produced is released into the environment. Both the dye itself and the metabolites of it are noxious to aquatic flora and fauna. On the other hand, the complex structure of dyes made them to resist biodegradation and hence, it is inevitable to treat the dye effluents before releasing in to the environment. Different physical and chemical methods have been proposed such as ozonation, oxidation, adsorption, use of catalysts, photocatalysis, membrane filtration etc, to remove recalcitrant dyes from waste waters [1]. Among all the methods, adsorption on to activated carbon has received greater attention because of high efficiency. However, the economical unfeasibility of commercial activated carbon motivated the search for alternate cost effective sources. Agriculture derived waste biomass such as rice husk, palm kernel and trunk fibres, rice straw, bean peels, durian peel etc have been used effectively to remove dyes from waters as alternatives to commercial activated carbon [2]. Removal of a basic textile dye Methylene Blue from an aqueous solution was evaluated using biosorbent derived from Kigelia africana in a batch system. Biosorbent was prepared from the leaves by oven drying, crushing followed by sieving to obtain homogeneous fine particles. The influence of adsorption parameters such as adsorbent dosage (0.10-0.50g), PH (2-12) and initial dye concentration (0.3 to 0.11 g/L) on the biosorption process was studied. It was noticed that with increase in adsorbent dosage, the uptake capacity was decreased, this could be due to reduced rate of dye transfer on to adsorbent. Dye uptake was increased by changing the PH up to 8, further increase in PH caused reduced uptake due to the dissociation of dye molecules as well as negatively charged adsorbent surface. It was observed that, dye uptake by the adsorbent increased linearly with that of initial dye concentration. Equilibrium isotherm for the adsorption of methylene blue on to adsorbent was studied through Langmuir and Freundlich isotherm models. The data best fit with Freundlich model. Maximum adsorption capacity (Q˚) was found to be 119.05mg/g. SEM and FTIR analyses of the adsorbent was performed before and after the adsorption, suggest that adsorption of the dye was through chemical interaction of the functional groups on the surface of the adsorbent. From the experimental results, it was inferred that biosorbent derived from Kigelia Africana can be a potential alternate to activated carbon for textile dyes removal. Keywords: Adsorption; Methylene blue; Kigelia Africana; Adsorbent; Isotherms. References: [1] J. Kaur, V. Kumar, K. Gupta, S. Bansal, S. Singhal, A facile strategy for the degradation of recalcitrant textile dyes using highly robust ZnO catalyst, J. Chem. Technol. Biotechnol. 91 (2015) 2263-2275. [2] B.H. Hameed, R.R. Krishni, S.A. Sata, A novel agricultural waste adsorbent for the removal of cationic dye from aqueous solutions, J. Hazard. Mater. 162 (2009) 305-311. Equilibrium and Isotherm studies on the Removal of Basic Textile Dye from Aqueous Solutions using Kigelia africana Biosorbent

Page 63


MAT-1142

Decolorisation of Basic Textile Dye from Aqueous Solutions using a Biosorbent derived from Thespesia populnea used Biomass Bhargavi Gunturu1, a * and Renganathan Sahadevan2, b 1

2


Tamilnadu – 600025, India. Professor, Department of Biotechnology, Anna University, Chennai, Tamilnadu – 600025, India. a [email protected]*, [email protected]

Abstract: The use of dyes has become common place in textile, paper, leather and plastic industries etc to color their products. As most of the dyes are synthetic in origin, they are resistant to biodegradability, light, heat and oxidation. Dyes are being extensively used in textile industries, releasing huge amounts of back waters in to the environment. Small concentrations of dyes are toxic to aquatic flora and fauna, in addition to causing aesthetic damage [1]. Conventionally, chemical coagulation, froth floatation, filtration, anaerobic digestion, oxidation and photo degradation have been used for the removal of textile dyes from waste waters. Adversely, these techniques have disadvantages of low efficiency, uneconomical and resulted in a toxic sludge due to the use of chemicals. An extensive research on removal textile dyes has found that adsorption of dyes on to activated carbon is efficient but it is economically viable when the feed stock for activated carbon is enormously and cheaply available. Hence, research is being focused on the development of economically tenable adsorbents that can replace the activated carbon for dye removal [2]. In the present study, the efficiency of a biosorbent derived from seeds of Thespesia populnea was investigated towards the removal of basic textile dye Methylene Blue from an aqueous solution. Deoiled seed biomass, a residue of biodiesel production process, was used as an adsorbent in this investigation. Adsorption studies were carried out in batch system. Influence of experimental parameters such as adsorbent dosage (0.1g/L-0.3g/L), PH (2-10) and initial dye concentration (50130mg/L) on adsorption of dye onto biosorbent was investigated. It was observed that the amount of dye adsorbed has shown inverse relation with the adsorbent dosage. With increase in adsorbent dosage, the uptake efficiency has decreased. Maximum uptake of dye was observed with 0.1g/L adsorbent dosage. Adsorption of dye has shown linear relationship with initial dye concentration, with the increase in initial dye on centration, dye adsorbed on to biosorbent has been increased. Whereas, non-linear relationship with PH after a certain limit was noticed. Dye uptake was found maximum at PH 8.0. Equilibrium uptake of methylene blue dye by the adsorbent was analyzed by Langmuir and Freundlich isotherm models. The data was in best fit with Freundlich model, suggesting that adsorption of the dye was by multilayer model on the surface of the adsorbent. Experimental results obtained support that the biosorbent used in the present study can be a suitable low cost alternate for the removal of basic textile dyes. Keywords: Biosorbent; Adsorption; Basic dye; Methylene blue; Isotherms. References: [1] S. Renganathan, J. Kalpana, M.D. Kumar, M. Velan, Equilibrium and kinetic studies on the removal of reactive red 2 dye from an aqueous solution using a positively charged functional group of the Nymphaea rubra biosorbent, Clean 37 (2009) 901-907. [2] M. Kousha, E. Daneshvar, M. Salar Sohrab, M. Jokar, A. Bhatnagar, Adsorption of acid orange II dye by raw and chemically modified brown macroalga Stoechospermum marginatum, Chem. Eng. J. 192 (2012) 6776. Decolorisation of Basic Textile Dye from Aqueous Solutions using a Biosorbent derived from Thespesia populnea used Biomass

Page 64


MAT-1143

Removal of Basic Yellow 87 Textile Dye from Aqueous Solutions using Aquatic Weeds as low cost Adsorbent Kabilnath Bhaskaran1, a, Bhargavi Gunturu2, b, Renganathan Sahadevan2, c*and Ravikumar3, d 1

M. Tech, 2Research scholar, 3 Professor, Department of Biotechnology, Anna University, Chennai, Tamilnadu – 600025, India. 4 Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, Anna University, Chennai, Tamilnadu – 600025, India a [email protected], [email protected],[email protected]*, d [email protected]

Abstract: One of the most water pollution causing industries is textile industry, as it uses very toxic and aesthetically harmful dyes in large quantities. The dyes are basically stable to light as well as oxidizing agents and also resistant to aerobic digestion. The removal of dyes is one of the main problems associated with the treatment of textile wastewater [1]. Among all the textile effluent treatment processes, sorption by activated carbon has been proven as one of the most effective methods to remove dyes from effluents. Though activated carbon as an adsorbent has high adsorption capacity towards many types of recalcitrant dyes, its untenable cost is restricting its applications [2]. Limitations of activated carbon thrived the researcher’s focus on to extensively available, low cost biosorbents. The aquatic weeds Eichornia crassipes and Hydrilla verticillata have been found ubiquitously available in India. In the current study, based on the availability, E. Crassipes and H. verticillata were chosen as low cost adsorbent materials for dye removal application. The effectiveness of aquatic weeds as low cost adsorbents for the removal of textile dye Basic yellow 87 from aqueous solution was investigated. The effect of adsorption parameters such as bio-sorbent dosage (0.25–1.5 g/L), PH (4-12), initial dye concentration (20–80mg/L) and contact time on basic yellow 87 removal by E. Crassipes and H. verticillata adsorbents has been investigated. The percent color removal increased with increase in adsorbent dosage from 0.25g/L to 1.0g/L, further increase in adsorbent dosage did not give significant change in color removal in both the cases. PH 8 was found as optimum value for both the adsorbents with different dye removal capacities. Equilibrium uptake capacities were found to be 64.58 mg/g and 27.28 mg/g for E. crassipes and H. verticillata biosorbents respectively. SEM and FTIR were performed for the adsorbents before and after adsorption to determine the surface morphology and surface functionality respectively. The optimal conditions for maximum dye removal were found to be 1g/L bio-sorbent dosage and PH 8 at 35 oC. Adsorption isotherm and kinetic studies were also carried out for E. Crassipes and H. verticillata adsorbents, both followed pseudo second order kinetics. Key words: Bio-sorption; Basic yellow 87; E. crassipes; H. verticillata; Kinetic studies. References: [1] S. Renganathan, J. Kalpana, M. Dharmendirakumar, M. Velan, Equilibrium and Kinetic studies on the removal of reactive red 2 dye from aqueous solution using positively charged functional group of Nymphaea rubra biosorbent, Clean (weinh). 37 (2009) 901-907. [2] V. Karthik, M. Velan, M. Dharmendira Kumar, S. Renganathan, Removal of brill red 5B from an aqueous solution using Cicca acida biomass, Can. J. Chem. Eng. 87 (2009) 554-561.

Removal of Basic Yellow 87 Textile Dye from Aqueous Solutions using Aquatic Weeds as low cost Adsorbent

Page 65


MAT-1144

Effect of in-situ formed Al3Ti particles on the microstructure and mechanical properties of 6061 Al alloy Rahul Gupta1, a, G.P. Chaudhari2, b, B.S.S.Daniel3,c,* 1,2,3

Cellular and Composite Materials Lab, Department of Metallurgical and Materials Engineering, IIT Roorkee, Roorkee 247667, Uttarakhand, India a [email protected],b [email protected],c [email protected],

Abstract: The aim of this work is to fabricate in-situ Al3Ti reinforced Al matrix composite by employing simple and low cost direct salt-melt reaction method. These composites were fabricated to overcome the drawback of ceramic reinforcements such as huge difference in coefficient of thermal expansions (CTE) and densities between selected matrix and reinforcement. In this study, in situ Titanium-tri-aluminide (Al3Ti)particles reinforced Al 6061 alloy matrix composites were fabricated by the reaction of potassium hexafluorotitanate (K2TiF6) inorganic salt with molten Al 6061 alloy via liquid metallurgy route.The development of in-situ Al3Ti particles and their effects on the mechanical properties such as yield strength (YS), ductility, ultimate tensile strength (UTS) and hardness, and microstructure of Al 6061 alloy were studied.It was observed from the results that insitu formed Al3Ti particles were blocky in morphology whose average size was around 2.6 ± 1.1 µm. It was observed from microstructural analysis that Al3Ti particles were found within the grains instead of segregation at grain boundaries. The grain size of the composites decreased due to the presence of Al3Ti particles which acted as a nucleating agent and promoted heterogeneous nucleation during solidification. It was observed from the mechanical properties analysis that when the volume fraction of Al3Ti particles was increased, the hardness, UTS and YS of the composites were also increased as compared to that of Al 6061 alloy. An improvement in ductility was observed with the dispersion of Al3Ti particles in base alloy which is contrary to many other composites. However, higher volume fraction of Al3Ti adversely affected the ductility of the composite due to the aggregation of Al3Ti particles and resulted in early interface debonding of the matrix and easy crack propagation during tensile deformation. Keywords: Mechanical Characterization; Aluminium alloys; Intermetallics; Composites; Casting; Grain refinement.

Effect of in-situ formed Al3Ti particles on the microstructure and mechanical properties of 6061 Al alloy

Page 66


MAT-1145

Optical Studies of PbO-Sb2O 3-B 2O 3 Glasses Doped with Dy3+ and Er3+ Ions. M Chandra Shekhar Reddy Department of Physics, CMR College of Engineering & Technology, Kandlakoya, Hyderabad, India -501 401. [email protected]. Mobile: +91 9885998825.

Abstract. Spectroscopic studies of rare earth ions in glass matrices exhibit characteristic properties for potential applications as laser materials. For the present study, glasses of composition 30 PbO - 25 Sb2O3 - (45-x) B2O3-x Re2O3 where Re =Dy & Er and x = 0, 0.2, 0.4, 0.6, 0.8, 1 mol% were taken. The glasses are prepared by the melt quenching method. The amorphous nature of the samples is conformed by the X-ray diffractograms. The optical absorption spectra, luminescence spectra and lifetime measurements were carried out at room temperature for all the samples. Optical absorption spectra for dysprosium doped LAB glasses consist of six well resolved bands due to the transition from 6H15/2 state to various exited states namely 6 H11/2 (1676 nm), 6F11/2 +6H9/2 (1270 nm), 6F9/2 +6H7/2 (1088 nm), 6F7/2(902 nm), 6F5/2(800 nm), 6F3/2(751 nm) whereas erbium doped glasses consist of twelve well resolved bands due to the transition from 4I15/2 state to various exited states namely 4I13/2 (1527 nm), 4I11/2 ( 973 nm), 4I9/2 (797 nm), 4F9/2 (652 nm), 4S3/2 (543 nm), 2H11/2 (522 nm), 4F7/2 (488 nm), 4F5/2 (452 nm), 4F3/2 (443nm), 2G9/2 (408 nm), 4G11/2 (378 nm), 4G9/2(364 nm). Cut of wavelength, optical band gap, Urbach energy, molar refraction values were calculated from the optical absorption data. The Judd-Ofelt parameters  2, 4 and 6 were computed by the least square fitting analysis of the experimental oscillator strengths using matrix elements [3]. The values of  shows the order  2 >  6> 4 for Dy3+ doped glasses whereas shows order 2 > 4> 6 for Er3+ doped glasses. Normalized luminescence spectra of Dy3+ doped LAB glasses with the excitation wavelength of 388 nm shows bands at 454nm, 484 nm, 576 nm and 666 nm corresponding to the transitions 4I15/2 → 6H15/2 , 4F9/2 → 6H15/2 , 4F9/2 → 6H13/2 , and 4F9/2 → 6H11/2. Similarly Er3+ doped LAB glasses shows bands at 526nm, 547 nm and 665 nm corresponding to the transitions 2H11/2 →4I15/2 , 4S3/2 → 4 I15/2 (bright green) and 4F9/2 → 4I15/2 (weak red) with the excitation wavelength of 380 nm. It should be noted that the emission at 547 nm (4S3/2 → 4I15/2) considerably broadens towards the high energy side. The radiative properties such as spontaneous transition probabilities (AR), radiative lifetimes (τr) and luminescence branching ratio (βR) are calculated for all the samples by using standard relations. Keywords: Borate glasses, rare earths, optical absorption, luminescence, radiative parameters..

Optical Studies of PbO-Sb2O3-B2O3 Glasses Doped with Dy3+ and Er3+ Ions. Page 67


MAT-1146

Effect of Nickel Addition on Mechanical Properties of Powder Forged Fe-Cu-C Nikki Archana Barla Metallurgical and Materials Engineering Department Indian Institute of TechnologyRoorkee Uttrakhand, India Email- [email protected]

Abstract: Fe-Cu-C system is very popular in P/M industry for its good compressibility and dimensional stability with high strength. Fe-Cu-C is a structural material and is used where high strength with high hardness is required. The composition of powder metallurgy steel plays a vital role in the microstructure and physical properties of the sintered component. Copper melts at 1083 oc which is below the conventional sintering temperature (1120oc). The melted copper, rapidly infiltrate the pore system of compact where it diffuses easily into iron powder [1]. The liquid phase sintering promotes efficient bonding of powder particle. This helps in increasing the strength of the steel. The solubility of copper in (γ- iron) austenite is up to 10.3wt % but in α-iron the solubility of copper is only 0.4 wt% at room temperature. Therefore iron-copper alloy can be precipitation hardened by low temperature annealing followed by sintering. While copper liquid penetrates through the grain boundaries, it leads to swelling of component which causes high dimensional change. This is due to the low contact angle of copper that enables it to wet the iron particles surface completely [2].Liquid Cu phase improves particle bonding by forming a semi-permeable liquid layer around the Fe particle, and also hinders the carbon diffusion in iron [3]. Carbon added in the form of graphite increases the contact angle and reduces the wetting. If the carbon addition is high then the liquid copper does not flow along the particle surface and into grain boundary, therefore copper diffusion is reduced [2]. Fe-2Cu-0.7C-Ni alloy with varying nickel composition (0%, 0.5%, 1.0%, 1.5%, 2.0%, 3.0%) was prepared by powder metallurgy (P/M) sinter forging process. Microstructural studies was done using optical microscope. Tensile testing was done to understand the mechanical properties using Instron tensile testing machine. The fractography test was studied by scanning electron microscope. In microstructural studies the formation of austenitic phase was observed to be increased with increase in the nickel content of the sample. Sample with 3% Ni content showed good elongation of 17.60 % with 701 MPa yield stress. Due to the formation of austenitic phase it showed good strength and ductility. Through fractography test dimple mode of fracture surface was observed in higher nickel content sample. Density of the samples were measured using Archimedes Density calculation. Though the relative density achieved was 95% but it showed good mechanical properties. It was observed that the addition of Ni contributed a positive effect in the material’s properties. The present work discuss the effect of varying nickel content on microstructure and mechanical properties. Keywords: Sintering, Powder Forging, Admixing, Austenite Stablizer References: [1] K. S. Narasimhan, “Sintering of powder mixtures and the growth of ferrous powder metallurgy”, Materials chemistry and physics, 67, 2001, PP.56-65. [2] H. Kuroki, G. Han, K Shinozaki, “Solution- reprecipitation mechanism in Fe-Cu-C during liquid phase sintering”, Int. J. Powder Metall., Vol. 35, No.2, 1999, PP. 57-62. [3] H. Danninger, C. Gierl, “New alloying systems for ferrous powder metallurgy precision parts”, Science of sintering, 40, 2008, PP. 33-46.

Page 68


MAT-1148

Ultra fine grained Zirconium alloys– A Review Devasri Fuloria1, a *, R. Jayaganthan2, b 1

Department of Metallurgical and Materials Engineering & Centre of Nanotechnology IIT Roorkee, Roorkee-247667, INDIA 2 Department of Engineering Design Indian Institute of Technology Madras Chennai—600036, INDIA a [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract Zirconium (Zr) alloys are extensively used as structural materials in core of the nuclear reactors. The principal nuclear fission reactors that are used globally include pressurized water reactors (PWR), boiling water reactors (BWRs) and heavy-water reactors. In all of these reactors, the radioactive fuel is enclosed in the ceramic pellets and these ceramic fuel pellets are loaded inside the long tubes known as fuel cladding tubes which are made up of Zr alloys, and are in direct contact with the coolant which makes them susceptible to corrosion. Therefore, it is imperative to enhance the mechanical, physical and chemical properties of these alloys through different thermomechanical techniques without changing the alloy composition in order to increase the service life of the structural components. The fabrication of bulk ultrafine grained structure along with the evolution of several defect structures in materials by various severe plastic deformation (SPD) techniques has gained a lot of interest from the past due to their capability to impart high strength which is highly desirable in various structural applications including nuclear power reactors. The SPD application along with an appropriate post heat treatment could yield multimodal structure in the materials, which can offer concurrent enhancement in strength and ductility. Apart from the conventional SPD processes,cryorolling is also one such potential techniquewhichhas successfully produced bulk ultrafine grained structure in materials with relatively less effort and cost. This technique accumulate high dislocation density in the materials by suppressing the dynamic recovery during rolling at liquid nitrogen temperature, and therefore, enhance their strength.The process has been effective in fabricating the ultra-fine grained (UFG)/nanocrystallinestructure in various metals and alloys, and has been successfully applied to various Zr alloys. Therefore, in the present work, a brief review on the effect of various thermomechanical processes on the microstructures, mechanical properties and textures of various Zr alloys is reported. The various metal forming techniqueswere performed by adopting a wide range of strain, strain rates and temperatures, and in some cases the process was followed by a short annealing heat treatment. From the observations made by various authors, a concept was drawn, which suggested that processing performed under optimal conditions lead to the accumulation of high density of defects due to the employment of high strains, strain rates and wide range of working temperatures, which followed by an annealing heat treatment increased the nucleation sites, and results in a bimodal or multimodal grain structure, thus improving the mechanical properties. Keywords: Severe plastic deformation; cryorolling; ultrafine grain; Zirconium alloys; microstructure; mechanical properties. References [1] S.J. Zinkle, G.S. Was. Material challenges in nuclear energy. 2013, Acta Materialia, Vol. 61, pp. 735-758. [2] R.Z. Valiev, R.K. lslamgaliev, I.V. Alexandrov, Bulk Nanostructured Materials from Severe Plastic Deformation, Prog. Mater Sci. 45 (2010) 103-189. [3] T.G. Langdon, The characteristics of grain refinement in materials processed by severe plastic Deformation, Rev. Adv. Mater Sci. 13 (2006) 6-14. [4] T. Shanmugasundaram, B. S. Murty, V. SubramanyaSarma, Development of ultrafine grained high strength Al–Cu alloy by cryorolling,Scr. Mater. 54 (2006) 2013-2017.

Page 69


MAT-1150

Corrosion prevention of steel reinforcement in 7.5% NaCl solution using pure Magnesium anode Yogesh Iyer Murthy1a, Sumit Gandhi1b and Abhishek Kumar2* c 1

2

Jaypee University of Engineering and Technology, Guna (India) Department of Applied Mechanics, Motilal Nehru National Institute of Technology Allahabad, India a

[email protected], b [email protected], c [email protected]

Abstract The current work investigates the performance of pure Magnesium on corrosion prevention of steel reinforcements by way of sacrificial anoding. Two set of six steel reinforcements were tested for half-cell potential, weight loss, anode efficiency and tensile strength for each of the sacrificial anodes in a high chloride atmosphere of 7.5% NaCl in tap water. Significant reduction in weight of anode was observed during the initial 12 days. The reduction in weight of steel reinforcements tied with anodes was found to be negligible, while that of reinforcements without anodes was significantly higher. Five distinct zones of corrosion were observed during the test. The tensile strength of steel cathodically protected by Mg alloy anodes was found less affected. It could be concluded that pure Mg anode provides an effective way of corrosion mitigation.

I

II

III

IV

V

Fig. Magnified image of all corrosion zones in reinforcement. The performance of pure Magnesium anode is evaluated systematically by subjecting bare reinforcements and reinforcements tied with anode in extreme chloride ion atmosphere. It is concluded that pure Magnesium being electro-chemically active compared to reinforcements, acts as anode, while reinforcements are rendered cathode. Hence, reinforcements are protected from corrosion. Further, the weight loss in anode supplements the conclusion drawn. The weight loss for bare reinforcements is reported to be drastic during the initial 12 days while that of reinforcements tied with pure Magnesium is found to be negligible even upto 80 days. Five distinct zones of corrosion are identified in bare reinforcement. Zone V is identified as corrosion free zone, which in due course of time is expected to be prone to rusting and later corrosion. From the results, it is wellestablished that pure Magnesium anodes are effective means of cathodic protection of steel reinforcements. Keywords: Sacrificial Anoding, Magnesium anode, corrosion.

Corrosion prevention of steel reinforcement in 7.5% NaCl solution using pure Magnesium anode

Page 70


MAT-1151

Effect of High Power Ultrasound on Mechanical Properties of Al-Si Alloys Neeraj Srivastavaa, Rahul Guptaa, G.P. Chaudharia,* a

Department of Metallurgical and Materials Engineering, IITR, India [email protected], [email protected], [email protected] *Corresponding authors: Phone +91-1332-285524, Fax: +91-1332-285243

Abstract: Al-Si alloys are major foundry alloys because of their good castability, remarkable wear and corrosion resistance, high specific strength and good weldability. Several methods are used for decreasing the grain size of light alloys i.e. rapid quenching, mechanical stirring, and electromagnetic vibration and ultrasound solidification methods. In these methods, ultrasound solidification is promising method for grain refinement of alloys. Ultrasonic treatment (UST) of molten alloys changed the dendritic structure of the primary phase into non-dendritic structures. Effect of high power ultrasonic treatment on the solidification microstructures of Al-Si alloys containing varying content of solute Si (1, 2, 3 and 5 wt %) is investigated. The average grain size gradually decreases with increasing solute content. Large variation in microstructures is seen and refinement of primary α-Al grains is observed. For UST, lowest grain size is obtained in Al-5%Si alloy with an average grain size 124 µm. Ultrasonic grain refinement of Al alloys results from the combined effects of both the solute and the ultrasonication of the melt and both effects are important. By increasing the solute content from 1% to 5 wt.% in Al-Si alloys, hardness increased by about 38% without and 48% with ultrasonic treatment. Tensile strength of the alloys with ultrasonic treatment is higher as compared to those without ultrasonic treated. Ultimate tensile strength of Al-1Si, Al-2Si, Al-3Si and Al-5Si UST alloys is about 41%, 45%, 56% and 79% higher than of as-cast alloys, respectively. The yield stress and UTS are highest for ultrasonically treated Al-5%Si alloy that contained largest amount of solute. Total % elongation is higher for with UST alloys as compared to without UST alloys, at respective solute content. Keywords: Al alloys; Grain refinement; Solidification; Mechanical properties; Power ultrasound;

Effect of High Power Ultrasound on Mechanical Properties of Al-Si Alloys

Page 71


MAT-1153

Development of Microstructure and mechanical behavior of high strength Al 7075 alloy processed through cryorolling followed by warm rolling P Nageswararao1,a*, Dharmendra Singh2,b, 1

Department of Mechanical Engineering, ECB, Bikaner 334004, India Department of Mechanical Engineering, MLRITM, Hyderabad 500043, India 3 Department of Applied Mechanics, MNNIT, Allahabad, 211004, India 4 Department of Mechanical Engineering, BIET, Jhansi, 284128, India a [email protected], [email protected], [email protected] 2

* [email protected]

Abstract. Precipitation hardenable aluminium alloys are widely used in aerospace and automobile applications. It is well known that about 46% of aluminium alloys used for various applications is in the form of sheets and plates. Hence, rolling is chosen to develop ultrafine grain structured Al alloys. Refining the grain structure to ultrafine regime can enhance the mechanical properties of these Al alloys. Deformation at cryogenic temperature (cryorolling) is potential route to keep solutes in solid solution and prevents precipitation due to lower strain induced during rolling. Further, combined process of cryorolling followed by warm rolling is found to be an effective method in heat treatable Al alloys, to obtain optimum strength from various strengthening mechanisms (precipitation hardening, grain boundary strengthening, dislocation strengthening). In present investigation high strength ultrafine grained Al 7075 alloy were developed through cryorolling of Al 7075 alloy up to 60% thick ness reduction followed by warm rolling until total thickness reduction achieved was 83%. The resulting processed material has shown significant improvement in yield strength of about 600 MPa. An examination under transmission electron microscopy reveals that formation of subgrain structure with an average size of 400 nm, and formation of fine precipitates through dynamic ageing. Low temperature ageing was performed to study the ageing behavior. The results are compared with material processed through cryorolling alone. Material processed through cryorolling followed by warm rolling has shown superior mechanical properties (UTS- 640 MPa, %Elongation- 8%) than material processed through cryorolling alone. Ultrafine grained material developed through warm rolling followed by peak aging was improved when compared to coarse grained solution treated peak aged material during ball on disc wear resistance. Potentiodynamic polarization tests were performed on peak aged conditions of coarse grained solution treated, cryorolled and warm rolled materials. Ultrafine grained structure developed through cryorolling and warm rolling followed by peak aging has shown improvement in pitting corrosion resistance. But the resistance to uniform corrosion has decreased. The optimum ageing temperature for cryorolled warm rolled material was found to be 24 hr at 100 C. The higher rate of increase in hardness in warm rolled material can be attributed to the microstructural refinement and homogeneous nucleation and distribution of fine precipitates throughout the material. TEM investigation revealed that nanosized precipitates observed in WR PA are finer than that of observed in CR PA. The result is increase in strength values of WR PA than CR PA. Keywords: Al 7075 alloy, cryorolling, warmrolling, microstructure, ageing, corrosion resistance. References: [1] P.Nageswararao,a, B.Viswanadh,, R.Jayaganthan, Effect of cryorolling and warm rolling on precipitation evolution in Al 6061 alloy, Mater. Sci. & Eng. A 606 (2014) 1-10 [2] R. Jayaganthana, H. G. Brokmeiera, S.K. Panigrahi, Microstructure and texture evolution in cryorolled Al 7075 alloy, J. Alloys Comp. 496 (2010) 183-188. Development of Microstructure and mechanical behavior of high strength Al 7075 alloy processed through cryorolling followed by warm rolling

Page 72


MAT-1156

Corrosion performance of Cr3C2-NiCr+0.2%Zr coated superalloys under actual medical waste incinerator environment Lalit Ahuja1,a, Deepa Mudgal2,b*, S. Singh3,c and S. Prakash4,c 1

Department of Mechanical Engg., SLIET, Longwol , Sangrur, 148106, India Department of Mechanical Engg., Thapar University, Patiala, 147004, India 3 Department of of Metallurgical and Materials Engg., IIT Roorkee, 247667, India 4 Department of of Metallurgical and Materials Engg., IIT Roorkee, 247667, India a [email protected], [email protected], c [email protected], [email protected]. 2

*[email protected]

Abstract. In last 20 years, developing countries have adopted incineration technique to dispose off the high volume of industrial, medical and municipal waste because of its advantage of being one of the effective and hygienic methods of disposal. For example, in Western Europe, the number of incinerators is constantly increasing apart from having almost 600 running plants [1]. However, the degradation of components due to the usage of different types of waste such as biomass and solid waste fuels have been frequently encountered during the operation which is one of the major causes of unwanted shut down. To obviate this problem, zirconium modified Cr3C2-(NiCr) coating powder has been deposited on three superalloys namely Superni 718, Superni 600 and Superco 605 using Detonation gun technique. Corrosion test was conducted in actual medical waste incinerator environment. The samples were hung inside the secondary chamber operated at 1050°C for 1000h under cyclic condition. Corrosion kinetics was monitored using the weight gain measurements and thickness loss. Corrosion products were characterized using scanning electron microscopy, energy dispersive spectroscopy and X-ray diffraction technique. It was observed that coating is found to be successful in impeding the corrosion problem in superalloys. Green color oxide was formed on all the three coated superalloys after 1000h of cyclic hot corrosion test. XRD analysis showed the presence of ZnCr2O4, K2ZnCl4, CaAl2SiO6, NiCl2 and CaSO4 phases in case of all the three coated substrates indicating the deposition of ash on the surface. Cr2O3 and NiCr2O4 are the major oxides which are responsible for providing protection to all the three coatings. Cross sectional analysis also indicated the presence of chromium and oxygen on the surface of all the three substrates. Existence of NiCl2 was seen because of its high melting point as compared to chlorides of other protective elements. Chang et al. [2] reported the melting point of all the possible chlorides formed in presences of chlorine and indicated that meting point of NiCl2 is 1050°C. Addition of minor amount of zirconium in the coating further increases the adherence of oxide scale on coating during exposure in corrosive atmosphere. Coating remains intact to the superalloys throughout the 1000h of cyclic hot corrosion test. Keywords: Incineration, Hot corrosion, SEM. References: [1] Y.S. Li, Y. Niu, W.T. Wu, Accelerated corrosion of pure Fe , Ni , Cr and several Fe-based alloys induced by ZnCl2-KCl at 450°C in oxidizing environment, Mater. Sci. Eng. A, 345(1) (2003) 64-71. [2] Y.N. Chang, F.I. Wei, High-temperature chlorine corrosion of metals and alloys, J. Mater. Sci., 26(14) (1991) 3693-3698.

Corrosion performance of Cr3 C2-NiCr+0.2%Zr coated superalloys under actual medical waste incinerator environment

Page 73


MAT-1161

Review on the Extraction Methods of Crude oil from all Generation Biofuels in last few Decades Bhargavi Gunturu1, a *, Sudhakar Uppalapati2, b and Renganathan Sahadevan3, c 1


Tamilnadu – 600025, India. Associate Professor, Department of Mechanical Engineering, MLRITM, Hyderabad, Telangana – 500043, India. 3 Professor, Department of Biotechnology, Anna University, Chennai, Tamilnadu – 600025, India. a [email protected], [email protected], c [email protected] 2

Abstract: The ever growing demand for the energy fuels, economy of oil, depletion of energy resources and environmental protection are the inevitable challenges required to be solved meticulously in future decades in order to sustain the life of humans and other creatures. Switching to alternate fuels that are renewable, biodegradable, economically and environmentally friendly can quench the minimum thirst of fuel demands, in addition to mitigation of climate changes. At this moment, production of biofuels has got prominence. The term biofuels broadly refer to the fuels derived from living matter either animals or plants. Though, the present review has been focused specifically on ‘Biodiesel’. Biodiesel is defined as, mono-alkyl esters of long chain fatty acids derived from vegetable oils or animal fats by transesterification/esterification using alcohol. Among the competent biofuels, biodiesel is one of the promising alternates for diesel engines. Biodiesel is renewable, environmentally friendly, safe to use with wide applications and biodegradable. Due to which, it has become a major focus of intensive global research and development of alternate energy. Depending on the type of feedstock used for biofuel production, biofuels are classified into first, second, third and fourth generations. Concerning to the biodiesel production, the major steps includes lipid extraction followed by esterification/transesterification. For the extraction of lipids, several extraction techniques have been put forward irrespective of the generations and feed stocks used. This review provides theoretical background on the three major extraction methods, physical, chemical and biological. The practical issues of each extraction method such as efficiency of extraction, extraction time and selection of source and its pros and cons are discussed. Physical extraction is mostly carried out with the use of mechanical expellers or presses. Oil extraction by mechanical expellers is mainly depends on the applied pressure or load. Most of the presses suffer with the limitations of frequently changing spare parts, low throughput and costly manual assistance. Chemical extraction uses chemical solvents either individually or in combinations. Though conventional, liquid-solid extraction has been used extensively for the extraction of crude oil from biomass or feedstock. Solvent extractions even though efficient in oil extraction, possess disadvantages of uneconomical solvents usage, time consumption, volatility and environmental toxicity etc. The unconventional chemical extractions such as supercritical solvent/CO2, microwave and ultrasonic assisted and other pressurized solvent extractions have become more prominent lately for the extraction of oils especially for biodiesel production from all types of feed stocks. Biological method of oil extraction uses enzymes. Though ecofriendly, it has limitation of long processing times. As the present review discussed the development and efficiency of different oil extraction techniques, it may helpful in further advancements in oil extraction methods to ease the oil extraction for biofuel production. Keywords: Biofuel; oil extraction; Mechanical expellers; Solvent extraction; Enzymes. Review on the Extraction Methods of Crude oil from all Generation Biofuels in last few Decades

Page 74


MAT-1200

A study on chloride induced depassivation of Fe-P-C-Si and Fe-P-C-Si-N steels in simulated concrete pore solution Yashwant Mehta1,a*, Gajanan P. Chaudhari1,b, Vikram V. Dabhade1,c 1

Department of Metallurgical & Materials Engineering, IIT Roorkee, India 247667 a * [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract: High phosphorous steels suffer from cold shortness. Yet, they can develop a protective film which can save them from further corrosion. A living example of this effect is the Delhi Iron Pillar [1]. If a ductile and tough, high phosphorous steel could be designed and produced then it would save the losses due to corrosion. In this work, the corrosion behaviour of three high phosphorous steels having good strength and toughness have been compared with that of mild steel. The corrosion behaviour of high phosphorous steels [2] containing varying amounts of silicon [3] and nitrogen [4] was studied by potentiodynamic polarization, linear polarization resistance (LPR) and electrochemical impedance spectroscopy (EIS) measurements. The morphology of a steel specimen immersed in chloride containing concrete pore solution was studied using scanning electron microscope (SEM) and the elemental distribution at the pitting corrosion area was investigated using electron dispersive spectroscopy (EDS). The results showed that the capacitance increased and resistance declined with immersion time in Ca(OH)2 solution containing 0.1% chloride for plain carbon steel. The opposite was observed in the case of the high phosphorous steels. The potentiodynamic polarization and LPR results complement the EIS findings. Corrosion behaviour could be described with an equivalent circuit having two time constants. The creation, expansion and degradation of the passive layer were discussed with the help of the equivalent circuit elements. The SEM-EDS studies revealed that MnS inclusions at the surface could have a part in the initiation and growth of pits and that phosphorous was present at the pit free surface of the steel. Therefore, high phosphorous steels could be good candidates for steel reinforcement provided weldability concerns are suitably addressed. Keywords: Potentiodynamic Polarization; Linear Polarization Resistance; Electrochemical Impedance Spectroscopy; Scanning Electron Microscope ; Electron Dispersive Spectroscopy; Pitting Corrosion; Passivation. References: (Maximum 5) [1] [2] [3]

[4]

R. Balasubramaniam, On the corrosion resistance of the Delhi iron pillar, Corros. Sci. 42 (2000) 2013–2129. S. Suzuki, M. Obata, K. Abiko, H. Kimura, Role of carbon in preventing alloys the intergranular fracture in iron-phosphorus, Trans. Iron Steel Inst. Japan. 25 (1985) 62–68. H. Liu, C. M. Abiko, K. Kimura, Effect of silicon on the grain boundary segregation of phosphorus and the phosphorus induced intergranular fracture in high purity Fe-Si-P Alloys, in: Strength Met. Alloy. (ICSMA 8), Vol. 3, Proc. 8th Int. Conf. Strength Met. Alloy. Tampere, Finland, 22-26 Aug. 1988, 1989: pp. 1101–1106. H. Erhart, H.J. Grabke, Site competition in grain boundary segregation of phosphorus and nitrogen in iron, Scr. Metall. 15 (1981) 531–534.

A study on chloride induced depassivation of Fe-P-C-Si and Fe-P-C-Si-N steels in simulated concrete pore solution

Page 75


MEC-19

Mixed culture microalgae-based Coconut Biodiesel as fuel to Improve DI CI Engine Performance, emission characteristics Katam Ganesh Babu1,a*, A.Veeresh Babu2,b, K.Madhu Murthy2,c M. Kiran Kumar3,d 1

Research scholar, 3PG Student, Mech., Engg Dept., NIT Warangal, India 2 Faculty of Mechanical Engineering, NIT Warangal, India *, a [email protected], [email protected], c [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract The depleting Fossil fuels reserves are caused to look into new Renewable energy sources to fulfill Diesel fuel demand in developing countries such as India. Increasing urbanization is lead to the search for new alternative sources like biodiesel. In India mostly demand on diesel fuel from Industry and Transportation sectors [3]. To resolve all the above problems, researchers, scientists were produced biodiesel from first, second and third generation biodiesel sources. Among all the sources Algae were the most Oil rich sources [4]. The byproducts in algae to biodiesel conversion process are most valuable than other [2]. In the present work author tried to work in a new approach, i.e. the mixed culture algae particles are emulsified in pure Coconut biodiesel fuel by using TritonX-100 as a surfactant to prepare an emulsified fuel. This emulsified fuel will act as an Oxidizer to improve DI CI engine characteristics. In case the Oxygen emission more than 10% and exhaust temperature less than 1200˚C from engine exhaust which leads to decrease the NOx emission [1]. The experimental results were shown that there is the improvement in diesel engine performance; emission characteristics especially break thermal efficiency and NOx emission than diesel fuel due to its clean combustion. The NOx emission was improved due to increasing Oxygen in the fuel sample. Keywords: Microalgae, Biodiesel, Diesel engine, performance,

References: [1] S. Fernando, C. Hall, S. Jha, NO x Reduction from Biodiesel Fuels, Energy & Fuels. 20 (2006) 376– 382. [2] E. Gnansounou, J. Kenthorai Raman, Life cycle assessment of algae biodiesel and its co-products, Applied Energy. 161 (2016) 300–308. [3] J. Singh, S. Gu, Commercialization potential of microalgae for biofuels production, Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews. 14 (2010) 2596–2610. [4] H. Tang, N. Abunasser, M.E.D. Garcia, M. Chen, K.Y.S. Ng, S.O. Salley, Potential of microalgae oil from Dunaliella tertiolecta as a feedstock for biodiesel, Applied Energy. 88 (2011) 3324–3330.

Mixed culture microalgae-based Coconut Biodiesel as fuel to Improve DI CI Engine Performance, emission characteristics

Page 76


MEC-116

Design and Optimization of Mixed Flow Pump Impeller Blades by Varying Semi-cone Angle Nehal Dash1, a , Apurba Kumar Roy2,b and Kaushik Kumar3,c * 1

Research Scholar, Birla Institute of Technology, Mesra, Ranchi ,835215, India Associate Professor, Birla Institute of Technology, Mesra, Ranchi, 835215,India 3 Associate Professor, Birla Institute of Technology, Mesra, Ranchi, 835215,India a [email protected], [email protected], [email protected] 2

Abstract The mixed flow pump is a cross between the axial and radial flow pump. These pumps are used in a large number of applications in modern fields. For the designing of these mixed flow pump impeller blades a lot number of design parameters are needed to be considered which makes this a tedious task for which fundamentals of turbo-machinery and fluid mechanics are always prerequisites. The semi-cone angle of mixed flow pump impeller blade has a specified range of variations generally between a specified range (source: Pump model test codes and data book). From the literature review done related to this topic it was found that researchers have considered only a particular semi-cone angle and all the calculations are based on this very same semi-cone angle. By varying this semi-cone angle in the specified range, it can be verified if that affects the designing of the impeller blades for a mixed flow pump. Although a lot of methods are available for designing of mixed flow pump impeller blades like inverse time marching method, the pseudo-stream function method, Fourier expansion singularity method, free vortex method, mean stream line theory method etc still the optimized design of the mixed flow pump impeller blade has been a cumbersome work. As stated above since all the available research works suggest or propose the blade designs with constant semi-cone angle, here the authors have designed the impeller blades by varying the semicone angle in a particular range with regular intervals for a Mixed-Flow pump. Hence forth several relevant impeller blade designs are obtained and optimization was carried out to obtain the optimized design (blade with optimal geometry) of impeller blade. It was concluded that lower the semi-cone angle decreases the blade height and hence would result in lesser quantity of water handling in the mixed flow pump. Hence this would reduce the efficiency of the blade. Considering this outcome it is ascertain that the semi-cone angle of 30o results in most optimal design of impeller blades for mixed flow pump. It was also concluded that particular methodologies are to be carried out with regard to the blade angles that is increasing the inlet blade angle β1and decreasing the outlet blade angle β2 which resulted in the increment in the rate of flow. Keywords: Mixed flow pump, Impeller blades, Semi-cone angle, Design and optimization of impeller blades.

Design and Optimization of Mixed Flow Pump Impeller Blades by Varying Semi-cone Angle

Page 77


MEC-120

Use of Fin Analysis to determine the thermal conductivity of material Saloni Suhas Deshmukh1, a *, Neha Sanjay Babar2,b , Sharayu Dattatray Ghogare3,c, Sneha Bharat Bansude4,d, Pradyumna Dhamangaonkar5,e 1,2,3,4

UG students, Mechanical department, College of Engineering Pune, India Professor, Mechanical department, College of Engineering Pune, India a [email protected], [email protected], c [email protected],d [email protected], e [email protected] 5

rresponding author.

Abstract. The experiment demonstrates the use of fin analysis as one of the possible ways for determination of thermal conductivity of material by using fins. In the experiment the thermal conductivity of unknown material is determined by referring to the standard material of known thermal conductivity. In the experimental set-up, a suitably designed heater coil is used as a heat source. An Aluminium rod is used as reference material and the provision is made in the setup to attach a test rod of which thermal conductivity is to be determined. A Multipole Digital Temperature indicator with seven PT-100 thermocouples are used to measure the temperatures. The geometries of the test and reference rods are mandatory to be exactly same for analysis



 

k1 & k2 : Thermal conductivities of known & unknown material respectively. Tbase: Temperature of fin base T1x: Temperature of reference at ‘x’ distance.

 T2x: Temperature of specimen at a ‘x’ distance  Ta: Atmospheric temperature. Comparative analysis under identical surrounding and geometrical constraints provides minimum error. The setup offers flexibility to test different metals on same setup. No insulation is required and specimen size is small which makes the setup compact and portable. Specimens required are easy to manufacture. Power source and temperature sensors are the only instrumentation required. The setup can be used in technical institutes for experimental purpose for the determination of thermal conductivity Keywords: Thermal Conductivity, Fin Analysis, Experimental Setup, Infinitely Long Fins. References:

[1] Y.A. Cengel, Heat and Mass Transfer, Tata McGraw Hills publications, Fifth Edition [2] https://www.researchgate.net [3] Thermal conductivity- Different method to find thermal conductivity of material. URL: http://www.azom.com/article.aspx?ArticleID=5615 [4] Heat transfer from fin e-learn URL: http://web.mit.edu/16.unified/www/FALL/thermodynamics/notes/node128.html Design and Optimization of Mixed Flow Pump Impeller Blades by Varying Semi-cone Angle

Page 78


MEC-123

Evaluation of Stresses in Different configuration of Notched Geometry Using Finite Element Simulation 1

R. D. Palhade Department of Mechanical Engineering, Shri Sant Gajanan Maharaj College of Engineering, Shegaon, Dist- Buldhana, (MS), India-444203 [email protected]

Abstract Various shapes of notches are widely used by designers in order to optimize the shape of the engineering components and structures. These notches are the most susceptible case for fracture in parts. The optimization of machine element forces, constructors to design complex elements that have to meet strength requirements. Geometry of these elements favours to various stresses under variable service loading which may cause machine destruction. The value of the stress and strain may exceed permissible limits at the notch tip. Since notch is unavoidable part of many engineering components and structures, it becomes necessary to analyse and correlate different notch geometries to specify the least vulnerable notch geometry. In this study compares the different notch geometries in axial loading condition on the basis of maximum principle stress. The numerical and experimental investigations were used to evaluate the stress values for different notches. Maximum principle stresses were experimentally and numerically determined for various configurations of notched specimens. Stress analysis was performed on epoxy material specimens with sharp V, square and semi-circular notch in axial loading conditions. Notch area and depth were considered as a varying parameter to check their effect on the maximum principle stresses. Thus, the following observations were made from the present investigations:  Maximum principle stress of the notched component increases with the increase in depth or area of the notch.  Semi-circular notch is the least vulnerable notch geometry when the requirement of notch area is more. The magnitude of maximum principle stress for semi-circular notch is 16.32 MPa as compared to sharp V notch 26.482 MPa at 200 mm² of area.  Sharp V notch is the least vulnerable notch geometry when the requirement of notch depth is more. The magnitude of maximum principle stress for Sharp V Notch is 21.127 MPa as compared to semi-circular notch 26.482 MPa at 20 mm of depth.  Thus from the above observation it is concluded that semi-circular notch is found to be most suited notch geometry during shape optimization of the engineering component.  These computer simulation results were compared with experimental results and available literature, which shows 3 to 6 % variation in principle stress results. The computer simulation results obtained using finite element method software, thus can avoid costly and time consuming experimental setups. Keywords: Notch configuration, Finite element simulation, Photo-elasticity, Principle stresses

Evaluation of Stresses in Different configuration of Notched Geometry Using Finite Element Simulation

Page 79


MEC-129

TENSILE BEHAVIOUR OF FRICTION STIR WELDED 2024-T6 ALUMINIUM ALLOY Dhananjayulu Avula1, a *, D K Dwivedi2,b 1

Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering, Govt Polytechnic, Rajampeta, India. Professor in Mechanical and Industrial Enngg. Dept., IIT Roorkee, India. a [email protected]

2

Abstract This paper presents the effect of welding speed on the microstructure and mechanical properties of friction stir welded 2024-T6 aluminium alloy. The nugget and HAZ sizes are measured with respect to welding speed, and it was found that the increase in welding speed decreases both nugget and HAZ sizes. It was observed that the thermo-mechanically affected zone (TMAZ) showed larger grains than that of nugget zone, but lower than HAZ. At lower welding speed the formation of onion rings in nugget zone was observed. The increase in welding speed increases ultimate tensile strength and reaches maximum and then decreases. The welded joint has highest joint efficiency (87.09 %) obtained at the welding speed of 48 mm/min. The increase in welding speed increases the tensile strength but decreases the percentage elongation. More uniform hardness values in the nugget zone were observed at 48 mm/min and 30 mm/min welding speeds. The lowest hardness values were recorded on retreating side in TMAZ at all the welding speeds and the highest hardness values were recorded in HAZ. Due to lower hardness of TMAZ, during tensile testing, fracture occurred at the interface of TMAZ and HAZ. Fracture of defect free weld tensile specimens occurs in the minimum hardness zone. The welded FSW joints have minimum hardness in TMAZ so joints were fractured in the interface of TMAZ and HAZ. The failure at all welding speeds (30 mm/min, 48 mm/min and 75 mm/min) the failure took place on the interface of TMAZ and HAZ of retreating side except in weld produced using at 19 mm/min which failed from advancing side. On the basis of experimental research carried out in the present work on welded joints of different welding speed 2024-T6 aluminum alloys, the following are obtained:  The weld nugget has very fine grain structure than TMAZ and HAZ; this is due to the fact that severe plastic deformation occurs in weld nugget zone which reduces the grain size.  The increase in welding speed decreases the width of nugget and HAZ.  The microhardness values in the weld zone of the 48 mm/min welding speed are higher than that of all other welding speeds. This was the reason highest tensile strength observed at 48 mm/min welding speed.  Increase in the welding speed leads to the increase in the tensile strength and it reaches a maximum value and then decreases. The maximum joint efficiency was 87.09 % and was observed at 48 mm/min welding speed. Keywords: Welding; FSW; 2024-T6 Al alloy; Mechanical properties Tensile Behaviour Of Friction Stir Welded 2024-T6 Aluminium Alloy

Page 80


MEC-131

Experimental Studies on Natural Aspirated Diesel Engine Fuelled with Corn Seed Oil Methyl Ester as a Biodiesel E. Rama Krishna Reddy1, a *, V. Dhana Rajub a*

P.G student, Department of Mechanical Engineering, LBRCE, Mylavaram, India b Sr.Asst.Professor, Department of Mechanical Engineering, LBRCE, Mylavaram, India [email protected]*, [email protected]

Abstract This paper evaluates the possibilities of using corn seed oil methyl ester as a fuel for compression ignition engines. The biodiesels are contained high oxygen content, and high Cetane number, due to this properties efficiency of biodiesel is higher than diesel fuel. The experiments were conducted with different biodiesel blends of (B10, B15, B20 and B25) corn seed oil on single cylinder four stroke natural aspirated diesel engines. Performance parameters and exhaust emissions are investigated in this experimental with the blends of the corn seed oil methyl ester and diesel fuel. The test results showed that the bio-diesel blends gives improved results for brake thermal efficiency and specific fuel consumption when compared with the diesel fuel. CSOME 20 biodiesel blend generated better performance and lower emissions when compared to the other blends and also with diesel. The maximum BTE obtained for CSOME 20 blend was 34.58% which is 1.7% higher than the diesel fuel (34%). The specific fuel consumption of all CSOME blends is decreases with increase in load and it was observed that BSFC is minimum for CSOME 20 blend, which are 0.24kg/kWh at full load condition. The emissions of corn seed methyl esters follow the same trend of diesel but the smoke opacity was reduces for all blends. From the investigation, corn seed methyl ester is also having the properties similar to diesel fuel; it is biodegradable and renewable fuel, so it will be used as an alternative for diesel fuel. As a whole, it was concluded that CSOME blends have shown better performance characteristics compared to diesel fuel. So that it can be used as a potential alternate fuel for diesel engine without any engine alteration. This biodiesel is promising providence for diesel engine and can be used in transportation and agriculture sector in future. Keywords: Corn Seed Oil Methyl Ester, Diesel Engine, Performance, Emissions.

Graphical Abstract

Experimental studies on natural aspirated diesel engine fuelled with corn seed oil methyl ester as a bio-diesel

Page 81


MEC-132

Influence of process parameter in machining Titanium Ti-6Al-4V alloy using Brass wire and constant current (8A) on WEDM Dr.T.Vijaya Babu1,a* , Dr .J.S Soni 2,b S. Ajaya Kumar

3.c

1

Professor ,Department of Mechanical Engineering, Vardhaman College of Engineering , Shamshabad , Hyderabad, India 2, Professor & Principal, Bharat Institute of Engineering and Technology, Ibrahimpatnam , Hyderabad, India 3, Assistant Professor AVN Institute of Engineering and Technology, Ibrahimpatnam , Hyderabad, India a*

[email protected] , b [email protected] , c [email protected]

Abstract: Wire electrical discharge machining (WEDM) technology has been widely used in the field of medical, mould making, aerospace and automobile industries. It is a non-traditional machining process which used the continuously circulating wire as electrode and cuts the work piece along a programmed path. Improper electrical parameters settings can affect the processing efficiency and surface roughness due to arcing phenomenon that lead by discharge point of focus. Objective of the paper is to uncover the influence of two different machine rates which are 2 mm/min, 4 mm/min with constant current (8A) with WEDM of Titanium Ti-6Al-4V.The results on kerf width, material removal rate and surface roughness are graphically tabulated. The best combination of machining parameter viz. machine feed rate (4 mm/min), wire speed (8 m/min), wire tension (1.4kg) and voltage (60V) were identified. The selection of parameters depends on the requirements based on a better surface roughness or a maximum material removal rate. Hence an appropriate combination of variables can be selected accordingly. Furthermore, this combination can contributes to increase production rates perceptibly by reducing machining time. Titanium Ti6Al-4V has enormous importance in the aerospace industries. It reduces aircraft weight since the excellent strength-to-weight ratio and causes a reduction in fuel consumption and emissions. Brass wire is widely used in WEDM processes due to its good machining properties and can be die-casted or extruded for specialized application .Work pieces that are totally submerged in a tank filled with dielectric fluid grants temperature stabilization and efficient flushing especially when the work piece has varying thickness in WEDM process . All specimens were cleaned in an alcohol bath and then dried specimen Dryer in blower mode. After that, the specimens were kept in Buehler Specimen Cabinet Storage to prevent the formation of oxide on the surface. Titanium Ti-6Al-4V work pieces are cut into the desired size using Wire cut EDM Mitsubishi Machine in the presence of dielectric fluid with addition of anti rust agent liquid to reduce the surface rust. The paper highlights the importance of process parameters and different machining conditions on kerf width, MRR, surface roughness (Ra) and surface topography. Keywords: Wire Electrical Discharge Machine (WEDM),Surface Topography, Material Removal Rate(MRR) , Surface Roughness (SR). References: [1] Ho KH, Newman ST, Rahimifard S, Allen RD, 2004, State Of The Art In Wire Electrical Discharge Machining (WEDM). Int J Mach Tools Manufacturing 44:1247–1259 [2] D. Rakwal and E. Bamberg, 2009, Slicing, Cleaning and Kerf Analysis of Germanium Wafers Machined by Wire Electrical Discharge Machining. Mater. Process. Technol. 209(8), p 3740–3751 [3] Sadiq MA, Rahman M, Lim HS, 2008, Study of WEDM parameter phenomena for micro fabrication. Int J Manuf Technol Manag 13(2–4):226–240 . Influence of Process Parameter in Machining Titanium Ti-6Al-4V alloy using Brass wire and Constant Current (8A) on WEDM

Page 82


MEC-134

Design And Analysis Of Powered Ankle-Foot Mechanism Using Hydraulic System Sanghamitra Debta1, a and Kaushik Kumar Roy2,b 1 2

Research Scholar, Birla Institute of Technology, Mesra, Ranchi ,835215, India Associate Professor, Birla Institute of Technology, Mesra,Ranchi,835215,India a [email protected] b [email protected]

Abstract Currently available foot prosthesis model are more than 50 in number. In order to perform some extraordinary errands, for example, strolling, moving, cycling, golfing, swimming, snow skiing or running they are employed. Many are waterproof and made of lightweight materials, for example, plastic, metal combinations and carbon-fiber composites. Prosthetic feet can be essential (unmoving), explained (moving in at least one bearings), or element reaction (putting away and returning vitality when strolling, giving a feeling of "pushing off," much like the human foot). However there are certain problems which are not completely tackled by the currently available prosthesis for which the walking pattern remains strongly disturbed. Today's prosthetic feet may have toe and heel springs to permit more lower leg development and movable heel statures, and to assimilate stun but the load distribution is not proper which leads to fatigue. In this work, a powered ankle-foot prosthesis mechanism that aims at the equal distribution of the load using a hydraulic system in order to store the energy over the movement of prosthetic ankle was designed. Although the prosthetic foot presented here is externally powered it is made lighter and robust than the currently available ones. Some primary experiments were conducted by taking the forces acting to account. A 3-D model of the proposed design was made using piston cylinder arrangement in order to get a real ankle like movement, thereafter the stress analysis of the same was done and results were discussed. Keywords: Ankle-foot, Prosthetic feet, Hydraulic Arrangement, Load Distribution, Amputee, Piston Cylinder.

Design and Optimization of Mixed Flow Pump Impeller Blades by Varying Semi-cone Angle

Page 83


MEC-138

Predicting the deposition efficiency of plasma sprayed alumina coatings on AZ31B magnesium alloy by response surface methodology 1 D.Thirumalaikumarasamy*, 2V.Balasubramanian 3S.Sree Sabari 4 R.Rajesh and 5 Medha R.Elayidom 1

Assistant Professor, 2 Professor, 3 Research Scholar, Department of Manufacturing Engineering, Annamalai University, Annamalainagar – 608 002, Tamil Nadu, INDIA 4 Professor and Head, Department of Mechanical Engineering, Noorul Islam University, Tamil Nadu, India- 629180 5 Department of Mechanical Engineering, Noorul Islam University, Tamil Nadu, India- 629180 , [email protected], b [email protected], c [email protected] d [email protected]

Abstract: Plasma sprayed ceramic coatings are successfully employed in many industrial applications, where high wear and corrosion resistance with thermal insulation are needed. Plasma spray parameters such as power, stand-off distance and powder feed rate have significant influence on coating characteristics like deposition efficiency. This paper presents the use of statistical techniques specially response surface methodology (RSM), analysis of variance, and regression analysis to develop empirical relationships to predict deposition efficiency of plasma sprayed alumina coatings on AZ31B magnesium alloy. The developed empirical relationships can be efficiently used to predict deposition efficiency of plasma sprayed alumina coatings at 95% confidence level. Response graphs and contour plots were constructed to identify the optimum plasma spray parameters to attain maximum deposition efficiency in alumina coatings. From the results it can be identified that, the optimum spray parameters yielded maximum deposition efficiency of plasma sprayed alumina coatings on AZ31B magnesium alloy are power: 22.41 kW, stand-off distance: 11.52 cm, and powder feed rate: 26.20 gpm. A regression equation has been developed incorporating coating porosity and deposition efficiency of the coating. This equation can be effectively used to predict deposition efficiency of alumina coating, if coating porosity is known. Keywords: Deposition efficiency, Plasma spraying, Alumina coating, Mg alloy.

Predicting the deposition efficiency of plasma sprayed alumina coatings on AZ31B magnesium alloy by response surface methodology Page 84


MEC-146

Three Dimensional, Numerical Analysis of an Elastohydrodynamic Lubrication Using Fluid Structure Interaction (FSI) Approach Hanoca P1, a,*, H V Ramakrishna2,b 1 &2

Department of Mechanical Engineering, Malnad College of Engineering, Hassan, India. Email: a [email protected], b [email protected]

Abstract This work is related to develop a methodology to model and simulate the TEHD using the sequential application of CFD and CSD. The FSI analyses are carried out using ANSYS Workbench. In this analysis steady state, 3D Navier-Stoke equations along with energy equation are solved. Liquid properties are introduced where the viscosity and density are the function of pressure and temperature. The cavitation phenomenon is adopted in the analysis. Numerical analysis has been carried at different speeds and surfaces temperatures. During the analysis, it was found that as speed increases, hydrodynamic pressures will also increases. The pressure profile obtained from the Roelands equation is more sensitive to the temperature as compared to the Barus equation. The stress distributions specify the significant positions in the bearing structure. The developed method is capable of giving latest approaching into the physics of elastohydrodynamic lubrication. Keywords: Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD); Computational Structural Dynamics (CSD) Fluid Structure Interaction (FSI); Elastohydrodynamic lubrication (EHL)

Three Dimensional, Numerical Analysis of an Elastohydrodynamic Lubrication Using Fluid Structure Interaction (FSI) Approach

Page 85


MEC-148

Optimisation of Header of a Compact Radiator SUBHADIP ROY 1, a *, C S VAMSI KRISHNA1,b, N GANESH 1, c and A KUMARASAMY1,d 1

Combat Vehicles Research and Development Establishment, Chennai 600054, India

a* c

[email protected], [email protected] [email protected], [email protected]

The performance of a Plate fin radiator in terms of heat transfer rate and coolant side pressure drop depends significantly on the distribution of coolant flow through its passages. Uneven flow through the passages i.e. flow maldistribution, can cause local hot spots in the radiator due to high coolant flow in some passages. By reducing the maldistribution of flow through passages, Colburn factor can be increased up to 50% and friction factor can be reduced by 50% [1]. The flow maldistribution among the passages can be reduced to a large extent by proper optimisation of the header profile. The present paper investigates the method to optimise the header of a 680 kW radiator to reduce the maldistribution in its passages using Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD). The analysis of the radiator was carried out in 2D and was simplified by considering the porous media instead of simulating the exact fin configuration in the radiator [2]. The maximum and absolute values of flow maldistribution factor were considered in this study to determine the effectiveness of the header with respect to flow maldistribution which are defined as follows [3]. where Vch(i) and Vavg are the velocity of coolant in ith passage and the average of velocities of coolant in all the passages. Absolute flow maldistribution parameter (S) is defined as the standard deviation of velocity of all the individual passages (vch(i)). The analysis shows that for a straight conventional header, the velocity becomes very high in the second channel from inlet and the velocity through various channels gradually reduces towards the end channels of the header. This can be avoided by rounding off the inlet with appropriate radius and by applying taper shape along the header. Due to taper shape, the velocity becomes very high in last few passages. This can be avoided by two ways. One way is to terminate the taper before last few passages and maintaining the remaining portion flat. Another way is to finish the taper at the last point with some thickness instead of making the thickness zero at the end. The present study shows that the second method produces better results than the first method. Different stages of modification are shown in Fig. 1. In the present study, due to the optimisation in the header profile, the maximum and absolute values of maldistribution reduced up to 18% and 45% respectively. The Velocity profile before and after modification is shown in Fig. 2.

Optimisation of Header of a Compact radiator

Page 86


Fig.1: Different stages of header modification

Fig. 2: Velocity profile before and after the optimisation of header References: [1] W. Yaici, M. Ghorab, E. Entechev, 3D CFD analysis of the effect of inlet air flow

maldistribution on the fluid flow and heat transfer performances of plate-fin-and-tube laminar heat exchangers, International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer. 74 (2014) 490–500. [2] K. Saleh, O. Abdelaziz, V. Aute, R. Radermacher, Approximation assisted optimization of headers for new generation of air-cooled heat exchangers, Applied Thermal Engineering. 61(2013) 817-824. [3] J. Wen, Y Li, Study of flow distribution and its improvement on the header of plate-fin heat exchanger, Cryogenics. 44 (2004) 823–831.

Optimisation of Header of a Compact radiator

Page 87


MEC-150

An Experimental study on effect of process variables on surface roughness and elastic spring back in milling of Titanium alloy Ti-6Al-4V A.Sreenivasa Rao1*, K.Venkata Rao2 1

Department of Mechanical Engineering, MLR Institute of Technology, Hyderabad, India. 2 Department of Mechanical Engineering, VFSTR University, Guntur, India. * Corresponding Author: Research Scholar, VFSTR University, Guntur, India E-Mail: [email protected], Mobile: +91 8465022671

Abstract In this paper, the effect of process variables like cutting speed, feed and depth of cut have been studied with spring back effect on CNC end milling operation of titanium alloys. The titanium alloy Ti-6Al-4V is taken as a sample for my work. The experiments are performed on the machine and observe the spring back phenomenon. The spring back is referred to as the change in shape of the work piece after removing the tool. The experiments are conducted on 15 kW 3 axis CNC vertical machine center with two flute tungsten carbide end mills with high speed machining at the maximum rotor speed of 4000 RPM. Spring back is calculated as the difference between any two corresponding points in metal cutting by using Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM).Based on the experimental data from the CNC machine and the measured values of the titanium sample from SEM, the process variables have been optimized. Finally the correlation between surface roughness and elastic spring back has been analyzed and discussed. In online tool condition monitoring, the optimized process parameters would give better tool life and maintain good machining time. In this work, tungsten carbide end mills have been used in machining of titanium alloy Ti-6Al-4V. The main objective of this work is to experimentally investigate the surface roughness and elastic spring back effect during milling of Titanium alloy Ti-6Al-4V with carbide end mills under dry machining condition. The quality of the machined surfaces has been evaluated by means of roughness and elastic spring back. The surface roughness of the work piece was measured by a stylus instrument. The elastic spring back is measured by Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM) and found the optimum responses from the given parameters. To measure roughness of the surface of the work piece, the cut off length was taken as 40mm and the sampling length as 100mm

Fig 1a) Fig 1 b) Fig 1a): 3 axis CNC vertical milling machine with Laser Doppler Vibrometer and Fig 1b) Machined Titanium alloy Work piece The samples of Ti-6Al-4V with dimensions of 100mm X 100mm X 10mm have been tested. Three levels of cutting speed (95, 110 and 126 m/min), three levels of feed rates (0.1, 0.2 and 0.3mm/rev) and three levels of depth of cut (0.3, 0.6 and 1mm) have been taken into account. The Response Surface Methodology (RSM) approach Design Expert V 10 is used to identify significant parameters where affecting surface roughness and spring back effect of the material. The following conclusions can be drawn from this study: In this study, smaller the better function was used for An Experimental study on effect of process variables on surface roughness and elastic spring back in milling of Titanium alloy Ti-6Al-4V

Page 88


surface roughness and larger the better function for elastic spring back because these responses should be optimum for any product to obtain good product quality and tool life. Based on the experimental and numerical analysis, it is concluded that the ‘Ra’ has a lower value at cutting speed of 115mm/rev, feed rate of 0.25mm/rev and depth of cut of 0.8 mm. The elastic spring back ‘S’ has higher value at cutting speed of 95mm/rev, feed rate of 0.3 mm/rev and at depth of cut of 1mm. Keywords: Process variables, CNC end milling, Titanium alloy, Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM) and Spring back effect.

An Experimental study on effect of process variables on surface roughness and elastic spring back in milling of Titanium alloy Ti-6Al-4V

Page 89


MEC-152

A NOVEL BIO-INSPIRED WING DEVELOPED BY 3D PRINTING S.Arunvinthan1, a *,S.Ramesh Kumar 2,b ,S.Nadaraja Pillai 3,c &B.Balaji4,d 1,2,3,4

School of Mechanical Engineering, SASTRA University, Tamilnadu, India. a* [email protected], [email protected], c [email protected],[email protected]

Abstract: Aerospace manufacturing is a high technology division which demands innovative manufacturing solutions to specially cater to its needs like complex parts fabrication and large volume envelope-tovolume ratio. The complexity of an aerospace component is most likely due to its integrated functions like an airfoil with an embedded cooling channel or an engine turbine blade with conduits for the coolants [1] etc. Sometimes geometry of the aircraft parts was defined using complex mathematical formulae etc. Studies claim that to cater the needs additive manufacturing becomes a choice which is now prevalently used in the aerospace applications [2]. Majority of the aerospace components has to be replaced time to time based on their usage i.e. buy-to-fly ratio. Additive manufacturing can help resolving this issue by quickly shipping it to the broken plane to help get it back in the air making money for the airplane [3]. In other words, additive manufacturing provides opportunities including: Simplification of product innovation, economic benefits by offering increased local production and high customization [4]. Recently, aerodynamic researchers have found out that a new wing named, “Leading-edge undulated wing” inspired from the Humpback whales [5]. However, the problem with implementing such high-performance design in practical design is it’s highly complex. The complexity with the fabrication is that the leading-edge undulation geometry is defined by a mathematical formula and its large volume envelope-to-volume ratio. With a view, to fabricate this using additive manufacturing, initially the leading edge undulated wing observed from the nature, has been developed in to a three-dimensional computer design data using GAMBIT along with its STL (Surface Tessellation Language) file using ANSYS. Those STL files were further sliced in to a build file of 2D layers which can be readily fabricated using unique 3D printing technology. In this paper, the complex design of leading-edge undulation has been fabricated using 3D printing. Additionally, the 3D printed wing section has been tested in a low-speed open-circuit wind tunnel testing facility at SASTRA from which the force coefficients were calculated using three component force balance and the results were presented in this paper. Keywords:3D printing, Bio-Inspired wing, additive manufacturing, ANSYS References [1] R. Liu, Z.Wang, T.Sparks, F. Liou and J.Newkirk, “Aerospace applications of LASER additive manufacturing”, Mossouri University of Science and Technology, Ch. 13, Missouri, United States. [2] I. Gibson, D.W. Rosen, B. Stucker, Additive Manufacturing Technologies: 3D Printing, in: Rapid Prototyping, and Direct Digital Manufacturing, Second ed., Springer, 2015. [3] Smar Tech Additive Manufacturing in Aerospace: Strategic Implications, 2014. [4] Dara G. Schniederjans , “Adoption of 3D-Printing Technologies in Manufacturing: An Empirical Analysis”, International Journal of Production Economics, 2016. [5] S.Arunvinthan, S.Nadaraja Pillai, " Investigation of the underlying flow physics in Leading-edge undulated wind turbine blades", The Eighth National Conference on Wind Engineering, IIT (BHU) Varanasi, India, 16-17 Dec 2016.[63-71] A novel Bio-Inspired wing developed by 3D Printing

Page 90


MEC-156

Thermo Structural Analysis of Carbon-Carbon Nozzle Exit Cone for Rocket Cryo Engines G Vinod1, S Renjith2 & Thaddeus Basker V3 Scientist / Engineer, Vikram Sarabhai Space Centre, ISRO, Thiruvananthapuram, Kerala695022 [email protected] & [email protected]

Abstract: The need to achieve the performance required for the engine in the upper stage of a launch vehicle, increase the payload capacity drives rocket engine manufacturers to seek higher thrust level, specific impulse and thrust to weight ratio. The use of high temperature C-C composite materials is an efficient way to reach these objectives by allowing use of high expansion ratio. Nozzle extensions benefiting of the outstanding thermal, mechanical and fatigue resistance of these materials to decrease mass and featuring high temperature margins. A three-directionally reinforced (3D) carbon-carbon (c-c) material nozzle exit cone is selected for the current study. C-C composite exit nozzle must possess excellent stability and strength under extreme conditions for a specified amount of time. Carbon-carbon composites are appropriate materials for applications that require high specific strength at elevated temperatures. The paper describes the thermo structural analysis of a typical c/c nozzle exit cone. Key words: C-C, nozzle, exit cone, cryo , composite, thermo structural

Thermo Structural Analysis of Carbon-Carbon Nozzle Exit Cone for Rocket Cryo Engines

Page 91


MEC-157

CFD Analysis of the Effect of Surface Contour of Nose cone of a Space Vehicle on the Thermal Field during Re-Entry K.V.Sreenivas Rao1, a *, Sujan. P2,b and Sachin H.S2,b 1

Professor, Dept of Mechanical Engineering, Siddaganga Institute of Technology, Tumakuru-572103, Karnataka, INDIA.

2

UG Student, Dept of Mechanical Engineering, Siddaganga Institute of Technology, Tumakuru-\ 572103, Karnataka, INDIA. a

[email protected],[email protected],[email protected]

Abstract Space travel is considered as one of the most dangerous task. A minute mistake can costs million dollars and life of astronauts. The space exploration program uses both manned and unmanned space vehicles which are placed in certain orbit around the earth’s outer space for a specific purpose. These vehicles are sometimes destroyed in space after their life span or due to malfunctioning. When these space vehicles are to be retrieved back to the earth, safe re-entry is one of the biggest challenges for the space engineers. Overheating of the surface of space craft is the major concern. When the space vehicle re-enters the earth’s atmosphere at a tremendous speed of 17500 mph, it results in the generation of shock waves. As the shock waves slams into the air molecules in front of the re-entering space vehicle, they go from cool, dormant state to an excited state, acquiring heat energy, which may penetrate the vehicle leading to wreckage, if not dissipated to the surrounding. In the present study, CFD analysis of the thermal field generated on the surface of the solid model of the nose cone of the space vehicle is analyzed. Four different configurations of the surface contour of the nose cone with half cone angle 30 0 and 600, bluntness ratio 0.25 and 0.5 are considered to mimic the real life situation. The commercial CFD tool SolidWorks Flow Simulation module was used for the analysis. The temperature generated on the four different surface contours is compared among themselves. The maximum temperature on the nose cone with half cone angle 300 and bluntness ratio 0.25 is 2449.54 K, 300 and 0.5 is 2454.17 K, 600 and 0.25 is 2423.5 K and 60 0 and 0.5 is 2445.14 K. The temperature developed on the nose cone configuration with 600 half cone angle and 0.25 bluntness ratio is minimum and the temperature developed on the nose cone configuration with 300 half cone angle and 0.5 bluntness ratio is maximum when compared to other configurations. So the SolidWorks flow simulation results confirm that the nose cone with large half cone and small bluntness ratio produces less peak temperatures. The nose cone with larger half cone angle and small bluntness ratio offers greater thermal resistance compared to small cone angle and high bluntness ratio configurations. This indicates that the nose cone angle and bluntness ratio have a decided effect on the thermal load generated on the surface of the re-entry vehicle. Since less heat generation on the surface of the vehicle is always desirable, the surface contour parameters have to be optimized for minimum heat generation for safe re-entry of the space vehicle

Keywords: Space vehicle, Re-entry velocity, Surface contour, Thermal field.

CFD Analysis of the Effect of Surface Contour of Nose cone of a Space Vehicle on the Thermal Field during ReEntry

Page 92


MEC-159

Performance evaluation of solar photovoltaic panel driven refrigeration system C.S. RAJORIA1, a *, DHARMENDRA SINGH 2, b and PANKAJ KUMAR GUPTA3, c 1,2,3

Department of Mechanical Engineering, Govt. Engineering College Bikaner (Raj.), INDIA a [email protected], [email protected], c [email protected]

Abstract The solar photovoltaic (PV) panel driven refrigeration system employs solar PV panel and play a vital role when combined with storage batteries. The variation in performance of solar PV panel driven refrigeration system has been experimentally investigated in this paper. The change in battery voltage is analyzed with respect to panel size. Different series and parallel combinations have been applied on four solar PV panels of 35W each to get 24V. With the above combination a current in the range of 3-5 ampere has been obtained depending upon the solar intensity. A refrigerator of 110 W and 50 liters is used in the present investigation which requires 0.80 ampere AC at 230 V. The required current and voltage has been obtained from an inverter which draws about 7 ampere DC from the battery bank at 24V. The compressor of the refrigerator consumed 110W which required a PV panel size of 176 W approximately. It is important to note that the compressor consumed about 300W for first 50 milliseconds, 130 W for next five seconds and gradually comes to 110 W in 65 seconds. Thus panel size should be such that it may compensate for the initial load requirement. The study deals with experimental investigation of the performance of solar PV panel driven refrigeration system. The following are the main component of the system. (i) solar PV panels (ii) charge controller (iii) storage battery (iv) Inverter and (v) refrigerator. AC Ampere Drawn BY Comp.at 4SPV AC Ampere Drawn BY Comp.at 6SPV AC Ampere Drawn BY Comp.at 8SPV

Compressor Body Temp. at 4SPV Compressor Body Temp. at 6SPV Compressor Body Temp. at 8SPV 60.00

0.90

Compressor Body Temp.

AC Current Drawn by the compressor (Amp)

0.95

0.85 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.65 0.60

55.00 50.00 45.00 40.00 35.00

12

24

36

48

60

72

84

96

108

Time in Minutes

Figure 1: Variation of Current Drawn by the Compressor w.r.t. time

12

24

36

48 60 72 84 Time in Minutes

96

108

Figure 2: Variation of Compressor Body Temp. w.r.t time

Figure 1 shows the variation of current drawn by the compressor at different PV panel configurations, it is interesting to note that at four panel current drawn by the compressor is more Performance evaluation of solar photovoltaic panel driven refrigeration system

Page 93


than the current drawn by the compressor at six and eight panel set respectively this is due to the low battery voltage at four panel in comparison to the six and eight Figure 2 shows the variation of compressor body temperature at four, six and eight panel configurations. It has been observed that with four panels the temperature of the compressor body is more in comparison to the six and eight panel due to low battery voltage operation at four panels. The variation of DC ampere drawn from the battery bank by the compressor via inverter during the one on-off cycle of the compressor has been depicted in Figure 3. The graph shows that in one cycle, the compressor remains at on position for about 80 s and 120s in off position (No load and Thermostat at minimum position) it has been also observed from the graph that at the time of starting of the compressor draws about 19A Direct Current for 50 ms and rapidly comes down to 8A and further drops in the subsequent seconds. However when the compressor is off it has been observed that the inverter continuously draws a current of 3A approximately. So it can be concluded that the inverter used quite inefficient and further investigation is needed to see the effect various inverters on the performance of the system.

20.00 18.00 16.00 14.00 12.00 10.00 8.00 6.00 4.00 2.00 0.00

300 250

Wattage Consumed by the Compressor

DC Am pere Dra wn FRom Ba ttery Ba nk

Figure 4 shows the wattage consumed by the compressor, at the time of the starting a very high power consumption of 258W is there and comes down to the 113W after 70-80s running.

200 150 100 50 0

10 30 50 70 72 74 76 78 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 Time (s)

Figure 3: DC ampere drawn from battery bank by compressor via inverter

10 40 70 73 76 79 100 130 160 190 Time (s)

Figure 4: Variation of wattage consumed by compressor w.r.t. time

From the above investigation it has been observed that a panel size of 176W is sufficient to run the refrigerator for one day/night operation. But as we see in the case of four panels (35W each) which theoretically surpasses the required power is even not sufficient to maintain the battery voltage constant in the day time which is due to the losses associated with the various components. So we can conclude that panel size should be increased in such a way that it compensate for the following power consumption/ losses. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

High Power Consumption by the compressor at the time of starting. Inverter losses. Power consumption is more at the enhanced ambient temperature. Power consumption by the lights in the cabinet of the refrigerator. Thermal load on the refrigerator.

Keywords: Solar photovoltaic, solar panel, panel size.

Performance evaluation of solar photovoltaic panel driven refrigeration system

Page 94


MEC-160

Margin of safety estimation of tongue and groove joint of rocket motors with discontinuous end ring G. Vinod1, Manarsh kumar Bhadra2, K S Narayanan3 and VT Bhasker4 Vikram Sarabhai Space Centre, Trivandrum, Kerala 695022

Abstract: Rocket motors are used worldwide in both upper and booster stages. Solid rockets can provide high thrust for relatively low cost. Considering the large size of solid motors, these motors are to be designed as segmented motor cases. Segmented motor cases have to be joined by segment joint. Segment joint with tongue and groove configuration provides performance reliability in effective sealing of joints. A tongue-and-groove arrangement employs a pressure-energized metal seal which expands radially when the cylinders are internally pressurized. The radial expansion enhances the sealing effect of the metal seal between the tongue and the groove. Metal end rings welded to the shell motor cases and shear pins for the final assembly provides the sealing. The load augmentation in the pin depends of the presence of the slit in a ring, hole and pin clearances internal pressure and the friction between the metal end rings. Structural analysis of a discontinuous metallic segment ring and shear pins are proposed in this study. The study further extended to a deviation in a nearby hole / pin combination at the vicinity of the discontinuity and is presented in this paper. Keywords: motor case; segment joint

Margin of safety estimation of tongue and groove joint of rocket motors with discontinuous end ring Page 95


MEC-164

Study on the Effect of the Impact Location and the Type of Hammer Tip on the Frequency Response Function (FRF) in Experimental Modal Analysis of Rectangular Plates Kiran D. Mali 1, a *, Pravin M. Singru 2,b 1,2

Department of Mechanical Engineering, BITS, Pilani, K. K. Birla Goa Campus, NH17B Bypass Road, Zuarinagar, Sancoale, Goa, India 403726 *[email protected], bpmsingru@ goa.bits-pilani.ac.in,

Abstract Experimental modal analysis is often carried out for finding the natural frequencies, mode shapes and damping of the structural components [1]. The widely used method for carrying out the experimental analysis is impact testing by using impact hammer, accelerometer and FFT analyzer. Impact hammer with force transducer at impacting end is used for giving input impulse excitation to the structure to be tested where as accelerometer mounted on the structure captures the response. FFT analyzer carries out Fourier transform and presents the frequency response function (FRF) i.e. plots of the acceleration amplitude versus frequency [1]. While performing impact testing, resulting frequency response function may have considerable effect of the input impact location and type of tip used for impact hammer [2]. Impact hammers can be used with different tip material at hitting end such as rubber, steel and plastics. To study effect of hitting location on frequency response function modal analysis is carried out on a clamped solid rectangular plate (216 mm × 138 mm × 2 mm). It is observed that the impulse hammer hit location has, no effect on the eigenfrequency, yet a difference in amplitude of the eigenfrequencies is obtained. The effect of the hammer tip on the pulse and the force spectrum is studied for three types of tips Fig.1 Experimental set up and plate specimen metal, plastic and rubber. A solid rectangular plate was excited by using these tips one by one in three different tests. It is observed that for present experimental set up plastic tip excites the useful frequency range. Keywords: Plate Vibration, Modal Analysis, Frequency Response Function, Impact Hammer. References: [1] Rao, Singiresu S., Mechanical Vibrations, fifth ed., Upper Saddle River: Prentice Hall (2011). [2] de Klerk, D., & Visser, R. J. Characterization of Measurement Errors in Experimental Frequency Based Substructuring.(2010)

Study on the Effect of the Impact Location and the Type of Hammer Tip on the Frequency Response Function (FRF) in Experimental Modal Analysis of Rectangular Plates

Page 96


MEC-165

Design optimization of squeeze mode magnetorheological damper Jitenkumar D. Patel1, a , Dipal Patel2,b* 1

M.Tech student, CSPIT- Mechanical Department, CHARUSAT, Changa, Gujarat INDIA 2 Assistant Professor, CSPIT- Mechanical Department, CHARUSAT, Chnaga, Gujarat INDIA a [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract Mostly, magneto-rheological damper research is going on flow mode and shear mode type of damper. Less work is carried out by researcher on squeeze mode type of damper. This will give higher force as compare to flow mode and shear mode type of MRF damper at low excitation. So, this kind of damper can be used as vibration isolation for high impact loading at low amplitude application like engine mount. Aim of this paper is optimized design of Squeeze mode damper for low amplitude application by using design of experiment tool. For design of squeeze mode type of MR damper magnetic field distribution is very important study to improve damping performance. Various parameters like length of coil, diameter of squeeze plate, current passing through coil, number of turns, area of coil and MR fluid gap are considered during optimization and optimization is done by using FEMM software it shows that length of coil, Number of turn and area of coil increases damping performance improves. Other design parameters are check out with mathematical model of MR damper with theoretical calculation like effect of frequency of excitation, diameter of squeeze plate, thick ness of squeeze plate and amplitude of excitation. When increase in diameter of squeeze plate damping force increases. This increment is neared to 5%. Damping force with 586 turn and 1A current is nearer to 4222N in squeeze mode damper. Remaining design parameter is check out for performance of MR damper but only squeeze plate diameter and different stiffness of spring having minor effects. Keywords: Squeeze mode damper, Magneto-rheological Fluid.

Design optimization of Squeeze mode magnetorheological damper

Page 97


MEC-169

Integrated Thermal Structural Analysis of Advanced Composite Plates and Shells. Kari Thangaratnam1,a, Divya2,b*, Evangeline Kumar4,d

Monslin Sugirtha Singh3,c and

1

Department of Civil Engineering, DMI College of Engineering, Chennai, India Department of Civil Engineering, Easwari Engineering College, Chennai, India 3 Department of Civil Engineering, Velammal Engineering College, Chennai, India 4 Department of Civil Engineering College, Saint Michael’s Polytechnic, Chennai, India a ideskari@gmail, [email protected], cjmsugirtha@gmail, devanchrisk@gmail 2

Abstract To solve the problems subjected to thermal load, it is necessary, to know the stationary and transient temperature distribution prior to the stress analysis. Integrated thermal structural analysis based on heat conduction and thermal stress by finite element method is formulated. Thermo-structural analysis with advanced composite plates and shells has been performed to determine temperature response and associated thermal stress. The software ‘COMSAP’ is extended to integrated thermal structural analysis. Finite element program has been developed using Semiloof shell element and same eight noded isoparametric element concept for steady-state heat transfer. Validation for integrated thermo-structural analysis has been done and compared with the available results from literature. The new results thus obtained are presented in terms of temperature, thermal stress, and displacement for various orientation of fibre in laminated composite plates of different layers. Fig. 1 shows the temperature distribution for various angle-ply fiber orientation and Fig. 2 shows the temperature distribution for various layers in asymmetric cross ply laminated plate. Keywords: Thermo-structural analysis; Composite plates and shells; Semiloof shell element; Temperature

Fig. 1 Temperature distribution for various angle-ply orientation along X

Fig. 2 Temperature distribution for various layers in asymmetric cross ply laminates

Integrated Thermal Structural Analysis of Advanced Composite Plates and Shells

Page 98


MEC-175

Effect of Nano Clay on Mechanical Behavior of Bamboo Fiber Reinforced Polyester Composites Kundan Patel1,a, Jay Patel2,b*, Piyush Gohil3,c, Vijaykumar Chaudhary4,d 1,4

Mechanical Engineering Department, C. S. Patel Institute of Technology, CHARUSAT, Changa, Pin - 388 421, Gujarat-India. 2 Department of Mechanical Engineering, Sardar Patel College of Engineering, Bakrol-388315, Gujarat, India. 3 Mechanical Engineering Department, Faculty of Technology & Engineering, The M. S. University of Baroda, Vadodara, Gujarat, India. a [email protected], [email protected], c [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract Composite materials play a vital role in many industrial applications. Researchers are working on fabrication of new composite materials worldwide to enhance the applicability of these materials. Nano-particles are currently considered as high-potential filler materials for the development of mechanical and physical properties of polymer matrix composites [1]. The composite properties are significantly affected by the precise surface area of nano fillers, which indicates uninterrupted effect. Hybridization including the mixture of nano filler and natural fiber in the matrix results increase in water resistance and increased in mechanical properties [2]. The present study aimed to investigate the effect of Nano clay loading as filler on the mechanical properties of the bamboo fiber yarn reinforced polyester composite. Five different types of composite specimen were prepared with Nano clay loadings of 0 to 4 % weight fraction using hand lay-up technique. It was observed that the composite sheet with 1 wt % nano clay content exhibited the optimized tensile and flexural strength. However the mechanical properties tend to decrease with addition of nano clay content from 2 to 4 wt %. In spite of that the values of mechanical properties with 2 and 3 wt % nano clay content is higher than 0 wt % nano clay content.

Keywords: Natural Fiber; Nano Clay; Mechanical Characterization References:

[1] [2]

J. Njuguna, K. Pielichowski, S. Desai, Nanofiller reinforced polymer nanocomposites. Polym Advan Technol. 19(8) (2008) 947-959. P.M. Borba, A. Tedesco, D.M. Lenz, Effect of reinforcement nanoparticles addition on mechanical properties of SBS/Curauá fiber composites. Mater Res. 17(2) (2014) 412-419.

Effect of Nano Clay on Mechanical Behavior of Bamboo Fiber Reinforced Polyester Composites

Page 99


MEC-177

Experimental and Numerical analysis of single basin Solar Stills C. Uma Maheswari1, a *, R. Meenakshi Reddy2,b 1

Venkateswara College of Engineering & Technology, Chittoor, Andhra Pradesh, India 2 G. Pulla Reddy Engineering College, Kurnool, Andhra Pradesh, India a


Abstract Solar stills offers an easy means that produces clinically pure water suitable for domestic, industrial, medical or agricultural needs. A lot of technological research has been carried out for improving the productivity. This paper deals with the theoretical, numerical and experimental study of single basin single slope solar still with steps, fins, PCM container and compared with the conventional type. This work is also extended with double slope solar still and compared. The distillate collected for different types of still with varying solar radiation is studied for comparing and select the best method that gives the better efficiency. Thus it can be recommended for any rural society to convert the salty or brackish water into drinking water or useable water for agriculture or industrial purposes. The single slope basin inclinations were compared for 15 0 and 200. From the investigations it was observed that single slope with 200 and PCM container has given the higher productivity compared to other types. Productivity: From the above observations it was found that solar still with 200 angle gives more output compared to 15 0 angle. And solar still with PCM material gives more output than all the other types including night times when the sunshine is not available hence it has the best efficiency compared to other types.

Fig. Distillate collected by experimental data for different types of solar still Keywords: Solar still, single slope, Double slope, CFD analysis, PCM still, finned still, stepped still.

Title of the paper

Page 100


MEC -179

Effect of Process parameters on Friction Stir Welded Aluminium Alloy IS737 1, a * G.Mrudula , P. Bhargavi2, b, V.Sucharitha3, c, Dr.A.Krishnaiah4, d 1

Assoc. Professor, 2 Asst. Professor, CVR College of Engineering, Department of ME, Ibrahimpatnam, R.R Dist, Telangana, India. 3 Asst. Professor, Gurunanak Institutions Technical Campus, Department of ME, Ibrahimpatnam, R.R Dist, Telangana, India. 4 Professor, University College of Engineering, O.U, Department of ME, Tarnaka, Secunderabad, Telangana, India a [email protected], [email protected], c [email protected].

Abstract: FSW is a solid state process, which means the objects are joined without reaching the melting point. As compared to conventional welding, FSW consumes considerably less energy. Higher performance in production rate, quality and decreasing production costs can be obtained by FSW. Aluminium alloys are relatively difficult to weld primarily due to Aluminium’s high thermal conductivity and the formation of defects during welding including porosity and solidification cracking. Friction Stir Welding (FSW) process is especially advantageous for joining Aluminium alloys. In this paper, the effect of process parameters such as tool speed, tool feed and maintaining constant depth of penetration on IS737 Aluminium alloy weldments has been investigated. IS 737 Aluminium alloy IS737 is a medium strength alloy with excellent corrosion resistance. It has the highest strength of the 7000 series alloys. It is also known as a structural alloy. In plate form, it is used for machining. The addition of large amount of Manganese controls the grain structure which in turn results in stronger alloy.FSW involves complex material movement and plastic deformation. Welding parameters, tool geometry and joint design exert significant effect on the material flow pattern and temperature distribution, there by influencing the micro structural evolution of material. The experiment was conducted at rotational speeds of 800 rpm, 700 rpm and 600 rpm and travel rate of 16 mm/min and 12 mm/min with tool tilt angle 20 and tool plunge is to the extent of 3 mm. It is observed that increase in rotational speed has resulted in increase of tensile strength and hardness. For the FSW weld joints it is observed that the hardness at nugget increases with increase in rotational speed. Maximum value of 169 Vickers hardness number (VHN) was observed at 800 rpm and failure takes place in HAZ. Tensile strength is found to increase with increase in rotational speed and maximum Tensile strength of 274MPa was observed at 800 rpm and 12 mm/min feed. It is found that the tensile strength is higher with lower weld speed. Keywords: Friction stir welding, Aluminium alloy IS737, Tensile Strength, Vickers Hardness Number(VHN) and Heat Affected Zone (HAZ).

Effect of Process Parameters on Friction Stir Welded Aluminum Alloy Is737

Page 101


MEC - 187

Thermal performance on portable mini Solar Pond using Nacl and Coal Cinder D.Sathish 1, a *, M.Veeramanikandan 2, b, R.Thirunavukkarasu 3, c, R. Tamilselvan 4, d, T.Karthickmunisamy 5, e 1, 2,3,4,5

Assistant Professor, Department of Mechanical Engineering, Sri Ramakrishna Institute of Technology, Coimbatore-641010, India

E-mail id: a,* [email protected], b [email protected], [email protected], d [email protected], [email protected],

Abstract. Solar energy is being used in many ways, but the easiest to trap solar energy is solar pond. Solar Ponds absorb the solar energy and the absorbed solar energy will be taken away by a streaming fluid. A non-convective solar pond has been constructed to investigate the temperature variations of it, in the weather conditions of Pachapalayam, Coimbatore. Solar pond with a surface area of 1.7m2, a depth of 0.5m has been built-up and an inflexible surface is maintained at the bottom using a dark-colored (blackened) HDPE sheet, thermo styrene for capturing the heat in a good amount. Measurement of the temperature at depths of 0.05, 0.1. 0.2, 0.25, 0.3, 0.35, 0.4 0.45, m from the base of the pond and ambient temperature were taken using washer type thermocouples. Solar radiations were taken during a period of 10 days of experimentation using a solar power meter. In this experimental work investigated the performance of solar pond with NaCl salt and coal cinder

Extended Abstract Solar energy is the earliest and the oldest form of renewable energy used by humans. Solar energy is a non-polluting inexhaustible energy source [8]. Humans have been using solar energy as early as 8000 BC. It was mainly used for food and animal skin drying. The ancient civilizations of the Greeks, Indians, Chinese, Egyptians and American-Indians worshipped the sun as their gods (Kapur, 1964) [1]. These ancient civilizations used the energy from the sun for various applications. Before the Renaissance period in Europe, the main application of solar energy was focused on water pumping using air heated by solar energy (Dickinson & Cheresiminoff, 1980). Most of the technology developed using the solar energy during the industrial revolution was mainly for demonstration purposes or experimental devices used for proof of concept. Salinity gradient solar pond (SGSP) simply uses a large body of salty water as a medium to collect and store heat from the sun. Physically, it consists of three different layers, Non Convective solar pond is normally composed of saline profile [4]. The cold, thin upper layer is known as the upper convective zone (UCZ) and consists of low salinity water (2-3% saline). The temperature of the UCZ follows the daily average ambient temperature. The second layer is the gradient layer known as the nonconvective zone (NCZ), where salinity increases from the top of NCZ to the bottom of the NCZ. The associated density gradient helps to suppress heat loss by natural convection. The bottom layer or lower convective zone (LCZ) has homogenous high salinity water, which absorbs and stores solar thermal energy which reaches the LCZ in the form of radiation. Conventionally heat is extracted from the LCZ of a solar pond by an in-pond or external heat exchanger. The uses of heat from solar ponds include space heating, greenhouse heating, industrial process heat, water desalination, and chemical process heat and power generation. The main concern with solar ponds technology is low efficiency, which averages 11% to 15% when delivering heat (Weinberger 1964, Tabor 1981). Solar pond efficiency is defined as the ratio of the total amount of heat extracted to the amount of solar radiation received at the surface of the pond. Heat extraction is the process of collecting the stored Thermal performance on portable mini Solar Pond using Nacl and Coal Cinder

Page 102


heat from the LCZ of the solar pond. The current research is concerned with exploring a new method of heat extracted from the NCZ to increase the overall efficiency of solar ponds to up to 50% when delivering heat. Heat extraction was commonly carried out in an active mode using a pump. This research investigates the possibility of eliminating the pump by using the passive mode of a thermo siphon heat exchanger which is similar to a concept used in flat plate solar heat collectors. Keywords: Renewable, Solar Energy, Non-convective Solar pond, NaCl salt, Coal cinder References: [1] Sathish, Sathish Kumar, “Effective Study on Solar Pond and Its Various Performances” International Conference on Innovative Research in Engineering and Technology, April 9-11, 2015 ISBN-978-8-19242185-8 pp. 3. [2] Sathish, Sathish Kumar, Jegadheeswaran “Experimental and theoretical study on efficiency of portable mini Solar pond using dissimilar salts” Pak. J. Biotechnology. Vol. 13 (special issue on Innovations in information Embedded and Communication Systems) Pp. 15 - 20 (2016). pp. 4. [3] Mohammad A. Hamdan* and Lana A. AL-Qudah “Performance Improvement of Shallow Solar Pond Using Nanoparticles” Int. J. of Thermal & Environmental Engineering Volume 11, No. 1 (2016) 00-00 pp.2 [4] Sozhan, Senthilvelan, Kaliyappan, Vijayakrishna Rapaka ”Experimental investigation on a 0.25 m2 solar gel pond” International journal of innovative research in science, engineering and technology vol. 2, issue 8, august 2013 pp. 5 [5] Ismail bozkurt, Mehmet karakilcik “The daily performance of a solar pond integrated with solar collectors” solar energy 86 (2012) 1611–1620 pp. 1

Thermal performance on portable mini Solar Pond using Nacl and Coal Cinder

Page 103


MEC - 188

Effective Study on Advances in Photovoltaic Thermal (PV/T) Water Heating System M.Veeramanikandan a *, T.Karthickmunisamy b, R. Tamilselvan c, D.Sathish d, R.Thirunavukkarasu e 1, 2,3,4,5

Assistant Professor, Department of Mechanical Engineering, Sri Ramakrishna Institute of Technology, Coimbatore-641010, India E-mail id: a,* [email protected], b [email protected], c [email protected], [email protected], e [email protected],

Abstract A hybrid photovoltaic-thermal (PV/T) collector is a co-generation system that converts solar energy into both electrical and heat energy by efficient ways. The electrical efficiency of the PV module can be increased by maintaining the temperature of the PV module with the heat associated within the module, which can be extracted with the aid of a suitable working fluid such as air and/or water. A significant amount of research work on development of hybrid PV/T technology has been done since the last 30 years. Different types of solar thermal collector and new materials for PV cells have been developed for efficient utilization of solar energy. A range of theoretical models has been introduced and their appropriateness has been validated by experimental data and important design parameters have been identified. The aim of the study is to present an overview of the research and development of technological advancement in hybrid photovoltaic/thermal (PV/T) collector systems and their application in domestic water heating.Photovoltaic module and solar thermal collectors are the most common devices used to utilize light energy from the sun to convert it to electrical and thermal energy. Naturally, 10 to 15 % of solar radiation that falls on a PV module is converted into electricity and 80 to 85 % is converted into heat. The major loss at solar panels is due to overheating, because the solar panel could convert 50% of the incident radiation reflected on it into heat energy. This heat energy raises the PV module temperature and hence reduces its electrical efficiency. With an increase of 1oC in temperature, there is reduction of electrical efficiency by 0.5%. To maintain the efficiency, it is compulsory to cool the PV modules. By cooling the PV cells using fluids such as water and/or air, performance of the PV module can be improved. These fluids extract the heat energy from the PV module. As a result, the idea of integrating a photovoltaic module with a solar thermal collector was developed and proven feasible. The scope behind this study is various designs of the photovoltaic (PV) system integrated with a thermal component that converts light energy from the sun into electricity and the remaining heat is transferred to its working fluid for domestic water heating and air heating. Ceylan et al. [1] designed and experimentally analyzed a spiral flow system, in this experiment, the PV/T collector generates average thermal efficiency of 57.55 %, with average electrical efficiency of 13.64%. A single-pass rectangular spiral flow collector has been designed and evaluated by Ibrahim et al [2]. In this research, the data show that at the surface temperature of 55°C and mass flow rate of 0.011 kg/sec, the absorber collector generates electrical efficiency of 11% with combined PV/T efficiency of 64%. Lämmle et al. [3] introduced a fluoropolymer film that replaces the external glass cover as used in conventional PV/T collectors. In this work, fluoropolymer-laminated PV/T generates electrical efficiency of 11.5% and thermal efficiency of 68%. Deepali Atheaya et al. [4] developed a glazed inverted absorber partially covered PV/T–CPC water collector system. The deviation in the overall exergy with time for cases (i), (ii), (iii), and (iv). From this investigation, it was concluded that the overall exergy for case (i) was higher because of an increase in the amount of thermal Effective Study on Advances in Photovoltaic Thermal (PV/T) Water Heating System

Page 104


efficiency. Different types of thermal collectors and new materials for PV cells have been developed for efficient utilization of solar energy. The area of design, development, fabrication, and experimental evaluation of various combinations of the hybrid photovoltaic thermal (PV/T) collector system were discussed. Heat transfer between the PV cells and the heat removal fluid was improved by applying different ideas. A PV/T collector was designed and performance tests showed a thermal efficiency almost as higher than the good solar thermal collector and an electrical efficiency almost higher than that of a standard PV panel. Also, this result shows a significant improvement in both thermal and electrical efficiency over previous achievements in the hybrid PV/T collector system. Keywords: Photovoltaic-thermal system, PV module, Electrical and heat energy, Domestic water heating. References: [1] Ceylan I, Gürel AE, Demircan H, Aksu B. Cooling of a photovoltaic module with temperature controlled solar collector. Energy and Buildings 2014;72:96–101. [2] Ibrahim A, Jin GL, Daghigh R, Mohamed Salleh MH, Othman MY, Ruslan MH, Mat S, Sopian K. Hybrid photovoltaic thermal (PV/T) air and water based solar collectors suitable for building integrated applications. American Journal of Environmental Sciences 2009;5(5):618-24. [3] Lämmle M, Thoma C, Hermann M. A PVT collector concept with variable film insulation and lowemissivity coating. Energy Procedia 2016;91:72–7. [4] Atheaya D, Tiwari A, Tiwari GN, Al-Helal IM. Performance evaluation of inverted absorber photovoltaic thermal compound parabolic concentrator (PVT-CPC): constant flow rate mode. Applied Energy 2016;167:70–9.

Effective Study on Advances in Photovoltaic Thermal (PV/T) Water Heating System

Page 105


MEC - 189

Experimental Investigation of Performance and Emissions Characteristics of a Diesel Engine with Pongamia Biodiesel and Diesel Blends

R.Thirunavukkarasua*,R. Tamilselvanb, T.Karthickmunisamyc, M.Veeramanikandand, D. Sathishe a*b,c,d,e

Assistant Professors, Department of Mechanical Engineering, Sri Ramakrishna Institute of Technology, Coimbatore - 641010, India. E-mail id: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected] , [email protected]

Abstract: Biodiesel has been recognized as a possible alternative fuel for CI engines because use of biodiesel can reduce petroleum diesel consumption as well as engine out emissions. Out of many biodiesel derived from various resources, this biodiesel derived from Pongamia pinnata Oil (PPO) can be prepared economically using usual transesterification process. In the present study, in-depth research and comparative study of blends of biodiesel made from PPO and diesel is carried out to bring out the benefits of its extensive usage in CI engines. The experimental results of the study reveal that the PPO biodiesel has similar characteristics to that of diesel. The brake thermal efficiency, carbon monoxide, unburned hydrocarbon is observed to be lower in the case of PPO biodiesel blends than diesel. On the other hand, specific fuel energy consumption and oxides of nitrogen of PPO biodiesel blends are found to be higher than diesel. The research work has been done for fossil fuel depilation and makes a clean world, the bio diesel easily degradable and produced less harmful effect gases. Biodiesel has been recognized as a possible alternative fuel for CI engines because use of biodiesel can reduce petroleum diesel consumption as well as engine out emissions. Out of many biodiesel derived from various resources, this biodiesel derived from Pongamia pinnata Oil (PPO) can be prepared economically using usual transesterification process. In the present study, in-depth research and comparative study of blends of biodiesel made from PPO and diesel is carried out to bring out the benefits of its extensive usage in CI engines. The experimental results of the study reveal that the PPO biodiesel has similar characteristics to that of diesel. The brake thermal efficiency, carbon monoxide, unburned hydrocarbon is observed to be lower in the case of PPO biodiesel blends than diesel. On the other hand, specific fuel energy consumption and oxides of nitrogen of PPO biodiesel blends are found to be higher than diesel. In the gift investigation, the performance, emission and combustion characteristics of a right away internal combustion engine burning with pongamia pinnata oil methyl esters and their blends are mentioned and compared with fuel. Results of this work are summarized. The ICE will perform satisfactorily on biodiesel and its blends with the fuel with none engine modifications. The BTE will increase with biodiesel within the blends. It's additionally determined that there's important reduction in CO, UBHC and smoke emissions for biodiesel and its blends compared to fuel. However, NOx emission of PPME biodiesel is marginally more than petroleum diesel. It is often terminated that PPO biodiesel may replace the diesel so as to assist in dominant pollution, encouraging the gathering and employment of pongamia pinnata oil to provide biodiesel and cut back the dependency on fuel resources to some extent while not sacrificing engine performance. Keywords: Bio diesel, IC engine, pongamia pinnata blends Experimental Investigation of Performance and Emissions Characteristics of a Diesel Engine with Pongamia Biodiesel and Diesel Blends

Page 106


MEC - 190

Effect of Low Proportion Kapok Biodiesel Blend on Performance, Combustion and Emission Characteristics of a Diesel Engine R.Tamilselvena*, R. Thirunavukkarasu b, D. Sathish, T. Karthickmunisamy, M. Veeramanikandane \a*b,c,d

Assistant Professors, Department of Mechanical Engineering, Sri Ramakrishna Institute of Technology, Coimbatore - 641010, India. E-mail id: [email protected],[email protected], s [email protected] , [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract The engine performance and emission tests were carried out on diesel engine with diesel and B10 (10% Kapok+ 90% diesel), B20 (20% Kapok+ 80% diesel) integrated fuel. Blended fuels were conducted in a VCR engine with various engine speeds to work out the brake power and emissions of the engine. Fuel consumption reading also has been collected throughout the experimental tests. NOx, HC, CO2, CO, and O2 emissions also have been collected. The parameters vary with engine speed. Results exposed that at all engine speeds, brake power outputs for B10 fuel were similar to petroleum product fuel. Emission reduced considerably for all the fuels, but the different emission parameters were shrunken with engine speed.The world crude market caused by the continual rise in crude costs, increasing threats to surroundings from exhaust emissions, heating and dropping fossil oil deposits amongst different factors are reportable to be liable for the recent attention targeted on the explore for cheap, Eco-friendly and biologically friendly and renewable supply of fuel. The engine performance and emission tests were carried out on diesel engine with diesel and B10 (10% Kapok+ 90% diesel), B20 (20% Kapok+ 80% diesel) integrated fuel. Blended fuels were conducted in a VCR engine with various engine speeds to work out the brake power and emissions of the engine. Fuel consumption reading also has been collected throughout the experimental tests. NOx, HC, CO2, CO, and O2 emissions also have been collected. The parameters vary with engine speed. Results exposed that at all engine speeds, brake power outputs for B10 fuel were similar to petroleum product fuel. Emission reduced considerably for all the fuels, but the different emission parameters were shrunken with engine speed. The nature of CO2is higher heat capability and it is a heat gripping agent throughout the combustion that reduces the height temperature within the combustion chamber. The situation explains that there have been higher peak temperatures within the combustion chamber throughout the testing with adding the exhaust gas that has higher temperature while not cooling it initial before entered the manifold with close air. The proportion of CO2 conjointly vary with engine speed that the upper combustion chamber works, less CO2 has been created figure 7. Keywords: performance, kapok biodiesel, combustion

Effect of Low Proportion Kapok Biodiesel Blend on Performance, Combustion and Emission Characteristics of a Diesel Engine

Page 107


MEC - 191

Relative Study of steel Solar Pond with Sodium Chloride and Gravels T.Karthickmunisamy 1, a *, D.Sathish 2, b, M.Veeramanikandan 3, c, R.Thirunavukkarasu 4, d, R. Tamilselvan 5, e 1, 2,3,4,5

Assistant Professor, Department of Mechanical Engineering, Sri Ramakrishna Institute of Technology, Coimbatore-641010, India E-mail id: a,* [email protected], [email protected] b, [email protected] c, [email protected] d, e [email protected],

Abstract Thermal energy storage using salinity-gradient solar ponds is the most promising solar desalination technique. Solar ponds collect solar energy and with stand thermal energy to built thermal energy collector to offer unfailing thermal energy of temperature vary from 50°C to 90°C. This paper proposes an experimental and theoretical analysis of the convective type solar pond with trapezoid cross sections with the surface area of 1.7m2 and depth of 0.5m fabricated using 1.6mm mild steel iron-sheet insulated by 20mm thickness of thermo styrene and 2mm thickness of High Density Polyethylene sheet. The salinity-gradient is created by three zones namely upper (1.5m), Non (2m) and lower (1m) convective zones. Temperature and solar radiation of the pond is measured using KType thermocouple placed at 6 points spaced 5cm apart inside the pond vertically and solar power meter (specify the exact sensor) in 8 hours per day and also recorded during the months of December and January for further analysis. Experiments are conducted to find efficiency with NaCl and Gravels. The experimental result reveals that efficiency is higher in NaCl (7%) compared with Gravels (4%).Salt-gradient solar pond is one of the types of Non-convective solar pond, because the convection part is prevented by the presence of salt concentration. Increasing salinity with increasing depth suppresses the normal convection patterns and creates what is basically a threelayered pond. Solar ponds have been built in many locations around the world, ranging from small experimental solar ponds (~1m2 of surface area) to large solar ponds (~20 ha). An upper convective zone consists of clear fresh water which acts as a solar collector or receiver where it transmits the radiations which are falling on it. The very shallow top layer of fresh or slightly salty water has the same salinity throughout its entire depth, and thus convection takes place.The middle layer of pond occupies the half the depth of pond and having salt concentration much high than the upper layer. Salinity present in the pond divides the NCZ and UCZ. The central layer, ranging from slightly saltier at its upper boundary to very salty at its lower boundary is non-convecting because of its salt gradient. This stable middle layer serves partially as heat storage, but more importantly as insulation for the lower storage layer. The major center of attention of non-convective zone is to maintain interior stability. It can’t function without an internally stable salinity gradient and, as part of least necessity or increase downwards to prevent any gravitational overturn. The NCZ acts as insulation so that little energy is lost when solar radiation is transmitted through the surface zone and the gradient zone and stored in the lower convective zone. NCZ is the key to a functional solar pond. The highly saline bottom storage layer is also a storage layer due to the relatively strong absorption of solar energy at the bottom of the pond. The lower convective zone has high salt concentration and acts as a storage zone. The lower convective zone is normally where the heat is stored and when it is need it can be extracted. There may also be heat transfer to or from the gradient zone and transfer of heat to and from ground the lower zone and the floor of the pond. Heat removal can be accomplished by extracting brine or usually by passing it through an external heat exchanger. For the operation and maintenance of solar ponds, periodic observations of basic parameters are necessary in order to monitor and predict the pond performance. Data recording for temperature and solar radiation was done. Keywords: Solar pond, NaCl, Thermal energy, efficiency, Salt gradient. Relative Study of steel Solar Pond with Sodium Chloride and Gravels

Page 108


MEC-192

Influence of porosity on the stability of functionally graded plate in thermal environment Ankit Gupta1*, Mohammad Talha2 1 2

School of Engineering, Indian Institute of technology Mandi, H.P, India School of Engineering, Indian Institute of technology Mandi, H.P, India 1 *[email protected], [email protected]

Abstract This paper investigates the effect of porosity inclusion on the stability of shear deformable functionally graded (FGM) plates. Porosity effect has been incorporated in the material properties using recently developed mathematical model by the authors’. Convergence and comparison studies are carried out to establish the authenticity and reliability of the solutions. The effect of volume fraction index, porosity volume fraction, temperature distribution and boundary conditions on the stability of the FG plate is investigated. Mathematical formulation:In the present paper, the finite elementformulation is based on the recently developed non-polynomial higher-order shear and normal deformation theory by the authors’. This theory contains the hyperbolic shear strain shape functions and consist only four unknowns in the displacement field as shown in Eq. 1. It is variationally consistent and also accommodates thickness stretching effects without using shear correction factor.      z u1 ( x, y , z , t )  u0 ( x, y, t )  z  x     x    sinh 1    x  h    h       z v ( x, y , z , t )  v0 ( x, y , t )  z  y     y    sinh 1    y (1)  h    h  z  w( x, y, z , t )  w0 ( x, y , t )   cosh 2    z ( x, y , t )  h n

 2z  2z  h  E  z    Ec  Em     Em   log 1   / 2   Ec  Em  1  h   2z   n  2z  2z  h    z     c  m     m   log 1   / 2   c  m  1  h   2z  

(2)

Figure 1: Effect of porosity on buckling load parameter

The effect of porosity has been included in the formulation using Eq. 2. It is evident from the Fig. 1 that as the porosity volume fraction ( ) increases, the buckling load parameter decreases. It is also observed that the buckling load parameter decreases as volume fraction index increases.

Keywords: Porosity, Stability, FGM, HSDT

Influence of porosity on the stability of functionally graded plate in thermal environment

Page 109


MEC-194

Imperfection sensitivity of the post-buckling characteristics of functionally gradient plates using higher-order shear and normal deformation theory Ankit Gupta1*, Mohammad Talha2 1

School of Engineering, Indian Institute of technology Mandi, H.P, India

2

School of Engineering, Indian Institute of technology Mandi, H.P, India 1

*[email protected], [email protected]

Abstract In this paper, the sensitivity of post-buckling response of functionally graded plates to the initial geometric response has been investigated. Recently developed hyperbolic higher-order shear and normal deformation theory is used for the formulation. The geometric imperfection is incorporated using various imperfection function in the transverse direction only. The influence of geometric nonlinearity, geometric imperfection, and geometric configuration on the Post-buckling characteristics of FGM plate is investigated In this paper, the Post-buckling response of geometrically imperfect FGM plate is investigated using recently proposed nonpolynomial higher-order shear and normal deformation theory by the authors’ [1].The validation study of the present solution is carried out to demonstrate the accuracy and efficiency of the present model as shown in figure 1.

Fig. 2Comparison of buckling response of FGM plate

Fig. 2 Post buckling response of imperfect FGM plate

I t is evident form the figure 2, that the geometric imperfection in the FGM plate leads to increase the buckling load ratio. It is also noticed that the buckling load ratio shows the nonlinear behavior as the volume fraction index increases from 0 to higher value. It is also found that case 3 and case 2 have the maximum and minimum influence on the post buckling response of FGM plate respectively.

Conclusion: It is concluded that the geometric imperfection have significant influence on the postbuckling response of FGM plate. Keywords:Imperfection, Post-buckling,FGM, HSDT References:

[1]

A. Gupta, M. Talha, An assessment of a non-polynomial based higher order shear and normal deformation theory for vibration response of gradient plates with initial geometric imperfections. Compos Part B (2016) 107:141–61. [2] H.-T. Thai, S.-E. Kim, Closed-form solution for buckling analysis of thick functionally graded plates on elastic foundation, Int. J. Mech. Sci., 75 (2013) 34–44. Imperfection sensitivity of the post-buckling characteristics of functionally gradient plates using higher-order shear and normal deformation theory

Page 110


MEC-1101

Primary Manufacturing Processes for Fiber Reinforced Composites: History, Development & Future Research Trends Alpa Tapan Bhatt1a,Piyush P Gohil2,b *, Vijaykumar Chaudhary3,c 1

.

PhD student, Mechanical Engineering Department, Faculty of Technology & Engineering, The M.S. University of Baroda Vadodara, Gujarat, India. 1 Asst. Prof. Mechanical Engineering Department, School of Engineering and Technology, Navrachana University Vadodara, Gujarat, India 2 Associate Professor, Mechanical Engineering Department, Faculty of Technology Engineering, The M.S. University of Baroda, Vadodara, Gujarat, India. 3 Associate, Mechanical Engineering Department, CSPIT, CHARUSAT Changa, Gujarat, India a [email protected], [email protected] [email protected]

Abstract The history of fiber reinforced composites manufacturing is as old as 1500 BC., when Egyptians and Mesopotamian settlers made a mixture of mud and straw to make huts. Today we are at fourth generation of composite manufacturing era, when we are looking forward for eco-friendly, high strength, economical alternative source of martial. Composite Materials are becoming more popular gradually replacing traditional material with extra strength, lighter weight and superior property. The world is exploring use of fiber reinforced composites in all application which includes air, land and water transport, construction industry, toys, instrumentation, medicine and the list is endless. Based on application and reinforcement used, there are many ways to manufactures parts with fiber reinforced composites. Major manufacturing process which includes Hand, Spray and Prepreg layup, Filament winding, Resin Transfer Moulding, Vacuum Assisted Resin Transfer Moulding, Pultrusion, Compression and Centrifugal casting has been discussed. The authors have endeavored to include the processes available recently in composite industry and compared it with respect to its advantage, limitations, application, types of fibers, types of resin system, quality of part required, cost and production rate. All though, there are several advantages to use fiber reinforcement composites, still industries have not yet grown at par and there is a lot of scope to improve these industries. Some major challenges with fiber reinforced composite are lack of knowledge and awareness, lack of standardization, non biodegradability of synthetic fibers, high raw material prize, little efforts in development of products and applications. There are major five industries where composite dominates, which includes, Mass transport with maximum of 20.2%, Building and construction 14.11%, Electrical & electronics 13.6%, wind 12.1% and infrastructure 11.2%. It has been observed that, in manufacturing process, 40% prefer to use hand layup as a first choice to make laminate, filament winding comes next with 15%, injection molding 13%, compression 12%, pultrusion 9%, RTM/VARTM 8% and other 3%. For composite to become competitive with metals, it is important to reduce cost along with required guaranteed durability, maintainability, and reliability. If we compare different manufacturing process, only 8% products are made with RTM & VARTM technology. VARTM has huge potential to manufacture critical parts with required properties at economical rate. We are working on the same concept under research project sanctioned by GUJCOST, Gandhinagar to make VARTM process more useful to manufacture high fiber volume fraction reinforced composite

Keywords: Fiber Reinforced Composites, Manufacturing, Comparison, Trend, challenges

Primary Manufacturing Processes for Fiber Reinforced Composites:History, Development & Future Research Trends

Page 111


MEC-1103

Finite Element Modeling and Analysis of Hip Joint Prosthesis with Modular Stem Taj 1, a *, E C Prasad Nidumolu 2, b , P Geeta Krishna 3, c 1,2,3

Assistant Professor, Department of Mechanical Engineering, MLR Institute of Technology, Hyderabad-43, India. a [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract The Total Hip joint Replacement (THR) was a surgical procedure where by the diseased cartilage and bone of the hip joint is surgically replaced with an artificial material. The success of implantation depends on method, material and size of implant used. The present work focused to study the stress distribution in THR by using different modular stems. CAD models of modular stem with different cross sections were modeled to study stress distribution in the area of incision of the implant. Traditionally, large incision of 10-12 inches which was minimized to 3-4 inches by changing the implant parameters like size, cross section and material. A finite element model of femur bone was developed from CT images using Mimics software and then assembled with modular stems. Finite element analysis for different loading condition was carried out to predict the stress distribution for different implant material. It was observed from finite element analysis that titanium alloy can withstand more load than cobalt chrome alloy which was more suited material for implant. The analytical stress value has been validated with theoretical calculated stress under the assumptions of curved beam theory.

Figure: stress distribution of titanium alloy implant (left) and cobalt alloy implant (right)

Keywords: Total Hip Replacement (THR), femur bone, modular stem, CT scan, curved beam theory.

Finite Element Modeling and Analysis of Hip Joint Prosthesis with Modular Stem

Page 112


MEC-1108

A Review on Power Generation by Waste Heat Recovery YashHemantkumar Parikh1, a *,Chetan O. Yadav2,b 1 2

106, Shreenathji Park Appt, Waghodia Road, Vadodara, Gujarat-390019, India Govardhan Society, VIP Road, Vadodara, Gujarat, India a [email protected] , [email protected]

Abstract The waste heat recovery systems have a large number of alternate uses which reduces the losses of system. Due to recovery of heat in form of energy, power output increases and efficiency of the system increases. Recovery of waste heat by using thermo-electric modules is one of the best methods for reducing the losses which directly convert the temperature gradient into electric power output. There are many engineering applications in which thermo-electric modules can be used in order to reduce output losses. This review summarizes recent research on power generation method by waste heat and its heat transfer characteristics and also identifies opportunities for future research. MAJOR CONCLUSIONS

This research summarizes the review of recent research works in power generation by using waste heat using thermo-electric modules. The use of thermoelectric system definitely shows that it is very much effective than the other waste heat recovery techniques. Also thermo-electric generation can be easily manufactured at low-cost and its portability adds to its advantages. The following are important conclusions that can be drawn from this study: 1) The thermoelectric power generation technique is one of the modest and efficient methods of recovering waste heat among the possible waste heat recovery methods. 2) The heat exchanger designed should be such that it should have maximum contact surface area for higher heat exchange. 3) There is an increase in heat transfer coefficient with increase in mass flow rate of fluid flowing in the heat exchanger. 4) A temperature differential of wide range can be obtained using a heat exchanger which can be directly converted into electricity. 5) Thermoelectric waste heat recovery system increases the net power output and efficiency of the system. 6) The efficiency of TEG modules is around 4- 5% approximately. Keywords:Power Generation, Waste Heat Recovery, Thermo-electric Module, heat transfer coefficient.

A Review on Power Generation by Waste Heat Recovery

Page 113


MEC-1117

ANALYSIS OF EFFECTS ON PERFORMANCE AND EMISSIONS OF EMULSIONS OF DIESEL AND BIODIESEL FUEL: Review M Abhinav Padmanabha, a *, Jayashri Nair2, b and Ajay Kumar K3,c 1*

P.G. Student, Department of Mechanical Engineering, VNR VignanaJyothi Institute of Engineering and Technology, Bachupally, Hyderabad, 500060, Telangana, India. 2 Assistant Professor, Department of Mechanical Engineering, VNR VignanaJyothi Institute of Engineering and Technology, Bachupally, Hyderabad, 500060, Telangana, India. 3 Associate Professor, Department of Mechanical Engineering, VNR VignanaJyothi Institute of Engineering and Technology, Bachupally, Hyderabad, 500060, Telangana, India. a* [email protected], b [email protected] , c [email protected]

Abstract Diesel engines are widely employed as the major power source for industrial power plants, marine and in-land transportation. However, pollutants emitted from diesel engines, especially nitrogen oxide, which can be harmful to the ecological environment and also to human health, which attracts research interests in developing the alternate fuels. Biodiesels and emulsion of diesel fuel has been used to reduce engine emissions. The present review of literature aims to provide a broader overview on effect of emulsions in diesel and biodiesel on performances and emissions of diesel engine. Surfactants play a major role in stability of the emulsified fuel. Efforts have been made to analyze the numerous studies on emulsified fuels. The paper starts giving an introduction to the emulsion, their properties, followed by the review of their performance and emission characteristics when run in a diesel engine.  It is observed that for emulsified fuels BSFC was low when compared with pure diesel and biodiesel. It is also observed that BSFC increases with increase in emulsification, load and speed of the engine. BSFC increases in the range of 1% - 3% for biodiesels when compared with diesel fuel  In case of emulsions, at different proportions emulsions BTE increases with increase in load. It is seen that for emulsified fuels BTE is around 3% - 5% higher than that of pure diesel. This is due to presence of water content in the fuel, which results in improved air flow.  NOx emissions are reduced by 35% - 45%, when emulsions are used, which are low compared with diesel and bio-diesel. Whereas for bio-diesels NOx emissions increases with increase in load, which can be harmful to human health.  When compared with diesel the CO and HC emissions are low for biodiesels. In case of emulsions CO and HC emissions increases. This can attributed to the water content of the fuel, which leads to incomplete combustion of fuel due to lower combustion temperatures.  Smoke opacity is low for emulsions when compared with pure diesel. Smoke opacity increases with increase in load on the engine. Whereas for biodiesels smoke opacity is around 20% - 24% higher than diesel.

Analysis of Composite shaft under Torsion Page 114


MEC-1121

Analysis of Composite shaft under Torsion S. Jush Kumar1,a*, D. S. Chandra Mouli2 b and A.SarathKumar3,c 1

Research Scholar, ANU,Guntur, India. & Asst.Prof, AGI (A), Hyderabad, India. Research Scholar, JNTUK, Kakinada, India. & Asst.Prof, MREC(A),Hyd, India. 3 Research Scholar, K L University, Guntur, India. & Asst.Prof, MREC(A), Hyd, India. 2

a

[email protected] b [email protected] [email protected]

Abstract Substituting composite structures for conventional metallic structures has much advantage because of higher specific stiffness and strength of composite materials. In the present work an attempt is made to evaluate the suitability of composite material. The design parameters were optimized with the objective on minimizing the weight of composite drive shaft torsional buckling strength capabilities and natural bending frequency. Comparison of drive shaft with steel material and composite shaft shows that composite shaft gives advantages in terms of strength, weight reduction and ultimately power consumption in automobile. Finite element models of the drive shaft will be generated and analyzed using ANSYS.Compared to conventional materials, the main advantages of composites are their superior stiffness to mass ratio as well as high strength to weight ratio. Because of these advantages, composites have been increasingly incorporated in structural components in various industrial fields. Some examples are helicopter rotor blades, aircraft wings in aerospace engineering, and bridge structures in civil engineering applications. Composite materials are basically hybrid materials formed of multiple materials in order to utilize their individual structural advantages in a single structural material . The constituents are combined at a macroscopic level and are not soluble in each other. The key is the macroscopic examination of a material wherein the components can be identified by the naked eye. Torsion of Composite Shafts Compared to homogeneous cylindrical shafts, the torsional behavior of composite shafts is considerably more complicated. The torsional rigidity not only depends on the global cross sectional geometry, but also on the properties and configurations of each constituent. The analytical solution of compound bars under torsion was first obtained by Muskhelishvili (1963), where the solution was expressed in terms of eigen functions. Packhamand Shail (1978) used linear combinations of solutions of a homogeneous shaft to solve the problem in which the cross section is symmetric with respect to the common boundary. The elastic properties of non-homogeneous anisotropic beams are usually of engineering interest. Torsional rigidities of multilayered composite beams are especially needed when structures are under torsional loading. Savoia and Tullini (1993) analyzed the torsional response of composite beams of arbitrary cross section. The boundary value problem was formulated in terms of both warping and Prandtl’s stress function. Using the eigen function expansion method, the exact solution of rectangular multilayered orthotropic beams under uniform torsion was derived. Swanson (1998) extended the existing solutions of torsion of orthotropic laminated rectangular beams to the high aspect ratio case. Based on the membrane analogy, an approximate solution of general, thin, laminated, open cross sections was derived.



Design procedure The material properties of the drive shaft analyzed through the classical lamination theory. This theory, which deals with the linear elastic response of laminated composite, incorporates the assumption of Kirchhoff-love for bending and stretching of thin plates beside the assumption that each layer is in state of plane stress [5]. From the properties of the composite materials at fibers direction, the first step is the construction the reduced stiffness matrix. The expressions of the reduced stiffness coefficients Qij in terms of engineering constants are as follows:

The second step is to construct the extensional stiffness matrix [A] [9]. This matrix is the summation of the products of the transformed reduced stiffness matrix of each layer and the thickness of this layer as:

The matrix is in (Pa.m) and the thickness of each ply is calculated in reference of their coordinate location in the laminate[12]. The A matrix is used to calculate and, which are the average moduli in the axial and hoop directions, respectively from:

Fig 1: Boundary Conditions

Fig 3: Static Stress Analysis of composite shaft With 45-45-45-45 Orientation

Fig 2: Von Misses Stresses



MEC-1122

Barriers affecting successful technology enablement of supply chain: An Indian perspective Ranjan Arora1, a *, Abid Haleem2,b and Jamal A. Farooquie1,c 1

Aligarh Muslim University, Aligarh, Uttar Pradesh 202002, India Jamia Millia Islamia, New Delhi 110025, India a [email protected], [email protected], [email protected] 2

Abstract Focus of organizations is on improving supply chain and technology plays a vital role. Technology enablement of supply chain has not always been successful and has been examined by many researchers. The purpose of this paper is to do a systematic literature review of technology enabled supply chain from a strategic viewpoint. The literature studies the growing interest in technologyenabled supply chain in India along with barriers affecting technology enablement of supply chain. The review states that technology enabled supply chain helps in improving performance via effective decision making, monitoring entire supply chain, faster reaction to customer service problems, etc. The research has emphasized the importance of 12 barriers affecting technology enablement. This research will help as a guide for practitioners in order to successfully implement technology and fills the gap in existing literature by highlighting and consolidating the significant research work done in past. The major findings of the research are depicted below.

Keywords: Supply Chain Management, Technology implementation, Barriers, India.

Barriers affecting successful technology enablement of supply chain: An Indian perspective

Page 117


MEC-1125

FLOW ANALYSIS OF AN AIR IN A COMMON DUCT BY USING COMPUTATIONALFLUIDDYNAMICS BAJI KATTA 1 JSW STEEL POTTENERI SALEM TAMILNADU, INDIA a

[email protected]

Abstract This paper presents computational investigation of turbulent flow and pressure losses and velocity variations inside an Atmospheric Fluidized Bed Combustion (AFBC) boiler FD fan common duct to find out the root cause of duct vibration. In this paper, a computational fluid dynamics (CFD) model of fully developed turbulent flow in a duct is implemented with the help of ANSYS FLUENT 6.3.26 software and geometrical model and MESH had been created by using GAMBIT2.4.6.Here introducing the case, the forced draft fans were used to provide air to the coal boiler in power station through ducts. There are two ducts which is commonly connected with single exit for guiding the flow in the duct guide vanes are provided in each of the bend. The ducts are connected from two FD fans FD fan A and FD fan B .When both the fans are running at same rpm there is a high vibration in FD fan B duct then started suspecting that the duct is suffering with air circulations , and also turbulence intensity is high and differential pressures effecting the air. In this study CFD analysis was used to finding the problem weather really the duct vibration is causing with differential pressure are else suffering with FD fans foundation weak.. First the CFD model of the existing duct was validated by comparison with the designed flow data given by duct supplier. After studying the velocity counters it observed that air in the inlet of the duct is flowing with velocity of 15m/s in both ducts and exit of the duct having 13 m/s only 2m/s is the velocity drop. In velocity counters clearly shows that velocity is dropped due to bends of the duct and guide supports which is negligible. As same as after analyzing the static pressure counters. It observed that air in the inlet of the duct is flowing with pressure of 7400mmwc in both ducts and exit of the duct having 7280 mmwc there is only 120mmwc pressure drop. In pressure counters clearly shows that pressure drop is due to bends of the duct and from differential plates and guide supports. In next case after closer study of turbulence kinetic energy counters shows the free flow of fluid is passing through the common ducts there is no air circulation .The CFD analysis has offered a comprehensive range of output with low cost. Finally came to the conclusion that there is no turbulence or no high pressure losses in the duct .so there is no problem with the duct and the problem is arising due to the foundation of the fan. Keywords: Turbulence, cfd, pressure, flow, duct

Flow Analysis Of An Air In A Common Duct By Using Computational fluid dynamics Page 118


MEC – 1131

Optimization of 10 kW Solar PV – Diesel Hybrid Energy System for Different Load Factors at Jaisalmer Location of Rajasthan, India S. K. Saraswat1, a * and K. V. S. Rao2,b 1

M.Tech. Student, Department of Renewable Energy, Rajasthan Technical University, Kota, India 2 Professor, Department of Renewable Energy, Rajasthan Technical University, Kota, India a [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract Rural electrification is important factor for socio-economic development and quality of life of rural population. Rajasthan state is facing a major problem of rural electrification because of high transmission losses and difficult geographical locations. In Rajasthan, approximately 24.65 lakhs rural households lack access to electricity. Around 53% of the unelectrified villages are located in Jaisalmer, Jodhpur and Udaipur districts of Rajasthan [1]. Jaisalmer district with headquarters of Jaisalmer town is an arid desert region blessed with high solar radiation of 5.80 kWh/m2/day and 270 – 300 sunny days in a year and situated along the international border on the western part of India. It lies between 2601’ to 2802’ North latitude and 6929’to 7220’ East longitudes. According to census of India (2011) only 562 villages out of 799 villages of Jaisalmer district are electrified [2]. Strategically Solar energy plays a vital role to produce power. However due to intermittent nature of solar power, a secondary source of energy is required to supply power continuously. Diesel generator is most preferable secondary energy source due to its ease of use as an off-grid standalone power generation [3]. In this study, a Hybrid Energy System (HES) combining standalone solar PV – diesel generator – converter and battery bank is used to fulfill the load demand of 10 kW with zero percentage loss of load. System is optimized using Hybrid Optimization Model for Electric Renewables (HOMER, version 3.4.3) software that is developed by National Renewable Energy Laboratory, USA. Different load factors of 0.33, 0.50, 0.67, 0.83 and 1 are considered corresponding to 8 hours, 12 hours, 16 hours, 20 hours and 24 hours of operation of the system a day respectively. The system is analyzed for all three aspects, namely, electrical, economic and emission point of view. Minimum levelized cost of electricity (LCOE) of 8.43 Rs./kWh is obtained at a load factor value of 0.5. LCOE for load factors of 0.33, 0.5, 0.67, 0.83 and 1 are 8.90 Rs./kWh, 8.43 Rs./kWh, 10.21 Rs./kWh, 11.34 Rs./kWh and 12.19 Rs./kWh respectively. Maximum and minimum excess electricity are 14144 and 9639 kWh/yr obtained for load factor of 0.33 and 0.67 respectively. If load is fulfilled by diesel generator alone (without Solar PV) the corresponding value of LCOE are 19.23 Rs./kWh and 19.12 Rs./kWh for load factor of 0.5 and 1 respectively. Comparison of HES with standalone diesel generator covering all three aspects namely economic, electrical and emission for a load factor of 0.5 and 1 shows that HES performed better than standalone diesel generator. Keywords: Solar Photovoltaic, Hybrid Energy System, HOMER, Levelized Cost of Electricity. References: [1] Information on http://www.cuts-ccier.org [2] Information on http://censusindia.gov.in/ [3] Kanzumba Kusakana, Operation cost minimization of photovoltaic – diesel – battery hybrid systems, Energy. 85 (2015) 645-653. Optimization of 10 kW Solar PV – Diesel Hybrid Energy System for Different Load Factors at Jaisalmer Location of Rajasthan, India

Page 119


MEC-1132

Effect of Skin Friction Coefficient on Power Developed by Flettner Rotor System for Ship Propulsion Akshay Lele1,a *K. V. S. Rao 2,b 1

M. Tech. student, Department of Renewable Energy, Rajasthan Technical University, Kota, India 2 Professor, Department of Renewable Energy, Rajasthan Technical University, Kota, India a [email protected] [email protected]

Abstract In global scenario, 90% of world’s goods are transported by shipping mode. The global tonnage increased by 3.05% compounded annually from 2.6 billion tonnes in 1970 to 9.5 billion tonnes in 2013. It consumes almost 250 to 325 million tonnes of fuel i.e. heavy oil and diesel annually. Due to this, it produces 2.8 to 3 percent of overall anthropogenic greenhouse gases emission, mainly CO 2 emission [1]. If action to combat climate change is further postponed, the CO2 emission may rise by 17 % for maritime transport by 2050 [2]. In 20th century, Wind energy options like Flettner rotor, wind kite, vertical axis wind turbine, horizontal axis wind turbine and airborne wind turbines are being experimented for ship propulsion. To reduce carbon emission, Flettner rotor system can be used as an auxiliary power source for propulsion system of ships as wind, a renewable energy source is an abundant source of energy along oceanic routes. Flettner rotor works on the principle of Magnus effect. Flettner rotor has one or more number of rotating cylinders to generate lift force. The amount of energy required to rotate the rotor depends on the average skin friction coefficient so, the power consumption and thus the net power output of Flettner rotor depends on it when other parameters are kept constant. Due to lack of sufficient drag data, the exact calculation of forces on a spinning cylinder is very difficult [3]. In this paper, four different empirical relations of flat plate turbulent boundary layers are used to analyse the variation of average skin friction coefficient on power consumption and the net power output for Flettner rotor system. Calculated values for these parameters using different empirical formulae for skin friction coefficient are very close to each other if other parameters such as ship speed, wind speed are constant. Though the application of empirical relations are for flat plate turbulent boundary layers, they are being used for Flettner rotors in the absence of empirical relations for the skin friction coefficient of rotating cylinders in turbulent flow. For constant value of ship speed of 15 knots, when the wind speed increases, the net power output (Pnet ) of the Flettner rotor increases or decreases depending on the true wind direction γ. With increase in wind speed, for 0° and 180° true wind angle, Pnet decreases while for other angles of 30°, 60°, 90°, 120°, 150° of true wind angle, Pnet increases. The maximum value of Pnet is obtained at around 90° of true wind angle irrespective of wind speed. Keywords: Flettner Rotor, Ship Propulsion, Skin Friction Coefficient, Empirical Relations. References: [1]. L. Mofor, P. Nuttall and A. Newell, International Renewable Energy Agency, Report on Renewable Energy Options for Shipping Technology Brief, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates, (2015). [2]. M. Cames, J. Graichen, A. Siemons, Vanessa Cook, Emission Reduction Targets for International Aviation and Shipping, Policy Department A: Economic and Scientific Policy, European Parliament, B-1047 Brussels, November, 2015. [3]. F. M. White, Fluid Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2008.

Effect of Skin Friction Coefficient on Power Developed by Flettner Rotor System for Ship Propulsion

Page 120


MEC-1137

Torsional Vibration analysis in Turbo-generator shaft due to Malsynchronization Fault Abhishek Bangunde1, a *, Tarun Kumar2,b and Prof. Rajeev Kumar3,c 1

School of Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology Mandi, H. P, India School of Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology Mandi, H. P, India 3 School of Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology Mandi, H. P, India a* [email protected], [email protected], c [email protected] 2

Abstract This paper investigates torsional vibration analysis of turbo-generator shaft during synchronization fault. In this paper Finite Element Method is used for calculation of Inertia and Stiffness matrix. Electromagnetic torque variation during synchronization is calculated by given equation and second order differential equation is solved by using Duhamel Integral. 1. Mathematical Formulation: Rotor of turbo-generator shaft consists of solid cylindrical, hollow cylindrical and tapered section connected in series. For torsional analysis Inertia and stiffness matrix is calculated for each section taking two nodded one degree of freedom (torsional) at each node element. After that electromagnetic torque variation during synchronization is calculated for given generator using Eq. 1 given in Ref. [1]. With assumption of damping ratio ς = 0.1 vibration Eq. 2 is solved using Duhamel Integral. 3 E 2f    T (t )  sin  1  cos(t )  tan sin(t )  (1) "  xd 2  

[ I ]  [C]  [K ]  T (t )

(2)

Figure 1: Torsional vibration during malsynchronization at delta = 2π/3 radian at four sections (a), (b), (c) and (d)

It is concluded that during synchronization in generator very high amplitude of vibration get generated in turbo-generator shaft system Fig.1 therefore for vibration control and fatigue damage estimation vibrational analysis is performed. Keywords: Finite element method, vibration analysis, synchronizing angle. References: [1] J. Machowski, J. W. Bialek, J. R. Bumby, “Power system dynamics and stability control

(Second Edition)”, John Willey & sons, Ltd. [2] S. S. Rao, “Mechanical Vibrations (Fourth Edition)”, Pearson publications. Torsional Vibration Analysis of turbo-generator shaft due to Mal-synchronization Fault

Page 121

International Conference on Recent Advances in Materials, Mechanical and Civil Engineering ICRAMMCE-2017 1-2 June, 2017, MLRITM, Hyderabad, Telangana MEC-1140

Stochastic Vibration response of functionally graded material beam with System Randomness Mohammad Amir1 *, Mohammad Talha2 1

School of Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology Mandi, H.P, India School of Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology Mandi, H.P, India 1* [email protected], [email protected],

2

Abstract The stochastic free vibration behavior of a functionally graded material (FGM) beam with random material properties are examined in this paper. The effective material properties of FGM beams are assumed to vary according to the power law distribution in the thickness direction. The first order perturbation technique (FOPT) is applied to solve the stochastic generalized eigenvalue problem. The mean and covariance of the natural frequency for cantilever FGM beam has been calculated. Introduction: The Functionally graded materials (FGMs) are the latest advanced composites that are very difficult to manufacture, to achieve desired gradients under the technical methods available [1]. FGMs show considerable dispersion in material properties such as density, modulus of elasticity, and Poisson's ratio, etc. [2]. Due to these inherent uncertainties material properties become random in nature. Therefore the exact values of these properties cannot be achieved without introducing random material properties. To predict the realistic responses of the FGM structure it is essential to apply stochastic analysis of structure instead of deterministic analysis. Methodology: The higher order shear deformation theory given by Reddy is considered for present formulation. A one dimensional two noded beam element with C0 continuity having 4 DOFs per node is developed and implemented. The stochastic generalized eigenvalue problem has been solved by the first order perturbation technique (FOPT). The mean and covariance (standard deviation by mean) of the natural frequency is calculated. Conclusions: It is concluded that the COVs of frequencies for different combinations of random material properties is not the simple linear superposition of the COVs of frequencies with respect to individual random material property concerned. The effect of randomness in volume fraction index (n) and poison’s ratio ( ) is quite significant it should also include during analysis. Fig. 1: COVs in modal frequencies with different random variables

Keywords: FGM beam, Stochastic, vibration response, FOPT etc.

References: [1] M. Talha, B.N. Singh, Stochastic vibration characteristics of finite element modeled functionally gradient plates, Comp. Struct. 130 (2015) 95-106. [2] Y. Xu, Y. Qian, J. Chen, G. Song, Stochastic dynamic characteristics of FGM beams with random material properties, Comp. Struct. 133 (2015) 585–594.

Stochastic Vibration response of functionally graded material beam with System Randomness

Page 122


MEC-1144

Investigation of Effects of Process Parameters on Properties of Friction Stir Welded Joints Atul Chauhan1,a,*, Tarun Soota2,b, S.K. Rajput3,c 1

M.Tech Scholar, 2Associate Professor, 3Assistant Professor Department of Mechanical Engineering, Bundelkhand Institute of engineering & Technology Jhansi-284128 Uttar Pradesh, India a [email protected],[email protected], c [email protected]

Abstract: The work involves integration of grey relational analysis and taguchi approach to find best range of operating parameters for making the friction stir welding (FSW) joint between AA6063-T0 materials in butt configuration. The input factors considered are tool rotation rate, tool traverse speed, and tool pin geometry (Square, Triangular, and Circular). The responses involving UTS, ductility and hardness of joint are studied. Due to action of tool pin profile coupled with tool rotation rate and tool traverse speed along with other noise factors, there is local plastic deformation of workpiece material and joint is formed by diffusion and other associated phenomena .The combination of factors involving tool rotation speed, tool travel speed and tool pin profile are used in three levels. Grey relational analysis (GRA) has been applied to select optimum level of factors for optimising UTS, ductility and hardness of joint. Experiments have been conducted with two different tool materials (HSS and HCHCr steel) with various factors level combinations for joining AA6063-T0. On the basis of grey relational grades at different levels of factors and analysis of variance (ANOVA) ideal combination of factors are determined. The influence of tool material is also studied. It is observed that the tool material does affect the properties of joint but effect is not significant. Further study is required to explore the results and relationships with more factors. Some important aspects, including material flow, tool geometry design, wear of welding tool, microstructure stability, welding of dissimilar alloys and metals may be studied. Keywords: Friction stir welding, optimization, grey relational grades, ANOVA

Investigation of effects of process parameters on properties of friction stir welded joints

Page 123


Friction Factor Affecting Heat Transfer over Flate MEC- 1147

Surface with Artificial Wedged Ribbed O.P.Srivastava1, a *, K.K. Jain2,b 1

M.E Student, Department of Mechanical Engineering, SRIT, Jabalpur (M.P) 482002, India 2 Professor & Head, Department of Mechanical Engineering, SRIT, Jabalpur (M.P) 482002, India a [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract The energy that comes to the Earth is in two main forms, heat and light. Solar panels collect heat energy from the sun. We call this heat solar thermal energy. A simple example of a solar panel is a closed box with a top made of a transparent material such as glass or plastic. The sun shines through the glass and heats up the inside of the box. This is the same type of heating that happens to the inside of a car when it sits in the sun. In some cases the inside of the box is painted black so that it absorbs more heat. The heat that is collected inside the box can then be used for several purposes. The most common uses for solar panels are to heat air or water. A system that uses solar thermal energy to heat air is not complex. A transparent top is attached to a box [1]. Various studies have been conducted to investigate the effects of different geometries and arrangements of artificial roughness on the heat transfer enhancement in solar air heaters [2, 3]. As elementary type of roughness introduced to solar air heater ducts, small diameter wire ribs arranged in a transverse direction have shown considerable enhancement in heat transfer over a smooth duct. Experimentally investigated the effects of the rib height and rib pitch on the heat transfer rate and friction factor in a solar air heater duct with transverse wire ribs on the absorber plate. Their results showed that the maximum enhancements in Nusselt number and friction factor were 2.38 and 4.25 times, respectively, compared with those observed in smooth ducts [3]. The friction factor ratio is found to increases as Reynolds number increases. In the entire range of flow Reynolds numbers, it is found that the friction factor monotonously decreases as the relative roughness pitch increases. The value of friction factor is found to be strong function of the relative roughness height. A maximum enhancement of heat transfer occurs at a wedge angle of about 10°. On the basis of investigation it is found that the presence of wedge shaped transverse integral ribs on the upper broad wall of rectangular duct enhances the maximum friction factor value in order of 5.3 as compared to that of the smooth duct under similar operating conditions over the range investigated. It seems that the ribs disturb the main flow resulting in the recirculation and secondary flow near the ribbed wall. The heat transfer coefficient and friction factor for all the cases are higher than that of the smooth duct. Keywords: Solar Air Heater, Artificial Roughness, Reynolds number(Re) ,Relative Roughness Pitch (p/e) & Relative Roughness Height (e/D), Wedge Angle(),Angle of Attack (). References [1]. Sukhatme, S. P., “Solar energy, principal of thermal collection and storage”, Tata McGrawHill Publishing Limited, New Delhi, 1987. [2]. Kumar A, Saini RP, Saini JS. A review of thermo hydraulic performance of artificially roughened solar air heaters. Renew Sustain Energy Rev 2014;37: 100-22 [3]. Prasad BN, Saini JS. Effect of artificial roughness on heat transfer and friction factor in a solar air heater. Sol Energy 1988; 41:555-60. Friction Factor Affecting Heat Transfer Over Flate Surface with Artificial Wedged Ribbed

Page 124


MEC-1149

Experimental Investigation of Temperature Distribution along the Length of Uniform Area Fin for Forced and Free Convection Vikas Kannojiya, a *, Riya Sharma2,b , Rahul Gaur3,c, Anil Jangra4,d, Pushpender Yadav5,e and Pooja Prajapati6,f 1

*Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engineering Department, SGT University,Gurgaon, 122505, India 2,3,4,5, 6 B.Tech Scholar, SGT University, Gurgaon, 122505, India a [email protected], [email protected], c [email protected]

Abstract The overheating of a component of industrial equipment sometimes may leads to system failure. The convection heat transfer from a heated surface can be effectively enhanced by employing fins on that surface. This Paper emphasizes on the experimental investigation of temperature distribution along the length of pin shaped fin. The analysis is performed on a 100 mm long fin made up of brass with 19.6 mm diameter having thermal conductivity as 111 W/m.K. Temperature at different section of the fin along its length is experimentally and theoretically. The influence of convection mode viz natural & forced convection and variable heat input on the temperature distribution is evaluated. The result outcomes are then compared with the widely accepted analytical relations. A comparison of convective heat transfer coefficient for uniform and non-uniform area fin is also presented. The results by experimental and analytical method are found to be in good agreement for free convection phenomenon but they differ for forced convection. Keywords: Pin Fin, Temperature Distribution, Free and Forced Convection, Heat Transfer

Experimental Investigation of Temperature Distribution along the Length of Uniform Area Fin for Forced and Free Convection Page 125


MEC-1150

OPTIMIZATION OF PROCESS PARAMETERS IN WELDING OF DISSIMILAR STEELS USING ROBOT TIG WELDING

G. Navaneeswar Reddy1a*, M.VenkataRamana2b Mechanical Engineering Department, VNRVJIET, Hyderabad, India 2 Professor, Automobile Engineering Department, VNRVJIET, Hyderabad,India. a [email protected], [email protected] 1

Abstract. Robot TIG welding is a modern technique used for joining work pieces with high precision. In this work, Design of Experiments is used to conduct experiments by varying weld parameters like welding current, wire feed and travelling speed. The welding parameters play important role in effective joining of dissimilar stainless steel SS 304L and SS430. The influence of welding parameters on Robot TIG Welded specimens is investigated using Response Surface Methodology (RSM). The Vickers hardness of the each weldments are measured. The process parameters are optimized to maximize the hardness of the weldments. The optimum process parameters to maximize the Vickers hardness of the weld joint are welding current at 120 amps, wire feed at 0.82mm/min and travelling speed at 0.0779 mm/min. The hardness under optimum conditions is 231.079 HV. The Analysis of Variance shows that the process parameters of the linear regression model are significant and wire feed is highly influencing the hardness. Keywords: Robot TIG welding, Response Surface Methodology, Vickers hardness test. References:

[1] Yanling Xu, Huanwei Yu, Jiyong Zhong, Tao Lin, Shanben Chen, Real-time seam tracking control technology during welding robot GTAW process based on passive vision sensor, J of Mater Proc Technol 212 (2012) 1654– 1662. [2] S.A.A. Akbari Mousavi, R. Miresmaeili, Experimental and numerical analyses of residual stress distributions in TIG welding process for 304L stainless steel, J of Mater Proc Technol, 208 (2008) 383–394. [3] Antony J. Design of experiments for engineers and scientists. Oxford: Heinemann, (2003). [4]Correia DS, Gonçalves CV, da Cunha SS, Ferraresi VA, Comparison between genetic algorithms and response surface methodology in GMAW Welding optimization, J Mater Proc Technol (2005)160:70–6. [5] Hussain Zuhailawati, Muhammad Afiq Jamaluddin, Anasyida Abu Seman, Suhaina Ismail, Welding Investigation and Prediction of Tensile Strength of 304 Stainless Steel Sheet Metal Joint by Response Surface Methodology, Procedia Chemistry, 19 (2016 ) 217 – 22.

Optimization of process parameters in welding of dissimilar steels using robot TIG welding

Page 126


MEC-1153

Resource Allocation in a Repetitive Project Scheduling Using Genetic Algorithm Biju Samuel1, a, Jeeno Mathew2, b * 12 a

St. Joseph’s College of Engineering and Tech. Palai, Kottayam, Kerala, India [email protected], [email protected],

Abstract Resource Allocation is procedure of doling out or allocating the accessible assets in a monetary way and productive way. Resource allocation is the scheduling of the accessible assets and accessible exercises or activities required while thinking about both the asset accessibility and the total project completion time. Asset provisioning and allocation takes care of that issue by permitting the specialist co-ops to deal with the assets for every individual demand of asset. A probabilistic selection procedure has been developed in order to ensure various selections of chromosomes. The high cost of experienced labour in labour-driven processes is being a force driving the engenderment planner to amend productivity. The system avails to evaluate changes to current crew assignments and can test new crew assignment scenarios such as crew schedules. The system can also be used to examine the impact of traffic changes on subsisting crew schedules in order to implement reactive improvisations to these schedules. The high labour cost in the existing industries and the dynamic nature of the scheduling processes emboldened project planners in the industry to develop more keenly intellective and optimal labour allocation strategies. Genetic Algorithms (GAs) are inspired by Darwin’s theory about evolution. The Genetic Algorithm is a global search procedure that search from one population of solutions to many another, concentrating on the area of best solution. It designed with a set of solutions (known as chromosomes) called initial population, calculation is carried out through the creation of an initial population of individuals and modifying the characteristics of a population of solutions (individuals) over a large number of generations followed by the evaluation, until a satisfactory solution is achieved. This study presents a flexible model for dealing the optimization problems for linear construction projects. This method mainly focuses on the minimization of the overall project duration keeping the constraints factor regarding the precedence logic and crew availability. The paper focuses on both mathematical modelling and metaheuristic approach (GA) to solve a resource allocation problem. A study from a published literature was used to validate the formulation. Here crews were selected with different production rate for a particular activity. Therefore the overall project duration will increase if the production rate of the second crew is less than that of first crew. Keywords: Repetitive Construction Projects; Optimal Scheduling; Genetic Algorithms. References:

[1] A. Kandil, K. El-Rayes, Parallel genetic algorithms for optimizing resource utilization in largescale construction projects, J. Constr. Eng. Manage. 132 (5) (2006) 491–498. [2] Moselhi, O., and El-Rayes,K. Scheduling of Repetitive Projects with Cost Optimization. J. Constr. Eng. Manage., (1993) 119(4) [3] Kalyanmoy Deb, Optimization for engineering design: Algorithms and examples, PHI, New Delhi, 1995.

Resource Allocation in a Repetitive Project Scheduling Using Genetic Algorithm

Page 127


MEC-1156

OPTIMIZATION OF VARIOUS PARAMETERS ON PHASE CHANGE MATERIAL BASED THERMAL ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEM BY PSO B madhu1, a *, G venkatesh2,b and k jayasimha reddy3,c 1

Assistant professor, G pulla reddy engineering college,Kurnool,India Assistant professor, G pulla reddy engineering college,Kurnool,India 3 Assistant professor, G pulla reddy engineering college,Kurnool,India a [email protected], [email protected], c [email protected] 2

Abstract The present work focused on experimental evaluation of the thermal performance of different latent heat storage materials. In latent heat storage (LHS) system phase change materials (PCM's) are used as storage material. In this work two PCM’S such as Sodium Acetate Trihydrate (CH3COONa3H2O) and Sodium Thiosulphate Pentahydrate (Na2S2O35H2O) are used as PCM and it is filled in spherical capsule which has high heat transfer capacity. The experimental setup consist of a tank and spherical balls which contain PCM. The experiments are conducted according to Taguchi design. By charging the PCM with hot water and discharging the water at the outlet .The discharge time for each experiment is recorded by repeating the test for two PCM’s and also test has been conducted without PCM(only water).The results are compared and it is found that Sodium acetate trihydrate is the best PCM which preserve heat for longer period than Sodium thiosulphate pent hydrate. Finally regression equation is developed for discharging and solved by using PSO(paticle swarm optimization) algorithm. Key words:PCM, HTF, Thermal energy storage system, Sensible heat storage material, Taguchi design, PSO References: (Maximum 5) [1] Sharma, A., Tyagi, V.V., Chen, C.R. and Buddhi, D. (2007) Review on Thermal Energy Storage with Phase Change Materials and Applications. , Renewable and sustainable energy reviews13, 318-345 [2] Vikram, D., Kaushik, S, Prashanth, V and Nallusamy, N (2006) An Improvement in the Solar Water Heating Systems Using Phase Change Materials. Proceedings of the International Conference on Renewable Energy for Developing countriess, Denver, 8-13 July 2006, 409-416. [3] Ercan Ataer, O. (2006) “Storage of Thermal Energy, in Energy Storage Systems” in Encyclopedia of Life SupportSystems (EOLSS), Developed under the Auspices of the UNESCO. Eolss Publishers, Oxford. http://www.eolss.net [4] Sharma, A. and Chen, C.R. (2009) Solar Water Heating System with Phase Change Materials. International Review of Chemical Engineering(I.RE.CH.E.),1, 297-307. [5] C. Uma Maheshwari, R. Meenakshi Reddy “Thermal Analysis of Thermal Energy Storage System with Phase Change Material” International Journa lof Engineering Research and Applications (IJERA), Vol. 3, Issue 4, Jul-Aug 2013, pp.617-622.

Optimization Of Various Parameters On Phase Change Material Based Thermal Energy Storage System By Pso

Page 128


MEC-1160

Performance of Solar Water Pump for Irrigation: A Case Study of Village Peepalda Kalan in Kota, Rajasthan, India Harjot Singh1, a *, Bharat Kumar Saxena1, b and K.V.S. Rao1, c 1 a

Department of Renewable Energy, Rajasthan Technical University, Kota, India [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract The total population of Rajasthan is 6,85,48,437 persons, out of which 73.13% is rural and 24.87% is urban population. 45.6% of the total workers of Rajasthan are cultivators and are involved in farming [1]. In Rajasthan, 45% of the net irrigated area under agriculture is supplied water through tube wells. There are about 1.1 million grid electrified wells & tube wells and about 0.5 milliondiesel pumpsets being used for irrigating the farms in Rajasthan [2]. According to an estimate, 3.3% of the all India diesel consumption is used for running agriculture pump sets in India [3]. The share of consumption of electricity for agriculture purposes is about 21% in India, whereas it is about 44% for Rajasthan. Thus, farm sector is a big consumer of electricity and diesel. The electric supply is erratic in rural areas. On the other hand, diesel pumpset are much costlier to operate and also leads to air pollution. Solar photovoltaic (SPV) water pumping systems operate on alternate energy source and hence reduce the load on electric grid and diesel consumption. Out of the total 1,00,521 SPV water pumps installed in India, 37,306 pumps are installed in Rajasthan till December 31st, 2016. Rajasthan thus holds the first position among all the states of India in terms of installed number of SPV water pumps. However, for extensive application, the field performances of presently working solar photovoltaic water pumps need to be studied. The aim of this research paper is to determine the performance of a 5 HP DC solar photovoltaic water pump installed at Peepalda Kalan village in Kota district of Rajasthan. The parameters considered for analysis are global solar radiation at site, working hours of motor pump, energy generated by photovoltaic array, and total water output during six months. Financial subsidy availed by the farmer is also discussed. A 5 HP Brush Less DC motor submersible type solar photovoltaic water pump installed at Peepalda Kalan village in Kota district of Rajasthan was monitored for its performance from October-2016 to March-2017. Maximum value of monthly average global solar radiation at the farm site is 6.8 kWh/m2/day in October. Total working hours in six months are 1285.3 hours and average working time is 214.22 hours per month. Total energy produced in six months is 1774.33 kWh and average energy production is 295.72 kWh per month. The total water discharge in six months is 7172.24 m3 and average discharge is 1195.37 m3 per month. Thus, solar photovoltaic water pumping systems are the best option for replacing grid electricity and diesel driven pumpsets. Keywords: Solar photovoltaic water pump, Renewable energy, Agriculture, Irrigation. References: [1] Information on http://www.rajcensus.gov.in/ [2] Directorate of Agriculture, Rajasthan. Rajasthan Agricultural Statistics at a Glance 2014-15, Jaipur, Oct. 2016. Available at: http://www.agriculture.rajasthan.gov.in/ [3] Petroleum Planning and Analysis Cell. All India study on sectoral demand of diesel and petrol, New Delhi, Dec. 2013. Available at: http://ppac.org.in/

Performance of Solar Water Pump for Irrigation: A Case Study of Village Peepalda Kalan in Kota, Rajasthan, India

Page 129


MEC-1161

A review on methods of productivity improvement in solar desalination R.Dhivagar1,a *, Dr.S.Sundararaj2,b 1 2

Assistant professor, Sri Krishna College of technology, Coimbatore, Tamilnadu, India Associate professor, Sri Krishna College of technology, Coimbatore, Tamilnadu, India 1 [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract Population density and automation is the main reason for the demand of drinking water. Water purification without affecting an ecosystem is the important need for daily life. Desalination is the best and effective way to satisfy the demand of fresh water. It is the most effective application of the solar energy. There are many conventional and non-conventional techniques available to make drinking water from the saline water. Among these solar desalination proves to be both economical and eco-friendly system particularly for rural areas. Solar stills are simple device which is used to provide pure water from the saline water by the principle of evaporation and condensation. This article reviews on the several research done on the solar stills to enhance productivity. Keeping the basin water level low will enhance the performance of the solar still. 5 mm depth of water level has productivity of 43.98 kg/m2 per day[1].When the inclination of the solar still matched with the sun angle will give good efficiency around 20%[2]. Energy storage materials like red brick pieces and quartzite rock were using to increase heat transfer rate of saline water. From this, quartzite rock has better heat transfer rate to increase the productivity. Solar ponds were using to preheat the inlet saline water and also increasing evaporation rate of the solar still and productivity was around 80g/kg per day[3]. The results showed that the annual productivity of the solar still was increased with respect to temperature of the inlet water. Flat plate solar energy collector is one of the best devices to store thermal energy to maintain the performance of the solar still during the night time and cloudy days. From this, 100L/day pure water was produced with 15m2 of collector area[4]. Wick type solar still and stepped solar still were developed to maintain the water level at minimum depth. Different designs of solar still and energy storage materials have been used to increase the yield and also this study proved the fact that efficiency of the solar still is majorly influenced by design and operating parameters. Key words: solar desalination, solar still, evaporation, condensation, productivity References: [1] [2] [3]

[4]

I. U. Haruna, M. Yerima, A. D. Pukuma, and I. I. Sambo, “Experimental Investigation Of The Performance Of Basin Type Single-Slope Solar Still,” vol. 3, no. 3, 2014. K. K. Murugavel, P. Anburaj, R. S. Hanson, and T. Elango, “Progresses in inclined type solar stills,” Renew. Sustain. Energy Rev., vol. 20, pp. 364–377, 2013. V. Velmurugan, J. Mandlin, B. Stalin, and K. Srithar, “Augmentation of saline streams in solar stills integrating with a mini solar pond,” Desalination, vol. 249, no. 1, pp. 143–149, 2009. V. Gnaneswar, N. Nirmalakhandan, S. Deng, and A. Maganti, “Low temperature desalination using solar collectors augmented by thermal energy storage,” Appl. Energy, vol. 91, no. 1, pp. 466–474, 2012. Biodiesel from lemon and lemon grass oil and its effect on engine performance and exhaust emission Page 130


MEC-1162

Biodiesel from lemon and lemon grass oil and its effect on engine performance and exhaust emission R.Dhivagar1,a*, Dr.S.Sundararaj2,b, V.R.Vignesh3,c 1

Assistant professor, Sri Krishna College of technology, Coimbatore, Tamilnadu, India Associate professor, Sri Krishna College of technology, Coimbatore, Tamilnadu, India 3 Student, Sri Krishna College of technology, Coimbatore, Tamilnadu, India 1 [email protected], 2 [email protected], [email protected] 2

Abstract In the present day scenario many developing countries are depending on the oil producing nations for their fuel resources. Due to demand and scarcity of the fuel, there has been a huge increase in fuel prices. The vehicular population is also continuously increasing and becoming a great menace to peoples. This paper is aims to provide an alternate solution for petroleum based fuels. It suggests that biodiesel is produced from lemon and lemon grass oil to be used as an alternative fuel. This work investigates the thermal performance of four stroke diesel engine using blends of biodiesel and diesel as a fuel. Performance parameters like brake thermal efficiency, mechanical efficiency and specific fuel consumption were measured at different loads for diesel and various combination of biofuel (L10, L20, and L30). Mechanical efficiency (η mech) slightly increases with 20% concentration of lemon and lemon grass oil-diesel blends as compared with pure diesel fuel. This is only because of the fuel properties such as lower density, lower viscosity and higher calorific value of blend L20[1]. The Specific fuel consumption (SFC) decreases with increase in percentage concentration of lemon and lemon grass-diesel blends as compared with pure diesel fuel. Decrease in SFC of the blended fuels was mainly due to evaporation and faster combustion of the blend particles as compared with diesel fuel[2] The maximum brake thermal efficiency obtained is about 26.12% for L20 which is slightly higher than that of diesel (24.91%). Engine experimental results showed that exhaust emissions including CO2 and HC were reduced by 6% and 5% for L20 mixture of biodiesel whereas CO emission was as same as diesel. It showed that, there was very less chance for incomplete combustion than diesel fuel. However, there was slight increase in NO x by 26% to compare that of diesel. . Due to enhancement of oxygen level, higher intensity of heat release and lower cetane number of biodiesel were the reason to increase in the NO X emission around 26%[3]. Because the lower cetane number will lead to increase the ignition delay which causes higher NOX emission. Keywords: Lemon oil, lemon grass oil, blends, performance, emission. References: [1]

[2]

[3]

G. R. Krishna, K. Pradeep, R. Kumar, and J. Subrahmanyam, “Experimental Investigation on 4 Strokes Single Cylinder VCR Diesel Engine Using Biodiesel as Mustard Oil,” vol. 6, no. 6, pp. 6474–6478, 2016. V. S. Hariharan, K. V. Reddy, and K. Rajagopal, “Performance , emission and combustion characteristics of sea lemon oil and its diesel blends in a diesel engine,” vol. 2, no. 3, pp. 69– 75, 2009. C. D. Rakopoulos, D. C. Rakopoulos, D. T. Hountalas, E. G. Giakoumis, and E. C. Andritsakis, “Performance and emissions of bus engine using blends of diesel fuel with biodiesel of sunflower or cottonseed oils derived from Greek feedstock,” vol. 87, pp. 147–2008. Biodiesel from lemon and lemon grass oil and its effect on engine performance and exhaust emission Page 131

International Conference on Recent Advances in Materials, Mechanical and Civil Engineering ICRAMMCE-2017 1-2 June, 2017, MLRITM, Hyderabad, Telangana MEC 1163

Substructuring Approach for Finite Element Modeling and Analysis of an Adaptive Beam with Edge Debonded Piezoelectric Actuator 1,a*

b

K. VenkataRao andS. Raja2, 1 Mechanical Engineering Department, B.M.S Evening College of Engineering, Bengaluru-19, India. 2 Dynamics and Adaptive Structures, STTD, CSIR, National Aerospace Laboratories, Bengaluru, India. a [email protected],[email protected]

Abstract Edge debonding of piezoelectric actuator from host adaptive beam creates different regions, with the axes of the adjacent regions being offset. Finite element modeling of such a beam necessitates modeling of different regions individually using coupled beam elements and assembly of these regions by imposing displacement continuity conditions at their interfaces. Modeling of debonded beam increases the computational procedure substantially, when compared to that of healthy beam. A novel idea of introducing substructuring [1] approach involving formulation of piezoelectric super element in the FE procedure is attempted in this work. The developed model is demonstrated by investigating the effect of edge debonding of actuator from host beam on actuation authority. Keywords: Substructure, piezolectric actuator, Extension actuation mechanism (EAM), debonding.

Fig.1 Beam with edge debonded top actuatorFig. 2 Deflections of hinged-hinged beam (EAM) A beam with topdebonded actuator and bottomhealthy actuator (Fig 1) is considered for the study. Debonding of actuator results in several regions [2]namely, region of beam without actuators (AB in Fig. 1), bottom debonded region with bottom healthy portion of actuator (BC) and top debonded region (debonded portion of top actuator,BC), and beam with healthy portion of actuators (CE). Substructuring approach is applied by dividing the regions into substructures. The substructures are then modeled by discretizing them into sufficient number of coupled beam elements. Finally,the displacement constraints are imposed to assemble these regions byadopting a specificcoupled finite element procedure.From the numerical results, it is found the actuation authority of the beam decreases with increase in the length of debonding of actuator. For instance, actuation authority of Hinged-hinged beam (Fig 2) is found to decrease with increase in percentage of edge debonding. References [1] M. Kondo and G. B. Sinclair, A simple substructuring procedure for finite element analysis of stress concentrations, Int. J. Numer. Method. Biomed. Eng. 1, (1985) 215-218.

[2] Sun, and L. Tong, An equivalent model for smart beams with debonded piezoelectric patches, J. Sound and Vib. 276 (2004),933-956. Substructuring Approach for Finite Element Modeling and Analysis of an Adaptive Beam with Edge Debonded Piezoelectric Actuator

Page 132


MEC-1164

Levelized Cost of Electricity and Plant Load Factor of 7.5 MW Grid Connected Biomass Power Plant Rashmi Sharma1, a *, Bharat Kumar Saxena1, b and K.V.S. Rao1, c 1

Department of Renewable Energy, Rajasthan Technical University, Kota, India [email protected], [email protected] c [email protected] a

Abstract. Energy is the basic need for the economic growth of people and the nation. To meet the increasing load demand, power generated by fossil fuel plants is increasing continuously, thus causing emission of greenhouse gases (GHG). Environmental concerns and fast depleting natural resources of fossil fuels, lead to the development of power plants based on renewable energy sources such as solar, wind, and biomass. A large amount of agricultural waste is produced after harvesting of crops like wheat, paddy, soya-bean, maize, mustard, sugarcane, groundnut etc. The conventional way is to burn it in the fields or dump it across the wasteland. The burning of biomass residue in the fields has very adverse effect for the environment and leads to air pollution. A more efficient way is to use biomass residues of agricultural crops for production of electricity through biomass based power plants. The advantages of using biomass based power plants include lower GHG emission, energy cost saving, sustainability of power supply, waste reduction management, and local economic development [1]. Various researchers have conducted studies related to potential, policies, conversion technologies, and techno-economic analysis of biomass power plants [2]. In India, the grid connected biomass power and co-generation installed capacity has increased from 1,102 MW in 2006 to 8,182 MW in 2017 [3], whereas the target is 10,000 MW by 2022. In Rajasthan, biomass power plant installed capacity is 119.25 MW as on December 31st, 2016, though the potential for biomass based power is 2008.3 MW. This paper analyses the twenty years’ performance of a 7.5 MW biomass power plant situated at Rangpur village near Kota city of Rajasthan, India, based on capital cost, present cost of biomass per tonne, data obtained from 2006 to 2015 related to annual energy generation, and annual consumption of biomass. The total area of this plant is 17.6 ha. Levelized Cost of Electricity (LCOE) is found to be varying from Rs. 4.43/kWh to Rs. 4.64/kWh for interest rates ranging from 8% to 16%, for an assumed 20 years life of the biomass power plant. Based on 10% increase annually in fuel cost and at 10% annual interest rate, LCOE is Rs. 4.45/kWh. Plant load factor (PLF) is found to be varying from 29% to 82% during the period of 2006-07 to 2014-15 for nine years, with an average plant load factor of 73% (excluding PLF for first year). It was found that LCOE of the plant depends on energy generation, lifetime of the plant, capital cost of the plant, interest rate, and fuel cost. Keywords: Biomass, Levelized cost of electricity, Plant load factor, Renewable energy. References: [1] International Renewable Energy Agency. Renewable energy technologies: Cost analysis series, Abu Dhabi, June 2012. Available at: www.irena.org. [2] A. B. M. A. Malek, M. Hasanuzzaman, N. A. Rahim, and Y. A. A Turki, Techno-economic analysis and environmental impact assessment of a 10 MW biomass-based power plant in Malaysia, J. Clean. Prod., 141 (2017) 502–513. [3] Information on http://mnre.gov.in/mission-and-vision-2/achievements/. Levelized Cost of Electricity and Plant Load Factor of 7.5 MW Grid Connected Biomass Power Plant

Page 133


MEC-1165

EXPERIMENTAL AND NUMERICAL ANALYSIS OF EQUAL CHANNEL ANGULAR EXTRUSION PROCESS P. Venkateshwar Reddy1, a *, K. Naveena Latha2,b , P. Srinivasa Rao3,c and P. Janaki Ramulu4,d 1,2

Dept. of Mechanical Engg. TKR College of Engg&Tech., Hyderabad India, 500097. 3 Dept of Aeronautical Engg., Institute of Aeronautical Engg., Hyderabad, India, 500043. 4 School of Mechanical, Chemical and Materials Engineering. Adama Science and Technology University, Adama, Ethiopia, P.Box:1888. a [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], d [email protected]

Abstract Equal channel angular extrusion has different die channel angles from which an optimum die channel angle should be identified so that efficient mechanical properties will be obtained. This study is focused on the plastic deformation behavior of Al alloys by modeling ECAE with experimental and finite element software. The experiments are performed by designing the ECAE tools such as die, punch and billet. A series of numerical experiments were carried out for the die angles of 105° and 135° and outer corner angle of 6°, billet diameter 14.5mm and height 55mm and 75mm was used. A detailed analysis of the hardness introduced by ECAP in a single passage through the die is noted. The experiments are conducted by attaching the ECAE tools to the Universal Testing Machine. From the experiment and simulation results, load vs displacement, punch force and hardness are evaluated and compared with each other. The effects of punch force and stresses were evaluated in different die channel angles. It was concluded that The hardness value for 1050 is more than the 1350 angle and that punch force required for 1050 is more than the 1350. Keywords: ECAP, Die Angle, Aluminum alloy, Hardness

A B Fig. Comparison of Plunger load with die channel angles of 1050 (A) and 1350 (B) References: [1] Mohan Reddy, Santhosh Kumar M, Venkata Ajay Kumar G (2013) Improving Mechanical

Properties of aluminum 7075 alloy by Equal Channel Angular Extrusion process International Journal of Modern Engineering Research 2713-2716. Experimental and Numerical Analysis of Equal Channel Angular Extrusion Process

Page 134


MEC-1161

A review on methods of productivity improvement in solar desalination R.Dhivagar1,a *, Dr.S.Sundararaj2,b 1 2

Assistant professor, Sri Krishna College of technology, Coimbatore, Tamilnadu, India Associate professor, Sri Krishna College of technology, Coimbatore, Tamilnadu, India 1 [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract: Population density and automation is the main reason for the demand of drinking water. Water purification without affecting an ecosystem is the important need for daily life. Desalination is the best and effective way to satisfy the demand of fresh water. It is the most effective application of the solar energy. There are many conventional and non-conventional techniques available to make drinking water from the saline water. Among these solar desalination proves to be both economical and eco-friendly system particularly for rural areas. Solar stills are simple device which is used to provide pure water from the saline water by the principle of evaporation and condensation. This article reviews on the several research done on the solar stills to enhance productivity. Keeping the basin water level low will enhance the performance of the solar still. 5 mm depth of water level has productivity of 43.98 kg/m2 per day[1].When the inclination of the solar still matched with the sun angle will give good efficiency around 20%[2]. Energy storage materials like red brick pieces and quartzite rock were using to increase heat transfer rate of saline water. From this, quartzite rock has better heat transfer rate to increase the productivity. Solar ponds were using to preheat the inlet saline water and also increasing evaporation rate of the solar still and productivity was around 80g/kg per day[3]. The results showed that the annual productivity of the solar still was increased with respect to temperature of the inlet water. Flat plate solar energy collector is one of the best devices to store thermal energy to maintain the performance of the solar still during the night time and cloudy days. From this, 100L/day pure water was produced with 15m2 of collector area[4]. Wick type solar still and stepped solar still were developed to maintain the water level at minimum depth. Different designs of solar still and energy storage materials have been used to increase the yield and also this study proved the fact that efficiency of the solar still is majorly influenced by design and operating parameters. Key words: solar desalination, solar still, evaporation, condensation, productivity References: [1] [2] [3]

[4]

I. U. Haruna, M. Yerima, A. D. Pukuma, and I. I. Sambo, “Experimental Investigation Of The Performance Of Basin Type Single-Slope Solar Still,” vol. 3, no. 3, 2014. K. K. Murugavel, P. Anburaj, R. S. Hanson, and T. Elango, “Progresses in inclined type solar stills,” Renew. Sustain. Energy Rev., vol. 20, pp. 364–377, 2013. V. Velmurugan, J. Mandlin, B. Stalin, and K. Srithar, “Augmentation of saline streams in solar stills integrating with a mini solar pond,” Desalination, vol. 249, no. 1, pp. 143–149, 2009. V. Gnaneswar, N. Nirmalakhandan, S. Deng, and A. Maganti, “Low temperature desalination using solar collectors augmented by thermal energy storage,” Appl. Energy, vol. 91, no. 1, pp. 466–474, 2012.

A review on methods of productivity improvement in solar desalination Page 135


MEC - 1168

DESIGN AND WEIGHT OPTIMIZATION OF WHEEL RIM FOR SUV Harish. Panjagala1, a *, Balakrishna. M2, b and Uzwal Kiran. R3, c 1

Faculty of Mechanical Engineering, KL University, Green Fields, Vaddeswaram, A.P, India 2 Faculty of Mechanical Engineering, G.I.E.T, Rajahmundry, A.P, India 31 Faculty of Mechanical Engineering, KL University, Green Fields, Vaddeswaram, A.P, India a [email protected] , b [email protected] , c [email protected]

Abstract In this paper an effort has been made to design and model different wheel rims based on weight optimization and also structural analysis is carried out and compared with standard values by varying two different materials. In addition, from the results of structural analysis and the weight optimization, we suggested Aluminum alloys as suitable material for SUV. Model is created by using SOLIDWORKS software 2015 and Structural analysis & weight optimization is done by using ANSYS WORKBENCH 16.0. Keywords: Design, Structural analysis and weight optimization.

Design And Weight Optimization Of Wheel Rim For Suv

Page 136


MEC-1178

DESIGN AND FABRICATION OF PULSATING HEAT PIPE N SANTHISREE 1a* N V S S SUDHEER 2b P BHRAMARA 3c 1(Associate Prof, IARE, HYD). 2 (Prof. RVRJC COLLEGE OF ENG) a

3(Prof. JNTUH, HYD) [email protected] b [email protected] c [email protected]

Abstract: Thermal management has become an important criterion and many devices have come up for this purpose. Pulsating Heat pipe (PHP) is one among them consists of a tube with suitable working fluid, an evaporator, an adiabatic zone and a condenser has sections. The transfer of heat takes place by absorption of heat from the evaporator side by the working fluid and dissipating it at the condenser side through latent heat. Different thermodynamic characteristics which define performance of the PHP’s are the diameter of the pipe, working fluid, filling ratio, heat flux, orientation etc. In the present study the PHP with multiple turns has been modelled in CATIA and then fabricated accordingly. The pipes are of 4mm inner diameter and 6 mm outer diameter are made of copper in which water is filled as the working fluid. Keywords: Adiabatic Zone, Condenser, Evaporator, Heat Input, PHP, Thermal Resistance Working Fluid References:

1. Closed and open loop pulsating heat pipes by Sameer Khandekar and Manfred Groll at 13th International Heat Pipe Conference (13th IHPC), Shanghai, China. 2. Pranab K. Barua, D. Deka, U. S. - Mathematical Modelling of Change of Temperature in Pulsating Heat Pipes with Single Loops, International Journal of Energy, Information and Communications Vol. 2, Issue 1, February 2011. 3. Mauro Mameli, Marco Marengo, and Stefano Zinna - Thermal Simulation of a Pulsating Heat Pipe: Effects of Different Liquid Properties on a Simple Geometry, Department of Industrial Engineering, University of Bergamo, Dalmine (BG), Italy 2 Uniheat S.r.l., Bagnatica (BG), Italy. 4. Md Shahidul Haque- Thermal characteristics of an alumunum closed-loop pulsating heat pipe charged with ammonia, thesis for masters of engineering. 5. Rahul S. Borkar, Pramod R. Pachghare- State of The Art on Closed Loop Pulsating Heat Pipe, International Journal of Emerging Technology and Advanced Engineering Website: www.ijetae.com (ISSN 2250-2459, Volume 2, Issue 10, October 2012) 6. Prof. C.B.Kothare, Prof. K.S.Raizada, Mr.Balu K.Chavhan- Thermal performance of closed loops pulsating heat pipe at various dimension and heat input, International Research Journal of Engineering and Technology (IRJET), Volume: 02 Issue: 07, Oct-2015. 7. Sameer Khandekar and Manfred Groll- On the definition of pulsating heat pipes: an overview, 5t Minsk International Seminar, Minsk, Belarus, 2003

DESIGN AND FABRICATION OF PULSATING HEAT PIPE

Page 137


MEC 1179

Optimal Draft requirement for vibratory tillage equipment using Genetic Algorithm technique Gowripathi Rao1, a *,Himanshu Chaudhary 2,b and Prem Singh 3,c 1,3

Ph.D. Scholar, Department of Mechanical Engineering, Malaviya National Institute Technology Jaipur, India, 2 Associate Professor, Department of Mechanical Engineering, Malaviya National Institute Technology Jaipur, India,

*[email protected], [email protected], c

[email protected] *Corresponding author: N R N V Gowripathi Rao, Tel:+91-141-2713256.

Abstract Agriculture is an important sector of Indian economy. Primary and secondary tillage operations are required for any land preparation process. Conventionally different tractor drawn implements such as mouldboard plough, disc plough, subsoiler, cultivator and disc harrow etc. are used for primary and secondary manipulations of soils. Among them oscillatory tillage equipment is one such type which uses vibratory motion for tillage purpose. Several investigators have reported that the requirement for draft consumption in primary tillage implements is more as compared to oscillating one because they are always in contact with soil. Therefore in this paper an attempt is made to find out the optimal parameters from the experimental data available in the literature to obtain minimum draft consumption through genetic algorithm technique. Keywords: Tillage, Vibratory tillage, Draft, Genetic Algorithm 1. Introduction Agriculture plays an important role in India's economy and around 58 per cent of the rural households are dependent on agriculture as their principal means of livelihood [1]. Farm mechanization plays an important role for significant improvement in agricultural productivity. The timeliness of operation assumes greater significant in obtaining optimal yields from different crops which is possible only by the way of mechanization. Similarly quality and precision of operations are equally significant for higher yield. Primary and secondary tillage implements are used for soil loosening purpose. There are different implements used for this purpose as shown in Fig:1. Soil Dynamics of Tillage is developing to meet the challenges of finding new and better ways of utilizing energy for tilling the soil. Oscillatory tillage equipment is one such type of implement which uses vibrations for its tillage operation as shown in Fig:2. Oscillation of tillage implement was introduced in 1955. The tillage tools oscillate in a particular mode of oscillation with certain amplitude and frequency along with the implement forward motion. Oscillating mode tools have several advantages over non oscillating one. Oscillating tools requires less draft as compared to non oscillating one. Various studies have reported that 50-60% draft reduction is observed while using oscillatory tillage equipment [2,3,4]. Therefore, from the existing studies an attempt has been made to identify the optimal parameters for minimum draft utilizations for oscillatory tillage equipment.

Optimal Draft requirement for vibratory tillage equipment using genetic algorithm technique

Page 138


Fig:1. Primary Tillage Equipments

Fig:2. Vibratory Tillage

2. Methodology Oscillatory tillage can mitigate the problems related to tillage application. Design parameters such as amplitude, frequency and forward speed affects the performance of the tillage tool. According to the research data available for draft and power consumption [5], a suitable regression model is used to obtain a relationship between the design parameters and objective functions which is draft consumption in this case. A linear single objective optimization problem is formulated to minimize the draft consumption with amplitude, frequency and forward speed of the tool as a design variables. Then this formulated optimization problem is optimized through Genetic Algorithm technique and optimized results are compared with the experimental data available. The detailed analysis and results will be given in full length paper. 3. References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

S. Singh, R. S. Singh, S. P. Singh, Farm power availability on Indian farms. Agricultural Engineering Today, 38(4),(2014),44-52. J. T. Gunn, V.N. Tramontini, Oscillation of tillage implements. Agricultural Engineering 36:(11),(1955), 725. H. P. Harrison, Draft, torque, and power requirements of a simple vibratory tillage tool. Canadian Agricultural Engineering, 15(2), (1973), 71-74. J. G. Hendrick, W. F. Buchele, Tillage energy of a vibrating tillage tool. Transactions of the ASAE, 6(3), (1963), 213-216. M. J. Butson, D. MacIntyre, Vibratory soil cutting: I. Soil tank studies of draught and power requirements. Journal of Agricultural Engineering Research, 26(5), (1981), 409418.

Optimal Draft requirement for vibratory tillage equipment using genetic algorithm technique

Page 139


MEC- 1180

Interlaminar Fracture Toughness Characterization of a Laminated Carbon/Epoxy Composite Prodduturi Ashok kumar1*, Pandu Ratnakar2, Pinninti Ravinder Reddy3, AVSSKS Gupta4 1*

Associate Professor in MED, Jayamukhi Institute of Technological Sciences, Narsampet, (JNTUH Hyderabad). Warangal Rural (Dt). TS, India, email:[email protected]. 2 Professor in MED, Marri Laxman Reddy Institute of Technology and Management,Dundigal, Hyderabad (JNTUH Hyderabad). TS, India. email: [email protected] 3 Professor & Head of MED, Chaitanya Bharati Institute of Technology, Hyderabad-75,(Osmania University Hyderabad), email:[email protected] 4 Professor in MED, JNTUH College of Engineering, Hyderabad. email:[email protected]

Abstract Composite structures are used in many applications including the aerospace, marine, cars, leisure, and sports equipment. The application of composite structures has been increasing day-by-day due to improvement in design, materials and manufacturing technology. Delamination is a common failure mode of high performance composite structures. The delamination phenomenon often results in the loss of structural stiffness and strength, which may ultimately lead to catastrophic failure. This delamination establishes restrictions in achieving the full weight saving potential of composite materials. Delamination is a dangerous mode of failure in fiber reinforced composite laminate structures. The knowledge of delamination modes and growth rate is primary concern to define service life of structures fabricated from composite materials during the operation. Several studies have suggested a criterion for delamination onset and growth prediction and experiments were conducted for validating theoretical models. The study used two specimens made from carbon/epoxy unidirectional fabrics of [0]16 and [(0/90)302]s and tests were performed in a displacement mode with a constant displacement rate of 0.5 mm/min. The load and the load point displacements were recorded and displayed by the computer which is connected to an Universal Testing Machine with a load cell capacity of 2000 kg/100 kg. The failure load for each case was selected as the highest load point of the linear section of the load displacement plot and used to determine the interlaminar fracture toughness in Mode-I of each lay-up under quasi-static condition. Analysis of the test specimens in terms of Mode-I interlaminar fracture toughness showed good agreement between methods based on modified beam theory, compliance calibration, and modified compliance calibration. The results show that the toughness in terms of GIc is slightly affected by the same ply orientation at the crack interface as well as different subsequent ply orientations. Key words: Delamination, Interlaminar fracture toughness, mode I fracture, carbon/epoxy, quasistatic condition

Interlaminar Fracture Toughness Characterization of a Laminated Carbon/Epoxy Composite Page 140


MEC-1184

MODELING AND CFD ANALYSIS OF A PULSE JET ENGINE USING SOLID WORKS FLOW SIMULATION SUDHAKAR UPPALAPATI 1,a* M . KRANTHI KIRAN2, b 1

Associate professor, MLRITM, Dundigal, Hyderabad, Telangana, India. PG Student, MLRITM, Dundigal, Hyderabad, Telangana, India. *a [email protected] , [email protected] , 2

Abstract: A pulsejet engine is a type of jet engine in which combustion occurs in pulses. Pulsejet engines are a lightweight form of jet propulsion, but usually have a poor compression ratio, and hence give a low specific impulse. Some research about pulsejet engines includes the pulse detonation engine which involves repeated detonations in the engine, which can potentially give high compression and also good efficiency. The pulse jet engine body is designed using solid works design software. Then the C.F.D analysis is done on the pulse jet in solid works flow simulation tool. Here we are varying the inlet conditions such as mass flow rate with two different values by assigning various materials and analyzing the flow velocities and pressures. Generally the material assigned for the pulse jet engine outer structure will also play a key role. The materials used for the pulse jet are titanium, nickel alloys such as monel and inconel. So here to increase the velocity rate and check the flow of pressure for the component we are using the solid works flow simulation tool. By assigning the preferred material we can analyze the flow velocity and pressure counters. By varying the boundary conditions the velocity also will vary we can analyze by considering the inlet conditions. Here the pulse jet engine is modeled in the solid works design software CFD analysis is done in solid works flow simulation tool. Here the main objective is to study the velocity and pressure counters. The inlet conditions we are giving are inlet mass flow rate i.e. 20kg/sec with 10mm bar pressure at 8000C with different materials, and then outlet conditions are given. After analyzing the above we can change the inlet mass flow rate value to 25kg/sec. That is at 25Kg/sec the velocity flow counters and pressure flow will be analyzed for the same materials.

Modeling And Cfd Analysis Of A Pulse Jet Engine Using Solid Works Flow Simulation

Page 141


Experimental study of compressor in the VCR system using MEC-1187 Nano-oil lubricants for COP enhancement K.VeeraRaghavalu1, GovindhaRasu N 2 1

Assistant professor in Mechanical Engineering Dept, MLRITM, Hyderabad, [email protected] 2 Associate Professor in Mechanical Engineering Dept., VIT University,Tamilnadu, India. [email protected]

Abstract: Refrigeration and air-conditioning systems are one of the major reasons for increase in the day to day energy demand. Hence energy saving is one of the important aspect to overcome the energy demand. Major power consumption in the vapour compression refrigeration (VCR) system is by compressor. Amount of power consumption is directly affects the coefficient of performance (COP) of the system. Generally hermitically sealed compressors are used in the conventional refrigerators. Lubrications are used in these compressors for smooth operation and also for transferring the heat. So the lubricating oil should also possess very good thermal property. Towards this the present study is initiated to study the performance of compressor with different lubricants. Nano-oils are used along with the regular lubricants in different proportions to enhance the thermal property. Nano fluid shows potential in increasing the thermodynamic and mechanical performance of the refrigeration system. To analyze the performance of the compressor (Fig.1)an experimental setup has been devised. The setup used for the present study is presented in Fig.2. During the study it is found that the refrigerant system works normally and safely with the Nano-oils. It is expected that the power consumption by the compressor is reduces for the lubrication system with Nano-oils comparatively for the fixed hours of system operation. Hence the COP of the system will increase comparatively.

EVAPORATOR

Fig.2. Compressor cut-section model

COMPRESSOR R

CONDENOR

Fig.1 VCR Experimental setup used for the study

Keywords Key words: VCR system, Compressor, Lubricants, Nano-oils, COP Experimental study of compressor in the VCR system using Nano-oil lubricants for COP enhancement

Page 142


MEC-1192

Review paper on Experimental study VCR system using Nano-oil lubricants for COP enhancement K.VeeraRaghavalu1, GovindhaRasu N 2 1

Assistant professor in Mechanical Engineering Dept, MLRITM, Hyderabad, [email protected] 2 Associate Professor in Mechanical Engineering Dept., VIT University,Tamilnadu, India. [email protected]

Abstract Nowadays, in this research papers focused on use of Nano additive refrigerants in vapour compression refrigeration system (VCRS) because of their amazing improvement in thermophysical and heat transfer capabilities to enhance the Coefficient of Performance (COP) and reliability of refrigeration system. Furthermore, challenges and future instructions of performance enhancement of VCRS using Nano additive refrigerants were presented. Lubricant oil is essential in all the vapour compression refrigeration systems, mostly for the efficient operation of the compressor. But, some assign of the oil always circulates with the refrigerant through the cycle. Present, a lot of research is going on the nano-particles like metals, oxides, carbon nano-tubes or carbides. Nano-lubricants are a special type of nano-fluids which are varieties of nano-particles and lubricants and have a wide range in the fields of refrigeration systems. This paper, have done on the application of nano-particles balanced in lubricating oils of refrigerating systems are reviewed. The aim of this work is to study and find which type of lubricant oil works better with nano-particles in the area of refrigeration. From literature review, it has been observed that nano-particles mixed with mineral oil gives enhanced results than polyol-easter oil. Key words: VCRS, COP, Nano additive refrigerants, performance, Thermal conductivity Nano lubricants, Nano-particles, mineral oil

Experimental study of compressor in the VCR system using Nano-oil lubricants for COP enhancement

Page 143


MEC-1200

Design optimization of flow mode magnetorheological damper Nileshkumar D. Chauhan1, a , Dipal Patel2,b* 1

M.Tech student, CSPIT- Mechanical Department, CHARUSAT, Changa, Gujarat INDIA 2 Assistant Professor, CSPIT- Mechanical Department, CHARUSAT, Chnaga, Gujarat INDIA a [email protected], b [email protected]

Abstract Passive suspension system is having a limitation of constant damping force. To overcome from this limitation MR Fluid base devices like damper is used which control the vibration by applying different damping force. These forces are control by variation of current in magnetic coil. This paper represents optimization of design parameters of flow mode damper. Which include material of piston, distance between two coil, number of turns of the coil, diameter of piston, fluid gap between piston and cylinder. Effect of all this parameters are check out to know their effect on damping force. In which material of piston, distance between two coil and number of turns of coil are optimized using FEMM software. And the other parameters are optimized using mathematical model. In the end it conclude that piston material 1018 STEEL is suitable for design of piston due to having less cost and easy availability. Design of coil having distance between two coil is 9mm, 80 turns and 0.5 A of current is best suitable for this damper. By using the theoretical calculation effect of piston diameter is, increase in piston diameter per mm damping force increase 7.52%. And increase in fluid gap per point of mm damping force decreases 27.62%. These optimization results show that fluid gap of MR fluid has the maximum effect on damping force but piston diameter is also not negligible during designing the magnetorheological damper. Major difficulty with MR fluid damper is cost of MR fluid as increase in magnetic coil or dimensions of damper MR fluid quantity is increase and it will directly affect the cost of MR damper. The damper represented in this paper is used in washing machine which is having lower damping force requirement and in heavy duty vehicle as seat damper. Keywords: Optimization, Damper, Magneto rheological Fluid

Design optimization of flow mode magnetorheological damper

Page 144


MAN-11

An Analysis on Bilayer Tube Flaring Chetan P Nikhare1, a * 1

Mechanical Engineering, The Pennsylvania State University, The Behrend College, Erie, PA - 16563 a [email protected]

Abstract. Lightweight design for vehicle industry is not anymore an optional condition but a mandatory need to reduce the fuel consumption and adhere to environmental regulations. To achieve this goal many single parts have been removed and complex design has been implied. This includes implementation of tailored-welded blanks and multi-layer materials. Due to the increase use of dissimilar materials in a component it is also called as hybrid components. It was observed that due to use of hybrid component the part weight decrease and thus increase fuel efficiency. To continue this aspect, in this paper bilayer tube flaring is investigated numerically using ABAQUS/Explicit (version 6.13-2). For study two types of materials were used, Dual Phase 590 grade steel and Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) synthetic plastic polymer. Dual Phase 590 grade steel as inside tube and polyvinyl chloride or metal as outside tube was chosen. The true stress strain curve for PVC was created by selecting 20%, 40% and 60% of DP steel strength coefficient and named as PVC1, PVC2 and PVC3. The strain hardening values were kept constant for all materials. Bilayer1 was named to the set-up with DP590 steel as inner tube and PVC1 as outer tube. Bilayer2 and 3 were similar with only difference of having PVC2 and PVC3 as outer tube. In the fourth setting (Bilayer4) the inner and outer tubes are both DP 590. In fifth set-up (Bilayer5) single layer DP590 tube flaring was simulated with no outer tube. The inner tube inner diameter was 35.6 mm with thickness of 1.25 mm and outer tube inner diameter was 38.1 mm with thickness of 1.25 mm. The length of both tubes considered was 50 mm. Tube flaring punch was considered as a rigid body while tubes were considered as deformable body. The punch was displaced with displacement control. The interaction between the punch and tube was surface-to-surface tangential contact with a friction coefficient of 0.1 and between outer surface of inner tube and inner surface of outer tube was 1 to provide the sticking action. The force required for flaring, strain generation and failure was investigated. The flaring behavior of the tube is analyzed and compared with the single metal layer. The strength difference and effect of that on the formability is discussed and resulted. It was found that the force requirement for flaring was higher than the 1layer tube but lower than bilayer with same steel material. The circumferential strain in 1layer generated faster after some punch displacement and provides early failure. Similarly, bilayer with same steel material for both tubes provides early failure by changing the strain path to near plane strain. All other case strain paths were found uniaxial. It was also observed that the pressurization effect coming from the support layer delays the failure. However having same steel material for both tube contradicts the theory and failed earlier due to change in strain path. Thus it is concluded that some strength material with lower elasticity as a support material delays the failure and increase formability. Keywords: Bilayer; Flaring; Strain path; Forming limit curve; pressurization

An analysis on bilayer tube flaring

Page 145


MAN-11

An Analysis on Bilayer Tube Flaring Chetan P Nikhare1, a * 1

Mechanical Engineering, The Pennsylvania State University, The Behrend College, Erie, PA - 16563 a [email protected]

Abstract. Lightweight design for vehicle industry is not anymore an optional condition but a mandatory need to reduce the fuel consumption and adhere to environmental regulations. To achieve this goal many single parts have been removed and complex design has been implied. This includes implementation of tailored-welded blanks and multi-layer materials. Due to the increase use of dissimilar materials in a component it is also called as hybrid components. It was observed that due to use of hybrid component the part weight decrease and thus increase fuel efficiency. To continue this aspect, in this paper bilayer tube flaring is investigated numerically using ABAQUS/Explicit (version 6.13-2). For study two types of materials were used, Dual Phase 590 grade steel and Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) synthetic plastic polymer. Dual Phase 590 grade steel as inside tube and polyvinyl chloride or metal as outside tube was chosen. The true stress strain curve for PVC was created by selecting 20%, 40% and 60% of DP steel strength coefficient and named as PVC1, PVC2 and PVC3. The strain hardening values were kept constant for all materials. Bilayer1 was named to the set-up with DP590 steel as inner tube and PVC1 as outer tube. Bilayer2 and 3 were similar with only difference of having PVC2 and PVC3 as outer tube. In the fourth setting (Bilayer4) the inner and outer tubes are both DP 590. In fifth set-up (Bilayer5) single layer DP590 tube flaring was simulated with no outer tube. The inner tube inner diameter was 35.6 mm with thickness of 1.25 mm and outer tube inner diameter was 38.1 mm with thickness of 1.25 mm. The length of both tubes considered was 50 mm. Tube flaring punch was considered as a rigid body while tubes were considered as deformable body. The punch was displaced with displacement control. The interaction between the punch and tube was surface-to-surface tangential contact with a friction coefficient of 0.1 and between outer surface of inner tube and inner surface of outer tube was 1 to provide the sticking action. The force required for flaring, strain generation and failure was investigated. The flaring behavior of the tube is analyzed and compared with the single metal layer. The strength difference and effect of that on the formability is discussed and resulted. It was found that the force requirement for flaring was higher than the 1layer tube but lower than bilayer with same steel material. The circumferential strain in 1layer generated faster after some punch displacement and provides early failure. Similarly, bilayer with same steel material for both tubes provides early failure by changing the strain path to near plane strain. All other case strain paths were found uniaxial. It was also observed that the pressurization effect coming from the support layer delays the failure. However having same steel material for both tube contradicts the theory and failed earlier due to change in strain path. Thus it is concluded that some strength material with lower elasticity as a support material delays the failure and increase formability. Keywords: Bilayer; Flaring; Strain path; Forming limit curve; pressurization

An analysis on bilayer tube flaring

Page 146


MAN-17

Effect of Welding Speed on Mechanical Properties of Friction Stir welded AA 6082-T6 Al Alloy Dhananjayulu Avula1, a *, D K Dwivedi2,b 1

Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering, Govt Polytechnic, Rajampeta, India. Professor in Mechanical and Industrial Enngg. Dept., IIT Roorkee, India. a [email protected]

2

Abstract: In this study the effect of process parameters on mechanical and microstructural properties of similar 6082-T6 joints produced by friction stir welding was analysed. Different samples were produced by varying the transverse welding speeds of the tool from 19 to 75 mm/min and a fixed rotational speed of 635 rpm. A more uniform hardness values in the nugget zone were observed at 48 mm/min welding speed. The lowest hardness values were recorded on nugget zone at all the welding speeds. The increase in welding speed increases ultimate tensile strength and reaches maximum and further increase in welding speed results decrease in tensile strength were observed. Similarly with the increase in welding speed decrease in the percentage elongation were recorded. It can be observed that the increase in welding speed initially increases the tensile strength, and reaches the maximum and beyond which the tensile strength starts falling. The highest ultimate tensile strength was obtained at 48 mm/min welding speed while the lowest ultimate tensile strength was obtained at 19 mm/min welding speed. The highest percentage elongation was obtained at 30 mm/min and lowest were at 75 mm/min welding speed. At 19 and 48 mm/min welding speed, mediocre results were found. The hardness across the weld cross section of the FSW joints was measured by Vickers micro hardness tester. The highest values of hardness are obtained in the nugget zone at 48 mm/min welding speed and at all other welding speeds lower hardness values were observed. A more uniform hardness values in the nugget zone were observed at 48 mm/min welding speed. The lowest hardness values were recorded on nugget zone at all the welding speeds. Due to lower hardness of nugget, during tensile testing, fracture occurred at the nugget zone. On the basis of experimental research carried out in the present work on 6082-T6 aluminum alloy FSW welded joints at different welding speeds, the following conclusions can be reached:  The microhardness values in the weld zone of weld performed at 48 mm/min welding speed are higher than that of all other welding speeds. Higher microhardness values also resulted in higher tensile strength of this weldment.  Increase in the welding speed leads to the increase in the tensile strength and it reaches a maximum value and then decreases. The maximum joint efficiency was 52.33 % and was observed at 48 mm/min welding speed. Keywords: Welding; FSW; AA 6086-T6; Mechanical Properties

Effect of Welding Speed on Mechanical Properties of Friction Stir Welded AA 6082-T6 Al Alloy

Page 147


MAN-112

Machining of AISI D2 Tool Steel with Multiple Hole Electrodes by EDM Process R Prasad Prathipati1,a,*, Kondaiah Gudimetla2,b, R Uzwal Kiran3,c 1

3

Department of Mechanical Engineering,Universal College of Engineering & Technology,Guntur-522438, Andhra Pradesh, India 2 Department of Metallurgical and Materials Engineering, NIT Tiruchirappalli-620015, Tamil Nadu, India Department of Mechanical Engineering, College of Engineering & Technology, Hyderabad-500000, Telangana, India a [email protected], [email protected], [email protected] *Corresponding author: [email protected]

Abstract. Electrical discharge machining (EDM) is one of the important non-traditional machining processes is being widely used to machine hard tool and die materials, used in industries. The optimum selection of process parameters is very important in machining processes as that of an EDM as they determine surface quality and dimensional precision of the so-obtained parts. Time consuming for machining large dimension features is high in EDM. In this work, AISI D2 tool steel the work piece. The AISI D2 tool steel has several applications like forming dies, slitting cutters, thread rolling & wire dies, extrusion dies etc. Machining of this tool steel is very hard because it is one of the carbon steels alloyed with Mo, Cr, and V, for its high strength and wear resistance due to formation of chrome carbide in heat treatment. In this paper, to reduce the machining time, a multiple hole copper electrode is used. While machining with multiple holes electrode, fin like projections are obtained, which can be removed by chipping. Then finishing is done by using solid electrode. The machining time is reduced by 40% to 50% while using multiple hole electrode for EDM. Keywords: EDM, AISI D2 tool steel, multiple hole copper electrode

Machining of AISI D2 Tool Steel with Multiple Hole Electrodes by EDM Process

Page 148


MAN-114

Effect of Friction on Barreling during Cold Upset Forging of Aluminum 6082 Alloy Solid Cylinders Amrita Priyadarshini1, a *, C Phaneendra Kiran2,b and FULL Last Author3,c 123

Department of Mechanical Engineering, BITS Pilani Hyderabad Campus, Hyderabad, India-500078 a [email protected], [email protected], c [email protected]

Abstract. Friction is one of the significant factors in forging operations since it affects metal flow in the die, forming load, strain distribution, tool and die life, surface quality of the product etc. In upset forging, the frictional forces at the die-workpiece interface oppose the outward flow of the material due to which the specimen develops a barrel shape. As a result, the deformation becomes nonuniform or inhomogeneous which is undesirable. Barreling can be reduced by applying effective lubricant on the surface of the platens. The objective of the present work is to study experimentally the effect of various frictional conditions (dry, grease, mineral oil) on barreling during upset forging of aluminum 6082 solid cylinders of different aspect ratio (length/diameter: 0.5, 0.75, 1). The friction coefficients are determined using the ring compression test. Curvature of barrel is determined based on the assumption that the curvature of the barrel follows the geometry of circular arc. The barrel radius after each stage of loading was plotted against the corresponding compressive stresses at different lubricating conditions (µ= 0.56, 0.32, 0.26 for l/d 0.5, 0.75 and 1 (see Figure 1). Greater value of radius of curvature indicates less barreling. For ideal interfacial conditions, the radius of curvature would tend to infinity indicating perfectly homogeneous deformation with no barreling [10]. 300

290 Barrel radius (mm)

285

Dry Grease Mineral oil l/d=0.75

280 275 270 265 260 255

280 270 260

280 270 260 250 240

250

230

240

220

250

Dry Grease Mineral oil l/d=1

290

Barrel radius (mm)

Dry Grease Mineral oil l/d=0.5

290 Barrel radius (mm)

300

300

295

210

245 0

50

100 150 200 250 300 Compressive stress (N/mm2)

350

0

50

100

150

200

250

300 2

Compressive stress (N/mm )

350

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

Compressive stress (N/mm 2)

(a) (b) (c) Figure 1 Barrel radius versus compressive stress for (a) l/d=0.5 (b) l/d=0.75 and (c) l/d=1 It is observed that for all the aspect ratios considered, especially for higher l/d ratios, barreling effect is distinctively prominent under dry conditions as compared to that of grease and mineral oil. This is well understood from the lower values of radius of curvature obtained in case of dry conditions for different aspect ratios. The results showed that barreling effect is distinctively prominent under dry conditions as compared to that of grease and mineral oil. It has been observed that difference between the radius of curvature under dry and lubricated conditions becomes less significant for higher values of axial load for l/d 0.5. Keywords: Al 6082, Upset forging, Barreling, Friction coefficient, Ring compression test. Effect of Friction on Barreling during Cold Upset Forging of Aluminum 6082 Alloy Solid Cylinders

Page 149


MAN-120

OPTIMIZATION OF PROCESS PARAMETERS IN ROTARY ELECTRIC DISCHARGE MACHINING USING TAGUCHI METHOD Chandramouli S1,a* and Eswaraiah K2,b 1,2Department of Mechanical Engineering, Kakatiya Institute of Technology & Science, Yerragattu Hillock, Hasanparthy, Warangal (TS), India a*[email protected], b [email protected]

Abstract: Electrical Discharge Machining is most popular non-traditional machining process for difficult to machine conducting materials and is quite extensively used in industry owing to its favourable features and advantages that it can offer. In EDM, the objective is always to get improved Material Removal Rate along with achieving better surface quality of machined component. The quality of a machined surface is becoming increasingly significant to satisfy the increasing demands of superior component performance, longevity, and reliability. Thus selection of optimal process parameters is essential, in order to sustain and improve reliability of the components, it is always necessary to have knowledge of the effects of the manufacturing parameters on the surface integrity, precision and productivity of the EDMed components. The machining characteristics of Rotary Electro Discharge Machining (REDM) of precipated Hardned stain less steel (PH steel) with copper tungsten electrode are investigated in this study. Two output responses Material removal rate (MRR) and Tool wear rate (TWR) will be adopted to evaluate the machinability. Peak current, pulse on time, pulse off time and electrode rotation are used as the input variables to assess the machinability. Experiments were conducted using Copper Tungsten (80Cu:20W grade) which had good electrical conductivity, high wear resistance. Due to this tool wear minimum while machining with copper Tungsten. Taguchi design method is used to identify the parameter settings which render the quality of the process robust to unavoidable variations in external noise. S/N ration calculated as a logarithmic transformation of loss function and the characteristics selected for MRR and TWR are “higher is better” and “Lower is better”. To determine the influence and relative importance of the factors, analysis of variance was performed. From signal to noise ratio response table current influence is more and rotation low influence on MRR. According to response table of TWR pulse on time influence more on TWR compared to other factors, and pulse off time is least significant factor in TWR. The process parameters are optimized for the maximum MRR. For optimum MRR, A3B2C3D3 levels must be selected. The optimized parameters are fairly in good. For minimization of tool wear the optimal levels of input parameters are A2B2C1D2. The results of this research a good technical database for the various industrial applications of PH steels. Keywords: Rotary EDM, Taguchi method, copper tungsten electrode, MRR, MINITAB 17.

Optimization of Process Parameters in Rotary Electric Discharge Machining Using Taguchi Method

Page 150


MAN-125

Characterisation of Micro Channels Machined with ECDM for Fluidic Applications Lijo Paul1, a *, Bibin P George 2,b and Ashwin Varghese 3,c 1,2,3 a

Dept. of Mechanical Engineering,SJCET. Pala, Kottyam, Kerala, India.

[email protected],[email protected], [email protected]

Abstract. Electro Chemical Discharge Machining (ECDM) process is an innovative micro machining process to machine electrically conducting and non-conductive materials for micro level application. In this paper an attempt has been made to machine micro channels with ECDM process for micro fluidic application. Micro channels are machined for three different speeds for borosilicate glass with tungsten copper alloy tool of 300 micron diameter with optimized process parameters. Flow rate across micro channels are measured and are found to be reliable for micro fluidic application. Micro channels are found to have good surface finish when machined with optimal conditions. Micro ECDM process is found to be cheaper and faster process compared to existing machining operations in non-conducting materials In the present paper micro machining of ECDM on borosilicate glass to produce micro channels are discussed. Further the scope of micro channels in micro fluidic application is also elaborated. Micro channels are machined on borosilicate glass with ECDM process. In the experimental results higher voltage, electrolyte concentration and tool rotation are found to give higher MRR. At higher voltage high spark energy is produced which in turn results higher melting and vaporization of the borosilicate glass. Also higher electrolyte concentration has resulted in higher concentration of ions in electrolyte which in turn results in higher etching of borosilicate glass at the machining zone. MRR is found to be higher with higher tool rotation speed as debris is removed faster from the machining zone. Duty Factor (DF) is found to be moderate as higher DF will increase the heating of workpiece rather than melting and vaporization of the borosilicate glass. Also tool wear is found to be negligible as tungsten copper electrode has higher melting point and good wear resistance. Surface finish obtained is found to be better with 0.02 mm/s as at lower speed, micro channels are formed with rough surface due to sticking of tool with workpiece. Also at higher speed channels are not formed uniformly due to less spark formation at tool tip as they move faster on borosilicate glass surface. The optimized micro channels obtained are sandwiched with soda lime glass as shown in Fig. 6. Micro tubes are then attached to the inlet and outlet of the channels and flow rate is measured and is found to be 0.02ml/s. These channels can be used for micro fluidic application especially in cooling of micro devises. The channel with optimum dimensions obtained through optimization is used in flow analysis. The micro channels machined with ECDM has wider application in cooling devises. The experimental results are found to be promising for micro fluidic applications Keywords: Electro Chemical Discharge Machining, Micro Channels, Electro Discharge Machining, Electro Chemical Machining, Material Removal Rate.

Characterisation of Micro Channels Machined with ECDM for Fluidic Applications

Page 151


MAN-126

FEM of ECDM process on Semi Conducting Materials Lijo Paul1, a *, Pradeep P V 2,b and Donald Antony 3,c 1,2,3

Dept. of Mechanical Engineering,SJCET. Pala, Kottyam, Kerala, India. a

[email protected], [email protected], c [email protected]

Abstract. Electro Chemical Discharge Machining (ECDM) process has been developed as an innovative machining process for machining non-conductive materials. The various application of this hybrid process is used in many industries like nuclear, medical and automobile industries. The scope of ECDM in micro machining of semiconducting materials is still found to be promising challenge for researchers. Due to many advanced properties of silicon, its use in MEMS industries is enormous. Many researchers have carried out lot of empirical estimation for discharges in ECDM. However very less work has been reported in the modelling of the ECDM process. Present work mainly concentrates on Finite Element Modelling (FEM) of micro holes machined on silicon wafers with ECDM process. A thermal FEM of spark discharge in the ECDM is carried out. The results from FEM are compared with experimental results and are found to be satisfactory. The model developed can be used for prediction of MRR for a particular combination of workpiece-tool arrangement. Present paper focusses on the thermal modeling of ECDM in MRR for silicon wafers. The Finite Element Model (FEM) of ECDM process is made in discharge regime with pulsed DC in 2D domain to characterise MRR as a process response. The heat flux is applied over the top layer in spark zone, as a Gaussian distribution. A maximum temperature of 1723 K is generated across the nodes. Temperature is found maximum below the tool axis where maximum spark occur. Temperature gradually decreases away from tool axis, due to decrease in spark intensity. A graph is plotted based on the temperature field model. The graph shows that there is a steep uniform increase in temperature along nodes. The temperature plot graph is uniform for various nodes due to semi conducting nature of silicon wafers as shown in Figure 1.

Fig. 1. Thermal model for temperature distribution

Fem of ECDM process on semi conducting materials

Page 152


MRR is calculated with respect to multiple sparks in modelling. The ECDM model gives deeper insight in to the process which can be used for optimising the process parameters of the process. Following conclusions are made from the modelling of ECDM process.  The MRR obtained for pulsed DC model it is 0.485 mg/ min and experimental value obtained is 0.528 mg/ min . A variation of 8.9 % error in MRR is noted which are within the permissible limits.  It is also found that the maximum temperature obtained in pulsed DC process is 1723 K for 133 multiple spark which is above the melting point of borosilicate glass. Keywords: Electro Chemical Discharge Machining, Material Removal Rate, Finite Element Modeling .

Fem of ECDM process on semi conducting materials

Page 153


MAN-128

Effect of Cast Geometries on Particle Dispersion in Metal Matrix Composites Vishal Mehta1, a*, Roma Patel2, b, Mayur Sutaria3, c 1 3

, Department of Mechanical Engineering, C.S. Patel Institute of Technology, Charotar University of Science and Technology (CHARUSAT), Anand, Gujarat. India 2 Department of Mechanical Engineering, Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel Institute of Technology, Anand, Gujarat. India a [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract: The production of metal-matrix composites through liquid metal processing route involves the interaction of solidifying front with reinforcement particles. The micro scale interaction depends on solidification front velocity, reinforcement particle size, and thermal parameters. Solidification front velocity varies inside solidifying components, depending on the shape and size, leading to the variation in the dispersion of reinforcement particles. Particle dispersion plays vital role in determining performance of the composites. [1] Most of the research revealed the fact that composites were cast either in plate geometry or geometry of crucible. Present work mainly focuses to examine effect of mold cavity geometries on dispersion of particles in solidifying composite slurries. Aluminium alloy composites using silicon carbide (SiC) particles were manufactured using stir casting technique. ‘T’ shape and plus shape geometries were cast in the present work. Solidification front velocity was analyzed to investigate effect of cast geometries on particle dispersion. Microstructural examination was carried out to understand the effect of cast geometries on particle dispersion. Solidification front velocity has been analyzed using COMSOL Multiphysics software. It has been observed that, in ‘T’ shape solidification front velocity at inner corner is 2030 µm/sec and at outer corner is 2458µm/sec and in plus shape velocity at inner corner is 2050µm/sec and at outer corner is 2680µm/sec. Microstructural result reveals that the particle pushing occurs at inner corner and particle engulfment occurs at outer corner of cast geometries. Lower solidification front velocity allows time for development of particle-solidification front interactions, resulting in particle pushing. In summary, the particle dispersion in MMC significantly depends on cast geometries.

Figure: Solidification front velocity analysis for ‘T’ shape and plus shape Keywords: Aluminium, Cast Geometries, Metal Matrix Composites (MMC), Particle Dispersion, Stir Casting

Effect of Cast Geometries on Particle Dispersion in Metal Matrix Composites

Page 154


MAN-129

Numerical Modeling of Friction Stir Welding Using CFD analysis of Al-Zn Alloys D. Venkateswarlu1, P. Nageswararao2 M. M. Mahapatra3 and S.P. Harsha4 12

3

Department of Mechanical and Industrial Engineering, MLRITM, Dundigal, Hyderabad-500043 3 Department of Mechanical and Industrial Engineering, IIT Rorkee, Uttrakhand247667. 4 School of Mechanical science, IIT, Bhubaneswar, Odisha-751013. Corresponding author: [email protected] Telephone: 8881437519

Abstract: The tool geometry plays the most significant part in the material flow, stirring and thermal condition of friction stir welding (FSW). Appropriate combination of tool parameters such as shoulder surface type and probe profile together with welding variables like vertical load, weld traverse speed and tool rotational speed are required to obtain sound friction stir welds. The present investigation deals with the effect of treaded probe friction stir welding tool with varying shoulder surface on the weld temperature distribution and material flow. The temperatures on the top surface of the weld joint were recorded using thermocouples. The geometrical features of the tools were incorporated in 3D computational fluid dynamics (CFD) model and weld parameters such as rotational speed and welding transverse speed were also utilized. Temperature dependent material properties were used in the CFD model. The numerically predicted temperature distribution and stirring pattern were compared with experimental values. The observed close proximity between numerically predicted and experimental values evident to the suitability of the CFD model. The modeling methodology adopted in the present investigation to study the effect of varying tool shoulder geometries with threaded probes clearly indicated the varying thermal profiles and material flow conditions for each tool. In the thermal models, compared to the flat shoulder tools, the tools with concave shoulders exhibited higher peak temperatures. The peak temperatures obtained in the models for all the tool types 1- 4 were observed to be 773 K, 861 K 794 K and 874 K respectively which were below the melting point of the alloy used in the experiment. For each tool, thermal conditions in the model indicated broader peak temperature zones in the advancing side of the welds and experimentally observed thermal profiles well agreed with the predicted ones. From the velocity vectors depicted in the models, higher stirring conditions were observed at the top surface of the welds which gradually narrowed down towards the weld root. The stirring patterns in the models for each tool indicated increased amount of material that swept round the probes at locations closer to the shoulder than the weld root. The temperature patterns and gradual narrowing of shear zones in the model closely gave the impression of the weld cross section. The modeling methodologies used in the present investigation together with the assumptions were observed to be adequate in predicting the thermal conditions and material flow in the welds with respect to varying tool geometries. Key wards: Friction stir welding, Material flow, CFD, aluminium alloys.

Numerical Modeling on Friction Stir Welding Using CFD Analysis of Al-Zn Alloys

Page 155


MAN-133

Investigations of Milling Parameters on Hemp Fiber Reinforced Composite using ANOVA and Regression Kundan Patel1,a*, Keval Patel2,b, Piyush Gohil3,c, Vijaykumar Chaudhary4,d 1,2,4

Mechanical Engineering Department, C. S. Patel Institute of Technology, CHARUSAT, Changa, Pin - 388 421, Gujarat-India. 3 Mechanical Engineering Department, Faculty of Technology & Engineering, The M. S. University of Baroda, Vadodara, Gujarat, India. a [email protected], [email protected], c [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract. The machinability of fiber reinforced composites is emphatically affected not only by the kind of fiber used in the composite but also by its properties. Milling composite materials is a very usual and plays a vital role for the assembly of composite structures. However, milling of composites is a somewhat complicated errand inferable from the heterogeneity of the material and a plenty of different issues, for instance, delamination factor, which show up amid the machining process and are connected with the qualities of the material and the cutting parameters. Many researchers studied the effect of diverse parameters on milling of composite materials [1-5]. Present study looks into the influence of spindle speed, feed rate and depth of cut on thrust force, torque and delamination factor in hemp fiber reinforced polyester composites. The composite specimens were formulated using hand lay-up method. The analysis for attaining the optimality condition is performed using ANOVA and regression model. It was observed that the grouping of the inferior value of feed (0.1 mm/rev), lower spindle speed (1500 rpm) as well as the lower depth of cut (1.5 mm) results in minimum delamination factor and torque. The feed was found to be more significant than the depth of cut for thrust force. Keywords: Natural Fiber, Milling, ANOVA, Regression

Investigations of Milling Parameters on Hemp Fiber Reinforced Composite using ANOVA and Regression

Page 156


MAN-147

Study of Earing Behavior in Deep Drawing Process Using Simple Tensile Test for EDD Steel Nitin Kotkunde1, a *, Rushabha Shaha1, b, Kurra Suresh1, c, Navneet Khanna2, d 1

Mechanical Engineering Department, BITS-Pilani, Hyderabad Campus, Hyderabad– 500078, Telangana, India 2 Mechanical Engineering Department, IITRAM (Government of Gujarat Initiative), Ahmedabad – 380026, India a [email protected], [email protected], c [email protected], d [email protected]

Abstract: Extra deep drawing (EDD) steels are the most widely used steel material today for automotive applications involving simple and complex components, which require very high formability [1]. Several experimental techniques have been used to evaluate the formability of a material. Among all, one of the popular techniques to access the formability is deep drawing process. In deep drawing process, one of the most prominent manifestations of crystallographic texture of a sheet is the formation of an uneven rim with characteristic ears and troughs [2]. The major reason for such ears and troughs is due to dissimilarity in yield stress as well as Lankford parameter (r- value) in different orientations [3]. Therefore, understanding the behavior of earing and its prediction is one of the important aspect in deep drawing process. The aim of present work is to investigate the earing tendency using simple tensile tests and validate the results with experimental data. Firstly, uniaxial tensile tests have been conducted for EDD steel at room temperature with respect to different rolling directions (00 to 900 at interval of 150). Lankford coefficient (r ) and yield stress (σ ) has been calculated from rolling direction to transvers direction at an interval of 150. Yoon’s analytical model has been used to predict cup height with respect to different rolling directions of sheet, which considers the effect of anisotropy and yield stress [3]. The data obtained from tensile tests have been used to plot the earing tendency using Yoon’s analytical model. Furthermore, Finite Element (FE) analysis has been performed for circular deep drawing process using DYNAFORM software [4]. In order to simplify FE model, only quarter geometry is modeled since the material properties, geometry and loading are considered to be symmetric along in-plane mutually perpendicular axes. Hill 1948 anisotropic yield criterion with Hollmon Power Law (HPL) is used for FE simulations. Selective mass scaling and adaptive remeshing are used to reduce computational time. In order to validate the analytical and FE results, circular deep drawing experiments have been carried out at room temperature. The maximum LDR obtained at room temperature is 2.23 for EDD steel. The experimental cup heights are compared with analytical model and FE simulation results. It has been observed that both analytical and FE analysis predictions are underestimate the experimental results. However, Yoon’s model prediction is more superior than the FE analysis results. Henceforward, Yoon’s model can be effectively used for earing tendency prediction in all the sheet metal components. Thus, prediction capability of earing from simple uniaxial tensile test would help to enhance the optimization of blank size and quality of the sheet metal parts. Keywords: Earing tendency, Tensile Tests, Yoon’s Analytical Model, FE Analysis, Deep Drawing Process, EDD Steel Study of Earing Behavior in Deep Drawing Process Using Simple Tensile Test for EDD Steel

Page 157


Effect of Heat Treatment Parameters on the Characteristics MAN-150

of Thin Wall Austempered Ductile Iron Casting Rajat Upadhyaya1,a* K. K. Singh2,b and Rajeev Kumar3,c 1,2

Department of Foundry Technology, National Institute of Foundry and Forge Technology (NIFFT), Ranchi- 834003, India 3 Department of Mechanical Engineering, Birla Institute of Technology (BIT), Ranchi-835215, India a* [email protected], b [email protected], c [email protected]

Abstract: The technology of thin parts is necessary steps to designers for energy consuming equipment to choose accurate material based on material properties. Here austempering treatment process was utilized to acquire thin wall austempered ductile iron castings. The plate thickness (2-3) mm were austenitized at 900 °C for, 30 minutes took after by holding at 350°C, 400°C and 450°C inoculated by Ce-Ca-Al-S-O-FeSi,Zr-Mn-Ca-Al-Ba-FeSi and Sr-Al-Ca-FeSi at 0.2wt%,0.4wt% and 0.6wt% for 2,5 and 10 minutes for every temperature. The austempered samples are comparatively harder than the as-cast ductile iron plates. The micro hardness(HV0.10) also decreases with increase in austempering temperature for a given austempering time for thinner plates and also the micro hardness(HV0.10) is more for the samples treated at 350°C than those treated at 400°C and 450°C at 0.4wt% for a given austempering time. The yield strength and ultimate tensile strength of 2 mm thin wall austempered ductile iron are higher and ductility and impact strength are lower than that of as-cast 2mm thin plate ductile iron inoculated by Ce-Ca-Al-S-O-FeSi compare to Zr-Mn-Ca-Al-Ba-FeSi and Sr-Al-Ca-FeSi at 0.4wt%. Effect of austempering variables was successfully studied. The hardness, tensile strength, impact toughness and microstructure were evaluated. The following conclusions are derived from the present study. 1. The austenizing followed by austempering of thinner plates at different temperatures and times leads to change in the structure ferritic-pearlitic to ausferrite-bainite. 2. The hardness value remains more with austempering temperature at 3500C for 2 min., for 2 mm thick plate compare to 3 mm thick plate with austempering temperature at 400 0C and 4500C for 2 min. This may result due to comparatively finer baintic structure. 3. The yield strength and ultimate tensile strength of thin wall austempered ductile iron (TWADI) inoculated by Ce-Ca-Al-S-O-FeSi at 0.4 % inoculation are higher and ductility and impact strength are lower than that of as-cast thin wall ductile iron (TWDI) plates. This may be attributed to the change in the structure change from ferrite-pearlite to austenitebainite. Keywords: Ductile iron; thin wall austempered ductile iron; inoculation; austempering temperature;

austempering time

Effect of Heat Treatment Parameters on the Characteristics of Thin Wall Austempered Ductile Iron Casting

Page 158


References: [1] Mortin Gagne, Marie Pierre paguin and Pierre Marie, Dross in ductile iron: Source, formation and explanation, Foundry Trade Journal, November 2009,pp. 276-280. [2] J.M.Woolley, D.M.Stefanescu, Micro shrinkage Propensity in Thin wall ductile iron casting, AFS Transaction 2005, pp. 637-643. [3] Dogan, K.K.Schrems, J.A.Hawk, Microstructure of Thin wall ductile iron casting, AFS Transaction 2003, pp.949-959. [4] L.P.Dix, R.Ruxanda, J.Torrance, M.Fukumato, Static mechanical properties of ferritic and pearlitic lightweight ductile iron castings, AFS Transaction 2003, pp.895-910.

[5] E.Fras, M.Gorny and H.F. Lopez, Thin wall ductile iron and austempered ductile iron castings, AFS Trans,2008, pp-601-609.

Effect of Heat Treatment Parameters on the Characteristics of Thin Wall Austempered Ductile Iron Casting

Page 159


MAN-151

Welding processes for Inconel 718- A brief review Jose Tom Tharappel1,a, Jalumedi Babu2,b * 1,2

Department of Mechanical Engineering, St. Joseph’s College of Engineering and Technology, Choondacherry, 686579, Kerala, India a [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract: Inconel 718 is being extensively used in the manufacture of gas turbines, rocket engines, ethylene plants, various high-temperature installations, such as hydrogen production plants, etc. due to its ability to maintain high strength at temperatures ranging from 450 to 700°C complimented by excellent oxidation and corrosion resistance and its outstanding weldability in either the age hardened or annealed condition. Though alloy 718 is reputed to possess good weldability in the context of their resistance to post weld heat treatment cracking, heat affected zone (HAZ) and weld metal cracking problems persist. This paper presents a brief review on welding processes for Inconel 718 and the weld defects, such as strain cracking during post weld heat treatment, solidification cracking, and liquation cracking. The effect of alloy chemistry, primary and secondary processing on the HAZ cracking susceptibility, effect of pre/post weld heat treatments on the precipitation and segregation reactions, effect of grain size etc. discussed and concluded with future scope for research. Researchers used different welding process, Laser welding, Gas Tungsten Arc welding, Metal Inert gas welding, and Friction welding for welding of Inconel 718. Variations of Laser welding process for welding of Inconel 718 include CO2 laser, Cross-flow CO2 continuous laser, Pulsed Nd-YAG laser and Fibre laser. Researchers used different variations of GTAW welding process for welding of Inconel 718 includes: Continuous current, Pulsed current, Activated flux. These studies conclude that pulsed current mode improved fusion zone solidification structure, reduces size and amount of Nb concentration, improved response to post weld solution treatment and weld tensile properties. The use of activating fluxes increase penetration, weld depth-to-width ratio and reduce hot cracking susceptibility of welds. Laves phase are main culprits for liquation cracking and formation of this phases depends on initial grain size and composition of the base metal. Proper pre/post weld heat treatment minimize the Liquation cracking. Use of elliptical oscillation techniques can minimize the Nb segregation and Laves formation to minimize the defects. Most of researchers [1, 2 and 3] concluded that finer grains minimize the tendency of microfissuring. Huang et al [4] presented that increasing the grain size improves the weldability by relating the probability of welds intersecting grain boundaries and causing grain boundary microfissuring. As grain size increases, the probability of the weld intersecting the grains reduces. It demands further studies to understand the influence of grain size on microfissuring. Control of process parameters in different welding processes and selection filler materials for welding of Inconel 718 with other materials is still a challenge and a great scope for research. Key words: Inconel 718, Pre/post weld heat treatments, Solidification cracking, Microfissuring.

Welding processes for Inconel 718- A brief review

Page 160


MAN-152

Turning of Hard steels- A Review Sujin S Bose1,a, Jalumedi Babu2,b *, Bala Girinath3,c 1,2,3

Department of Mechanical Engineering, St. Joseph’s College of Engineering and Technology, Choondacherry, 686579, Kerala, India a [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract: Hard turning widens its popularity in machining industries as an alternative to conventional cycle of turning, heat treatment and then grinding for high wear resistant parts. Some of the advantages of hard turning include low processing time, relatively good surface finish, low cost and waste. Researchers have been using different approaches to machine materials of higher hardness. These approaches include turning without damper and with minimum fluid application and by using MR damper. Vibrations during machining of these hard materials minimized by using Magnetorheological dampers. This results in improvement in both surface finish and tool life. This paper aims to present a brief review on different approaches for hard turning of steels. Effect of different tool materials and geometries on surface finish and tool wear on turning of hard steels with hardness ranging 40-60 HRC discussed and finally scope for future research in this area presented. Studies on Hard turning without MR damper revealed that feed rate and nose radius are influencing parameters on surface roughness during hard turning of steels. Effect of the cutting speed and depth of cut on surface roughness is less. Uncoated ceramic tools show better performance than coated ceramic tools and Wiper ceramic tools shows better performance than conventional ceramic cutting tools lastly CBN tools shows performance than ceramic- based cutting tools. Investigations to analyze the power, specific cutting force during turning of high chromim AISI D2 tool steel with conventional and wiper ceramic inserts revealed that the power increases with increase in feed rate, while the specific cutting force decreases. The surface roughness reduced at lower values of feed rate and machining time with higher values of cutting speed Studies on Hard turning with MR damper revealed that for reduction of tool wear, tool vibration, and cutting force and for improving the surface finish, MR fluid with Ferro particles of 75 microns’ size, with an oil with viscosity index SAE 40, magnetized with direct current and provided with a cone type plunger gives better results. Vibrations during the machining greatly influence the quality of surface finish and tool wear. Minimum fluid application and use of MR damper considerably reduce the tool vibrations and enhance the surface quality in hard tuning of steels. However, few studies conducted with using MR damper (AISI 4340 of HRC46) and future experiments be focused on other steels of higher hardness. Proper selection of cutting parameters, tool holder and tool geometry and materials is still a challenge for machining of hard materials. Keywords:

Hard

turning,

Magneto

rheological

damper,

Surface

finish,

Tool

wear.

Turning of Hard steels- A Review

Page 161


MAN-154

TEACHING-LEARNING BASED OPTIMIZATION APPROACH FOR PARAMETER OPTIMIZATION OF LASER MACHINING: A CASE STUDY V. PRASANNA1, a *, U. SHRINIVAS BALRAJ 2 ,b 1, 2

Department of Mechanical Engineering, Kakatiya institute of Technology & Science, Warangal, Telangana, India. a *[email protected], [email protected]

Abstract: Advanced manufacturing processes are widely used by many industries like aerospace, defense, marine, nuclear and structural industries to produce high quality products with precision and complexity. These advanced processes involve large number of input parameters and may affect the quality of the product and the manufacturing cost. Selection of optimized process parameters is very important to satisfy the objectives of the process. Most of the traditional and advanced machining processes are optimized by design of experiments, Taguchi methodology, response surface methodology and artificial neural network algorithm etc. The limitation of these techniques is that they often provide local optimization rather than global optimization. Further, nature inspired optimization techniques like genetic algorithm, particle swarm optimization, differential evolution etc. may not converge due to difficulty in determining controlling parameters and computational complexity of these algorithms. In this paper, recently developed teaching- learning based optimization algorithm is applied to the laser machining of aluminium alloy AL-40800 for the process parameter optimization. This algorithm is inspired by the teaching-learning process and it works on the effect of the influence of a teacher on the output of the learners in the class. The detailed algorithm is explained in this paper. The laser machining problem is considered in this work, which was attempted previously by various researchers using optimization techniques like genetic algorithm, artificial be colony algorithm etc. The experimental results and data of surface roughness in laser machining is taken directly from their work to demonstrate the effectiveness of teaching-learning based algorithm. The results indicate the superiority of teaching-learning based algorithm in terms of the population size, number of the generation and computational time. The main purpose of this paper is to optimize the process parameters of the Laser cutting process as using teacher-learning based optimization method a case study and demonstrate the more effectiveness of this method over other complicated evolutionary algorithms. This method is involves simple procedure and converge the solution in less number of iterations. It is a new optimization technique developed by and is population based optimization method like other evolutionary optimization algorithms. It is inspired by the teaching–learning process in a class between teacher and learners. Teachers are considered as most knowledgeable person and always try to influence the learners to achieve their goal. The quality of teacher affects the outcome of learners. Also, the student in the class also improves their knowledge by discussing it with other students in class. The final result of the class is evaluated on the basis of knowledge that the students have. Thus this optimization method obtains global solution for continuous non–linear function with less computational effort and high consistency.

Teaching-learning based optimization approach for parameter optimization of laser machining: a case study

Page 162


10

7.07790

1.60001

11.246

6.00001

2.03447

nd

Teacher Phase Solution in 2 nd iteration S.No

X1

X2

X3

X4

Ra

1

8.00000

1.60001

9.03677

7.2124

1.51696

2

8.00000

1.75059

8.83014

7.31649

1.70955

3

5.66629

1.60001

8.63406

7.48341

1.72231

4

8.00000

1.62574

11.2713

9.85896

2.35778

5

5.05822

1.61377

8.76651

6.8361

1.65832

6

8.00000

1.60694

10.1358

8.99443

2.10249

7

7.89479

1.60001

10.7667

7.74002

2.04721

8

8.00000

1.60001

8.61182

9.42541

1.97183

9

8.00000

1.60001

9.03199

9.28931

1.99463

Learner Phase Solution in 2 iteration S.No

X1

X2

X3

X4

Ra

1

8.00000

1.60001

9.00199

6.8315

1.41921

2

8.00000

1.76112

8.69529

6.00001

1.44238

3

4.3663

1.60001

8.00001

7.32895

1.68367

4

7.35774

1.61449

9.89585

9.41615

2.2099

5

4.00001

1.61874

8.88461

6.00001

1.56893

6

6.1999

1.60126

8.88813

8.17653

1.90236

7

7.99647

1.60001

9.42335

7.08641

1.59362

8

7.98835

1.60083

8.84711

8.59402

1.80313

9

8.00000

1.61172

8.83606

7.59839

1.57347

10

7.0779

1.60001

11.246

6.00001

2.03447

Conclusion The newly developed teaching-learning based algorithm is successfully applied to surface roughness model of laser cutting process. It is observed that the optimization has converged only in 7 iterations. The literature indicates that such a similar problem may take more than 50 iterations if solved by algorithms like ant bee colony and particle swarm optimization. The surface roughness value is 0.8859μm after the 7 th iteration as compared to initial value of 1.7023μm. The percentage decrease in surface roughness value is almost 52%. The advantage of this algorithm is demonstrated as it uses very small population size and less number of iterations to converge to the optimum result. Keywords – Teaching-learning based optimization, Teacher’s phase, Learner’s phase, Convergence.

Teaching-learning based optimization approach for parameter optimization of laser machining: a case study

Page 163


MAN-156

Optimization and selection of forming depth and pressure for box shaped Superplastic forming using grey based fuzzy logic. Babu1, a*, Madarapu Anjaiah 2, b, Varkeychen3, c, Ajith James 4, d

Jalumedi

1,2,4

Department of Mechanical Engineering, St. Joseph’s College of Engineering and Technology, Choondacherry, 686579, Kerala, India 3 Department of Mechanical Engineering, Gurunanak Institutions, Technical Campus, Ibrahimpatnam, 501506 Telangana, India a

[email protected], b [email protected], c [email protected], d [email protected].

Abstract: Superplastic forming (SPF) is the first choice of designers for manufacturing parts with complexity as used in aircraft and automobile industries, where the strength to weight ratio is the main criterion. Superplastic forming of a sheet metal extensively used to produce the parts with greater complexities, which are much stronger at the same time lighter than with other methods. Superplastic forming of sheets invariably results in thickness variation. Minimum thickness results at the portion where sheet comes in to contact with the die last. Pressure, forming depth and complexity of the part affect this thinning. Processing of the material to obtain a high ‘m’ value, part/die design changes to minimize local stress concentrations, forming profiled sheet of varying thickness, and pressure application in a profiled and controlled manner to control the strain rate are some of the methods developed by researches to control this thickness variation. Most of the researchers focus on thinning during superplastic forming of hemi-spherical and conical shaped products [1-3]. The present investigation aims for simultaneous optimization of forming depth and pressure of box shaped Superplastic forming using grey- based fuzzy logic. In the present study Sn-Pb chosen; which is a model material for SPF to carryout experiments, the same results could be applicable for any other Superplastic material. The grey-fuzzy reasoning grade obtained by using MATLAB (R2014b) fuzzy logic toolbox. Grey relational coefficients for Thickness ratio (TR), Time (T) input to the fuzzy logic system. Triangular shaped membership function used for fuzzy modeling. The linguistic membership functions such as Lowest (LT), Low (L), Medium (M), High (H) and Highest (HT) used to represent the grey relational coefficients (GRC) of inputs TR, and T. For output grey fuzzy reasoning grade (GFRG) membership functions represented are Lowest (LT), Very Low (VL), Medium Low (ML), Low (L), High (H), Medium High (MH), Higher (HR), Medium Higher (MHR) and Highest(HT). These membership functions shown in Figs. 1(a) and 1(b). GFRG shown in Fig.1 (c) as indicated in rule viewer in Fuzzy toolbox. Results revealed that depth at level 1 (D1) and pressure at level 3 (P3) parameter settings minimize the time of forming, and maximize the thinning ratio, simultaneously. The method proposed will simplify the tedious task of optimization of the complicated multi response characteristics by converting them into a single GFRG and used to improve the process of box shaped Superplastic forming. Keywords: Superplastic forming, Thickness ratio, Grey-based fuzzy logic.

Optimization and selection of forming depth and pressure for box shaped Superplastic forming using grey based fuzzy logic.

Page 164


Fig.1. (a) Membership functions for time and thickness ratio, (b) Membership functions for greyfuzzy reasoning grade (c) Fuzzy logic rule viewer (Experiment No.1) References: [1] K. Kalaichelvan, Cavity minimization and uniformity studies on superplastic forming of thin eutectic Pb–Sn sheet by optimum loading and preforming. J. Mater. Process. Technol. 162, (2005) 519-523 [2] Multhan, J Babu, Abhijit dutta, T. A. Janardhan Reddy, Experimental studies of gas pressure Superplastic cone forming, i-Manager’s Journal on Mechanical Engineering1(4) (2011) 14-19. [3] J. Babu, Akash D.Jose Experimental Studies on Thinning Characteristics of Superplastic Hemispherical forming, International Journal of Emerging Technology and Advanced Engineering, 5(1) (2015). 104-09.

Optimization and selection of forming depth and pressure for box shaped Superplastic forming using grey based fuzzy logic.

Page 165


MAN-157

Necessities of e-waste recycling plants in India Allen Tom1, a *, Tom Zacharia2,b 12

St.Joseph’s College of Engineering and Tech. Palai, Kottayam, Kerala, India a [email protected], [email protected],

Abstract. The electronic business is the world's biggest and quickest developing assembling industry on the planet. Disposed of electronic and electrical hardware with the greater part of their peripherals toward the finish of life is named e-waste. E-waste comprises of ferrous and non-ferrous metals, plastic, glass, earthenware production, elastic and so forth. E-waste is significant hotspot for optional crude material yet hurtful if regarded and disposed of disgracefully as it contains numerous lethal segments, for example, lead, cadmium, mercury, polychiorinated biphenlys and so forth. The nearness of lead, mercury, arsenic, cadmium, selenium and hexavalent chromium and fire retardants past limit amounts in e-waster arranges them as unsafe wastes. The best strategy for e-waste administration is lessening of volume. This paper highlights the necessities of e-waste reusing plants in India considering the present Scenario. Most of the making countries, especially India go up against an issue of persevering climb in the measure of e-waste. In light of the change in the lifestyle of the overall public which now more depends on upon electrical and electronic apparatus. In which relentless change has been made and the things are getting the chance to be perceptibly obsolete rapidly especially if there ought to be an event of PC and its periphery contraptions. This has risen a noteworthy trial of managing the e - waste. An essential measure of e-waste is administered through easygoing division which done the e - waste organization work in the way which has bed affect on nature and little measure of e-waste are directed by formal region in condition welcoming way. Shockingly there is no huge scale dealt with fragment to do the reusing work and it is performed just by disorganized range. Because of it the risk of damage to human prosperity and indigenous natural surroundings augments as no protection is taken while playing out the reusing work and besides the commitment of women and youths has exacerbated the condition. The import of e-waste from various countries has wiped out effect on condition. In light of nonappearance of care among people about e - waste, the measures like ERP and Take back approach is to a great degree troublesome. The institution work regarding e - waste had been done generally in time and it is not performing extraordinary. E waste reusing part opens the openings for work and wellspring of pay, which in like manner ought to be understood and tended to while encompassing the E - waste organization structure for India. Keywords: E-waste, Recycling, recycling plants, Indian Scenario, disposal.

Necessities of e-waste recycling plant in India

Page 166


MAN-159

Injection Molding Parameters Calculations by Using Visual Basic (VB) Programming B Jain A R Tony 1, a *, S Karthikeyen 2,b , B Jeslin A R Alex3,c and Z Jahid Ali Hasan 4,d 1

SSN College of Engineering, Chennai-603110, India. KCG College of Technology, Chennai-600097, India.

2,4 a


Abstract.Now a day’s manufacturing industry plays a vital role in production sectors. To fabricate a component lot of design calculation has to be done. There is a chance of human errors occurs during design calculations. The aim of this project is to create a special module using visual basic (VB) programming to calculate injection molding parameters to avoid human errors. To create an injection mold for a spur gear component the following parameters have to be calculated such as Cooling Capacity, Cooling Channel Diameter, and Cooling Channel Length, Runner Length and Runner Diameter, Gate Diameter and Gate Pressure. To calculate the above injection molding parameters a separate module has been created using Visual Basic (VB) Programming to reduce the human errors. The outcome of the module dimensions is the injection molding components such as mold cavity and core design, ejector plate design. Keywords: Visual Basic Programming, Injection Molding Parameters, Injection Molding Components.

Injection Molding Parameters Calculations by Using Visual Basic (VB) Programming

Page 167


MAN - 161

Optimization of Machining Parameters in Dry EDM of EN31 Steel Gurinder Singh Brar1, a * 1

Guru Nanak Dev Engineering College (IKGPTU) Ludhiana (Punjab) INDIA a [email protected]

Abstract. Electric discharge machining (EDM) is one of the most important machining process in manufacturing industries. Electric discharge machining is a thermo electric machining process in which energy in the form of heat (electric spark) is used to remove unwanted material from work piece through localized melting and vaporization process. Dry electric discharge machining (Dry EDM) is one of the novel EDM technology in which gases namely helium, argon, oxygen, nitrogen etc. are used as a dielectric medium at high pressure instead of oil based liquid dielectric. The present study investigates dry electric discharge machining (with rotary tool) of EN-31 steel to achieve lower tool wear rate (TWR) and better surface roughness (Ra) by performing a set of exploratory experiments with oxygen gas as dielectric. The effect of polarity, discharge current, gas flow pressure, pulse-on time, R.P.M. and gap voltage on the MRR, TWR and surface roughness (Ra) in dry EDM was studied with copper as rotary tool. The significant factors affecting MRR are discharge current and pulse on time. The significant factors affecting TWR are gas flow pressure, pulse on time and R.P.M. TWR was found close to zero in most of the experiments. The significant factors affecting Ra are pulse on time, gas flow pressure and R.P.M. It was found that polarity has nearly zero effect on all the three output variables. The highest percentage of contribution for MRR, TWR and Ra are discharge current (22.36%), gas flow pressure (20.89%) and Pulse on time (29.64%). Keywords: Electric Discharge Machining (EDM), Dry EDM, EN-31, MRR, TWR.

Optimization of Machining Parameters in Dry EDM of EN31 Steel

Page 168


MAN-165

Influence of Initial Aspect Ratios on the Densification Behaviour of Sintered Low Alloy Steel through Axial Hot Forging Venkata Kondaiah E1* S. Kumaran2 1&2

Department of Metallurgical and Materials Engineering, National Institute of Technology, Tiruchirappalli, India. [email protected]

Abstract. Present investigation attempts to high light the densification behavior of low alloy AISI 4115 P/M Steel preforms during axial hot forging using three different initial aspect ratios, namely, 0.59, 0.94 and 1.29 respectively. Compacts of above aspect ratios were prepared using suitable die assembly on the 1.0 M N capacity UTM. The initial preform densities were maintained in the range of 87±1% of theoretical by applying pressures in the range of 530±10 M Pa during compaction process. The preforms were coated with the indigenously developed ceramic coating to protect them during sintering. The sintering temperature range of 1150±100 C for a period of 90 minutes in an electrical muffle furnace used for sintering process. The sintered preforms were axially hot upset forged at the sintering temperature itself on a friction screw press of 1.0 MN capacity to different height strains. Obtained data and the calculated parameters were critically analyzed by plotting series of plots showing the influence of initial preform geometries. Thus, the critical analysis yielded various empirical relationships relating relative density, height strain, poisson’s ratio. The smaller aspect ratio preforms are densified more effectively rather than other medium and higher aspect ratio preforms. Keywords: Densification , Compaction, Low alloy Steel, Hot Upset Forging, Initial Aspect Ratio

Influence of Initial Aspect Ratio on the Densification Behaviour of Sintered Low Alloy Steel through Axial Hot Forging

Page 169


MAN-170

Effect of Gaussian Beam on Dissimilar Welding of AA5083 and AA6061 Alloys by Laser Beam Welding B. Srinivas1,a*, Muralimohan Cheepu2,b, K. Sivaprasad3,c and V. Muthupandi4,d 1

Department of Mechanical Engineering, MVGR College of Engineering, Andhra Pradesh 535005, India. 2 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kyungsung University, Busan608736, Republic of Korea. 3 Advanced Materials Processing Laboratory, Department of Metallurgical and Materials Engineering, National Institute of Technology Tiruchirappalli, Tamil Nadu 620015, India. 4 Department of Metallurgical and Materials Engineering, National Institute of Technology Tiruchirappalli, Tamil Nadu 620015, India. a

*[email protected], [email protected], [email protected], d [email protected]

Abstract. The Laser beam welding is a promising joining technology in the many industries especially in the automobile, marine and aeronautical industries to join the dissimilar joints with the advantages like low heat input, high localization ability, high welding speed, high flexibility, high weld quality and high production rate [1]. However, the laser beam welding of aluminium alloys is not an easy challenge due to its high surface reflectivity [2]. Although, laser welding show important advantages compared with other techniques, as the low heat input, the high localization ability, the high welding speed, the high flexibility, the high weld quality and the high production rate. The welding of aluminum alloys yields numerous defects formation such as porosity due to gas entrapment occurring during the solidification of the weld pool, excessive penetration, oxide layer formation and poor in mechanical properties. By considering all the previous researches our study focused on Laser beam welding of aluminium dissimilar alloys. Nd-YAG (Neodymium-Yttrium Aluminum Garnet) laser dissimilar welds were prepared on 4 mm thick sheets of AA5083 and AA6061 aluminium alloys using different laser power and different welding speeds at a beam spot size of 180 µm. The results show that the thermal conductivity of the materials which has aluminum alloys more than other materials and are plays a major role on microstructural changes in the weldment. Mechanical properties such as hardness and tensile properties of the weldments in the aswelded condition were studied and correlated with the microstructural properties. The microhardness examination along the fusion zone, heat affected zone and base metal showed that, there was greater variation in hardness values at AA6061 weld interface side when compared with AA5083 weld interface side due to the effect of steeper temperature gradient. It is observed that the effect of welding conditions and temperature gradient have much more influence on join properties. It has been shown that welds which are produced with 3.5 kW laser power, 3.5 m/min welding speed and 180 µm beam spot size exhibited highest tensile strength of 241 MPa compared to other conditions.

Effect of Gaussian Beam on Dissimilar Welding of AA5083 and AA6061 Alloys by Laser Beam Welding

Page 170


Investigations on High Speed Machining of EN-353 Steel

MAN-172

Alloy under Different Machining Environments A.Venkata Vishnu1, a *, P. Jamaleswara Kumar2,b 1

Research Scholar, Department of Mechanical Engineering, K L University,Vaddeswaram, Guntur, India. 2 Assoc. Professor, Department of Mechanical Engineering, K LUniversity,Vaddeswaram, Guntur, India a [email protected], [email protected],

Abstract: The addition of Nano Particles into Conventional cutting fluids enhances its cooling capabilities; in the present paper an attempt is made by adding Nano sized particles into conventional cutting fluids. Taguchi Robust Design Methodology is employed in order to study the performance characteristics of different turning parameters i.e. Cutting Speed, Feed rate, Depth of cut and Type of tool under different machining environments i.e. Dry Machining, Machining with lubricant - SAE 40 and Machining with mixture of Nano sized particles of Boric acid and base fluid SAE 40. The cutting tools used for machining are CNMG carbide tools of Uncoated, PVD and CVD inserts. A series of turning operations using CNC Lathe were performed by L27 (3)13 Orthogonal array considering high cutting speeds and the other machining parameters to measure Hardness. The results are compared among the different machining environments, and it is concluded that there is considerable improvement in the machining performance using lubricant SAE 40 and mixture of SAE 40 + boric acid compared with dry machining as shown in below Graph no. 1. The S/N Ratios compared among other factors i.e. Cutting Speed, Feed rate, Depth of cut and Type of tool are also indicated in the graph. ANOVA suggests that the selected parameters and the interactions are significant and cutting speed has most significant effect on Hardness. The confirmation results are within the limits of the predicted value at 95% confidence level and the suggested optimum results can be adopted. Keywords: EN 353 Steel Alloy, Nano Particles, Taguchi Methodology, SAE 40, L27 (3)13 Orthogonal

array, ANOVA, Hardness.

M a i n E f f e c ts P l o t f o r S N r a ti o s D a ta M e a n s T Y P E O F C O O L EN T

C U T T IN G SPEED ( R PM )

40

84

F EE D (M M /R EV )

D EPT H O F C U T (M M )

T Y PE O F T O O L

40. 9

Mean of SN ratios

40. 8 40. 7 40. 6 40. 5 40. 4 40. 3

BO

RI

C

+

SA

E-

DR

Y SA

40 E-

9

13

79

10 19

0 05 0.

0.

5 12

0.

20

0

0 0. 2

0. 3

5

0 0 .5

CV

D

PV

D Un

Co

at

ed

S ig n a l- to - n o is e : La r g e r is b e tte r

Graph no. 1. Main effects plot for S/N Ratios Investigations on High Speed Machining of EN-353 Steel Alloy under Different Machining Environments

Page 171


MAN-174 EFFECT OF FSW PROCESS PARAMETERS ON MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF FERROUS ALLOYS D. Venkateswarlu1, Amandeep Singh2, M.M. Mahapatra2 and P. Nageswararao1 1

Department of Mechanical and Industrial Engineering, MLRITM, Dundigal, Hyderabad500043 2 Department of Mechanical and Industrial Engineering, IIT Roorkee, Uttrakhand247667, India. 3 School of Mechanical science, IIT, Bhubaneswar, Odisha-751013. Corresponding author: [email protected] Telephone: 8881437519.

Abstract: Friction stir welding is solid-state joining process which is beneficial in avoiding defects that occur during solidification and shrinkages in arc welds. Moreover the arc welds are characterized with tensile residual stress which is detrimental for weld structural integrity. FSW of ferrous alloys are advisable for situation where formation of excessive tensile residual stresses during welding is avoided. In the research work FSW has been used to join ferrous alloys without having defects of shrinkages, porosity and weld crack. Tool material and process parameters used in the study were appropriate enough to avoid formation of brittle martensite in the welds. Overall, sound welds without any visible defects were produced with minimum tool wear and distortions. Figure demonstrates the graph between the UTS variation with increase in tool rotational speed and welding speed. The UTS decreases linearly with increase in rotational speed from 708 rpm to1216 rpm. And the influence of welding speed firstly goes on increasing from 13 mm/min to 20 mm/min with little slope but decreases from 20mm/min to 40mm/min as demonstrated in Figure 27.The UTS at 708 rpm is found to be with higher values in optimal region. And parameter 1216 rpm is positioned below in the optimal region whatever the welding speed may be between 13 to 40mm/min.

Key words: FSW, ferrous alloy, mechanical and metallurgical properties.

Effect of FSW Process Parameters on Mechanical Properties of Ferrous Alloys

Page 172


MAN-175 Effect of Heat treatments on Microstructure Evolution on FSW of AA 2219 alloys D. Venkateswarlu1, and P. Nageswararao 1and M.M. Mahapatra2 1

Department of Mechanical and Industrial Engineering, MLRITM, Dundigal, Hyderabad500043 3 School of Mechanical science, IIT, Bhubaneswar, Odisha-751013. Corresponding author: [email protected] Telephone: 8881437519

Abstract: The present study of Friction Stir Welding (FSW) over other fusion welding processes. The experimentation started with conversion of Aluminium 2219-T87 alloy into T6, T62 and O temper conditions. FSW was done by using selected constant parameters for different Heat treatment tempers, such that no welding flaws will occur. The effect of base metal conditions was studied on mechanical properties like tensile strength, % elongation, and micro-hardness and also on welding morphologies. It is revealed that O temper (Annealing condition) provides best tensile strength with respect to base material and also breaks near base material unlike other tempers having fracture points in weld zones. On the other hand T87 temper provides highest weld strength and weld hardness in comparison with other three tempers. We observe that the hardness across TMAZ and HAZ exhibits lowest values while SZ shows slightly higher values than TMAZ and HAZ in all the cases except T62 which is having lowest value in SZ. T87 base metal has highest hardness among all the other tempers but also show significant drop in hardness as compared to other tempers in weld zone. Heat treatment of material results in different grain structures and distributions in the material. Different tempers have different grain size and grain distribution in different regions of the weld like Stir zone (SZ), Thermo-mechanically affected zone (TMAZ), Heat affected zone (HAZ) and base material (BM).Precipitates are recognizable along the grain boundaries in stable form characterized by dark region. Precipitate free zones are also present and are shown by white regions in microstructure. The stir zone has equiaxed grains distribution and exhibits less precipitate region characterized by black region. The microstructure of HAZ is not much different from BM as it is affected very less due to welding. TMAZ region shows continuous and slightly wider precipitated free zones as white region as it is affected less than stir zone and more as compared to heat affected zone.As observed from the tensile test of the samples, all the tempers have different fracture locations. Fractures locations can be explained by relating weld zones and their corresponding hardness. In case of T6, T87 tempers the joints mainly fractured in HAZ which is having lowest hardness; T62 joints shows fracture in SZ while in case of O condition the joint is broken in BM away from weld zone since hardness of BM is less than the hardness of Weld zones Key words: Friction stir welding, tensile strength, Micro-hardness

Effect of Heat Treatments on Microstructure Evolution on FSW of AA 2219 Alloys

Page 173


MAN-181

Comparative Study on Mechanical Properties of Similar and Dissimilar Friction Stir Welding of AA5083-H111 and AA6082-T6 Aluminium Alloys H.M.Anil Kumar 1, a * Dr. V.Venkata Ramana 2, b , and Mayur Pawar3,c 1

Associate Professor, Department of Mechanical Engineering, Ballari Institute of Technology and Management, Ballari 583101, India 2 Professor, Department of Mechanical Engineering, Ballari Institute of Technology and Management, Ballari 583101, India 3 Assistant Professor, Department of Mechanical Engineering, Ballari Institute of Technology and Management, Ballari 583101, India a [email protected] , [email protected] and c [email protected]

Abstract Friction stir welding is an innovative technology in the joining realm of metals and alloys. This technique is highly economical and suitable especially for non ferrous alloys as compared to ferrous alloys. It finds applications in aeronautical, automobile, ship building industries etc. In this paper an attempt is made to compare the mechanical properties such as tensile strength, microstructure, macro structure and hardness on the similar and dissimilar friction stir welded aluminum alloys AA5083-H111 and AA6082-T6 under constant tool rotational speed, welding speed and tool tilt angle. It is observed from the experimental results that joint efficiency of dissimilar aluminum alloys is higher than the similar aluminum alloys. Keywords: Dissimilar Friction stir welding, taper square tool profile, tensile strength, tool rotational speed, welding speed.

References: [1] V. Saravanan, S. Rajakumar , Nilotpal Banerjee R. Amuthakkannan, Effect of shoulder diameter to pin diameter ratio on microstructure and mechanical properties of dissimilar friction stir welded AA2024-T6 and AA7075-T6 aluminum alloy joints, Int J Adv Manuf Technol (2016) 87:3637–3645. [2] P. Mastanaiah, Abhay Sharma G, Madhusudhan Reddy, Dissimilar Friction Stir Welds in AA2219AA5083 AluminiumAlloys: Effect of Process Parameters on Material Inter-Mixing, Defect Formation, and Mechanical Properties, Trans Indian Inst Met (2016) 69(7):1397–1415.

Comparative Study on Mechanical Properties of Similar and Dissimilar Friction Stir Welding of AA5083-H111 and AA6082-T6 Aluminum Alloys

Page 174


MAN-182

Joining of brass plates of cu 61% and zinc 39% using friction stir welding B Kranthi kumar, a, D Venkateshwarlu*, b P.Nageshwer Rao b , V.Srikanth , a a

Assistant professor in Mechanical Engineering Dept, MLRITM, Hyderabad, India. b Assoc Professor in Mechanical Engineering Dept., MLRITM, Hyderabad, India. Corresponding Author D Venkateshwarlu a [email protected]

Abstract: In present study the joining of brass plates with 5mm thickness were joined by Friction Stir Welding (FSW). Brass plates consist of copper 61% and zinc 39% and tool shoulder diameter 22 mm and 7 mm threaded profile diameter of axial load 5 KN by using different process parameters of welding speeds 20, 30, 40, and 50 mm/min with constant tool rotational speed were used with tilting angle 10 . It was observed that the sound welds were obtained at welding speed of 40 mm/min. The microstructure evolution and mechanical properties were investigated. The ultimate strength varied from 248 to 323 Mpa and hardness 133 HV were achieved which is greater than the base material. Thermo-mechanically affected zone (TMAZ) has larger grain structure when compared to the to the nugget zone. Friction Stir zone fully recrystalized with very fine grains as shown in Fig a and Fig b and Fig c. Micro hardness values of the weld joint higher than the remaining weld joints.

(a) (b) (c) Fig a. Microstructure of Brass Base metal Fig b. Microstructure of Friction Stirred zone and weld analysis image c. weld analysis image Keywords: friction stir welding (FSW), Nugget, Thermo mechanically Affected Zone.

Joining of brass plates of cu 61% and zinc 39% using friction stir welding

Page 175


CIV-11

EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATION OF IN-CYLINDER AIR FLOW TO OPTMIZE NUMBER OF HELICAL GUIDE VANES TO ENHANCE DI DIESEL ENGINE PERFORMANCE USING MAMEY SAPOTA BIODIESEL Mr. A. Raj Kumar1, a*, Dr. G. Janardhana Raju 2, b, Dr. K. Hemachandra Reddy3, c 1 Associate Professor & HOD., Guru Nanak Institutions Technical Campus, Hyderabad. India 2 Dean, School of Engineering, Nalla Narasimha Reddy Group of Institutions, Hyderabad. India 3 Professor,Department of Mechanical Engineering, J.N.T.U Ananthapur. India a [email protected], b [email protected], c [email protected]

Abstract: The current research work investigates the effect of helical guide vanes in to the intake manifold of a D.I diesel engine operating with the high viscous Mamey Sapote biodiesel to enhance the in-cylinder intake air flow characteristics. Helical guide vanes of different number of vanes are produced from 3D printing and placed in the intake manifold to examine the air flow characteristics. Four different helical guide vane devices namely 3, 4, 5 and 6 vanes of the same dimensions are tested in a D.I diesel engine operating with Mamey Sapote biodiesel blend. As per the experimental results of engine performance and emission characteristics, it was noticed that five vanes helical guide vane device exhibited large number of increased improvements such as the brake power and bake thermal efficiency by 2.4% and 8.63% respectively and the HC, NOx, Carbon monoxide and, Smoke densities are reduced by 15.62%, 4.23%, 14.27% and 9.6% at peak load operating conditions while compared with normal engine at the same load. Hence this investigation concluded that Helical Guide Vane Devices successfully enhanced the in-cylinder air circulation to increase better mixing of Mamey Sapota biodiesel with air leading in better performance of the engine than without vanes. The current research work investigates the effect of helical guide vanes in to the intake manifold of a D.I diesel engine operating with the high viscous Mamey Sapote biodiesel to enhance the incylinder intake air flow characteristics. Helical guide vanes of different number of vanes are produced from 3D printing and placed in the intake manifold to examine the air flow characteristics. Four different helical guide vane devices namely 3, 4, 5 and 6 vanes of the same dimensions are tested in a D.I diesel engine operating with Mamey Sapote biodiesel blend. As per the experimental results of engine performance and emission characteristics, it was noticed that five vanes helical guide vane device exhibited large number of increased improvements such as the brake power and bake thermal efficiency by 2.4% and 8.63% respectively and the HC, NOx, Carbon monoxide and, Smoke densities are reduced by 15.62%, 4.23%, 14.27% and 9.6% at peak load operating conditions while compared with normal engine at the same load. Hence this investigation concluded that Helical Guide Vane Devices successfully enhanced the in-cylinder air circulation to increase better mixing of Mamey Sapota biodiesel with air leading in better performance of the engine than without vanes.

Keywords: Diesel engine, Helical Guide Vanes, Intake manifold, Bio-diesel, Performance.

Experimental Investigation Of In-Cylinder Air Flow To Optmize Number Of Helical Guide Vanes To Enhance Di Diesel Engine Performance Using Mamey Sapota Biodiesel

Page 176


CIV 18

Application of Principles of Linear Elastic Fracture Mechanics for Concrete Structures: A Numerical Study a

D.R. Chauhan1,a, H.R. Tewani1,b, Kalyana Rama J.S.2,c,* Department of Civil Engineering, BITS-Pilani, Hyderabad Campus, Hyderabad, Telangana State, India. a [email protected], b [email protected], c [email protected]

Abstract: To study the size effect on geometrically different sizes of concrete, LEFM modeling of concrete in three-point bend tests is carried out in Simulia Abaqus/CAE 6.14 software package. The Young’s Modulus of concrete is adopted as 22361 MPa (M20 grade of concrete) and Poisson’s Ratio of 0.18 is adopted. Three different span-to-depth (S/D) ratios of concrete are considered, i.e. 2.5, 4 and 8. For each of them, three different sizes of specimen are considered, 1 small, 1 medium and 1 large specimen and for each of the specific span-to-depth ratio and size, varying starting crack-to-depth (a/D) ratios, starting at 0.1 and ending at 0.6, are considered. For meshing, all the boundary seeds are of size S/100 mm (one-hundredth of span length) and the mesh seeds on the notch are of size 0.5mm. After creating the seeds, the model is meshed with “CPS4R” type of elements. From the numerical studies it is found that at a constant a/D, SIF increases with a decrease in specimen size. At a constant size, SIF increases with increase in a/D. With with increasing span-todepth ratio, keeping a/D constant, the SIF decreases. At a constant S/D ratio, the SIF, increases with increase in a/D ratio. At a constant S/D ratio, the SIF increases with a decrease in specimen size. At constant specimen size, the stress intensity factor increases with increase in S/D ratio. SIF is found to reduce as the point of load application shifts from the central location. The same is observed when the location of the initial notch starts becoming nearer to the supports. Keywords: Linear Elastic Fracture Mechanics, Stress Intensity Factor, Size Effect, Abaqus/CAE, Finite Element Analysis, Quasi-brittle material, Three-point bend test.

Application of Principles of Linear Elastic Fracture Mechanics for Concrete Structures: A Numerical Study

Page 177


CIV-19

Novel Techniques for Seismic Performance of High Rise Structures in 21st Century: State-Of-The Art Review Ranjit Patil1, a, Ajinkya Naringe1,b and Kalyan Rama J S1,c * 1

a

Department of Civil Engineering, BITS Pilani-Hyderabad Campus, India [email protected], [email protected], c [email protected]

Abstract: Natural disasters like earthquakes are causing catastrophic failure for various structures in and around the world because of its unpredictable nature. Even in India, almost 80% of, India’s capital, Delhi’s buildings are not earthquake resistant. If at all there is a moderate earthquake in Delhi, millions of lives and huge of property will be lost. There are many places in India including four metropolitan cities, in which majority of high rise buildings are not earthquake resistant. It is important to account for damage caused by earthquakes, incorporating suitable resistant techniques for the safeguard of the people. The present study deals with highlighting the novel techniques adopted in the recent past to make the structures earthquake resistant. Performance based design is one such approach where in performance of structure is given the utmost importance unlike the existing standards. Lateral load resisting systems like chevron braces, knee braces in combination with aluminium shear links are found to reduce the impact of earthquake on the structures w.r.t its drift. It is also observed that the use of economical and feasible passive and active control vibration systems like dampers, isolation techniques led to revolutionary changes in the overall performance of high rise structures. Performance Based Design can be defined as the design to achieve the desired results instead of sticking to prescribed means such as IS codes in India. PBD guidelines are expected to be in the next generation code. Engineers will be asked to design structures satisfying performance requirements. In this approach, instead of return period or partial safety factors concept, the probability requirements will be set to satisfy the performance requirements. The civil engineering structures have to resist the lateral loads due to wind and earthquake along with the vertical loads due to gravity. The lateral loads on the structure won’t have any effect on the beams. But the lateral loads will be resisted by the columns alone. The stiffness of the structure should be increased either by increasing the moment of inertia of the structure or by changing the material of construction. The provision of extra structural members (shear walls, bracings) or the change in positions of columns (tube system) in the structure is basically to increase the moment of inertia of the structure in lateral directions. The research towards earthquake resistant design philosophy has been increasing day by day. There is a need to safeguard structures which are prone to earthquake/wind loads. This study made an attempt to address some of the recent techniques which are adopted for structures in high seismic regions. The following are some of the salient points from the study. 1. Performance Based Seismic Design contains the guidelines for the design of modern earthquake resistant structures which only depend on the probabilistic performance of the structure irrespective of any design code, making it safer and more economical. 2. Lateral load resisting systems such as bracings, tube system and shear wall are discussed in brief. 3. Out of all types, chevron bracing performs better than any other bracing during earthquakes. 4. In tube system, the shear lag can be minimized by using multiple internal tubes making it one of the most efficient lateral load resisting systems. Novel Techniques for Seismic Performance of High Rise Structures in 21st Century: State-Of-The Art Review

Page 178


5. When detailed properly, shear walls are proved to be ideal for moderately tall structures. 6. Aluminum shear links get deformed by dissipating energy released during seismic events [with very less deformation of the structural members] and can be easily replaced thus making it more economical. 7. Self righting makes the structure go back to original position after the seismic events making it ready to be occupied again in very less amount of time. Only the fuses need to be replaced making it economical as well. Keywords: Performance Based Seismic Design, Lateral Load Resisting Systems, Aluminium Shear Link, Self-Righting Buildings

Novel Techniques for Seismic Performance of High Rise Structures in 21st Century: State-Of-The Art Review

Page 179

International Conference on Recent Advances in Materials, Mechanical and Civil Engineering ICRAMMCE2017 1-2 June, 2017, MLRITM, Hyderabad, Telangana

CIV-115

Design of Bituminous Mixture for Perpetual Pavement Gireesh Kumar Sajja1, a, Satyasimha Dharaeedhara J1,b, Kratagya Mittal1,c and Sridhar Raju2* 1

Student, Dept. of Civil Engineering, BITS Pilani Hyderabad Campus, India Associate Professor, Dept. of Civil Engineering, BITS Pilani Hyderabad Campus, India a [email protected], [email protected], [email protected] and * [email protected]

2*

Abstract: The flexible pavements are generally considered for 15 to 20 years of design life. To make it competitive with rigid pavements in terms of design life, it is necessary to consider the flexible pavements for 30 to 50 years of design life, with-out requiring major structural rehabilitation. These pavements are called as perpetual pavements. The present study aims at designing a Dense Bituminous Macadam (DBM) bituminous mixture with nominal aggregate size of 25 mm for perpetual pavements. As specified in IRC: 37-2012, the guidelines for design of flexible pavements, stiff binders are to be used for designing high modulus mixtures for perpetual pavements. As the VG30 bitumen used for the construction of flexible pavements results in stiffness of 1500 to 2000 MPa, it is necessary to design the DBM mixture with stiffer binder. In this study, Industrial Grade (IG) bitumen used for design of mastic asphalt was considered. As the bitumen was too stiff for the design of DBM mixture, it was considered for blending with VG30 to obtain bitumen required for design of high modulus DBM mixture. Various combinations were tried and found that the ratio of 70:30 (IG: VG30) was fulfilling the requirement for design of high modulus DBM mixture for perpetual pavements. The bituminous mixture was designed using a modified Marshall hammer as specified in the Asphalt Institute’s Manual Series 2 (MS-2) and the volumetric properties were calculated. The conventional DBM mixture with VG30 and the high modulus DBM mixture with IG: VG30 were designed and compared. The Optimum Binder Contents obtained at 4 % air voids for DBM with VG30 and for DBM with IG: VG30 were 5.0 and 5.3 % respectively. The water sensitivity tests were carried out using the Indirect Tensile Strength (ITS) test in accordance with AASHTO T 283 and the results showed that ratio of wet ITS to dry ITS were 80.0 and 98.3 % respectively for DBM with VG30 and DBM with IG:VG30. As an extension, the ITSR was tested after 48 hours of soaking in water at 60 C and dried in air at 25 C for 4 hours and tested. It was observed that the ITSR were 48.0 and 97.7 % respectively for DBM with VG30 and DBM with IG: VG30. The stiffness modulus calculated using the ITS data were 0.99 and 3.23 MPa respectively for DBM with VG30 and DBM with IG:VG30. Hence, it can be concluded that the binder content of 5.3 % was sufficient to provide good coating to the aggregates for better resist against water damage. Keywords: Dense Bituminous Macadam (DBM), Modified Marshall hammer, VG30, Industrial Grade Bitumen, Indirect Tensile Strength.

Design of Bituminous Mixture for Perpetual Pavement Page 180


CIV-116

Influence of Ternary Blended Mineral Admixture on Fresh and Hardened Properties of Concrete K. Mounika1, a, Dr. C. N. V Sridhar2, b* 1

Asst.Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, Narasimha Reddy Engineering College, Hyderabad, Telangana, India. 2 Professor, Department of Mechanical Engineering, Narasimha Reddy Engineering College, Hyderabad, Telangana, India. a [email protected], b [email protected]

Abstract: The demand of cement (OPC) is increasing day by day for satisfying the need of development of infrastructure facilities. The production of OPC releases more quantity of carbon dioxide to the atmosphere, it is harmful to the human health and also pollute environment.. To avoid more utilization of cement, research persons are working to minimize the consumption of cement by replacing with industrial by products like (Fly Ash, GGBS, Metakaolin, Silica Fume etc.,). By utilizing these industrial by products as a replacement to cement, disposal problem of industrial by products is also controlled. According to Indian standards it is recommended that, 35% of cement can be replaced with industrial by products under skilled super vision. In the present scenario, an attempt was made to make use of industrial by products like Fly Ash, Metakaolin and Silica Fume. Being fly ash is more abundantly available and lesser cost compared with the remaining two mineral admixtures, it is been kept in higher ratio when preparing a combination mix. The mix proportions are C+Fa+SF+Me in (70+10+7.5+7.5) %. Total mineral admixtures added in this investigation are 25% lesser than IS recommendations. Initially the mineral admixtures are added with a increment of 5% up to 25 % and thereafter double combination mixture is carried out with keeping fly ash in major ratio(i.e., 15% Fa and 10% SF/Me). As a final mixture triple blended mineral admixture with 10%, 7.5% & 7.5% of Fa, SF, Me is been casted and tested to evaluate the differences in performance of triple blended, double blended and single blended admixtures in production of concrete. After carrying out experimental work it is observed that the concrete produced with triple blended mineral admixture combination showing better results when compared with double and single blended concrete in both fresh and hardened properties evaluated by adopting slump cone method for fresh properties and compressive strength of IS standard cube for mechanical properties. Keywords: Compressive Strength, Concrete, Split Tensile Strength, Silica Fume, Metakaolin, Flyash.

Influence of Ternary Blended Mineral Admixture on Fresh and Hardened Properties of Concrete

Page 181


CIV-119

Numerical model updating technique for structures using firefly algorithm Sai Kubair K 1, a *, Dr. Mohan S C 2,b 1

2

B. E Student, BITS-Pilani Hyderabad Campus, Secunderabad, Telangana, India.

Assistant Professor, BITS-Pilani Hyderabad Campus, Secunderabad, Telangana, India. a b [email protected], [email protected].

Abstract. Numerical model updating is a technique that is used for updating the existing experimental models which involve any structures related to civil, mechanical, automobiles, marine, aerospace engineering, etc. The basic concept behind this technique is updating numerical models with data that is obtained through experiments on real or prototype test structures. The present work involves the development of numerical model using MATLAB as a computational tool and with mathematical equations that define the model. Firefly algorithm is used as an optimization tool in this study. In this updating process a response parameter of the structure has to be chosen, which may be the deflections or natural frequencies, etc. This parameter helps to correlate the numerical model developed with the experimental results obtained. The variables for the updating can be either material or geometrical properties of the model or both. In this study, to verify the proposed technique, a cantilever beam has been analyzed for its tip deflection and a space frame have been analyzed for its natural frequencies. Both the models are updated with their respective response values obtained from experimental results. The error between the experimental and numerical results after updating the numerical model reduced from 4.57 % to 0.41 % in the case of cantilever beam and the average error reduced from 2.96 % to 0.59 % in the case of space frame. From these results obtained it can be concluded that this proposed numerical model updating technique can be used on a wide range to update any model of the structure depending on the difference that is existing between its experimental and numerical data and some of its external influencing factors.

Fig.1 Comparison between the experimental results and numerical results before and after updating the numerical model Keywords: MATLAB, Firefly algorithm, deflections, natural frequencies, cantilever beam, space frame.

Numerical model updating technique for structures using firefly algorithm

Page 182


CIV-124

Stimulus of rice husk ash in the properties of concrete- A review S Praveenkumar1, a *, G Sankarasubrmanian2,b 1

Assistant Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, PSG College of Technology, Coimbatore, Tamil Nadu, India 2 Professor& Head, Department of Civil Engineering, PSG College of Technology, Coimbatore, Tamil Nadu, India a [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract. Large amount of waste materials (fly ash, pond ash, rise husk ash (RHA), paper mill slag etc) are produced from different industries; Out of them rise husk ash (RHA) is one of the major waste material which is creating environmental problem along with depositional hazards.. RHA is a by-product material obtained from the combustion of rice husk which consists of non-crystalline silicon dioxide with high specific surface area. It is one of the pozzolanic and materials that can be added to the cement for the better production of durable concrete and the reduction of the environmental impact of the cement industry. This paper provides an overview of the work carried out on the use of the RHA as partial replacement of cement in concrete. Critical review of investigations on mechanical, durability of the concrete are presented. Nowadays, the environmental pollution is one of the most important worldwide issues. The agricultural waste, such as rice husk, has been affecting the environment. The use of rice husk ash in construction is one the solutions to reduce the environmental pollution. This literature survey clearly reveals that RHA is effective pozzolan which can contribute to mechanical properties and durability of the concrete. RHA can be considered as a supplementary cementitious material using for producing high performance concrete. Due to the high amorphous silica content and specific surface area, RHA is an effective pozzolanic material. When RHA Treated with hydrochloric acid pozzolanic activity is not only stabilized, but also enhanced; the sensitivity of the pozzolanic activity of the rice husk ash to burning conditions is reduced. The replacement of RHA up to 30% reduces the chloride penetration, decreases permeability, and improves strength and corrosion resistance properties. RHA blended concrete can improve the compressive strength as well as the tensile strength of the concrete. The porosity and coefficient of water absorption of concrete minimally decrease with increase in percentage of RHA. The corrosion resistance is improved in comparison to that of all Portland cement concrete. Keywords: Rice husk ash (RHA), concrete, Mechanical properties, durability of concrete

Stimulus of rice husk ash in the properties of concrete- A review

Page 183


CIV-141

Assessment of Rainwater Harvesting Potential Using GIS Durgasrilakshmi Hari1,a*, K. Ramamohan Reddy2,b and Kola Vikas 3,c, N. Srinivas3,d , G. Vikas3,e 1,a*

Assisstant Professor, Vardhaman College Of Engineering, Hyderabad, India. 2, b Professor, CWR, IST, JNTUH, Hyderabad, India. 3,c,d,e B.tech Students Vardhaman College Of Engineering, Hyderabad, India

a*

[email protected], b kasarammohan@gmail, c,d,[email protected]

Abstract Water is the most important and essential natural resource required for all living organisms. It is necessary to conserve water because of its non availability during all times. Water management is a key role to supply safe and potable water for human activities to cater to their demands. Rain water harvesting (RWH) is one of the age old traditional practices to overcome the scarcity of water. Rain water harvesting is collecting and storing rain water locally through different technologies, for future use. It is also useful for livestock, ground water recharge and for irrigation practices. Rain water harvesting is collection of water from different catchments. Water captured before it hits the ground is free from contamination and pollution. Hence it is safe and inexpensive source of water. Potential of rainwater harvesting refers to the capacity of an individual catchment that harnesses the water falling on the catchment during a particular year considering all rainy days. The present study has been carried out to assess the rainwater potential that can be harvested from rooftop and through runoff. The geospatial techniques and domains like the Google™ earth, Bing® maps and software’s like ArcGIS are helping tools in the works where the entities of varied characteristics and tedious field works are involved. It is evident from the present study that the amount of water which can be harvested from both roof top and runoff is sufficient enough to overcome water scarcity in study area. Rainwater harvesting system is a compelling method in the Almasguda region. The total amount of rain water can be collected in the study area is around 436708288.17 liters. For at least the domestic demands 46398800 liters the water harvested is more than enough and is quiet sufficient if specific correction factors and losses are considered. Rainwater harvesting is the best alternative to address ever-growing water demand issues and concerns in Almasguda region. Keywords: Rainwater harvesting, Potential, Rooftop, GIS, Google Earth Pro References:

(1). Zain M. Al-Houri, Oday K. Abu-Hadba, Khaled A. Hamdan “The Potential of Roof Top Rain Water Harvesting as a Water Resource in Jordan: Featuring Two Application Case Studies” International Journal of Environmental, Chemical, Ecological, Geological and Geophysical Engineering Vol:8, No:2, 2014. (2). V.S. Pawar-Patil1, Sagar P. Mali2 “Potential Roof Rain Water Harvesting In Pirwadi Village Of Kolhapur District, Maharashtra (India) - A Geospatial Approach” Quest Journals Journal of Research in Humanities and Social Science Volume1 ~ Issue 4 (2013) ISSN(Online) :2321-9467 pp:21-23.

Assessment of Rainwater Harvesting Potential Using GIS

Page 184


CIV-144

Incorporation of axial Aging effects of pile foundations into Pushover analysis of offshore jacket platforms Jerin M. George1, a *, V.J. Kurian2,b and M.M.A. Wahab3,c 1

2

PG Scholar, Universiti Teknologi PETRONAS, Malaysia Director, Deepwater Technology, Universiti Teknologi PETRONAS, Malaysia 3 Lecturer, Universiti Teknologi PETRONAS, Malaysia a [email protected], [email protected], c [email protected]

Abstract. The integrity assessment of jacket platforms using non-linear pushover analysis in the past had shown that most of the platform failure occur due to the lack of strength in the pile foundation. When the failure of jacket platforms in extreme weather conditions were studied, it was observed that the foundation was intact while the platform failed. This disagreement between the simulation and the actual condition can be explained by the phenomenon of Aging of pile foundations. Experimentally, the axial capacity of pile foundations have been found to be improving with time due to aging. The rate of improvement of the capacity can be empirically predicted using the properties of the soil in which the pile is installed. An empirical equation namely Skov and Denver equation was utilised to determine the improvement in capacity of offshore jacket piles in this study. This improvement was incorporated into the pile-soil modelling of jacket platforms using a new, yet very simple technique of stepping up the axial soil structure interaction curves. Pushover analysis of two offshore jacket platforms with the modified pile-soil model was done using the software SACS. The RSR (Reserve Strength Ratio) obtained from the pushover analysis showed significant difference due to the incorporation of the axial aging effects of the piles. The variations in RSR with incorporation of aging (as percentages) for the different cases are graphichally presented in the figure below.

Incorporation of axial Aging effects of pile foundations into Pushover analysis of offshore jacket platforms

Page 185


Jacket A has showed a maximum improvement in RSR of 11% and a maximum reduction of RSR of 11% whereas Jacket B has showed a maximum improvement in RSR of 27% and a maximum reduction of RSR of 17%. The study has given a good insight into the changes in behaviour of a jacket platform due to aging of its pile foundations and is expected to improve the structural integrity assessment techniques of aged offshore jacket platforms. Keywords: Aging of piles, pile-soil interaction curves, Pushover analysis, Offshore jacket platforms, Reserve Strength Ratio.

Incorporation of axial Aging effects of pile foundations into Pushover analysis of offshore jacket platforms

Page 186


CIV-145

SIMPLIFIED METHOD FOR THE TRANSVERSE BENDING ANALYSIS OF TWIN CELLED CONCRETE BOX GIRDER BRIDGES J. Chithra1, a *, Dr. Praveen Nagarajan 2,b and Dr. Sajith A. S. 3,c 1

PhD Scholar, Department of Civil Engineering, NIT Calicut, India Associate Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, NIT Calicut, India 3 Assistant Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, NIT Calicut, India a [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]

2

Abstract. Box girder bridges are one of the best options for bridges with span more than 25m. Because of their inbuilt capacity, it can resist many structural actions like torsion and bending better than open cross sections. For the analysis of box girder bridges, three-dimensional finite element analysis is required. However, performing three-dimensional analysis for routine design is difficult as well as time consuming. Also, software used for the three-dimensional analysis are very expensive. Hence designers resort to simplified analysis for predicting longitudinal and transverse bending moments. There exist many analytical methods like the beam on elastic foundation method, simplified frame analysis (SFA), equivalent beam method and folded plate method to determine the transverse and longitudinal bending moments. Among the many analytical methods used to find the transverse bending moments, SFA is simple and widely used in design offices. Results from simplified frame analysis can be used for the preliminary analysis of the concrete box girder bridges. From the literature review it is found that most of the work using simplified frame analysis is used for the analysis of single cell box girder bridges. Not much work is done for the analysis of multicell concrete box girder bridges. Here in this paper, a double cell concrete box girder bridge is chosen for study, which is modelled using three- dimensional finite element software and the results are then compared with the simplified frame analysis. The transverse bending moments are obtained by Simplified frame and Three- Dimensional finite element analysis for the critical elements in the bridge cross-section. The disparity between the methods can be quantified by introducing a correction factor (θ), defined as

(θ) The numerical study performed for double cell box girder bridges reveals that the SFA fetches quick results compared to 3DFEA. But there are deviations from the actual results. These deviations are similar to those for single cell. Extensive studies with varied cross-section and loading has to be carried out to confirm the reliability of SFA for multi-cell concrete box girder bridges. Keywords: box girder bridges, multi-cell, transverse analysis, simplified method Simplified method for the transverse bending analysis of twin celled concrete box girder bridges Page 187


CIV-146

Analysis of Brick Masonry Wall using Applied Element Method Lincy Christy D1, a *, Dr. T M Madhavan Pillai2,b and Dr. Praveen Nagarajan3,c 1

Ph.D student, Department of Civil Engineering, NIT Calicut, India 2 Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, NIT Calicut, India 3 Associate Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, NIT Calicut, India a [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract. The Applied Element Method (AEM) is a versatile tool for structural analysis. Analysis is done by discretising the structure as in the case of Finite Element Method (FEM). In AEM, elements are connected by a set of normal and shear springs instead of nodes. AEM is extensively used for the analysis of brittle materials. Brick masonry wall can be effectively analysed in the frame of AEM. The composite nature of masonry wall can be easily modelled using springs. The brick masonry wall is analysed and failure load is determined for different loading cases. Bricks of various materials and aspect ratio are available in the market. It will be of immense use if the best aspect ratio which provides maximum strength to the structure is known. In this paper AEM is used to analyse Brick Masonry wall by taking half brick as an element. Therefore, two types of element connection occur in the length direction and three types of element connection occur in the height direction. Springs are provided at every 5 mm distance. Springs those accommodate mortar joints are treated as ‘joint springs’. Equivalent normal and shear stiffness of joint springs is calculated by assuming that mortar and brick springs are arranged in series. AEM could predict the load-deflection curve with less than 20% error.

Fig. 1 Case 1 Fig. 2 Case 2 To find the best aspect ratio which gives maximum strength to masonry, two cases of support condition and loading were considered. For Case 1 shown in Fig. 1, the brick masonry wall can be strengthened by increasing the aspect ratio and thickness of brick. If the brick masonry wall is supported and loaded as shown in Fig. 2, the wall will give minimum strength at an aspect ratio of 1.9. Keywords: Applied Element Method; Brick Masonry; Discretisation; Global Stiffness Matrix

Analysis of Brick Masonry Wall using Applied Element Method Page 188


CIV-147

Comparison of the Performance of Concrete-Filled Steel Tubular and Hollow Steel Diagrid Building Minu Ann Peter1,a*, Sajith. A. S2,b and Praveen Nagarajan3,c 1

Ph.D Scholar, Department of Civil Engineering, NIT Calicut, India Assistant Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, NIT Calicut, India 3 Associate Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, NIT Calicut, India a [email protected], [email protected], [email protected] 2

Abstract. In the recent construction scenario, diagrid structures are evolving as a popular structural system for high-rise buildings. Diagrid structures consist of diagonals in the perimeter and an interior core. The corner and interior vertical columns are not required due to the structural efficiency of diagrid structural systems. Steel and concrete are commonly used material for diagrid, steel being more popular. An alternate material for diagrid is concrete-filled steel tube(CFST). CFST results in a member that has the beneficial qualities of both the materials steel and concrete. In CFST, the filled concrete effectively prevents the inward buckling of the steel tube. The compressive strength of the concrete is increased by steel tube which produces a tri-axial state of stress in concrete. Steel tube also acts as longitudinal and lateral reinforcement to the concrete core. This paper compares the performance of CFST and steel diagrid buildings using linear static analysis. For this purpose, a 12 storey and 36 storey building are analysed using finite element method and CFST diagrid building is found to perform better. Due to unavailability and increased cost of land, the number of high rise buildings is increasing day by day. Lateral load and gravity load becomes important in the case of high rise buildings. Structures are divided into interior and exterior structures based on the position of lateral load resisting elements. Diagrid structures are exterior structures wherein the lateral load resisting elements are situated at the periphery of the structure. Diagrid structures consist of diagonals in the perimeter and an interior core i.e. it consist of a network of triangular grids or number of diagrid modules. A diagrid module extends over 2 to 6 storeys. The advantage of diagrid is that the gravity and lateral load is transferred through the axial action of the member in contrast to the bending action in conventional buildings. Hollow steel tube and concrete are the commonly used material for the diagrids, steel being more popular. The disadvantage of hollow steel tube is that it is susceptible to local buckling which is overcome by concrete-filled steel tubes (CFST). The analysis of 12 storey CFST diagrid building was carried out using ETABS and a comparison in the performance with respect to hollow steel diagrid building has been done. The time period, storey displacement and inter-storey drift of CFST diagrid building is lesser than that of hollow steel diagrid building. The percentage reduction of maximum storey displacement indicates that CFST diagrid buildings are more effective. Similar studies are also carried out for 36 storey CFST and hollow steel diagrid building. In a 12 storey building earthquake load is found to be critical whereas for a 36 storey building wind load is critical. The percentage reduction in earthquake and wind load for both 12 storey and 36 storey buildings showed similar trends and it can also be inferred that diagrid buildings are more effective in case of wind loads. Keywords: High-rise buildings, Diagrid structure, Concrete-filled steel tube(CFST), Storey displacement.

Comparison of the Performance of Concrete-Filled Steel Tubular and Hollow Steel Diagrid Building

Page 189


CIV-148

A REVIEW ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF NEW MATERIALS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RAILWAY SLEEPERS Anand Raj1, a *, Praveen Nagarajan,b and A P Shashikala3,c 1

2

3

Research Scholar, Department of Civil Engineering, National Institute of Technology Calicut, India

Associate Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, National Institute of Technology Calicut, India

Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, National Institute of Technology Calicut, India a [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract. Railways form the backbone of all economies, transporting goods, and passengers alike. Sleepers play a pivotal role in track performance and safety in rail transport. Railway sleepers are employed to perform some critical functions in the overall performance of the railway system. A review of recent materials that are used in the manufacture of railway sleepers is intended in this paper. In the earlier days timber, cast iron, steel and concrete have been used in the making of railway sleepers. Although timber can adapt to most railway systems, they are vulnerable to fungal decay. Use of cast-iron imparts an average service life of five decades to railway sleepers. But susceptibility to corrosion renders them weak in moist environments. The design of connections between components is simplified by using steel sleepers, but the huge cost and lacklustre corrosion resistance pose serious viability concerns. Concrete sleepers provide solutions to the problems of the previously mentioned counterparts but are weaker in resisting cyclic loads. In the modern era, prestressed concrete sleepers are in use in India, have shown enhanced ability to withstand the cyclic nature of loads acting on them in comparison with the concrete sleepers. Studies on prestressed concrete sleepers have identified the major reasons for their failure. Rail seat deterioration is the most repeated type of failure in prestressed concrete sleepers. Abrasion at the rail sleepers interface is the predominant cause of the deterioration. High-frequency cyclic loads also result in the development of tensile cracks in railway sleepers which eventually develop into longitudinal cracks resulting in failure of sleepers. Sleepers are also subjected to impact loads during the derailment. Sleepers subjected to derailment impacts are often damaged beyond repair. In India, the provisional specifications for testing of railway sleepers have set the guidelines for the testing of prestressed concrete sleepers. The specifications describe the modes of static, dynamic as well as impact tests to be conducted on the new railway sleepers before they are put into service. But in service conditions, many studies have indicated susceptibility of railway sleepers to impact loads. So, new materials need to be explored to be used in railway sleepers to overcome the present defects and to economise the operations of the railways. Recyclable composite polymers exhibit better corrosion resistance and high specific strength. Sandwich sleepers also exhibit higher stiffness. Fibre reinforced polymer composites exhibit thermal resistance. Lightweight comparable to timber makes some composite variants easy to handle. Geopolymer composites have comparable properties with concrete. They can gain the strength in substantially quick time. In studies conducted on geopolymer sleepers, static tests have revealed that geopolymer sleepers are at par with concrete sleepers. Further studies are essential to ensure their performance. Fibre reinforced concrete have been in use for some decades. Studies on railway sleepers made using fibre reinforced concrete have revealed that they have higher strength and energy absorption capacity than conventional prestressed concrete sleepers. As per the studies conducted, self-compacting concrete improves the bonding between the prestressing strands and A Review on the Development of New Materials for the Construction of Prestressed Concrete Railway Sleepers

Page 190


concrete and is an ideal contender to be used as an alternative material. Rubber concrete enhances the impact resistance of concrete. Studies have shown that the impact resistance of sleepers are increased by three folds when rubber concrete is used making it suitable as an alternative. Thus, the paper reviews the traditional materials, causes of failures of prestressed concrete sleepers in use, and the modern materials that can be employed in the construction of prestressed concrete sleepers.

A Review on the Development of New Materials for the Construction of Prestressed Concrete Railway Sleepers

Page 191


CIV-150

Analysis of Concrete Beams using Applied Element Method Lincy Christy D1, a *, Dr. T M Madhavan Pillai2,b and Dr. Praveen Nagarajan3,c 1

Ph.D student, Department of Civil Engineering, NIT Calicut, India 2 Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, NIT Calicut, India 3 Associate Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, NIT Calicut, India a [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract. The Applied Element Method (AEM) is a displacement based method of structural analysis. Some of its features are similar to that of Finite Element Method (FEM). In AEM, the structure is analysed by dividing it into small elements similar to FEM. But, unlike FEM where elements are connected at nodes, in AEM, elements are connected by two sets of springs for representing normal and shear deformation. In this paper, background to AEM is discussed and necessary equations are derived. For illustrating the application of AEM, it has been used to analyse fixed plain concrete beam. The analysis is limited to 2-dimensional analysis. 0.03

0.03 0.025

0.02

0.02

Deflection (mm)

Deflection (mm)

0.025

0.015

0.01

0 0

0.01

Theoretical Deflection 61 elements 51 elements 41 elements 31 elements 21 elements 11 elements

0.005

2

4

6

8

10

12

No. of Springs

14

16

18

20

0.015

Theoretical Deflection 20 springs 18 springs 16 springs 14 springs 12 springs 10 springs

0.005

22

0 0

10

20

30

40

50

60

No. of Elements

AEM could predict deflection and reactions with reasonable degree of accuracy. The results obtained using AEM became more accurate with increase in the number of elements. For a given number of elements the computed deflection converged when 5 or more springs were used. It was found that the number of springs has no much influence on the results. The end moment and central moment converged to the exact value as the number of elements increased irrespective of the number of springs used. When the beam was divided in two directions, the variation of number of springs and elements along the depth direction did not affect the support reaction and bending moment. When the number of elements in depth direction is more than one, the deflection determined converged to a value higher than the theoretical deflection. Keywords: Applied Element Method; Plain concrete beam; Discretisation; Local Stiffness Matrix; Global Stiffness Matrix

Analysis of Concrete Beams using Applied Element Method Page 192


CIV-152

Influence of intensity parameters of earthquake on response of reinforced concrete structures Ciby Jacob Cherian1, a*, T. M. Madhavan Pillai2, b, Sajith A. S.3, c 1

PhD Scholar, Department of Civil Engineering, NITC, Kerala, India 2 Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, NITC, Kerala, India 3 Assistant Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, NITC, Kerala, India a [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract.Earthquake is one of the most frightening and destructive phenomena of nature. The destructive capacity of an earthquake depends on various parameters. Without characterising earthquake time history data to the required intensity parameters, its effect on structures cannot be predicted. The influence of intensity parameter of earthquake on the destructive capacity of a structure is essential in the vibration control scenario. In the present paper, three reinforced concrete (RC) framed structures with natural frequencies 4.688 Hz, 1.762 Hz, 1.661 Hz is used to investigate the influence of the intensity measures and the response. 20 ground motion time history data were selected with predominant frequency ranging from 1 Hz to 12.5 Hz. Some available intensity measures were used to characterise this data. 3D model of the structure was analysed in ETABSUL 13.1.3 software with diaphragm rigidity at floor level (as per IS 1893:2002). Modal analysis was used to find the modes and corresponding time periodsconsidering the first three modes only. Linear time history analysis was done for the three models for all the ground motion data. It is noted that four intensity parameters namely predominant frequency, Peak Ground Acceleration (PGA), Velocity Spectrum Intensity (VSI), Housner Intensity (HI) has an appreciable influence on the response. The prime objective of the study is to find the influence of intensity parameters of earthquake on response of reinforced concrete structures. The response parameters used for the study are maximum top storey displacement and maximum top storey acceleration.To find the influence of the selected intensity parameters on the response namely, maximum top storey displacement and maximum top storey acceleration, analysis results are depicted in the form of plots. It is found that the response (displacement and acceleration) is maximum for predominant frequencies around the natural frequency of the models.For Model C1, for increasing PGA, the response (displacement and acceleration) of the structure increases. While for Model C2 and Model C3, the plots first show an increasing and then a decreasing trend in the response parameters with the increase in PGA.For Model C2 and Model C3, for increasing VSI and HI, the displacement and acceleration response of the structure increases. While for Model C1, with increasing VSI and HI, no increasing trend in response is observed. All these trends stress the need for a more elaborate study in this connection. From the results, it is observed that for single storey PGA happens to be a good measure to predict the trend of response. For multiple storey, VSI and HI gives a much better increasing trend. These studies are expected to throw light in connection with the guidelines proposed (IS 1983-Part 1 draft code 2016) in the context of avoiding certain modes of vibrations of building. Keywords:Earthquake, Peak Ground Acceleration, Velocity Spectrum Intensity, Housner Spectrum Intensity

Influence of intensity parameters of earthquake on response of reinforced concrete structures

Page 193


CIV-159

Twin Tunnel Failure Criteria and Stability Improvement Measures: Review Aswathy Annie Varghese1,a 1

Assistant Professor, Dept of Civil Engineering, MLMCE, Kottayam, India a [email protected]

Abstract. The paper deals with the study of twin tunnel failures and the factors that influences the stability of twin tunnels. The relative position of tunnels and the construction procedure affect the soil movement and internal forces in the lining; it is of major interest to study the influence of these factors on the tunnel design. The paper emphasis on a case study of a tunnel in Rajasthan where failure of twin tunnel occurs. Here failure occurs due instability of twin tunnel. Measures must be taken to enhance the stability of tunnel and preventive, measure must be adopted by proper monitoring, by providing suitable factor of safety at failure surface. Stability analysis can be done by finite element method. The main factor that depends stability is the method of construction i.e.; excavation can be done either by simultaneous excavation, alternate excavation and simultaneous sequential excavation.Static analysis has been done by ANSYS where elastic analysis and elastoplastic analysis has been done. Through this analysis influence of water table also can be studied well; i.e. influence of load due to hydrostatic pressure is to be taken care. . Another factor that affects stability is the shape of tunnel. Here a study has been done on rectangular elliptical arch shaped tunnel, circular and elliptical shaped tunnel. Studies reveals that circular shaped tunnel possess more stability. In circular shaped tunnel the internal forces, stresses and displacements decreases six times due to its arch action. Also the distribution of vertical displacement affects the shape of tunnel it is least affected in circular and it is uniform in shape. Due to these reasons circular is more convenient as it make the twin tunnel stable and is economical and it decreases the quantity of concrete and reinforcement. Future construction methods must be done by taking into account these geotechnical data’s, so that damage and failure can be prevented to an extent. Keywords: Elasto plastic analysis, ANSYS, Kirsch solution

Twin Tunnel Failure Criteria and Stability Improvement Measures: Review

Page 194


CIV-161

Nonlinear Analysis of Composite Plates and Shells subjected to In-plane loading

Kari Thangaratnam1,a, Sanjana R2,b* and Monslin Sugirtha Singh 3,c 1

Department of Civil Engineering, DMI College of Engineering, Chennai, India Department of Civil Engineering, Easwari Engineering College, Chennai, India 3 Department of Civil Engineering, Velammal Engineering College, Chennai, India a ideskari@gmail, bsanjanaraja9454.sr.sr@gmail, cb jmsugirtha@gmail 2

Abstract: In this article, nonlinear analysis of the composite plates and shells were carried out using the semiloof shell element. The finite element formulation is based on Green strains and PiolaKirchhoff stresses. The nonlinear solution procedure was implemented to study the nonlinear behavior of composite plates and shells. Composite materials possess very high specific properties and excellent fatigue and impact strengths. In unsymmetric laminated composite plates as soon as the in-plane load is applied, it undergoes lateral displacement even though the load applied is much lower than the buckling load which was pointed out by Leissa [1]. This is termed as pre-buckling deformation. The magnitude of the pre-buckling deformation depends on bending-stretching and types of coupling in the laminate. The coupling effect in composite plate and shells under in-plane load, pre-buckling displacement is significant and hence the behavior is nonlinear. An unsymmetrical composite laminate plate both cross-ply and angle ply composite plates are considered and analyzed. The buckling analysis is done for three different boundary condition in symmetrical and unsymmetrical angle plate this verification study has been carried out to establish the efficiency of the present model. It is observed here that the nonlinear formulation is required if the prebuckling deformation is considerable and linear bifurcation maybe expected to give satisfactory results if the prebuckling deformation are small. The extent of prebuckling deformation depends on parameters such as number of layers, boundary conditions and type of load. In the case of laminates with large number of layer >8, the linear analysis is sufficient irrespective of other parameters. Keywords: Nonlinear; Finite element; Semiloof; Composite; Plate.

Nonlinear Analysis of Composite Plates and Shells subjected to In-plane loading

Page 195


CIV-165

Analysis of Smart Plates and Shells Made of Advanced Composites Kari Thangaratnam 1, a and Surekha S.K.2,b* 1

Department of Civil Engineering, DMI College of Engineering, Chennai 600123, India 2 Department of Civil Engineering, Easwari Engineering College, Chennai 600089, India a [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract: Composite materials have a wide range of applications in the aerospace and defence structures. A finite element formulation is developed to model the response of displacement and buckling of composite plates with the piezoelectric sensor and actuator layers. Semi loof shell element is used to study the behaviour of the composite plates subjected to mechanical loading. The following paper exhibits the displacement analysis of the isotropic bimorph plate and the laminated composite plate. The Semiloof shell element is used to study the behaviour of the composite plates. The stress equations of motion are derived using the variational principle with respect to the total structural and electrical potential energy. The material properties: Isotropic, Piezoelectric and composite were considered. New results are presented for the effect of piezoelectric material on the displacement and buckling for the cross-ply and angle-ply laminated plates. The displacement analysis Is conducted for a cantilevered bimorph plate consisting of two layers of piezoelectric polymer.

Similarly, displacement analysis is carried out for the cross-ply symmetric and antisymmetric laminated plates and the analytical solution is validated by comparing the available results in the literature. From the results obtained in this work, it is evident that using piezoelectric properties along with Semiloof elements with the assistance of COMSAP package proves to be efficacious. Nevertheless, the obtained results are also found to be in par with the existing literature. Keywords: Composite Material; Semiloof; Piezoelectric; Finite Element, Plates and shells

Analysis of Smart Plates and Shells Made of Advanced Composites

Page 196


CIV-167

-

Effect of Sawdust Ash and Lime on Geotechnical Properties of Red Soil PAARWATHE V K Sri Nanadini, CRAM-127, TC-10/1022, Peroorkada, Manamoola, TVM-05, 695005, Kerala, India. [email protected]

Abstract. Unsuitable highway subgrade soil requires stabilization to improve its properties. The durability and serviceability of pavements depend mainly on strength of subgrade, which can be enhanced by ground improvement techniques. This research was carried out to study the characteristics of sawdust ash and lime on red soil and to make suitable for highway constructions. The test was conducted by stabilizing soil with different percentages of sawdust ash (2%, 4%, 6%, 8% and 10%) and optimum sawdust ash (6%) with various percentage of lime (1%, 1.5%, 2% and 2.5%).Compaction test, UCC test, and CBR test were conducted. The result shows that the sawdust ash and lime gives an improvement in the soil. CBR values obtained with the addition of lime in soil stabilized with sawdust ash are within the limits recommended by the IRC. And also the addition of optimum sawdust ash causes an increase in CBR value by565% and further increases in sawdust ash cause reduction in CBR value and also CBR value has increased by 20% by keeping 6% as optimum sawdust ash and then decreased with the further addition of lime. Overall, the sawdust ash had a positive effect on geotechnical properties of soil and it can be used as an admixture in soil. Thus, the sawdust ash had a good effect on geotechnical properties of red soil and the best result is obtained at 6%sawdust ash and 1.5% lime addition to red soil. This paper aims to find a useful way to modify the geotechnical properties of red soil for better field construction by using sawdust ash and lime. Since the red soil has low CBR value, by using sawdust ash and lime the CBR value has thus increased. Thus two-fold benefits are obtained Keywords: CBR, UCC, Sawdust ash, Maximum dry density, Optimum moisture content and Zero air void line

,

Effect of Sawdust Ash and Lime on Geotechnical Properties of Red Soil

Page 197


CIV-178

Case Study of Fly Ash Brick Manufacturing Units at Kota in Rajasthan Yogita Sharma1, a *, Bharat Kumar Saxena1, b and KVS Rao1, c 1

Department of Renewable Energy, Rajasthan Technical University, Kota, India a [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract. Thermal power stations use coal as a fuel for production of electricity. Fly ash is obtained as a waste product when coal is burnt in power plants. This ash is usually collected and stored in an ash pond near the thermal power plant. Coal burnt in Indian thermal power plants is of low grade and thus produces ash in the range of 30% to 45% of the amount of coal burnt. In the light of new regulations proposed by Ministry of Environment, Forest, and Climate Change (MEFCC), it is a high time to evaluate and assess the prospects of fly ash based brick manufacturing units near a coal based thermal power plant. Various researchers in the world have reviewed the characteristics of fly ash, its use in production of bricks, and performance of fly ash based bricks. This paper is an attempt in a direction towards accessing the profitability of fly ash based small scale manufacturing units in Rajasthan, India. The first part of this paper describes the amount of fly ash generation and utilization in India. Second part of the paper focuses on Kota Super Thermal Power Station (KSTPS) at Kota, and its fly ash utilization percentage. Third part presents the results of case studies and surveys conducted at two fly ash based brick manufacturing units that are utilizing the fly ash generated by KSTPS. Last part of the paper presents the conclusions of this study. It was observed that the fly ash utilization in India during April 2015 to March 2016 was only 61% of the fly ash generated in that year. However Kota Super Thermal Power Station with total installed capacity of 1240 MW was successful in utilizing more than 100% of the fly ash. It is also to be noted that out of the total utilization of 108.72% from April 2015 to March 2016 at KSTPS, 36.06% of the fly ash was utilized for making fly ash based bricks, blocks, and tiles. To study and understand various aspects of fly ash utilization for making bricks, a survey was conducted at two fly ash brick-manufacturing units situated in Kota city of Rajasthan at Kunhari area near KSTPS. The first unit produces about 15,000 bricks in a day in one shift with the help of its 10 workers, whereas the second unit employs 16 workers per shift to produce 20,000 bricks per day. Compared to the cost of fired clay brick (conventional brick) at Rs. 3.5/brick, fly ash brick costs Rs. 2.5/brick to the consumers. Also there is a profit of Rs. 0.40/brick to the manufacturing unit, thus earning a profit of Rs. 6,000/day and Rs. 8,000/day for unit one and unit two respectively. Keywords: Fly ash; Bricks; Building materials; Green construction; Thermal power plants

Case Study of Fly Ash Brick Manufacturing Units at Kota in Rajasthan

Page 198


A Numerical Study on Free and Forced Vibration of CIV-184

Continuous Beams using Finite Element Method A.Navya, V.Ratna Kiran, K. AjayKumar VNRVJIET,Bachupally, Nizampet, Hyderabad, Telangana 500090.


Abstract.Over the past several years, and the long standing one’s to come beams, frames remain the primary structural members to be studied and researched. Out of all the variations in the classification of beams, continuous beams have multiple applications. They are also complex in predicting their behaviour, as they come along with more than two supports. Rigorous mathematical functions are used in the vast prior art available to bring the structural implications in the members of the continuous beams , but focusing on the vibrations ( both natural and excited ) of the beams always remain challenging. So, more discretized numerical methods adopted to model the true vibrational structure of the beam. In this Scenario, the project particularly aimed at using the finite element method and the related methods to finely draw descriptive behaviour of continuous beams both free as well as forced vibrations. A further comparison shall be pronouncedly made with ANSYS software and Experimentation to bring all the necessary validations.

Keywords:Finite Element Method, Natural Frequencies, Boundary Conditions, Rayleigh-Ritz Method References:

[1] Pradhan KK, Chakraverty S. Free vibration of Euler and Timoshenko functionally graded beams by Rayleigh-Ritz method. Compos Part B 2013; 51. [2] Aydogdu M, Taskin V. Free vibration analysis of functionally graded beams with simplysupporterd edges. Mater Des 2007; 28:1651–6.

Page 199


CIV-187

SUITABILITY OF QUARRY DUST AS A PARTIAL REPLACEMENT OF FINE AGGREGATE IN SELF COMPACTING CONCRETE Thete Swapnil Tanajirao 1,a, Arpitha D2, b, Suman Saha2, c*, Rajasekaran C3, d 1 M. Tech Student, Department of Civil Engineering, National Institute of Technology Karnataka, Surathkal, Mangalore-575025, India. 2 Research Schloar, Department of Civil Engineering, National Institute of Technology Karnataka, Surathkal, Mangalore-575025, India. 3 Assistant professor, Department of Civil Engineering, National Institute of Technology Karnataka, Surathkal, Mangalore-575025, India. a [email protected], [email protected], c* [email protected],[email protected] Abstract: Large quantity of the quarry dust gets produced annually in the quarries during the extraction of the crushed coarse aggregate. As a result, disposal problems of this material gaining significant momentum as it would disturb environmental systems also. Now-a-days many of the countries like India is facing problems of ban on the extraction of sand and lacunae in procuring of fine aggregate, which is important constituent of the concrete. To overcome this problem, present study is focused on the suitability to utilize the quarry dust in Self Compacting Concrete (SCC) partially as fine aggregate with the natural fine aggregates. Experimental studies on the rheological and mechanical properties of self-compacting mortars (SCMs) with various types of sands: crushed sand (CS), river sand (RS), dune sand (DS) and a mixture of different sands is being conducted by researchers on various parameters. In this work, quarry dust is used as replacement of sand in a different level (0%, 15%, 30%, 45% and 60%) for producing the SCC. EFNARC 2002 guidelines for mix design has been used for the present study. In this study, water / powder ratio by volume of 0.80 to 1.10 was adopted. Five mixes of ordinary Portland cement (OPC) and other five mixes using Portland Pozzolana cement (PPC) specimens with 0%, 15%, 30%, 45% and 60% replacement of sand by quarry dust were cast. O1, O2, O3, O4 and O5 mix were produced with OPC by replacing 0%, 15%, 30%, 45% and 60% of fine aggregate with the Quarry dust and P1, P2, P3, P4 and P5 mixes were produced by using PPC by replacing 0%, 15%, 30%, 45% and 60% of fine aggregate with the Quarry dust. In order to determine the compressive strength, splitting tensile strength and flexural strength cubical specimens of size 150 mm × 150 mm × 150 mm, cylindrical specimens of size 300 mm × 150 mm and prisms of size 500 mm × 100 mm × 100 mm were cast for each mix. Fresh properties of concrete were conducted by doing flow test and V-funnel test. Specimens after 7 and 28 days were tested for compressive strength, splitting tensile strength and flexural strength and it has been found that optimum utilization of quarry dust up to 30% can been done to produce SCC without compromising with its properties. Keywords: Self Compacting Concrete, Quarry Dust, fine aggregates, strength.

Suitability Of Quarry Dust As A Partial Replacement Of Fine Aggregate In Self Compacting Concrete

Page 200

International Conference on Recent Advances in Materials, Mechanical and Civil Engineering ICRAMMCE-2017 1-2 June, 2017, MLRITM, Hyderabad, Telangana CIV-192

EVALUATION OF PERFORMANCE POINT OF STRUCTURE USING CAPACITY SPECTRUM METHOD Swathi S1,a *, Katta Venkataramana2, b, Rajasekaran C2, c 1

M. Tech(R) Student, Department of Civil Engineering, National Institute ofTechnology Karnataka, Surathkal, Mangalore-575025, India. 2 Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, National Institute of TechnologyKarnataka, Surathkal, Mangalore-575025, India. 2 Assistant professor, Department of Civil Engineering, National Institute of Technology Karnataka, Surathkal, Mangalore-575025, India. a [email protected], [email protected], c [email protected] Abstract: Performance-based seismic design (PBSD) is an approach, in which the design aim is to deliver a structure capable of meeting certain predictable Performance Objectives (PO) under different levels of earthquake motions. The basic concept of PBSD is to provide the engineers with the capability to design buildings that have a predictable and reliable performance in case of a seismic hazard. This procedure compares the capacity of a structure (in the form of a pushover curve), with the demand imposed by the earthquake on the structure (in the form of response spectra). The present paper determines the performance point of the structure, using Capacity Spectrum Method (CSM). The capacity curve converted to the ADRS format is named the capacity spectrum. The capacity spectrum shows the spectral acceleration as a function of spectral displacement. The objectives of the present study is to carry out the analysis per the Capacity Spectrum Method (CSM) elaborated in American code of Practice and to draw a conclusion about the safety of the structure considered, in accordance to the performance point obtained.The Mega Tower building of National institute of technology Karnataka, Surathkal has been considered for the analysis. It is a 7storeyed building typically consisting of a central octagonal corridor and four rectangular wings.When structures are subjected to strong earthquake ground motions, they exhibit inelastic behaviour, which cannot be assessed using an elastic analysis. Therefore, a nonlinear static analysis has been adopted in the present study, to evaluate the seismic performance of the building. This paper discusses the relationship between Base Shear and the Roof Displacement of the structure at the given steps, for the applied loads. The number and type of plastic hinge formation is also discussed in detail. Using the spectral acceleration and displacement from this point, the reduction factors that have the effect of pulling the demand spectrum down from the 5% elastic spectrum, to account for the hysteretic energy dissipation associated with the specific point, are calculated. Thus, in the capacity spectrum, the point at which both the curves interact with the same effective damping, is the performance point which defines the demand imposed on the structure. Based on the analytical and parametric study, conclusions have been drawn on the performance point of the structure obtained through CSM using pushover analysis.This research work highlights the importance of Capacity spectrum method for the estimation of performance of the building in the form of a performance point, so that better information is available regarding the behaviour ofthe building under earthquake loads.The maximum displacement is 0.11m, which is within the defined limits of 0.04H, where H stands for the total height of the building.The plastic hinges formed at maximum displacement are in the Operational Zone.The maximum roof displacement is 0.015m as observed from the Capacity spectrum curve. As per the ATC-40 guidelines, it falls under the Operational PO as the displacement is 0.07% which is well within that required for this PO (0.2%). Keywords:Capacity Spectrum Method, Pushover Analysis,Performance Point. Evaluation Of Performance Point Of Structure Using Capacity Spectrum Method

Page 201


CIV-196

STUDY ON SULPHATE ATTACK WITH BLENDED CEMENT MORTAR Diguvapatnam. Sai Latha1, a *, Shaik. Fayaz2,b and Patchava. Gargeyei Malavika Chakravarthy3,c 1

Under Graduate, Civil Engineering, Narayana Engineering College, Nellore, India 2, 3 Assistant Professor, Civil Engineering Department, Narayana Engineering College, Nellore, India a [email protected],[email protected], c [email protected]

Abstract: The every rising functional requirement of the structures and the capacity to resist the aggressive elements has necessitated developing the new cementitious materials. Cement motar is an artificial material in which the fine aggregates are bonded with cement when mixed with water. The most important part of the cement motar and concrete is cement, whose production produces a lot of CO2. The most effective way to decrease the CO2 emission of cement industry is to substitute a proportion of cement with other materials. Blended cement is the best solution for the problem. This project presents the effect of sulphate on the strength properties of the Blended Cement mortar (fly ash based). For this purpose cement mortar cubes were casted using the deionized water in three different sulphate concentrations of 2000mg/l, 2500mg/l, and 3000mg/l. The sulphates used in the present investigation are sodium sulphate, calcium sulphate, magnesium sulphate. Specimens are tested for compressive strength and percentage of weight changes. Testing is done at age of 3, 7 and 28 days. And from this investigation we can conclude that with this concentrations the effect on compressive strength of the blended cement is slightly less when compared with the controlled sample specimen. Keywords: Sulphate attacks, sodium sulphate, calcium sulphate, magnesium sulphate, cement motar, percentage weight loss, and compressive strength.

Study On Sulphate Attack With Blended Cement Mortar

Page 202


CIV- 199

Dynamic Analysis of Sandwich Plate Structure by Finite Element Method Amit Paul 1,a, Dr. Sreyashi Das(nee Pal)2,b*,Dr. Arup Guha Niyogi3,c 1

PG student, Civil Engineering, Jadavpur University, India. Assistant Professor, Civil Engineering, Jadavpur University, India. 3 Professor, Civil Engineering, Jadavpur University, India. a [email protected], [email protected], [email protected] 2

Abstract. An 8-noded quadratic isoparametric plate bending finite element that incorporates firstorder transverse shear deformation and rotary inertia is used to predict the free vibration response of sandwich plate structures. A programme has been developed using MATLAB. The finite element results presented here show good agreement with the available semi-analytical solutions and finite element results. Parametric studies have been conducted by incorporating variation in support conditions, fibre angles of the skins and overall thickness and detail interpretations are provided. A sandwich is a three layered construction, where a low-weight thick-core layer of adequate transverse shear rigidity, is sandwiched between two thin laminated composite face layers of higher rigidity. The Sandwich panel structures are becoming very popular in modern structural design as it allows excellent mechanical performance at minimal weight resulting higher payloads, increased range and decreased fuel consumption. Also strategic choice of core material, resulting better thermal insulation, low water absorption, sound and dielectric properties benefit a wide range of industries and applications including aerospace, transportation and industry. These structures are often subjected to high dynamic loads too. Hence dynamic analysis is a must for these structures. In this paper the free vibration behaviour of sandwich plates are being provided. A programme has been developed using MATLAB. The mathematical model is complicated by the orthotropic nature of the material. First order transverse shear deformation is accounted along with rotary inertia of the material along with eight noded isoparametric plate finite elements. Case study: The finite element program has been used to generate numerical results to study the effects of fiber angle, different plate thickness and various support condition on the natural frequencies of sandwich plate. One case study is provided here. Variation of natural frequencies due to different number of layers in face sheet (a/h = 100, tc/tf=8, SSSS) A sandwich plate structure of geometry as in Fig.1 has been taken for study. The face material (EGlass Epoxy) property is E1=60.7 x 109 N/m2, E2 = 24.8 x 109 N/m2, G12 = G13 = G23 = 12.0 x 109 N/m2, 12 = 21 = 0.23,  = 1300 Kg/ m3. The core material (Polyurethane) property E1=0.896x 109 N/m2, E2 = 0.896x 109N/m2, G12 = G13 = G23 = 0.896x 109N/m2,  12 =  21 = 0.35,  = 121.874 Kg/ m3 has been used. Non dimensional frequency of free vibration is tabulated in Table 6. From Table 1 and Fig.2 it is observed that 0˚/core/0˚ gives the least value of natural frequency, though the variation is very less. It is also seen that with constant tc/tf and a/h ratio there are no significant changes for different number of face layers.

Dynamic Analysis of Sandwich Plate Structure by Finite Element Method

Page 203


y 4 b=1 m

3

1

a=1 m

2

x

Table 1: Non dimensional frequencies [(ωa2/h) (ρf/E2 f)1/2] of free vibration for number off layer of face sheet Lamination Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 10.0572 21.9282 28.4472 0˚/core/0˚ 0˚/90˚/core/90˚/0˚ 10.0575 25.0416 25.7570 10.0574 24.2919 26.4643 0˚/90˚/0˚/core/0˚/90˚/0˚ 25.2224 25.5800 0˚/90˚/0˚/90˚/core/90˚/0˚/90˚/0˚ 10.0575

Fig. 1

Fig. 2: Variation of Non-dimensional frequencies for different number of layer of face sheet. Keywords: Sandwich plate, first order shear deformation theory, free vibration, finite element method.

Dynamic Analysis of Sandwich Plate Structure by Finite Element Method

Page 204


CIV- 217

SELF-CURING CONCRETE WITH DIFFERENT SELF-CURING AGENTS Dr. K.V.S. GOPALA KRISHNA SASTRY 1, a *, PUTTURU MANOJ KUMAR 2,b 1

Professor of Civil Engineering Department, GPREC, Kurnool, Andhra Pradesh, India; 2 Academic Consultant ,YSR Engineering College of Yogi Vemana University, Proddatur, Andhra Pradesh, India; a

[email protected] , [email protected]

KEYWORDS: Self Curing Concrete, Poly Ethylene Glycol, Poly Vinyl Alcohol, Super Absorbent Polymer ABSTRACT Concrete is recognized as a versatile construction material globally. Properties of concrete depend upon, to a greater extent, the hydration of cement and microstructure of hydrated cement. Congenial atmosphere would aid the hydration of cement and hence curing of concrete becomes essential, till a major portion of the hydration process is completed. But in areas of water inadequacy and concreting works at considerable heights, curing is problematic. Self-Curing or Internal Curing technique overcomes these problems. It supplies redundant moisture, for more than sufficient hydration of cement and diminish self-desiccation. Self-Curing agents substantially help in the conservation of water in concrete, by bringing down the evaporation during the hydration of Concrete. The present study focuses on the impact of self-curing agents such as Poly Ethylene Glycol (PEG), Poly Vinyl Alcohol (PVA) and Super Absorbent Polymer (SAP) on the concrete mix of M25 grade (reference mix). The effect of these agents on strength properties of Concrete such as compressive strength, split tensile strength and flexural strength was observed. Self- curing admixtures play a compelling role where water is meagre and ergo unable to spare. The mechanism of self curing is holding the preserved water content of concrete structures within it. The mix design of M25 grade concrete was carried out using IS: 10262-2009 and their proportions are Cement (399.12 kg), Fine Aggregate (679.78kg), Course Aggregate (1208.73kg) and Water (191.58 lit).Different mixes were cast using various self curing agents such as PEG4000(0.5%,1.0%,1.5%,2.0%),PEG6000(0.5%,1.0%,1.5%,2.0%),PVA(0.25%,0.5%, 0.75% , 1.0 % ) and SAP(0.25%,0.5%,0.75%,1.0%) and their effects on mechanical properties of concrete were observed. Strength properties of various concrete mixes using self curing agents (PEG 4000, PEG 6000, PVA and SAP) were discussed. The maximum values of mixes at a particular percentage of self curing agents related to compressive, split tensile and flexural strengths of concrete are given in Table.1.

Effect of various Interface Thicknesses on the Behavior of Infilled frame Subjected to Lateral Load

Page 205


Table.1 Compressive, Split Tensile, and Flexural strengths of different Concrete Mixes Percentage of Self curing agents Compressive Split tensile strength PEG PEG Flexural tensile 2 strength[N/mm ] PVA SAP [N/mm2] 4000 6000 strength[N/mm2] M0 0 0 0 0 34.22 3.04 3.02 M1 1.5 0 0 0 37.85 3.22 3.23 M2 0 1.0 0 0 35.63 3.27 3.30 M3 0 0 0.25 0 36.15 3.16 3.04 M4 0 0 0 0.25 31.63 2.58 2.53 CONCLUSION: Based on limited experimental study, the following observations are made regarding the strength properties of self curing concrete. 1. Among the four self curing agents, the maximum compressive strength of 37.85 N/mm2 was obtained with respect to M25 grade concrete when 1.5% of PEG 4000 was used in concrete mix. 2. Among all self curing agents, the maximum split tensile strength of 3.27N/mm2 was obtained when 1.0% of PEG 6000 was used. 3. The maximum flexural strength of 3.30 N/mm2 was obtained among all agents when 1.0% of PEG 6000 was used in concrete mix. 4. The strength properties of concrete akin compressive, split tensile and flexural tensile strengths appeared decreased by using of SAP when juxtaposed to reference mix. Mix No

Effect of various Interface Thicknesses on the Behavior of Infilled frame Subjected to Lateral Load

Page 206


CIV-1100

Effect of various Interface Thicknesses on the Behavior of Infilled frame Subjected to Lateral Load K. Senthil 1, a *, S. Muthukumar 2,b, S. Rupali3,c and K.S. Satyanarayanan4,d 1

Assistant Professor, National Institute of Technology Jalandhar, 144011, India.

2

,

Ph. D Scholar SRM University, Kattankulathur, Kancheepuram, 603203, India

3

Assistant Professor, National Institute of Technology Jalandhar, 144011, India. 4

Professor, SRM University, Kattankulathur, Kancheepuram, 603203, India a*

b

[email protected]; [email protected]; c d [email protected]; [email protected]

Abstract: Past earthquake has revealed that the lack of lateral strength from masonry infill, frame and interface has been the reason for collapse in most cases. It is noted that most of the weakest spots of the buildings are reinforced concrete frames and infill masonry walls, which in spite of bonding layers of interface element prove to be vulnerable. However, the safety of the masonry building is very important in the moderate to severe seismic zones, as 90% of the world population lives and works in masonry buildings and they should be protected during earthquakes. The review of literature carried out has indicated that the study on effect of interface of frame and different interface thickness is limited, [1-4]. In the present study, two dimensional numerical investigations were carried out to study the influence of interface thickness on the behavior of reinforced concrete frames subjected to in-plane lateral loads using commercial finite element tool SAP 2000. The cement mortar, cork and foam was used as interface material and their effect was studied by varying thicknesses as 6, 8, 10, 14 and 20 mm. The effect of lateral loads on infill masonry wall was also studied by varying arbitrary loads as 10, 20, 40 and 60 kN. The resistance of the frame with cement mortar was found maximum with the interface thickness 10 mm therefore, it is concluded that the maximum influence of interface thickness corresponding to 10 mm thickness of interface was found effective. Similarly, the resistance of integral infill frame with cork and foam interface was found maximum with the interface thickness 6 mm and it is concluded that 6 mm thick interface among the chosen thickness was found effective. Also the displacement on bare frame and infilled frame with 10 mm thick one sided interface was found 1.381 and 0.42 mm, respectively. It is concluded that the infill wall in the integral frame significantly enhances both the stiffness and strength of the frame. The lateral displacement of infill frame with 6, 8, 10, 14 mm thick cement mortar interface against 10 kN was found increased by 18, 9, 6 and 2% as compare to 20 mm interface thickness however, the same trend was observed for 20, 40 and 60 kN. The variation in lateral displacement of infill frame with chosen thickness of cork as well as foam interface against 10 kN was found insignificant and the same trend was observed for 20, 40 and 60 kN. It was observed that the influence of interface thickness on the behavior of infill frame against lateral load was found to be insignificant. Keywords: Interface thickness; Cork; Foam; In-plane lateral loads; Lateral displacement;

Page 207 Effect of various Interface Thicknesses on the Behavior of Infilled frame Subjected to Lateral Load


CIV-1104

Tunnel Projects and Risk Management A.K. Mishra1, a *, R.K. Chaudhary2,b , P. Punetha3,c and I. Ahmed4,d 1

Managing Director, Mangdechhu Hydroelectric Project Authority, Bhutan Director (Technical), Mangdechhu Hydroelectric Project Authority, Bhutan 3 Chief (Geology) Mangdechhu Hydroelectric Project Authority, Bhutan 4 Geologist, Mangdechhu Hydroelectric Project Authority, Bhutan a* [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], d [email protected] 2

Abstract: In developed/developing countries, lot of investments are being planned into transportation infrastructure and the size of the investments is likely to be in the range of 0.5% - 1.5% of the GDP [1]. Tunnel construction in India and also abroad are now attracting the governments in a big way for metro and highway tunnels projects. Tunneling is already a big component in most of the hydroelectric projects apart from new areas of tunneling for metro/highways projects. The investments in the tunnelling projects are reasonable and are always considered as risky investments. Now it is becoming necessary for planners/designers to analyze the various risks involved in the construction of tunnels and work out the viability of the tunneling projects before the investment decisions are taken at the government level. Estimates of tunnel construction time and cost are the fundamental part of the tunnel project planning [2,3]. Wrong estimates often jeopardize the tunnel project, resulting in time and cost overrun. Therefore it is necessary to evaluate the risks associated with the tunnel project and devise a methodology to evaluate them. The various tools available for evaluation of uncertainties and risk management are as follows; Quantative Analysis of Uncertainty and Risk Fault Tree Analysis (FTA) Event Tree Analysis (ETA) Bernoulli Process, Binomial Distribution and Poisson Process Markov Process Bayesian Networks Dynamic Bayesian Networks The above mentioned tools available to analyze the tunnel construction uncertainties [4] and risks [5] to evaluate construction time and cost are summarized and discussed here in this paper. Keywords: Tunnel construction, Investments, Uncertainties, Risk management.

Tunnel Projects and Risk Management

Page 208


CIV-1105

Evaluation of Deformation Modulus for the Jointed Rock Masses using Equivalent Continuum Approach Rahul Khanna1,a *, Imran Sayeed2,b and Rajendra Kr. Dubey3,c 1

Manager (Geology), NHPC Ltd., Sector-33, Faridabad, Haryana-121003, India 2 G M (Geotech), NHPC Ltd., Sector-33, Faridabad, Haryana-121003, India 3 Associate Professor, ISM (IIT)-Dhanbad, Jharkhand, India a [email protected],[email protected],[email protected]

Abstract: The rock masses are intercepted by several geological discontinuities that make them different from other engineering materials. The response of rock masses during excavation of ground for development of large engineering structures such as dams, tunnels, underground caverns etc. is very complicated. As the engineering structures are significantly larger than the rock blocks with discontinuities, therefore the rock masses may be represented in form of an equivalent continuum. Rock masses in this form are being utilized to determine important engineering properties such as modulus of deformation by means of empirical relationships. These properties have been used as an alternative for in-situ testing for designing of engineering structures. Several empirical equations are available in literature which relates the deformation modulus with various rock mass indices such as RMR, Q, GSI and RQD. In this work twelve such relationships presented by various authors have been considered for verifying the site data for three rock types’ viz., metavolcanics, carbonaceous slates and dolomites. The equations wherein deformation modulus is related to RMR are showing high correlation. Equation proposed by Nicholson and Bieniawski (1990) based on RMR system gives average values of deformation modulus as 2.72GPa for metavolcanics, 1.62GPa for carbonaceous slates and 4.01 GPa for dolomites which are most appropriate values considering their closeness to insitu test results. Equations based on Q system are giving higher values almost twenty times higher than the corressponding test values. Equation based on GSI values and given by Hoek & Diecrich (2006) also shows high correlation and gives average values of deformation modulus as 1.45GPa for metavolcanics, 1.21GPa for carbonaceous slates and 5.40 GPa for dolomites which are considerably good values. The above two equations gives considerably applicable values of deformation modulus for the three Lesser Himalayan rock types whose RMR ranges between 21 to 82 and GSI values ranges between 77 to 16 respectively. The applicability of these two equations may further be verified using more data sets from the Himalayan region where undertaking insitu tests are very costly and sometimes even impossible due to highly remote location of the engineering projects. Moreover, there is scope for further analysis of the above equations by incorporating more data points from various litho units of Himalayan region. Nevertheless, the present study complements the work of previous authors and opens a window for further research in this area.

Keywords: rock masses, uniaxial compressive strength, deformation modulus, equivalent continuum

Evaluation Of Deformation Modulus For The Jointed Rock Masses Using Equivalent Continuum Approach

Page 209


CIV- 1108

Influence of Crack on the Instability of GFRP Composite Cylindrical Shells under Combined Loading Angelina Catherine B.1,a, Dr. Priyadarsini R. S.2,b 1

2

M Tech student, College of Engineering Trivandrum Associate Professor, College of Engineering Trivandrum a [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract: Buckling is a prominent condition of instability caused to a shell structure as a result of axial loadings. The process of buckling becomes more complex while analyzing thin walled structures like shells. Today such thin walled laminated composite shells are gaining more importance in many defense and industrial applications since they have greater structural efficiency and performance in relation to isotropic structures. Comprehensive understanding of the buckling response of shell structures is necessary to assure the integrity of these shells during their service life. The presence of defects, such as cracks, may severely compromise their buckling behavior and jeopardize the structural integrity. This work aims in conducting numerical analysis of cracked GFRP (Glass fibrereinforced polymer) composite cylindrical shells under combined loading to study the effect of crack size on the buckling behavior of laminated composite cylindrical shells with different lay-up sequences. The numerical analyses were carried out using the finite element software, ABAQUS in order to predict the buckling behaviour of cracked laminated composite cylinders subject to different combinations of axial compression, torsion, internal pressure and external pressure from the interaction buckling curves. From the results it is observed that cracked shells subjected to combined torsion and axial load, torsion decreases the critical buckling load. For higher values of axial compressive load and lower values of torsion(T/Tc > 0.6), the buckling mode occurs mostly in the local mode. The internal pressure tends to raise the buckling load of perfect cylindrical shells or cylindrical shells with small geometric imperfections. It can be seen that the shell subjected to combined external pressure and axial load, external pressure decreases the critical buckling load considerably beyond Ep/Epc > 0.6. Among the four lay-up sequence studied, the best lay-up resisting combined loading and geometric imperfection (crack) is observed as [60°/-60°/60°/-60°]s. Another observation is that for the cylindrical shells subjected to combined loading, the global buckling shape is insensitive to the crack length. Also among the three combinations of loading, the torsional loading combined with axial compression is the one which has greater sensitivity to geometric imperfection. The interaction curves should be used in the design of cylindrical shells under complex loading conditions. Therefore more investigations are required to set up generally applicable, right and safe guidelines for buckling design. Keywords: Cracked GFRP composite cylindrical shell, Finite element analysis, combined loading, Interaction buckling curves.

Influence of Crack on the Instability of GFRP Composite Cylindrical Shells under Combined Loading

Page 210


CIV-1109

Study on the Stress Concentration in GFRP Composite Plates with Multiple Cut-Outs Subjected to Shear Loading Aleena R. S.1, a *and Dr. Priyadarsini R. S.2,b 1

2

M Tech student, College of Engineering Trivandrum, India Associate Professor, College of Engineering Trivandrum, India a [email protected], b [email protected],

Abstract: The composite materials are widely used nowadays as major parts of structures in many industries like aerospace, marine, automobile, space vehicles and also for the repair and replacement of civil infrastructures. Stresses are vital parameters considered in the design of structures. Any irregularities in shape, materials, or the presence of cut-outs create localized stress concentration and reduce the capacity of the material to take loads. The anisotropic behaviour of composite structures also makes the analysis more complex. Shear loading often exists in the engineering practices such as in aerospace due to heavy aerodynamic loads. So in the present study the effects of different parameters like layup sequences, number of plies, proximity of cut-outs, shapes and arrangements of cut-outs under in-plane shear loading on the glass fibre reinforced polymer (GFRP) plate with multiple cut-outs are studied using ABAQUS. The results from the study show that all the parameters considered for the study affects the stress concentration considerably. The observations are analysed then and the final conclusions are presented. It is observed from the analysis that the stress concentration factor is high at lower l/d ratio and decreases as the l/d ratio increases in almost all the cases. Suitable layup sequence for the particular cases studied are also selected. The maximum stress concentration occurs at the boundary of the cut-outs. For the cut-outs with sharp corners maximum stress occurs near the corners. Stress concentration factor for circular cut-out is low compared to square, triangular and trapezoidal cutouts due to the presence of sharp corners in the later cases. When the number of plies increased, variations in SCF is very small or negligible. So the stress concentration factor in GFRP plates with multiple cut-outs are not affected by the variations in number of plies but affected by the variations in the layup sequences, l/d ratio and shapes of cut-outs. So all these parameters should be studied properly before designing the structures. Keywords: GFRP laminated composite plate, Finite element analysis, Cut-outs, Stress concentration, Inplane shear loading.

Study on the stress concentration in GFRP composite plates with multiple cut-outs subjected to shear loading

Page 211


CIV-1110

Influence of Geotextile and Geogrid Reinforcement on Strength Behaviour of Soft Silty Soil Ayush Mittal 1*, Shalinee Shukla 2 1

2

Research Scholar, Department of Civil Engineering, MNNIT Allahabad, India Assistant Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, MNNIT Allahabad, India 1 [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract. For the development of any country, road infrastructure plays a very significant role. India has a total road network of more than 6 million kilometers of which 79% consists of rural roads. Around 20% land area of India is covered with soils having low California bearing ratio and shear strength values. The pavement constructed over such soils will deteriorate significantly under heavy wheel loads. In order to improve the strength of such soils some reinforcement techniques have to be adopted. Conventionally lime, flyash, cement is used for enhancement of soil properties but due to brittle behaviour of reinforced soil and health problems related to lime dust, more and more use of geosynthetic materials should be made due to its cost effectiveness, easy installation capabilities and non-biodegradability. In the present work, effect of geotextile alone and combination of geogrid and geotextile on the strength behaviour of poor subgrade soil is studied. The soil sample is collected from Chakghat, Rewa district, Madhya Pradesh and is classified as silt of high compressibility as per Indian standard classification system (IS: 1498-1970). Heavy compaction; soaked CBR and unconfined compressive strength (UCS) tests are conducted. The test results indicate significant improvement in CBR and UCS values for both geosynthetic reinforced cases with greater improvement in double layer condition. The CBR value increases by 58% and UCS by 32% for combination of geogrid and geotextile as compared to virgin soil, whereas this increase is only 43% in CBR and 9% in UCS for single layer of geotextile at 0.2H depth from top of mold. Smaller post peak strength loss and greater failure strain is observed for soil specimen reinforced with geotextile only. However, no change in ductility and rupture strength is observed for soil specimen reinforced with combination of geogrid and geotextile. SEM analysis clearly indicates significant bonding between soil particles and fibers of geogrid thus forming dense compacted soil mass. Table 1 shows the effect of reinforcement on soil properties. Table 1. Variations in Soil Properties with Different Reinforcement Conditions Testing Conditions MDD OMC (%) CBR (%) UCS (KN/m2) Failure Strain 3 [KN/m ] (%) Virgin Soil 18.28 14.80 2.09 128.63 4.02 0.2H Geotextile 18.76 15.20 2.99 140.35 5.75 0.2H Geogrid and 0.4H 19.22 13.90 3.31 169.72 4.02 Geotextile Thus it is concluded that combination of geogrid and geotextile can be used effectively in pavement and embankment construction on soft soils, saving costly base and sub-base aggregate materials and prevents lateral spreading of soil. Keywords: Geotextile, Geogrid, Pavement, Reinforcement, Subgrade Influence of Geotextile and Geogrid Reinforcement on Strength Behaviour of Soft Silty Soil

Page 212


CIV-1111

Durability and Non – Destructive Evaluation of Self-Compacting Concrete with Recycled Aggregates Dr. Venu Malagavelli 1, a *, Prasanth Abraham Manalel 2,b 1

School of Civil Engineering, College of Engineering and Technology, Dilla University, Dilla, Ethiopia. 2 Civil Structural Engineer, Design Department, MUC Engineering, Capt. Mousa, Building Office M001, Hamad Bin Abdulla Rd, P.O. Box 7718, Fujairah-UAE. a,b [email protected]

Abstract: A promising sustainable solution is presented by using Recycled Concrete Aggregate (RCA) in the production of new concrete by replacing natural aggregates either partially or fully. This paper describes a research study that was carried out to investigate the feasibility of using a proposed rational concrete mix to overcome the barriers that restrict its use in structural concrete. The highlight of this work is to analyze the properties of Recycled Aggregate Self Compacting Concrete (RASCC) of M40. Two cycles of experiments are conducted. First cycle examines strength properties of Self Compacting Concrete (SCC) made with recycled aggregates using destructive and non-destructive tests. Mainly compressive strength property of concrete mixes with 0% to 100% replacement of natural coarse aggregate by recycled coarse aggregate. Here, the recycled aggregate used is in Saturated Surface Dry (SSD) state in order to account for its high water absorbability. The second cycle deals with experiments highlighting the durability performance of the recycled aggregate concrete. This is assessed from the sorpitivity and acid resistance tests. In the present work, comparison was made between the results of laboratory observations on various physical properties of concrete made with recycled aggregate concrete with normal aggregate concrete and found that the results are encouraging to use concrete with RCA. Properties of recycled aggregates are specific gravity is 2.47; water absorption 4.15%, impact value is 33.33% and crushing value 26.3%. The mix proportions of M40 Recycled Aggregate Self Compacting Concrete (RASCC) are R0, R10, R20, R30, R40, R50, R75 and R100. In these mix proportions R represents RASCC and number represents the percentage of replacement of recycled aggregate. Workability plays major role in the development of Self Compacting Concrete (SCC). Slump flow, J-Ring and V-Funnel test are conducted to know the workability of SCC. Replacement of Natural Aggregates (NA) by RCA up to 50% produces SCC mix which satisfies every flow test guidelines given by EFNARC. The compressive strength of hardened concrete (IS 516-1959) was determined on 150mm concrete cubes which were cast and water cured for 28 days.

Fig. 1. Compressive Strength

Fig. 2 Mass loss of RASCC

Durability and Non – Destructive Evaluation of Self-Compacting Concrete with Recycled Aggregates

Page 213


Fig.1 shows the compressive strength of RASCC at the age of 28 days. Modified SCC was tested for durability aspects in the form of acid attack and sorpitivity test. Fig.2 represents the moss loss of RASCC under acid attacks. Fig. 3 represents the sorpitivity results of RASCC.

Fig. 3 Sorpitivity curves for R0, R20, R50, R75, R100 The following conclusions can be drawn from this experimental investigation. 1. The way of preparing recycled aggregate for concrete mixtures influences the concrete workability: workability of concrete with natural and recycled aggregate is almost the same if water saturated surface dry recycled aggregate is used. 2. RASCC is concerned, the compressive strength decreases as percentage of RCA increases. In this case, replacement up to 20% is advised. It is essential to use admixtures to maintain workability to ensure flow of mix. 3. Furthermore, in terms of durability, the sorpitivity values obtained for optimized mix was found to be slightly lower than the mix containing 100% NA which shows that the sorpitivity values are comparable. 4. As far as acid resistance is considered, it is evident from visual assessment and mass loss results that H2SO4 causes greater deterioration of RASCC than HCl solution. Keywords: Recycled Aggregates, Self-Compacting Concrete, Recycled Aggregate Concrete, Durability, Sorpitivity, Acid Resistance.

Durability and Non – Destructive Evaluation of Self-Compacting Concrete with Recycled Aggregates

Page 214


CIV-1112

Geotechnical Characterization of Dredged Material and Effect of Lime Stabilization on its Strength Characteristics SABREENA MOHAMMAD1, a *, WASIM AKRAM2, b and SHAKEEL A. MIRZA3, c 1

M Tech. student, Geotechnical Engg., Sharda University, Greater Noida, India M Tech., Dept. of Earthquake Engg. IIT Roorkee, India 3 Assistant Executive Engineer, R&B Dept. J&K, India a [email protected], [email protected], c [email protected] 2

Abstract Aquatic ecosystem worldwide are being severely altered or destroyed at a rate, far faster than they are being restored. Dal Lake situated in the heart of Srinagar, Jammu & Kashmir State narrates one such big story and is under massive anthropomorphic pressure. Despite of number of restoration plans by National and International agencies, lake is shrinking at alarming rate posing catastrophic consequences. The Dal Lake forms the flood lung, taking in reverse flows from Jhelum when it floods however the Dal Lake has shrunk in dimensions, from 25 sq. km to less than 18 sq. km now is fighting a losing battle against unchecked pollution and sedimentation. It has been estimated on an average 80,000 tons of silt flows annually into the lake resulting in excessive growth of the weeds and reduction in the depth of lake. All these effects aggravate the flood fury as seen in September 2014 floods in Kashmir. So dredging of Dal Lake become must. However dredging of lakes generates lot of dredge, which needs to be disposed-off methodically without disturbing environment. A significant step is being taken by this study to achieve economic use of construction materials by attempting to prevent the wastage of such soil material through the improvement of its properties to meet the requirements. Thus this research shows an integrated approach of solving filthing of Dal Lake and using the filth (dredged material) innovately by doing lime improvement. There is an immense increase in the strength parameters of dredged soil as shown in below figure1:

Figure 1: variation of shear strength parameters and unconfined compressive strength with lime content

It is seen that the index and other engineering properties (CBR) of dredged soil are also significantly altered by the addition of lime which will help in proper utilization of dredged material. Thus the dredging community needs to develop a comprehensive management strategy to pursue beneficial reuse as a regional goal. A regional reuse / re-handling facility need to be developed. Keywords:

dredged

material,

Dal

Lake,

stabilization,

lime

Geotechnical Characterization of Dredged Material and Effect of Lime Stabilization on its Strength Characteristic

Page 215


CIV-1113

Mechanical Properties and Non Destructive Evaluation of Concrete Containing Metakaolin as a Supplementary Material Dr.Venu Malagavelli 1,a *, Belayneh A 2,b , Subodh Joshi 3,c Ashok Kumar S 4,d and Jaison J Memadam 5,e 1,2

School of Civil Engineering, College of Engineering and Technology, Dilla University, Dilla, Ethiopia. 3 Department of Civil Engineering,Swinburne University of Technology,Australia. 4 Engineer, SP Constructions, Hyderabad, India. 5 School of Arch. and CoTM, College of Engineering and Technology, Dilla University, Dilla. a,b,e [email protected], c,d [email protected]

Abstract: Concrete is a basic material for the construction industry. Due to infrastructure development in the developing countries, consumption of concrete is very high. The consumption of cement is also very high to meet the requirements. So there is a need to look after the supplementary / alternative materials for the cement, fine aggregate and coarse aggregate. The present work aims to look after the supplementary materials in the concrete. In this paper, supplementary materials like metakaolin have been used in the concrete. Concrete having compressive strength 35 MPa is used in the experimental investigation. Mechanical properties like compressive strength, split tensile strength and flexural strengths are compared with modified concrete. Apart from that, the modified concrete has been evaluated using non-destructive tests like rebound hammer and ultrasonic pulse velocity. Also a relationship developed between the compressive strength and non-destructive tests. Based on the results, the performance of modified concrete is better than the normal concrete. Utilization of metakaolin as a pozzolanic material in mortar and concrete studied by Sabir et.al. (2001). they reported that the use of metakaolin in concrete and mortar will help in the development of early strength. Also they reported that it greatly improves the resistance to transportation of water and diffusion of harmful ions which led to degradation of matrix. Venu and Rao (2010) investigated the usage of supplementary materials by replacing in both cement and fine aggregate with ground granulated blast furnace slag and robo sand respectively. From the experimental investigation they found that both can be used as supplementary materials for both cement and fine aggregate.The mix proportions for M35 concrete are 1:1.725:2.475 with w/c ratio 0.3. Super plasticizer was 3 kg/m3 used in the all concrete mixes. The percentage of metakaolin is varies from 0 to 20 % with as increment of 5% used in the concrete. Mechanical properties of modified concrete are found by using both destructive (Fig. 1, 2 and 3) and non-destructive tests (Fig. 4, 5 and 6).

Fig. 1. Compressive Strength of Concrete

Fig. 2. Split Tensile Strength of Concrete

Fig. 3. Flexural Strength of Concrete

Mechanical Properties and Non Destructive Evaluation of Concrete ContainingMetakaolin as a Supplementary Material

Page 216


Fig. 4. Rebound hammer Strength of Concrete

Fig. 5. Ultrasonic Pulse Velocity of Concrete

Fig. 6. Relation between Compressive strength and Rebound hammer value

The compressive strength ( results shown the Fig.1 for all modified concretes for both 7 and 28 days. The seven days compressive strength varies from 23.9 to 28.5MPa and 28 days strength varies from 47.3 to 55.2MPa. The 28 days split tensile strength (

and flexural strength

( of modified concretes is presented in the Fig.2 and Fig.3 respectively. With the addition of 5%, 10%, 15% and 20% of metakaolin in the concrete the split tensile strength increased by 2.66%, 7.1%, 4.73% and 2.66%, and flexural strength increased by is 3.31%, 7.88%, 5.39% and 2.69% respectively. The rebound hammer (Fig.4 and 6) and ultrasonic pulse velocity (Fig.5) tests further confirm that the modified concrete specimens although being sound and of good quality have increased strength when compared to the control concrete. From the experimental investigation the following conclusions can be drawn. 1. Supplementary materials like metakaolin can be used in concrete in place of cement. 2. The maximum of 10% can be replaced by cement with metakaolin. 3. Fresh properties like workability is increases as the percentage of metakaolin increases. 4. The percentage increment in strength properties are 16.75, 7.1 and 7.88 in compressive strength, split tensile strength and flexural strength respectively. Keywords: Supplementary Materials, Concrete, Non – Destructive test, Compressive Strength, Split Tensile Strength, Flexural Strength, Rebound hammer, Ultrasonic Pulse Velocity

Mechanical Properties and Non Destructive Evaluation of Concrete ContainingMetakaolin as a Supplementary Material

Page 217


CIV-1115

Expansive Soil Stabilization with Coir waste and Lime for Flexible pavement subgrade G Narendra Goud1 a *, A Hyma2,b, V Shiva Chandra3,c and R Sandhya Rani4,d 1Research scholar at IIT Hyderabad and Assistant Professor, Civil Engineering Department, MVSREC Nadergul, Hyderabad, India 2,3Assistant Professor, Civil Engineering Department, MVSREC Nadergul, Hyderabad, India 4Associate Professor, Civil Engineering Department, MVSREC Nadergul, Hyderabad, India a


c

Abstract: Expansive soil properties can be improved by various methods to make it suitable for construction of flexible pavement. The coir pith is the by-product (bio-waste) generated from coir industry during extraction of coir fiber from coconut husk. Openly disposed coir pith can make the surrounding areas unhygienic. This bio-waste can be one of the potential materials to stabilize the expansive soils. In the present study coir pith and lime are used as stabilizers. Different combinations of coir pith contents and lime contents are used to study the behavior of expansive soil. Unconfined compressive strength (UCS) of unstabilized and stabilized soils was determined. Optimum content of coir pith and lime are determined based on UCS of the soil. California bearing ratio of soil determined at optimum contents of coir pith and lime. Flexible pavement layer compositions for two levels of traffic are designed using stabilized soil subgrade. . Coir pith a by-product generated in the process of fiber extraction from coconut husk in coir manufacturing industry. India is the largest coir producing country in the world. And the fact is that for every ton of fiber extracted, about two tons of coir waste is produced. Disposal of this biohazardous material into the environment create unhygienic conditions nearby open places of coir industries and posing a serious threat to the sustainable development of coir industry. Most of the subgrade soils need improvement because of its poor strength and expansive nature in the region (coastal India) where coir pith is produced. Engineered utilization of coir pith can reduce the disposal problem and environmental pollution. There is no provision in the designing and practicing guidelines to incorporate coir pith into the flexible pavement subgrade though countable laboratory level research finds potential use. In the present study a combination of lime and coir pith in different proportions mixed with expansive soil to understand the combined effect of stabilization and reinforcement. An effort is made to make the soil eligible to use in subgrade for flexible pavement construction. It is observed that increase in coir pith content reduces the density and increases the optimum water content. Spongy and moisture absorbing nature of coir pith with its lower specific gravity seems to be the cause of significant reduction in the dry density i.e. from 1.780 g/cc to 1.550 g/cc and increase in optimum water content i.e. from 19% to 24% at a fixed lime content. The UCS of the modified soil (expansive soil + lime + coir pith) is in the range of 300 kPa to 380 kPa after 3 days curing, and after 7 days curing it is in the range of 470 kPa to 570 kPa. The CBR of the treated soil found to be 7% and 9% for 1.5% coir pith content with 3% lime and 2% coir pith content with 3% lime respectively. Figures below show the UCS and CBR test results.

Expansive Soil Stabilization with Coir waste and Lime for Flexible pavement subgrade

Page 218

International Conference on Recent Advances in Materials, Mechanical and Civil Engineering ICRAMMCE-2017 1-2 June, 2017, MLRITM, Hyderabad, Telangana 700

3 days curing

700

7 days curing

650 570

500 450 400 357

250

500

476

450 379 353

298

1

550

550

400

339

350 300

585

600 540

535

UCS (kPa)

UCS (kPa)

600 550

3 days curing 7 days curing

650

350 2

333

300

3

2

3

Coir pith (%)

4

Lime content (%)

Variation of UCS with different coir pith contents at 3% of lime and at different lime contents at 1.5% of coir pith 400

2% coir pith and 3% lime 1.5% coir pith and 3% lime untreated soil

350 300

Load (kg)

250 200 150 100 50 0 0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Penetration (mm)

Plot of penetration with load for untreated and treated soil Keywords: Expansive soil, Coir pith, Lime, Subgrade, Flexible pavement.

Expansive Soil Stabilization with Coir waste and Lime for Flexible pavement subgrade

Page 219


CIV-1116

COMPARATIVE STUDY ON INFILL WALLS Raja Sekhar Mamillapalli,1 a *, Dr. P N K Rao2 b 1

NICMAR, Hyderabad, India, Professor, BITS Pilani Hyderabad Campus, India, a email: [email protected], bemail: [email protected] 2

Abstract: Availability of materials causes confusion in the selection for construction. The problem arises in the case of selection of infill wall materials as well for construction of partition walls. With growing real estate prices every inch of built up area is precious. An infill wall consumes a proportionate area which is meant only for partition. Different stake holders like Architect, Engineer and Contractor have different priorities in selection material. The present study has done to understand priorities and properties of most the existing in fill wall materials. In present construction scenario there are multiple building materials with different properties and different blocks. Present study focus on unveiling the confusion with a systematic approach in selection of materials for infill walls. Data is collected from architects, contractors & engineers who are key stake holders in construction projects. A questionnaire is prepared to get input from architects, contractors & engineers. Responses from these three associated disciplines had been collected using online survey through Google forms. The data collected then processed and jortdown using SPSS tool for analysing the data. Using the output from SPSS, inferences were made to choose the material from architect, engineer and contractor. Recommendations on selection of appropriate material for infill wall blocks are suggested based on the outputs. Based on the analysis of the data foam concrete block is preffered and is the suggestabel material for the infill wall construction.

Keywords: Infill walls, partition wall, foam concrete block, Red brick

Comparative Study On Infill Walls

Page 220


CIV-1117

Design of Tsunami Resistant Structures - A technical review Deepthy Jose1,a, and Jerin M. George2,b* 1

2

P.G.Scholar, Department of Civil Engineering, Amal Jyothi College of Engineerig, Kanjirappally-686518, Kerala, India

Assistant Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, Amal Jyothi College of Engineerig, Kanjirappally-686518, Kerala, India a

[email protected] and [email protected]

Abstract A tsunami is a train or series of waves with a long wavelength and period. These waves are created when a huge body of water, such as an ocean, is rapidly displaced. The tsunamis may be generated by the influence of earthquakes and volcanic eruptions under the ocean, mass movements above or below water, other underwater explosions, large meteorite impacts, landslides, and nuclear weapons testing at sea, etc. Though tsunamis are infrequent events they can create devastating effects. Many coastal areas in India are subjected to tsunami hazard. Design of a tsunami resistant building which acts as an evacuation building in times of tsunami is necessary for coastal regions.The researchers in the area have identified certain key factors for the design of tsunami resistant shelters such as resistance against seismic ground shaking, resistance to structural and foundation failure, sufficient floor space above the base flood elevation, capacity to withstand tsunami-induced forces, fire resistance, etc. Multistory buildings, which are necessary for tsunami safety where evacuation cannot be completely assured, can be economically designed for life safety or better performance for large tsunamis with local strengthening of relatively few components. In this paper, the current design strategies for a tsunami resistant structure are studied and a detailed technical review is presented. From the technical review conducted, it is understood that vertical evacuation buildings are really helpful for public safety in times of a tsunami attack (especially in case of near source and middle source generated tsunamis) where there is no sufficient time and methods for horizontal evacuation. The ASCE 7-16 Standard and FEMA (2012) provide guidelines for the design of tsunami resistant buildings. Tsunami resistant buildings can be used as evacuation buildings in times of tsunami attack on coastal regions. The number of vertical evacuation structures provided on a coastal region depends on the population density of the area and the site conditions. Hydrostatic load, Hydrodynamic load, buoyant forces and impact loads should be considered in the analysis of a structure subjected to tsunami loading. The sizing and spacing considerations, the loads to be considered during design, load combinations, etc. are studied by many researchers in the United States and Japan. In India, there are no design codes available for the design of for tsunami resistant structures. The researches in this field are progressing such that, we can have better Tsunami warning system in national level and new codal provisions for tsunami resistant design. Keywords: Tsunami resistant design, Shelter, Vertical evacuation, Tsunami-induced forces, Foundation, Inundation, Coastal regions.

Design of Tsunami Resistant Structures - A technical review

Page 221


CIV-1119

Non Linear Dynamic Analysis of Offshore Blast Wall Geethu Francis1,a, and Vinay Mathews2,b* 1

P.G.Scholar, 2 Assistant Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, Amal Jyothi College of Engineerig, Kanjirappally-686518, Kerala, India a

[email protected] and b [email protected]

Abstract: Stainless steel profiled blast walls have been used increasingly in the oil and gas industry to protect people and personnel against hydrocarbon explosions. Understanding the safety of these blast walls greatly assists in improving safety of offshore plant facilities. However, the presence of various uncertainties combined with a complex loading scenario make the assessment process very challenging. In this study the

effect of important variables such as thickness and height to optimize the design of profiled blast walls. Here analysis of blast wall with three different profiles namely S1, S2, S3 were done. Analysis is done by applying pressure load on the structure. Analysis is made to consider the influence of geometric uncertainties on the transient dynamic response of these structures. It is seen that the height is the parameter affecting the variation of deformation in S1 and S2 profile and thickness is the parameter influencing the deformation in S3 profile.

Keywords: Offshore, Blast wall.

Non Linear Dynamic Analysis of Offshore Blast Wall

Page 222


CIV-1126

Analysis of an RC Multistoried Building Subjected to Dynamic Loading Akash Raut1,a , P.D.Pachpor2,b* and Sanket Dautkhani3,c 1,3 2

PG, ShriRamdeobaba College of Engineering and Management, Nagpur, India Prof. ShriRamdeobaba College of Engineering and Management, Nagpur, India a [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract: Many buildings in the present scenario have irregular configurations both in plan and elevation. This in future may subject to devastating earthquakes. So it is necessary to analyse the structure for dynamic loading. The present paper is made to study three type of irregularity wiz., vertical, mass and plan irregularity as per clause 7.1 of IS 1893 (part1)2002 code. The paper discusses the analysis of RC (Reinforced Concrete) Buildings with different irregularity and comparison is made. The study as a whole makes an effort to evaluate the effect of different irregularity on RC buildings for which comparison of three parameters namely shear force, bending moment and deflection are taken into account. Total 10models of 6bay (G+4) are taken into account and are modelled in STAAD PRO, all models specification are same. Four cases are taken into consideration, For Ist case vertical irregularity two models box shape regular and irregular are considered, IInd case shape irregularity four models of box, L, T,U shape are taken, IIIrd case mass irregularity same four models are taken from case II and mass irregularity is performed on 2nd and 4th floor, IVth case with and without mass irregularity four models from case II and four models from case III are taken and comparison are made. All models are analyse in zone II having Importance factor-1, soil condition- medium, zone factor 0.1, seismic co-efficient method is performed on all models. Load combination as per IS 1893(Part1):2002, Cl. 6.3.1.2, pg.13 For comparison two column positions are taken in each models for case I corner and middle column position are taken and for rest of the case column position 1 and 2 and comparison are made. From all the results of the three parameters some of the observations are made listed below.  Case I- It is observe that Shear Force, Bending Moment is found maximum in irregular model where as the axial force and deflection is found maximum in regular building  Case II ,III – It is observe that Shear Force, Bending Moment is found minimum in box model where as deflection is found maximum in box shape model.  Case IV – Axial force and bending moment are found maximum in box shape model with mass irregularity, minimum shear force in L shape model without mass irregularity, All mass irregularity model experience almost same amount of deflection which is 20 percent more than deflection experience by all models without mass irregularity. Keywords- Mass and shape irregularity, earthquake resisting structure, seismic coefficient method.

Analysis Of An Rcc Multistoried Building Subjected To Dynamic Loading Page 223


CIV-1127

Analysis and Design of Pier for High Level Bridge Aditya Chopade1,a , V. R. Harne2,b* and Rajat Bongilwar3,c 1,3

PG, 2Asst.Prof. Shri Ramdeobaba College of Engineering and Management, Nagpur, India a b [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract: The Bridge is an important part of overall transportation system. Bridge is a structure providing a passage over a hurdle without closing the way. Due to rapid urban growth and globalization, there is a need of large number of bridges across highways and rivers. Bridges solely depend on the capacity of the pier to sustain large displacement without collapsing. Failure of bridge piers often causes failure of bridge span, as it is evident from several major earthquakes. In this present study, different shapes of hammerhead type of pier are considered. The comparison is done between the already constructed bridge pier to new proposed section to find the most effective and economical section. The already constructed bridge pier has Circular End while for the comparison new section is considered as Triangular ended Pier is considered with different angular size variation from 300, 450, 600, 750, 900. Both the sizes taken concentrating on the water current force acting due to highly flooded river. For this present study, different load considered are Dead Load of the structure, Live Load acting on the structure as per IRC6:2000, Longitudinal Forces due to vehicle, effects of Buoyancy, Transverse Water Current Forces acting horizontally, seismic force acting on both current and traffic direction. From all the calculations and comparison it is found that both types have certain advantages but also they lag in certain criteria. Best suitable pier from the calculation is found out to be Triangular Ended Pier with 750 face angle over already constructed Circular Ended type Pier. Advantages of the considered pier type from the comparison are Area of Pier is relatively lower than Circular Ended Pier by 2.13%, the value of Sub-Structure load is less in both LWL and HFL cases as compared to the Circular Ended Pier by 0.41% and 0.58% respectively, Quantity of steel and concrete required is also lower than Circular Ended Pier by 2.36% and 2.14% respectively, Factor of Safety against overturning and sliding is more than that of Circular ended Pier by 2.36%. Hence, Triangular Ended Pier with 750 face angle can be adopted over already constructed Circular Ended Pier as it is more effective and economical. Keywords- Bridge, Pier, Hydraulic Effect, Seismic analysis

Analysis Of An Rcc Multistoried Building Subjected To Dynamic Loading Page 224


CIV-1128

Significance of Shear Wall in Multi-Storey Structure With Seismic Analysis Rajat Bongilwar1,a , V.R. Harne2,b* and Aditya Chopade3,c 1,3 2

PG, Ramdeobaba College of Engineering and Management, Nagpur, India

Assistant Prof. Ramdeobaba College of Engineering and Management, Nagpur, India a

b

c

[email protected] , [email protected] , [email protected]

Abstract. In past decades, shear walls are one of the most appropriate and important structural component in multi-storied building. Therefore, it would be very interesting to study the structural response and their systems in multi-storied structure. Shear walls contribute the stiffness and strength during earthquakes which are often neglected during design of structure and construction. This study shows the effect of shear walls which significantly affect the vulnerability of structures. In order to test this hypothesis, G+8 storey building was considered with and without shear walls and analyzed for various parameters like base shear, storey drift ratio, lateral displacement, bending moment and shear force. Significance of shear wall has been studied with the help of two models. Model one is without shear wall i.e. bare frame and other another model is with shear wall considering opening also in it. For modeling and analysis of both the models, FEM based software ETABS 2016 were used. The analysis of all models was done using Equivalent static method. The comparison of results has been done based on same parameters like base shear, storey drift ratio, lateral displacement, bending moment and shear force. From the comparison of results, it has been observed that the response of structure varies drastically after consideration of infill panels. It has been observed that the response of structure varies drastically after consideration of shear wall panels. It has been observed that the shear wall affect the response of the structure. After comparison of results, the stiffness and strength of the structure is considerably increased. Shear wall ultimately increases the stiffness and strength of the structure and affect the seismic behavior of the structure. It is also observed that base shear increases in the model with shear wall when compared to the model without shear wall. This is due to increase in stiffness of building. The considerable reduction in lateral displacement is observed in the shear wall model when compared the model without shear wall. The reduction of displacement of storey is due to increase in stiffness of structure. Keywords: ETABS 2016, Shear wall, Seismic analysis, Equivalent static method

Significance Of Shear Wall In Multi-Storey Structure With Seismic Analysis Page 225


CIV-1129

Study on seismic isolation of structures using geosynthetics Piyush Punetha1, a, Manojit Samanta2, b* and Piyush Mohanty3,c 1

AcSIR, CSIR-CBRI, Roorkee - 247667, Uttarakhand, India GE Division, CSIR-CBRI, Roorkee - 247667, Uttarakhand, India 3 Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering, University of Surrey, U.K. a [email protected], [email protected], c [email protected] 2

Abstract: Despite decades of research and numerous achievements in the field of earthquake engineering, the amount of damage due to earthquakes is surprisingly quite large. To tackle this problem, numerous seismic isolation techniques have been developed so far, but they have some limitations such as site-specific response and high manufacturing cost [1]. However, recent studies [2] have shown that the low-cost geosynthetics can be used for achieving seismic isolation. The interface between two geosynthetics usually possesses low shear strength. This low friction interface can be used to dissipate the earthquake energy transmitted to a structure by placing it beneath the structure. This interface acts similar to a friction based isolation system, which dissipates earthquake energy by sliding, as soon as earthquake acceleration exceeds the interface friction coefficient. The present paper investigates the feasibility of using geosynthetics for achieving seismic isolation (particularly soil isolation) of structures. The study involves the determination of the dynamic coefficient of friction for different geosynthetic combinations, followed by the testing of different geometrical configurations using scaled-down model on shake table. The results show that the value of dynamic coefficient of friction for both the geomembrane-geotextile (GMB-GTX) and geomembranegeomembrane (GMB-GMB) interfaces is 0.23. However, the dynamic coefficient of friction for geotextile-geotextile (GTX-GTX) interface is 0.26. Nevertheless, the parametric study reveals that the testing parameters have a marginal influence on the dynamic coefficient of friction for GMBGTX interface as compared to the other two. Therefore, the GMB-GTX interface is selected for reduced scale model testing. The reduced scale model tests have been conducted on four geometrical configurations: trapezoidal (T), rectangular (R), rectangular with smallest width (RS) and rectangular with largest width (RL). The results show that the transmitted acceleration for configuration R is equal to or slightly greater than the input acceleration at low frequencies (3.16 Hz-6.33 Hz). However, with an increase in loading frequency, the transmitted acceleration decreases significantly. The results for configuration T show that the isolation occurs at frequencies greater than 9.5 Hz. However, the isolation in configuration T occurs at a high input acceleration in comparison to the configuration R. Moreover, the configuration R transmits smaller acceleration for all the frequencies (greater than 9.5 Hz) as compared to configuration T at a particular input acceleration. Thus, the reduced scale model test results show that the rectangular configuration of geosynthetics is the best among all the geometrical configurations. Moreover, in most of the configurations, the isolation commences at input frequencies greater than 9.5 Hz. Keywords: Geosynthetics, seismic isolation, shake table, geometrical configuration. References: [1] I.G. Buckle, R.L. Mayes, Seismic isolation: history, application, and performance - a world view, Earthquake spectra. 6 (1990) 161-201. [2] M.K. Yegian, M. Catan, Soil isolation for seismic protection using a smooth synthetic liner, Journal of Geotechnical and Geoenvironmental Engineering. 130 (2004) 1131-39.

Study on seismic isolation of structures using geosynthetics

Page 226


CIV-1130

Study on Response of Coir Fiber Reinforced Sand Subjected to Cyclic Loads R Sridhar1, a *, M T Prathapkumar2, b 1

Professor,Department of Civil Engg.,Nagarjuna College of Engg & Technology,Bengalure,India and Research scholor,VTU. 2 Professor,Department of Civil Engg.,RNS Institute of Technology,Bengaluru,India. a


Abstract The reinforcement technique is a superior choice to the conventional ground improvement technique under appropriate conditions to improve the bearing capacity of soil. Usually the behaviour of reinforced earth was studied by bearing in mind generally static loads. In some situations, structures are also lay open to cyclic loads; such as those occurred by the machine foundations, traffic loads, earthquake etc. Review of earlier studies has indicated that very few literatures are available with regard to performance of coir reinforcement under cyclic loading. The objective of the present study is to assess the behaviour in terms of load carrying capacity and cyclic settlement by using coir fibers as a natural reinforcing material and by conducting cyclic load settlement tests using model footings resting on plain sand and sand reinforced with coir fibers. In unreinforced sand excessive settlement and subsequently unstable behaviour is observed. This behaviour is attributable to rupture zones developing under the strong cyclic loads locally in the region under and surrounding load surface. Where as in coir fiber reinforced sand, introduction of fibers in sand increases stiffness and hence the load carrying capacity of fiber reinforced sand increases with a significant reduction in settlement compared to the unreinforced sand. Addition of fibers, which stiffens sand and constrains particle reorientation, to a great extent reduces the largeamplitude restraining effects on the shear modulus at low strain amplitudes.Thus fiber reinforced sand showed a better cyclic performance when compared to the unreinforced sand. To assess the comparative performance of coir fiber reinforced sand under cyclic loading, the cyclic resistance ratio (CRR), were determined. The CRR was defined as the number of cycles required for reinforced sand to number of cycles at the same specified settlement for the unreinforced sand. The effect of u/B ratio on CRR were plotted to understand and interpret the performance of coir fiber reinforced sand under cyclic loading as shown in Fig.1. CRR decreases with increase in u/B ratio for a given frequency and cyclic pressure. CRR of fiber reinforced sand decreases with increase in u/B ratio for a given frequency and cyclic pressure. Maximum CRR under all excitation parameters has been obtained when coir fiber reinforced sand had depth ratio u/B=0.3. It was observed that the inclusion of fibers has a significant influence on the dynamic properties of sand Cyclic stiffness was evaluated which is defined as the ratio of number of cycles to the corresponding settlement and expressed as cycles/mm. Cyclic stiffness of coir fiber reinforced sand increases with the introduction of reinforcement. Cyclic stiffness of fiber reinforced sand is significant. As fiber content increases the rigidity of the composite material increases. This increase in rigidity translates into a higher shear modulus at low as well as at high shear strain amplitudes. (Maher and Woods, 1990) The present experimental study indicated that, coir reinforcement show decrease in cyclic resistance ratio as well as cyclic stiffness with increase in u/B ratio. Better cyclic resistance of sand was observed in coir fiber reinforced sand under all excitation parameters tested. Study on Response of Coir Fiber Reinforced Sand Subjected to Cyclic Loads

Page 227


Fig 1.Effect of u/B ratio on CRR of coir fiber reinforced sand under cyclic loading Keywords: coir fibers, cyclic loading, cyclic resistance ratio, cyclic stiffness, cyclic Settlement.

References: [1] GM Latha, Vidya S, Murthy Effects of reinforcement form on the behaviour of geosynthetic reinforced sand.Geotextile & Geomembranes 25(2007) 23-32. [2] M .H Maher,. R.D Woods, , Dynamic Response of Sands Reinforced with Randomly Distributed Fibres,” J. of Geotechnical Engg., ASCE, 116(7)(1990b)1116-1131. [3] G PraveenKumar, Swami Saran, Ravikant Mittal Behaviour of Fibre reinforced sand in different test conditions. IGJ 36(2006) 272-282. [4] G.VenkatappaRao, R.K Dutta. and D Ujwala. Strength characteristics of Sand Reinforced with coir fibre and coir Geotextiles, Journal of Geotechnical Engineering 10(G) (2005). [5] T Yetimoglu, O Salbas A study on shear strength of sands reinforced with randomly distributed discrete fibers. Geotextile & Geomembranes 21(2003)103-110.

Study on Response of Coir Fiber Reinforced Sand Subjected to Cyclic Loads

Page 228


CIV-1139

Durability Studies on Concrete with Acid Attack on Rice Husk Ash as a cement Replacement Dr.G.Venkata Ramana1,a* ,R.Ramya Swetha2,b* Dr. G.Venkata Ramana, Professor and HOD, Department of Civil Engineering, Institute of Aeronautical Engineering, Hyderabad, India Mrs. R.Ramya Swetha, Assistant Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, Institute of Aeronautical Engineering, Hyderabad, India a b

email:[email protected] email:[email protected]

ABSTRACT Ordinary Portland cement is by far the most important type of cement. The most important benefit of ordinary Portland cement is faster rate of development of strength. The manufacture of ordinary Portland cement is decreasing all over the world in view of the popularity of blended cement on account of lower energy consumption, environmental pollution, economic and other technical reasons. In advanced western countries the use of ordinary Portland cement has come down to about 40% of the total cement production. Blended cements can generally be used where ordinary Portland cement is usable. Portland cement is not acid resistant and acid attack may remove part of the set cement. Acids are formed by the dissolution in water of carbon dioxide or sulfur dioxide from the atmosphere. Acids can also come from industrial wastes. Good dense concrete with adequate cover is required and sulphate-resistant cements should be used if necessary. The best effective way to reduce the environmental impact is to use mineral admixtures, as a partial cement additive and replacement both in concrete and mortar, which will have the potential to reduce costs, conserve energy and minimizes the waste emissions. Agro wastes such as rice husk ash, Sugarcane Bagasse Ash (SCBA), wheat straw ash and etc. are used as pozzolanic materials for the development of blended cements. . The chemical composition of rice husk is found to vary from one sample to another due to the differences in the type of paddy, crop year, climate and geographical conditions. Burning the husk under controlled temperature below 800 °C can produce ash with silica mainly in amorphous form In this project, objective is to study the influence of partial cement replacement with rice husk ash in concrete subjected to different curing environments. Experimental investigations are on acid resistance of concrete in H2SO4 solution. The variable factors considered in this study were concrete grade of M40 and curing periods of 7 days, 28 days, 60 days, 90 days and 180 days of the concrete specimens. The parameter investigated was the time in days to cause strength deterioration factor of fully immersed concrete specimens in 2%, 3%, 5% H2SO4 solution. Rice Husk ash has been chemically & physically characterized & partially replaced in the ratio of 0%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%. Fresh concrete tests like compaction factor test and hardened concrete test like compressive strength at the age of 7days, 28 days, 90, 180 days was obtained. Keywords: Rice Husk ash, compressive strength, Acid attack, deterioration factor,

Durability Studies on Concrete with Acid Attack on Rice Husk Ash as a cement Replacement

Page 229


CIV-1140

A STUDY ON MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL FIBER BASED GEOPOLYMER CONCRETE Kallempudi Murali1, a *, Dr. T.Meena2,b Peta Purnachandra sai3,c 1

Research Scholar, 2Associate Professor, 3Research Scholar, VIT University, Vellore, India. a* [email protected] [email protected], c [email protected]

Abstract Concrete usage around the globe is second only to water. An important ingredient in the conventional concrete is the Portland cement. The production of one ton of cement emits approximately one ton of carbon dioxide to the atmosphere. Moreover, cement production is not only highly energy-intensive, next to steel and aluminium, but also consumes significant amount of natural resources. Efforts will be earnestly in progress all over the world to develop construction materials, which make least utility of quick decreasing common assets and help to decrease greenhouse gas emanations (CO2) is the need of the hour. Geopolymer concrete is an innovative and eco-friendly construction material and an alternative to Portland cement concrete (PCC), which is responsible for high CO2 emission. Geopolymer cement concrete is made from utilization of waste materials such as fly ash and ground granulated blast furnace slag(GGBS). Use of reinforced steel fibers for the geopolymer mix in concrete has the property to resistance against post-cracking which is unheard of in ordinary concrete. Concrete shall be produced without using the Portland cement. Addition of reinforced steel fibres to concrete increase the compressive strength of concrete by approximately 20-50 %. The presence study made an attempt to reduce the usage of cement in construction works by replacing with fly ash which is a by-product of Thermal power stations. In this project we are taken different mix proportions of Geopolymer concrete and tests are conducted for normal concrete as well as Geopolymer concrete. Finally we compare the Compressive strength results for both the Geopolymer concrete and fiber based Geopolymer concrete. Keywords: Geopolymer concrete,steel fibers,flyash,GGBS. References:

[1] Davidovits J. Geopolymer Chemistry and Applications. France: Institut Geopolymere, Saint-Quentin; 2008. [2] Duxson P, Fernández-Jiménez A, Provis JL, Lukey GC, Palomo A, van Deventer JSJ. Geopolymer technology: the current state of the art. J Mater Sci. 2007. [3] Sakulich AR. Reinforced geopolymer composites for enhanced material greenness and durability. Sustainable Cities and Society. 2011. [4] Pan Z, Sanjayan JG, Rangan BV. Fracture properties of geopolymer paste and concrete. Magazine of concrete research. 2011. [5] Alomayri T, Shaikh FUA, Low IM. Synthesis and mechanical properties of cotton fabric reinforced geopolymer composites. Composites Part B: Engineering. 2014. A STUDY ON MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL FIBER BASED GEOPOLYMER CONCRETE

Page 230


CIV-1141

SEISMIC ANALYSIS OF LATERAL SYSTEMS IN TALL BUILDINGS FOR SOFT SOIL TYPE AND DIFFERENT SEISMIC ZONES T.Jaya Krishna, Assistant professor , Civil Engineering Department, MLRITM, TS, India. [email protected] 2Shaik. . Fayaz ,Assistant Professor, Civil Engineering Department,Narayana Engineering College,AP,India ,[email protected] 3 D.Pavan Kumar, Assistant Professor, Civil Engineering Department, JNTUA, AP, India [email protected] 1

Abstract: In this work is Analytical study and performance on multi-storey building Area is 45m X 45m and height also 45m in 15 stories. The suitability and efficiency of different lateral bracing systems that are commonly used and also that of concrete infills were investigated. The different bracing systems viz., X-brace, V-brace, inverted V and infills are introduced in these analytical models. These building models are analysed, using ETABS software, for the action of lateral forces employing linear static and linear dynamic methods as per IS 1893 (Part I): 2002. The structural performance among three bracing systems (X-brace, V-brace, Inverted V-brace), one infill (introduce at the place of braces), the variation of displacement is smaller in infill system. Which the provision of bracings, infills the stiffness of the structure is increasing and there by the base shear is decreasing with the increase in height of the structure. Displacement is decrease in without shear wall and with shear wall and providing Bracings also decreases in soil wise.Structural capacity is greatly influence by the concrete infills. The introduction of the bracing systems, infills were found to be much effective in reducing the displacement, base shear and thereby increasing the stiffness of the structures, increasing the structural capacity of the structure for resisting the lateral loads due to earthquakes. But among all for higher heights the infills are found to be more predominating in resisting the lateral forces. Keywords:. Seismic analysis, Seismic zones, Bracings. Soft soil, Shear Walls, Lateral Load Resisting Systems, Laterals Displacements, Drifts, Storey Shear, References:

1. J.R. Wu and Q.S.LI (2003)”Structural performance of multi-outrigger braced Tall Buildings”. The structural design of tall and special buildings, Vol.12, October 2003, pp 155-176. 2. E-TAB Version 2009, “Documentation and Training Manuals”. 3. Paul W. Richards, P.E., M.ASCE (2009) “Seismic Column Demands in Ductile Braced Frames” Journal of Structural Engineering, Vol. 135, No.1, January 2009, ISSN 0733-9445/2009/1-33-41. 4. Taranath B.S., “Wind and Earthquake Resistant Buildings Structural Analysis and Design” Marcel Dekker, New York, 2005

SEISMIC ANALYSIS OF LATERAL SYSTEMS IN TALL BUILDINGS FOR SOFT SOIL TYPE AND DIFFERENT

Page 231


CIV-1142

CASE STUDY ON PREVENTIVE MEASURES OF RAILWAY CORROSION IN INDIAN RAILWAYS J Seetunya1, a*, K Sindhu Priya2, b, P Purnachandra Sai3, c, D Rupendra4, d 1-4

Asst. Prof, Dept. of Civil Engineering, MLRITM, India [email protected], [email protected], 3 [email protected],[email protected]

1*

Abstract: The project work aimed to study the root cause for the most common corrosions of rails of the Indian Railways. The study includes classification of rails corrosions, periodicity of measuring the corrosion levels, current methods of prevention of corrosion in the rails, along with a case study. A case study is done in the area of Ghatkesar Railway station in Telangana which is located in Ghatkesar, Rangareddy district on Secundrabad-Bibinagar line with 2 platforms and 4 tracks. The railway station is serviced by as many as 14 Intercity and MEMU trains daily, on average. The station, which is located at 477.14mtr above sea-level, is classified into moderate corrosion prone area since it is located in a hot-humid climatic zone and with less volume of passenger traffic. The total study report is done for a stretch of 38Kms rail gauge track including all the 4 tracks considered for study. The railway track maintenance should be checked regularly in order to enable the safety of trains such that they could move at the highest permissible speeds and one of the significant aspects of railway track maintenance is the detection of corrosion of rails and the replacement of corroded rails. The corrosion in railway tracks is mainly caused due to the interaction of gases in the atmosphere and from the stuff, leaving the toilets of speeding trains, and also because of the improper maintenance of the track drainage system. The preventive measures required to protect the rails from corrosion depends on the scale of corrosion. Very severe corrosion, severe corrosion and Moderate corrosions are the three different scales used for finding the severity of corrosion in rails. The general measures to prevent corrosion in rails are to ensure that the rail foot is away from stagnated water; maintenance of good drainage conditions; shifting of linear seat; Interchanging of gauge face to non-gauge; Galvanization of rail foot; Anti-corrosive paints in the initial laying and regular periods of intervals and greasing of the foot. Among all the methods suggested above painting of rails with anti corrosive paints and Greasing are the most prominent and economical ways to reduce corrosion and also to increase the life span of rails. The study report gives the details for different forms of corrosion in rails and preventive measures of corrosion based on their classification of severity. The report gives the cost analysis of most prominent and economical methods of preventive measures of corrosion (Anti corrosive-painting and Greasing) in the area of study conducted. Keywords: Corrosion, Gauge and non-gauge phase, linear seats, very severe corrosion, severe corrosion, Moderate corrosion, anti-corrosive painting, greasing.

Case study on preventive measures of railway corrosion in Indian railways

Page 232


CIV-1143

Experimental investigation on compressive strength of a Ternary Blended Concrete made with sugarcane bagasse ash and silica fume Peta Purnachandra Sai1, a *, Dr.T.Meena2,b and Kallempudi Murali3,c 1

Research scholar, 2Associate Professor, 3 Research scholar, VIT University, Vellore,India a [email protected], [email protected], c [email protected].

Abstract: Ordinary Portland cement is a most widely used production material. From the early ages, the demand for the cement is likely to rise even more and this primes to increase the economy. Also in the recent period every building has its own expected persistence, in this context to meet this purpose modification in traditional cement concrete has become crucial. These environments have concentrating to find out the mineral admixture to be partly used for cement replacement to increase workability for the structural application. Constituents which are pozzolanic in nature can be replaced by weight of cement in concrete then cost might be reduced without affecting its quality. On behalf of this reason sugarcane bagasse ash (SCBA) having similar pozzolanic materials is one of the leading by-product which is used as a mineral admixture due to its high content in silica (SiO2).(H2O), generating more water vapour and a significant physical strength reduction. The unfavourable effect of Ca (OH)(calciumhydroxide) can be eliminated by using mineral admixtures such as sugarcane bagasse ash, silica fume. The present study is based on strength performance of ternary blended concrete of SCBA & SF. An investigation is carried out to study the compressive strength of ternary blended concrete, the ternary blended concrete made by partial replacement of cement with 0% to 30% with an interval of 5% of SCBA and 10% SF is common for all mixes. The concrete cubes are casted for 7 and 28 days curing to determine the compressive strength of concrete. Finally concluded that, better performance of the ternary concrete of is shown at 15% sugarcane bagasse ash & 10% silica fume.

Keywords: Cement, Sugarcane Bagasse ash, Silica fume, compressive strength.

Experimental investigation on compressive strength of a Ternary Blended Concrete made with sugarcane bagasse ash and silica fume

Page 233


CIV-1144

Urban Sprawl Studies of Warangal Municipal Corporation- A RS & GIS Approach Santennagari Praveen1, a *, Sirikonda Swathi2, b, Shilpa Mishra2, c Shwetha Kaushik2, d 1

2

Research Scholar, Osmania University, Hyderabad. India. Assistant Professor, MVSR Engineering College, Nadergul, Hyderabad. India. a [email protected], [email protected], c [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract: The present study focuses on occurrence of sprawl, causes, need for the study and also on the nature and pattern of urban expansion of Warangal Municipal Corporation during the period 1999 to 2009. The municipal corporation consists of 3 zones with Warangal town as zone-2 located at the centre. The idea was to identify if the reason for the conurbation is because of the status of the Warangal city or whether the sprawl pattern is seen evenly throughout the municipality. The study indicated a Leapfrog development in the municipality. More development was observed in and around Warangal town and along the highway passing through the town. In addition to this GIS based analysis for land use land cover between the years, the entropy approach and the demographic changes also stand by to show the irregular development which is observed as a low density sprawl for the study area. The indecent development of land in the immediate vicinity of the city and rural urban fringe which is caused by increased urbanisation within the city is generally considered as Urban sprawl. The common casual factors that are considered responsible for urban sprawling are population growth and percapita land consumption. Excessive land consumption, low densities in comparison to old city chores, fragmented open space, and wide gaps between developments, scattered appearances and lack of public space also typically characterise sprawl. The present study focuses on occurrence of sprawl, causes, need for the study and also on the nature and pattern of urban expansion of Warangal Municipal Corporation during the period 1999 to 2009. The municipal corporation consists of 3 zones with Warangal town as zone-2 located at the centre. The idea was to identify if the reason for the conurbation is because of the status of the Warangal city or whether the sprawl pattern is seen evenly throughout the municipality. The study indicated a Leapfrog development in the municipality. More development was observed in and around Warangal town and along the highway that passes through the town. In addition to this GIS based analysis for land use land cover between the years, the entropy approach and the demographic changes also stand by to show the irregular development which is observed as a low density sprawl for the study area. The figures 1&2 showing difference in spatial representation and rate of growth in population and built up area respectively, are presented for more lucidity.

Urban Sprawl Studies of Warangal Municipal Corporation – A RS & GIS Approach

Page 234


Figure 1: Spatial comparison of built up area between the years 1999-2009 in WMC

Figure 2: Rates of growth in population and built up from 1999-2009 in WMC

Key Words: Urban sprawl Pattern, Change detection, , GIS, Demographic characteristics, Warangal municipal corporation. WMC.

Urban Sprawl Studies of Warangal Municipal Corporation – A RS & GIS Approach

Page 235


CIV-1201

EMISSION CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES FOR THERMAL POWER PLANTS Seema Nihalani1, a *, Yogendra Mishra2,b 1

Head & Assistant Professor, Civil Engineering Department, PIET, Parul University, Vadodara, Gujarat, India 2 Senior Deputy General Manager & Head of Mechanical Department L&T-S&L, Vadodara, Gujarat, India a [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract: Coal thermal power plants are one of the primary source of artificial air emissions, particularly in a country like India. Thermal power plants result in the emission of sulfur-dioxides (SO2), nitrogen oxides (NOX), particulate matter (PM) and metals like mercury (Hg). Ministry of Environment and Forest has issued a draft notification in April 2015 that proposes to regulate SO2, NOx and Hg in coal-fired thermal power plants. There are two elementary methods to control SO2 discharge. This include 1) using technology to remove SO2 from flue gas reduce and 2) reducing sulfur in the fuel by fuel blending. A number of t e c hno lo gi e s e xi s t f o r r emo va l o f SO2. These include Wet Flue Gas Desulphurization, dry Flue Gas Desulphurization utilizing a dry scrubber of circulating type, spray dry absorber, and dry absorbent injection. NOx emissions can be controlled using by proper fuel selection. After a fuel is selected, next phase is to reduce NOx emissions by using low NOx combustion method. Final phase is to use NOx control device after combustion. This may include selective non-catalytic reduction system (SNCR) or selective catalytic reduction (SCR) system. In either technology, NOx is reduced to nitrogen gas and water by series of reactions. . There are different types of Particulate matter control equipment like electrostatic precipitator, fabric filter, venturi scrubber etc. Each device works on distinct collection manner which affects the collection efficiency. The two technologies used for mercury control are Co Benefit technologies like ESP, Fabric filter, FGD, SCR, SDA which are used to remove particulate matter, SO2 and NOx in addition to mercury and Non Co-benefit technologies like Activated carbon or Novel solvents. Numerous methods are used to eliminate CO2 from a flue gas. This includes absorption technique using amine or adsorption using membrane. CO2 may be arrested by using dense chemicals which react with flue gas in solid phase. Such chemicals may be eliminated easily from flue gas stream using less energy than general scrubbing methods. The solids can be regenerated which produces a clean stream of CO2 for application or sequestration. Once CO2 is arrested, it is utilized or sequestered. Pollution control equipments used in flue gas cleaning are related with control of any one particular contaminant at a time. However, as emission regulations get severe, correlated effect of one pollutant over others must be predicted. With new emission legislations, it is essential for technology providers to understand various options for SO2, NOx reduction to 90% or more. While selecting, pollution control technologies, it is important to evaluate all available options. Each control technology has its advantages and disadvantages. For each of the technologies important features include design, efficiency, potential operating and maintenance cost impacts etc. Keywords: Flue Gas Desulfurization System- FGD, Spray Dryer Absorber -SDA, Circulating Dry Scrubber- CDS, Electrostatic Precipitator –ESP. Emission Control Technologies For Thermal Power Plants

Page 236


CIV-1206

FLEXURAL BEHAVIOR OF RC SLAB STRENGTHENED WITH CFRP STRIP Praseen.B. S1, A *, Bevin Varghese Cheriyan2, B 1

Dept. of Civil Engineering, Amal Jyothi College of Engineering, Kanjirappally686518, Kerala, India 2 Dept. of Civil Engineering, Amal Jyothi College of Engineering, Kanjirappally686518, Kerala, India a [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract: Externally bonded carbon-fiber-reinforced systems are often used to retrofit the various structural components in a structure. This paper examines the effectiveness of using an externally bonded carbon-fiber-reinforced system to retrofit flexural damaged reinforced concrete one-way slab. For this, two tests were performed on three rectangular sectioned reinforced concrete slabs which is designed to fail in flexure. The damage condition is represented by three slabs which are tested to failure, retrofitted and then retested to failure for a second time. The test parameter includes carbon fiber reinforced polymer strip (CFRP) on rectangular slabs. The results are supposed to demonstrate that retrofitting with externally bonded CFRP composites can fully restore the original flexural capacity of the slabs. ANSYS software is used as a tool in this research for the analytical method. Keywords: Carbon Fiber Reinforced Polymer, Simply supported one way slab, Retrofitting,

Strengthening with CFRP, Flexural behavior.

Flexural behavior of the RC slab strengthened with

Page 237


CIV-1207

Soil Stabilization Using Cement Ariba Shafi1, a, Deeba Qadir2, b* and Arif Malik3, c 1

Lal bazaar Srinagar Kashmir, India Nalabal Nowshera Srinagar Kashmir, India 3 Chanapora Srinagar Kashmir, India a [email protected], [email protected], [email protected] 2

Abstract. This study investigates the effect of cement on the geotechnical properties of soil, collected from Islamic University of Science and Technology Awantipora, Pulwama, Kashmir. The addition of cement was found to improve the engineering properties of available soil in stabilized forms specifically strength and compaction characteristics. Therefore, laboratory tests such as compaction, Atterberg’s limits, unconfined compressive strength, direct shear test and CBR tests for different percentages of cement content and original soil samples were performed. These test results show that the soil can be made lighter which leads to decrease in dry density and increase in moisture content and improvement in CBR value due to the addition of cement with the soil. The results of the study also provides details on the compaction, strength and deformation characteristics of in situ soils as well as those mixed with different percentages of cement. Series of soil mechanics laboratory tests including grain size analysis, Atterberg’s limits, solidification, standard proctor, unconfined compressive strength, on host soils as well as cement treated soils were performed. Besides that the unconfined compressive strength and shear strength of soil can be improved with the addition of cement. The various tests were performed on virgin soil and then on the soil treated with cement. Different percentages of cement were used. The effect of cement on soil was determined. The various percentages of cement used were 5%, 10% and 15%. It was observed that addition of cement improves the engineering properties of soil. The plastic limit and the liquid limit of the soil sample increased by the addition of cement, as the percentage of cement increase and the plasticity index decrease. The strength of soil as measured by unconfined compression test and direct shear test increased with increase in the percentage of cement added. The CBR (California bearing ratio) was also improved. The cement is therefore considered as one of the most effective stabilizing agent. However the addition of cement beyond limits may prove to be an uneconomical practice. Therefore the optimum amount of cement is to be used to satisfy both strength and economy criteria. Soil-cement has been used in every state in the United States and in all Canadian provinces. Specimens taken from roads show that the strength of soil-cement actually increases with age; some specimens were four times as strong as test specimens made when the roads were first opened to traffic. This reserve strength accounts in part for soil-cement’s good long-term performance. Keywords: Compaction characteristics, shear strength, CBR (California bearing ratio), Atterberg’s limits, unconfined compressive strength.

Soil Stabilization Using Cement

Page 238


CIV- 1210

SEISMIC RESPONSE OF MULTISTORIED BUILDING WITH DIFFERENT FOUNDATIONS CONSIDERING INTERACTION EFFECTS SHREYA SITAKANT SHETGAONKAR1, a , PURNANAND SAVOIKAR2, b 1

P.G. Student, Department of Civil Engineering, Goa College of Engineering Farmagudi, Ponda- 403401 Goa, India 2 Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, Goa College of Engineering, Farmagudi, Ponda- 403401 Goa, India a [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract: When structure is subjected to external forces such as earthquakes, it interacts with soil surrounding it and results in the modification of response of building during earthquake. SSI studies for framed structure of different heights with symmetrical and irregular plans resting on different types of foundation were conducted [1]. It was observed that base shear, displacement, moment, time period varies with the soil type and with fixed base and flexible base footing. It was reported from the soil-structure interaction studies conducted to evaluate the seismic response of a multi-storied building on isolated footings that the storey drifts are decreasing as the soil stiffness is increasing [2]. In the present work, the effect of soil-structure interaction (SSI) on seismic response of building resting on different types of foundation was studied. Modeling and analysis Modeling and analysis were carried out using MIDAS GEN software to find out the effect of SSI on G + 9 storied RCC building (plan dimension 25m × 16m) resting on different types of foundation such as (i) fixed base, (ii) pile foundations, (iii) raft foundations and (iv) combined piled raft foundation (CPRF), by using response spectrum method. Conclusions Large difference in storey displacement were observed between building assumed to have fixed base and the building resting on pile foundation, with fixed base type foundations having lowest storey displacement. In the case of base shear, larger shears were obtained for fixed base while for piled foundations base shears were lowest. Storey displacement and shear force of building with fixed base and building with combined pile raft foundation is almost similar. Building with combined pile raft foundation possesses high foundation stiffness in comparison with pile foundation hence base shear force for CPRF has increased and displacement have reduced in comparison to structure with pile foundation. Keywords: Soil-structure interaction, fixed base, pile, raft, combined piled raft, seismic response, base shear, storey displacement.

References: [1] V. Bhojegowda and K. Subramanya, “Soil Structure Interaction of Framed Structure Supported on Different Types of Foundation,” International Research Journal of Engineering and Technology (IRJET), vol. 2 (5), August 2015, pp. 651-660. [2]C. Surya Teja and D. Murty, “Influence of Soil Structure Interaction on the Seismic Response of a Multi Storied Building on Isolated Footings,” International Journal of Emerging Technology and Advanced Engineering Website: www.ijetae.com ,ISSN 2250-2459, ISO 9001:2008 Certified Journal,vol.6(3), March 2016,pp 69-78.

Seismic Response Of Multistoried Building With Different Foundations Considering Interaction Effects

Page 239


CIV- 1210

SEISMIC RESPONSE OF MULTISTORIED BUILDING WITH DIFFERENT FOUNDATIONS CONSIDERING INTERACTION EFFECTS SHREYA SITAKANT SHETGAONKAR1, a , PURNANAND SAVOIKAR2, b 1

P.G. Student, Department of Civil Engineering, Goa College of Engineering Farmagudi, Ponda- 403401 Goa, India 2 Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, Goa College of Engineering, Farmagudi, Ponda- 403401 Goa, India a [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract: When structure is subjected to external forces such as earthquakes, it interacts with soil surrounding it and results in the modification of response of building during earthquake. SSI studies for framed structure of different heights with symmetrical and irregular plans resting on different types of foundation were conducted [1]. It was observed that base shear, displacement, moment, time period varies with the soil type and with fixed base and flexible base footing. It was reported from the soil-structure interaction studies conducted to evaluate the seismic response of a multi-storied building on isolated footings that the storey drifts are decreasing as the soil stiffness is increasing [2]. In the present work, the effect of soil-structure interaction (SSI) on seismic response of building resting on different types of foundation was studied. Modeling and analysis Modeling and analysis were carried out using MIDAS GEN software to find out the effect of SSI on G + 9 storied RCC building (plan dimension 25m × 16m) resting on different types of foundation such as (i) fixed base, (ii) pile foundations, (iii) raft foundations and (iv) combined piled raft foundation (CPRF), by using response spectrum method. Conclusions Large difference in storey displacement were observed between building assumed to have fixed base and the building resting on pile foundation, with fixed base type foundations having lowest storey displacement. In the case of base shear, larger shears were obtained for fixed base while for piled foundations base shears were lowest. Storey displacement and shear force of building with fixed base and building with combined pile raft foundation is almost similar. Building with combined pile raft foundation possesses high foundation stiffness in comparison with pile foundation hence base shear force for CPRF has increased and displacement have reduced in comparison to structure with pile foundation. Keywords: Soil-structure interaction, fixed base, pile, raft, combined piled raft, seismic response, base shear, storey displacement.

References: [1] V. Bhojegowda and K. Subramanya, “Soil Structure Interaction of Framed Structure Supported on Different Types of Foundation,” International Research Journal of Engineering and Technology (IRJET), vol. 2 (5), August 2015, pp. 651-660. [2]C. Surya Teja and D. Murty, “Influence of Soil Structure Interaction on the Seismic Response of a Multi Storied Building on Isolated Footings,” International Journal of Emerging Technology and Advanced Engineering Website: www.ijetae.com ,ISSN 2250-2459, ISO 9001:2008 Certified Journal,vol.6(3), March 2016,pp 69-78.

Seismic Response Of Multistoried Building With Different Foundations Considering Interaction Effects

Page 240


CIV-1214

A Study on Wheel Sinkage and Rolling Resistance with Variations in Wheel Geometry for Plain and Lugged Wheels on TRI – 1 Soil Simulant PALA GIREESH KUMAR1, a * and S JAYALEKSHMI2,

b

1

Research Scholar, Civil Engineering Department, National Institute of Technology, Tiruchirappalli, Tamil Nadu, India 2 Associate Professor, Civil Engineering Department, National Institute of Technology, Tiruchirappalli, Tamil Nadu, India a [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract. Wheel-soil Interaction studies are gaining momentum in the field of Terramechanics, but the basis is Terrazaghi’s bearing capacity equation. A planetary rover explores terrains on different planets like Mars/Moon (Lunar) surface, and also has some issues when it travels on such natural terrains that consist of dust, obstacles, steeper slopes, loose soil, etc. A planetary rover is assembled either with two wheels, four wheels, six wheels or eight wheels with different types of suspensions and chassis available and which are suitable. Hence, an individual wheel has its own impact on the rover-vehicle. For the current study, on a lunar soil simulant TRI – 1, two plain rigid wheels are considered, i.e., small wheel (dia. of 210 mm and width of 50 mm) and large wheel (dia. of 160 mm and width of 32 mm). Also, different number of lugs (N= 8, 12, 16) with various lug heights (h= 5 mm, 10 mm, 15 mm) are used. In this paper, the variation of wheel sinkages from experiments that are obtained for various wheel weights are examined and presented. The parameter, Coefficient of rolling resistance, i.e., the ratio of wheel sinkage to wheel diameter is determined for various cases. Hence, rolling resistance was determined and examined from the obtained coefficient of rolling resistance for all cases. Among the cases examined, the large wheel with weight 67.44 N for plain wheels and weight 67.85 N for lugged wheel (no. of lugs = 16, and height of lugs = 5 mm) registered better mobility. Similarly, for small wheel with weight 52.189 N for plain wheel and weight 52.481 N for lugged wheel (no. of lugs = 16, and height of lugs = 5 mm) registered better mobility, a lesser rolling resistance for these cases.

A Study on Wheel Sinkage and Rolling Resistance with Variations in Wheel Geometry for Plain and Lugged Wheels on TRI – 1 Soil Simulant

Page 241


CIV-1217

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF RC FRAMED BUILDING WITH AND WITHOUT SHEAR WALL AT DIFFERENT LOCATIONS Sanket Dautkhani1,a, P.D.Pachpor2,b* and Akash Raut3,c 1,3 2

PG, Shri Ramdeobaba College of Engineering and Management, Nagpur, India

Prof. Shri Ramdeobaba College of Engineering and Management, Nagpur, India a

[email protected],[email protected],[email protected]

Abstract: Shear wall systems are one of the most commonly used lateral load resisting systems in the structure. In the seismic design of buildings, reinforced concrete structural walls, or shear walls, act as major earthquake resisting members. They are mainly flexural members and usually provided in buildings to avoid the total collapse of the buildings under seismic forces. The properties of these seismic shear walls dominate the response of the buildings, and therefore, it is important to evaluate the seismic response of the walls appropriately. The scope of present work is to study the effect of seismic loading on placement of shear wall in building at different alternative location. Effectiveness of shear wall has been studied with the help of four different models. Model one is bare frame structural system and other three models have different arrangements of shear wall. Seismic coefficient method is used for dynamic analysis as per IS code 1893 (Part 1) 2002- Indian standard- “Criteria for earthquake resistant design of structures”. Structure was assumed to be situated in zone II having soil type II means medium type. The reduction factor was taken as 3 and importance factor as 1. Some parameter like bending moment, shear force and deflection of a structure are determined using STAAD Pro software and comparison is made for different models. Some specification of Shear wall as per IS13920:1993 are – 1. The thickness of the shear wall may vary from 150mm to 400mm as per Clause.no.9.1.2 2. Minimum reinforcement in longitudinal and transverse directions shall be 0.25% of gross area as per Clause.no.9.1.4 3. The diameter of the bars to be used in any part of the wall shall not exceed 1/10th of the thickness of that part. It has been observed that the bending moment, shear force and deflection in corner column is minimum having shear wall in corner. The bending moment, shear force and deflection in middle column is minimum having shear wall in core. The bending moment, shear force and deflection in beams at all levels is minimum having shear wall in periphery in comparison to other models. Keywords: RCC frame, Shear wall, Seismic coefficient method.

Analysis And Design Of Rc Framed Buildingwith And Without Shear Wall At Different Locations

Page 242


CIV-1221

Performance based evaluation of elevated water tank Kanchan raut 1a *, Prof. H.P. Khungar 2b, Anandbhushan tekade 3c 1

a

PG student 3 professor2 PG student Department of Civil engineering, Shri Ramdeobaba College of Engineering and Management.

email,: [email protected], bemail- [email protected] c email:[email protected]

Abstract. In water distribution system, elevated water tank is mostly used structure. Being an important part of lifeline system and due to post earthquake functional needs, seismic safety of water tank is considerably important. An elevated water tank typically compromises of container and supporting system. Large mass concentration on the relatively slender supporting system is critical for horizontal earthquake forces. Proper study of behaviour of staging during the earthquake is required. In present study, performance based evaluation of different staging pattern has been done for same capacity of tank.. For this purpose, nonlinear static analysis (Pushover Analysis) is performed. From these different staging, some are given more capacity as compared to others. There is increase in capacity of tank due to addition of diagonal bracings in the plan

Keywords: : Elevated water tank, frame staging, Pushover analysis, Capacity based design, IS 1893-2002, SAP-2000

Performance based evaluation of elevated water tank

Page 243


CIV-1222

A PARAMETRIC STUDY OF HIGHRISE STRUCTURES WITH MASS AND STIFFNESS IRREGULARITY SUBJECTED TO SEISMIC ACTION USING STAAD.PRO V8I Harshad Deshmukh1,a*, Hariom Khungar2,b 1

M.Tech Student, Department Of Civil Engineering, Shri Ramdeobaba College of Engineering and Management, Nagpur, India 2 Assistant Professor, Shri Ramdeobaba College of Engineering and Management, Nagpur, India a [email protected], [email protected].

Abstract: This Study portrays a literature on “A Parametric Study of High-rise Structures with Mass And Stiffness Irregularity Subjected to Seismic Action using Staad.Pro V8i”. Different codes provide different formulae’s but the concept behind them lies the same. Out of the methods prescribed by Indian Standards (IS 1893 (Part 1):2002) which are for linear analysis, the scope of the dissertation work involves performing Equivalent Static and Response Spectrum Analysis for 19 models of G+10 building with regular and irregular configurations. The irregularity included in the work is specified to Mass irregularity and Stiffness Irregularity wherein the irregularity has been adopted for three different types of position at three different floors of each G+10 model. Only linear analysis has been performed as per IS 1893(Part 1): 2002. Indian Code (IS 1893(Part 1): 2002) does not mention anything about the non-linear analysis procedures. A through study related to the occurrence and causes of earthquake is made and their effect on the seismic performance of the structure is studied in detail. This study discusses in brief, the use of static as well as dynamic seismic analysis procedures and their applications using analytical techniques in conjunction with the computer software (StaadProV8i). Comparison of the results for analysis of Regular structure & Irregular Structure is presented in this study. Keywords : Earthquake, Equivalent Static Analysis, Response Spectrum Analysis, Mass Irregularity, Stiffness Irregularity.

“A Parametric Study Of Highrise Structures With Mass And Stiffness Irregularity Subjected To Seismic Action Using Staad.Pro V8i”

Page 244


CIV - 1223

Determination of Load Sharing Ratio of Piled-Raft Foundation. Anandbhushan Tekade 1 ,Kanchan Raut 2, Dr. M. S. Kadu 3 1, 2

PG Student, Department of Civil Engineering, Shri Ramdeobaba College of Engineering and Management, Nagpur 3 Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, Shri Ramdeobaba College of Engineering and Management, Nagpur. 1

[email protected] ,[email protected] ,[email protected]

Abstract. The aim of this study is to determine load sharing ratio of piled -raft foundation by changing different parameters such as pile diameter, pile length, raft thickness and number of pile by using software STAAD pro. As it is the complex problem, no valid method is available in national and international code for calculation of load sharing ratio of piled-raft foundation. Therefore an attempt is made for determining the load sharing ratio of piled raft as it will be helpful in designing piled raft foundation. In this study a 21 m x 20 m piled raft analyzed using software STAAD pro. A finite element model was used to model piled raft foundation. A total load of 32400 kN is applied on the raft and determine the load sharing ratio between piles and raft of piles-raft foundation by changing different parameters such as pile diameter, pile length, raft thickness and number of piles. The finite element software STAAD Pro was used in this researched work to estimate the loads transmitted from the superstructure to each pile and the soil underneath the pile raft foundation. The Pile Raft Foundation was simulated by plate elements each having a dimension of (0.5 m x 0.5 m) and with varying thickness of plate. A total of 1680 elements (42 x 40) forming a Piled Raft with a total dimensions of 21 m x 20 m. The total number of nodes at the lower level of the Piled Raft is 1848 which will be connected by two types of support a). Support 1 which resemble the soil and b). Support 2 which resemble the bored piles. The system of spring supporting the plate is termed a “Winkler” foundation and springs are uncoupled. The load sharing ratio of piled-raft increases with increase in diameter of pile, length of pile, raft thickness and number of piles. Further increase diameter of pile, length of pile , raft thickness and number of piles % increase in load sharing ratio decreases. The increase in number of piles has large effect on increase load sharing ratio of piled raft foundation than pile diameter, pile length, raft thickness. Average increased in a % load sharing ratio is 15.625 %. Average increased in a % load sharing ratio is for diameter of pile, length of pile and raft thickness is 2.502 %, 0.883 %,3.34 % respectively. Keywords: Piled Raft Foundation, Load Sharing Ratio, Winkler Model, Soil Structure Interaction, STAAD pro.

Determination of Load Sharing Ratio of Piled-Raft Foundation.

Page 245


CIV-1224

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF COMPOSITE SLAB BY VARYING DIFFERENT PARAMETERS Kedar Lambe1, a *, Sharda Siddh2,b 1

PG Student, 2Assistant Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, Shri Ramdeobaba College of Engineering and Management Nagpur, (MS) 440013 India. a [email protected], [email protected],

Abstract. Composite deck slab are on demand because of its faster, lighter and economical construction work. Composite slab consist of cold formed deck profiled sheet and concrete either light weight or normal. Investigation of shear behavior of composite slab is very complex thing and hence experimental methods are used to derive strength under flexure load and determine m-k value. Shear bond strength depends on various parameter such as shape of sheeting, thickness of sheet, type of embossment and its frequency of use, shear stiffener or intermediate stiffener, type of load, arrangement of load, length of shear span, thickness of concrete, support friction etc. In present study finite element analysis is carried out with ABAQUS 6.13, a simply supported composite slab is considered for the investigation of shear bond behavior of composite slab by considering variation in three different parameters, shape of sheet, thickness of sheet and shear span. Different shear spans of two different shape of cold formed deck profiled sheet that is with intermediate stiffeners and without intermediate stiffeners are considered with two different thicknesses (0.8mm, 1.2mm) for simulation. In present work, simulation of models has done for static loading. These models are divided into different groups with varying shear span of cold formed deck profiled sheet with intermediate stiffener and cold formed deck profiled sheet without intermediate stiffener with two different thicknesses of 0.8mm and 1.2mm respectively. For both the materials, C3D8R- an 8 nodded brick element with 20mm mesh size is considered. The shear bond capacity of composite slab increases with increase in thickness of cold formed deck profiled sheet as there is reduction in deflection of 25 % and reduction in stresses of 4-7 %. The change in shape of cold formed deck profiled sheet increases the stiffness of the composite slab. With intermediate stiffeners and without intermediate stiffeners there is a reduction in stresses up to 7%. Different shear spans are used to determine accurate shear bond value of composite slab.

Keywords: composite slab, shear bond, finite element analysis ABAQUS, slab behavior, m-k value

Analysis and Design of Composite Slab by Varying Different Parameters

Page 246


CIV-1270

GEOTECHNICAL EVALUATION OF TRADITIONAL ‘BUNDS’ - EARTHEN LEVEES - FROM GOA Leonardo Roque Do Carmo Souza 1, a *, Dr. Sumitra S. Kandolkar 2,b 12

Goa College Of Engineering, Farmagudi, Ponda Goa -403401 a

[email protected], b [email protected],

Abstract: As India takes a leap into the twenty-first century to be a world leader we need low-cost sustainable technology to drive the engine of growth. Ancient Goa was reclaimed from the marshy deltas by remnants of the Saraswat Civilization who settled there and brought with them their ancient technology. We need to learn from these ancient structures that have survived nearly 8000 years and therefore are truly sustainable. Their construction method needs to be replicated to help India’s growing infrastructure demand and lowland reclamation. They use renewable, locally available materials. First a layer of lateritic rubble was laid along the route the bund would take. Layers of stabilized soil were laid in lift of 30 cms with rice-straw in-between. The lateritic rubble facing was laid along with the soil bed. Rice straw layers were used as initial geofabric. Facing layer was made up of interlocking coursed lateritic rubble masonry. Compaction was done by using a line of 4 to 6 bullocks walking in a line. Two lines of Coconut trees were planted in two rows on either side on the top of the bund. They acted as micro-piles and as a natural geo-grid, to reinforce the structure by their fibrous root system. They are multi functional: habitation, irrigation, pisiculture, agriculture, rainwater harvesting, infrastructure etc. Today these bunds are being damaged and face destruction. The principal reasons why these walls are damaged and disappearing is: Ignorance, Greed, Land grab, Money in real estate, Unscrupulous-unsustainable development, due to the lackluster attitude towards them by Government agencies and Local population, as not many take serious stock of the risks that are compounded by the destruction of these traditional retentive structures. Due to bund damage there is Invasion of mangroves, Changes of shoreline, Flood, Erosion and Riverside Stability Issues, Disappearance of ancient historical technology. Bunds possess a stable shape. They save at an average 80% more space than standard embankments. A 6-8% mix of Lime and Coconut Leaf Ash gave best results for soil stabilization. They have good slope stability with a factor of safety of more than 1.5. The two dimensional results show that there will be no critical exit gradients developing hence the bunds are effective in controlling seepage. The self repairing sustainable coconut tree root system provided 20% more shear strength and seismic stability. . Coconut tree roots can grow up to 10 m long. They don’t break during storms like other trees due to their aerodynamic structure and their roots don’t decompose easily and leave tiny holes unlike taproot trees. As bunds have already existed for many years they are already undergone settlement and consolidation. They can withstand severe damage and can be easily and economically repaired. Civil engineers must look back and learn about the traditional eco-friendly construction practices followed by our ancestors to look forward for stable and maintainable development. Keywords: Traditional Bunds, Earthen Levees, Saraswat Goa Bunds, Geotechnical Evaluation..

Geotechnical Evaluation Of Traditional ‘Bunds’ - Earthen Levees - From Goa

Page 247